CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC
S-1/A, 1996-08-13
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, DATA PROCESSING, ETC.
Previous: CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC, 8-A12G/A, 1996-08-13
Next: CII TECHNOLOGIES INC, S-4, 1996-08-13



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 13, 1996
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-07287
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                 -------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                  -----------
                      CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                               ------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>                     <C>
       DELAWARE                   7389             54-1242469
    (State or other        (Primary Standard        (I.R.S.
    jurisdiction of            Industrial           Employer
   incorporation or       Classification Code    Identification
     organization)              Number)               No.)
</TABLE>
 
                           WORLD TRADE CENTER CHICAGO
                              444 MERCHANDISE MART
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60654
                                 (312) 222-4636
 
               (Address, including zip code and telephone number,
       including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
                               ------------------
 
                                GERALD P. KENNEY
                         SECRETARY AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                      CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
                           WORLD TRADE CENTER CHICAGO
                              444 MERCHANDISE MART
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60654
                                 (312) 222-4636
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of
                               agent for service)
                               ------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
     LELAND E. HUTCHINSON        VICTOR A. HEBERT
      TERRENCE R. BRADY          TIMOTHY G. HOXIE
       WINSTON & STRAWN           HELLER EHRMAN
     35 WEST WACKER DRIVE            WHITE &
   CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60601          MCAULIFFE
        (312) 558-5600           333 BUSH STREET
                                  SAN FRANCISCO,
                                 CALIFORNIA 94104
                                  (415) 772-6000
</TABLE>
 
 APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
 
    If  the securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered  on a
delayed or continuous  basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under  the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to  Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  please check  the
following  box and  list the Securities  Act registration number  of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
 
    If this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933, check  the  following  box  and  list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement  number  of   the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering: / /
 
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: / /
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON  SUCH  DATE  AS  THE SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                      CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
 
    Cross  Reference Sheet Pursuant to Rule 404(a) of the Securities Act of 1933
and Item  501(b) of  Regulation S-K,  Showing  the Location  or Heading  in  the
Prospectus of the Information Required by Part I of Form S-1.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                     LOCATION OR HEADING IN PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                  <C>
 1.        Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside
           Front Cover Page of Prospectus.....................  Registration Statement Cover Page; Outside Front
                                                                 Cover Page of Prospectus
 2.        Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
           Prospectus.........................................  Inside Front Cover Page; Available Information;
                                                                 Outside Back Cover Page
 3.        Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
           Earnings to Fixed Charges..........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Business
 4.        Use of Proceeds....................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
 5.        Determination of Offering Price....................  Underwriting
 6.        Dilution...........................................  Dilution
 7.        Selling Security Holders...........................  Not Applicable
 8.        Plan of Distribution...............................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                                 Underwriting
 9.        Description of Securities to Be Registered.........  Description of Capital Stock
10.        Interest of Named Experts and Counsel..............  Not Applicable
11.        Information with Respect to the Registrant.........  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Dividend Policy;
                                                                 Dilution; Use of Proceeds; Capitalization;
                                                                 Selected Consolidated Financial Data; Unaudited
                                                                 Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data;
                                                                 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                 Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
                                                                 Management; Principal Stockholders; Certain
                                                                 Transactions; Description of Capital Stock; Shares
                                                                 Eligible for Future Sale; Experts; Available
                                                                 Information; Consolidated Financial Statements
12.        Disclosure of Commission Position on
           Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.....  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 13, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS
 
                                5,500,000 SHARES
 
   [LOGO]
                         CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
    All of the 5,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by
the Company. Prior to  this Offering, there  has been no  public market for  the
Common  Stock of the Company. It is  currently estimated that the initial public
offering price will be between $10.00  and $12.00 per share. See  "Underwriting"
for  a discussion  of the  factors to be  considered in  determining the initial
public offering price.  The Common Stock  of the Company  has been approved  for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CCCG".
 
                                 --------------
 
            THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.
 
                                 -------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE SECURITIES
  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR   HAS
    THE   SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION   OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
     COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.
       ANY   REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRICE TO             UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO
                                                   PUBLIC              DISCOUNT (1)            COMPANY (2)
<S>                                         <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Per Share.................................            $                      $                      $
Total(3)..................................            $                      $                      $
</TABLE>
 
(1) See  "Underwriting"  for  indemnification  arrangements  with  the   several
    Underwriters.
 
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $1,072,000.
 
(3) The  Company has granted to the Underwriters  a 30-day option to purchase up
    to  825,000   additional   shares   of  Common   Stock   solely   to   cover
    over-allotments,  if any. If all such  shares are purchased, the total Price
    to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $         ,
    $         and $         , respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
                                 --------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are  offered by the several Underwriters  subject
to  prior sale, receipt and  acceptance by them and subject  to the right of the
Underwriters to  reject  any  order  in  whole or  in  part  and  certain  other
conditions.  It is expected that certificates  for such shares will be available
for delivery on or about August  , 1996 at the office of the agent of  Hambrecht
& Quist LLC in New York, New York.
 
HAMBRECHT & QUIST
 
                            LAZARD FRERES & CO. LLC
 
                                                RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
August  , 1996
<PAGE>
CLAIMS WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT
 
    CCC  INFORMATION SERVICES IS  A LEADING SUPPLIER  OF AUTO CLAIMS INFORMATION
AND PROCESSING, CLAIMS MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE AND VALUE-ADDED COMMUNICATIONS. CCC'S
PATHWAYS WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT  SOFTWARE IS DESIGNED  TO INTEGRATE CCC'S  SOFTWARE
AND  INFORMATION  OFFERINGS  IN  A  STANDARD  ARCHITECTURE  WITH  A  COMMON USER
INTERFACE. CCC'S SERVICES AND PRODUCTS IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF THE AUTO CLAIMS
PROCESS.
 
    THE INSIDE  COVER  CONSISTS  OF  A SCHEMATICS  SHOWING  THE  GRAPHICAL  USER
INTERFACE  OF THE PATHWAYS SOFTWARE AND IDENTIFYING LABELS DEPICTING APPLICATION
OF THE SYSTEM WITH A FOLD-OUT PAGE  BEHIND THE INSIDE FRONT COVER DEPICTING  THE
AUTO CLAIMS PROCESS.
 
                              [INSIDE COVER PAGE]
 
                                 --------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING  NOTES  THERETO,
APPEARING  ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. AS USED HEREIN, THE "COMPANY" MEANS CCC
INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP  INC., TOGETHER WITH  ITS CONSOLIDATED  SUBSIDIARIES,
UNLESS  THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES. "CCC" REFERS TO CCC INFORMATION SERVICES
INC.  AND  ITS  CONSOLIDATED   SUBSIDIARIES,  WHICH  CONSTITUTE  THE   OPERATING
SUBSIDIARIES  OF  THE COMPANY.  "CCCDC"  OR THE  "JOINT  VENTURE" REFERS  TO CCC
DEVELOPMENT COMPANY. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE PROSPECTUS ASSUMES (I)  THE
COMPLETION  OF A 40 FOR 1 SPLIT OF COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY IMMEDIATELY PRIOR
TO THE  TIME THE  REGISTRATION STATEMENT  OF  WHICH THIS  PROSPECTUS IS  A  PART
BECOMES EFFECTIVE, (II) THE REDEMPTION OF 3,350 SHARES OF THE OUTSTANDING SERIES
C  CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE  PREFERRED STOCK (THE  "SERIES C  PREFERRED STOCK") AND
22,780 SHARES OF THE OUTSTANDING SERIES D CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED  STOCK
(THE  "SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK") OF  THE COMPANY (COLLECTIVELY, THE "REDEEMABLE
PREFERRED STOCK") WHICH WILL OCCUR  SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE CONSUMMATION OF  THE
OFFERING,  AND (III) NO  EXERCISE OF THE  UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION. A
GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS BEGINS ON PAGE 41 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company  is a  leading  supplier of  automobile claims  information  and
processing,  claims management software  and value-added communication services.
The Company's customers include each of the 50 largest U.S. automobile insurance
companies, over 250  other automobile  insurance companies and  more than  8,500
collision   repair  facilities.  The  Company's  technology-based  services  and
products improve efficiency, manage costs and increase consumer satisfaction  in
the  management of automobile claims and  restoration. The Company believes that
its core competencies include the efficient collection and processing of  claims
and automobile valuation and repair data, development of advanced client-server,
object-oriented   claims   software  products,   management  of   a  value-added
communications network,  understanding  the  workflow  processes  of  automobile
claims  and  marketing  through  a  customer-oriented  field  sales  and service
organization.
 
    The Company's services and products  automate the process of evaluating  and
settling  both total loss and repairable  automobile claims. The Company's TOTAL
LOSS services and  products provide  insurance companies the  ability to  effect
total  loss  settlements on  the basis  of  market-specific vehicle  values. The
Company's  collision  estimating   services  and   products  provide   insurance
appraisers  and collision repair facilities with up-to-date pricing, interactive
decision support  and  computer-assisted  logic to  produce  accurate  collision
repair   estimates.  Communication  services  offered  by  the  Company  connect
insurers, appraisers and collision repair facilities, providing the  information
required  to make appropriate and timely  decisions. The Company also provides a
wide variety of related services and products intended to facilitate the overall
management of the  automobile claims  process. The  Company's PATHWAYS  workflow
management  software  is designed  to integrate  each  of the  Company's product
offerings  on  a  common  platform  with  a  common  graphical  user  interface,
facilitating  the  learning of  new applications  while providing  the Company's
customers with a broader tool set for claims completion. The Company's  services
and  products  are an  integrated solution  that combines  reliable information,
advanced  claims  management  software  and  value-added,  secure  communication
systems to improve the efficiency of the automobile claims process.
 
    The Company markets its services and products to the key participants in the
automobile   claims  industry,  including  over   400  insurance  companies  and
approximately 20,000 to  25,000 collision repair  facilities. The Company  sells
its  services and  products to insurance  companies through a  125 person direct
sales force. The Company contracts with 85 independent sales representatives  to
sell  its products  to collision repair  facilities. Over half  of the Company's
revenue for 1995 was for services and products sold pursuant to contracts, which
generally have a two to three year term. A substantial portion of the  Company's
remaining  revenue represented sales to customers  that have been doing business
with the Company for at least ten years. The Company's services and products are
sold either on a monthly subscription or a per transaction basis.
 
    Insurance companies paid approximately $35 billion for automobile damage and
loss claims in  1994, of  which the  Company believes  $19 billion  was paid  to
collision  repair facilities  and $13  billion was  paid for  total loss claims.
Competitive pressures and resistance by policy holders and regulators to premium
increases are causing insurance companies to focus on both customer satisfaction
and cost control.  At the same  time, the  costs to operate  a collision  repair
facility  have  risen  substantially  over the  past  decade.  Modern automobile
designs coupled with extensive  environmental regulations are forcing  collision
repair facilities to make significant capital
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
investments   in  increasingly  sophisticated  equipment  and  better  training.
Automobile insurance  companies are  seeking to  reduce the  costs of  adjusting
claims  through  better and  more timely  flows of  information and  to increase
consumer satisfaction through faster, more efficient claims handling procedures.
Collision repair facilities are seeking to  obtain a steady supply of  customers
through  greater  connectivity  with insurance  companies  and  through improved
operating efficiency, business management and repair processing.
 
    The Company's objective is to enhance its position as a leading provider  of
business  solutions to  the automobile claims  industry. The  Company intends to
grow its  installed  user  base and  to  offer  new and  enhanced  services  and
products.  The Company focuses resources  on leading insurance companies because
these customers drive new product innovation and influence the systems decisions
of other participants  in the  claims process.  The Company  has also  committed
substantial resources to develop and program class libraries and claims workflow
objects  and intends to  leverage this technology asset  to develop new services
and enhancements  rapidly.  The  Company  plans  to  expand  its  appraisal  and
restoration  outsourcing  solution as  an alternative  to high  cost independent
adjusters. The Company also plans to expand the scope of its service and product
offerings  beyond  automobile  physical  damage  solutions  to  include   claims
involving  bodily injury  and to  offer selected  insurance company  customers a
total claims outsourcing solution.
 
    Underlying each  of  the  Company's  principal  services  and  products  are
value-added    databases   which   the    Company's   customers   access   using
workflow-oriented  software  and  the  Company's  communications  network.   The
Company's  proprietary database  of valuation data  used in  connection with its
total loss  services  and products  is  built  through the  Company's  own  data
collection  network. The  Company offers  its collision  estimating services and
products through a personal computer-based,  open systems approach utilizing  an
object-oriented  design which is readily integrated with customer legacy systems
and which  enables rapid  introduction of  additional application  modules.  The
Company's  product engineering activities focus on  improving speed to market of
new products, services and enhancements, and reducing development costs.
 
    CCC entered  the  vehicle  total  loss valuation  market  in  1980  when  it
introduced   the   first  computerized   vehicle   valuation  system   based  on
market-specific conditions  and  physically inspected  dealer  inventories.  The
Company  was incorporated in Delaware in 1983. Its principal executive office is
located at 444 Merchandise Mart,  Chicago, Illinois 60654. Its telephone  number
is (312) 222-4636.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company...............  5,500,000 Shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
Offering..........................................  22,026,800 Shares(1)
Use of Proceeds...................................  To  repay certain bank  debt of CCC that
                                                    has been guaranteed  by the Company  and
                                                    to  redeem a  portion of  the Redeemable
                                                    Preferred Stock. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market Symbol.....................  CCCG
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Excludes 2,579,760  shares of  Common Stock  issuable upon  the exercise  of
    stock  options outstanding at  June 30, 1996 at  a weighted average exercise
    price of $2.64 per share.
 
    CCC-TM-,  Pathways-TM-,  EZEst-TM-,   EZNet-TM-,  ACCESS-TM-,   ACCLAIM-TM-,
GuidePost-TM-,  EZFocus-TM-,  EZWorks-TM-, VINguard-TM-  and  AutoSearch-TM- are
trademarks of the Company. All other  trademarks, service marks, or trade  names
referred to in this Prospectus are the property of the respective owners.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The  following summary consolidated statement  of operations data, per share
data, pro forma data and  balance sheet data should  be read in connection  with
the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  notes  related  thereto  and the
unaudited pro  forma  consolidated financial  data  included elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  The information as  of and for  the three years  ended December 31,
1995 is  derived  from the  audited  consolidated financial  statements  of  the
Company.  The information presented as  of and for the  two years ended December
31, 1992 and the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 and all pro forma  data
is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial information of the Company.
With  respect  to the  unaudited financial  information, the  Company is  of the
opinion that  all  material adjustments,  consisting  only of  normal  recurring
adjustments  necessary for a fair presentation  of the Company's interim and pro
forma results of  operations and  financial condition, have  been included.  The
results  of operations  presented below  should not  be regarded  as necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected in any future period.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                                            PRO                   PRO
                                                                                           FORMA                 FORMA
                                    1991       1992       1993      1994(1)     1995      1995(2)     1995      1995(2)     1996
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues......................  $  38,859  $  45,805  $  51,264  $  91,917  $ 115,519  $ 115,519  $  56,624  $  56,624  $  63,325
  Expenses:
    Operating expenses..........     35,938     41,429     44,233     84,094    104,697    104,697     51,507     51,507     53,272
    Purchased research and
     development................         --         --         --     13,791         --         --         --         --         --
    Loss on lease termination...         --         --      3,802         --         --         --         --         --         --
    Litigation settlements......         --         --         --      1,750      4,500      4,500      4,500      4,500         --
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income (loss).......  $   2,921  $   4,376  $   3,229  $  (7,718) $   6,322  $   6,322  $     617  $     617  $  10,053
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) from continuing
   operations...................  $  (5,946) $  (7,260) $  (5,774) $ (13,159) $   1,286  $   3,538  $  (1,107) $     (97) $   6,691
  Income (loss) from
   discontinued operations, net
   of income taxes..............       (194)       409     (4,357)     1,006         --         --         --         --         --
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss).............     (6,140)    (6,851)   (10,131)   (12,153)     1,286      3,538     (1,107)       (97)     6,691
  Dividends and accretion on
   mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock..............         --         --         --     (1,518)    (3,003)      (991)    (1,455)      (480)    (1,604)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable
   to common stock..............  $  (6,140) $  (6,851) $ (10,131) $ (13,671) $  (1,717) $   2,547  $  (2,562) $    (577) $   5,087
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
PER SHARE DATA:
  Income (loss) from:
    Continuing operations.......  $   (0.67) $   (0.78) $   (0.61) $   (0.99) $    0.08  $    0.16  $   (0.06) $   (0.01) $    0.38
    Dividends and accretion on
     mandatorily redeemable
     preferred stock............         --         --         --      (0.11)     (0.18)     (0.05)     (0.09)     (0.02)     (0.09)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total continuing
     operations.................      (0.67)     (0.78)     (0.61)     (1.10)     (0.10)      0.11      (0.15)     (0.03)      0.29
    Discontinued operations.....      (0.02)      0.04      (0.47)      0.07         --         --         --         --         --
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable
   to common stock..............  $   (0.69) $   (0.74) $   (1.08) $   (1.03) $   (0.10) $    0.11  $   (0.15) $   (0.03) $    0.29
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Weighted average common and
   common equivalent shares
   outstanding..................      8,819      9,228      9,392     13,237     17,025     22,525     16,617     22,117     17,593
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                     PRO
                                    FORMA
                                   1996(2)
                                  ---------
<S>                               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues......................  $  63,325
  Expenses:
    Operating expenses..........     53,272
    Purchased research and
     development................         --
    Loss on lease termination...         --
    Litigation settlements......         --
                                  ---------
  Operating income (loss).......  $  10,053
                                  ---------
                                  ---------
  Income (loss) from continuing
   operations...................  $   7,520
  Income (loss) from
   discontinued operations, net
   of income taxes..............         --
                                  ---------
  Net income (loss).............      7,520
  Dividends and accretion on
   mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock..............       (529)
                                  ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable
   to common stock..............  $   6,991
                                  ---------
                                  ---------
PER SHARE DATA:
  Income (loss) from:
    Continuing operations.......  $    0.32
    Dividends and accretion on
     mandatorily redeemable
     preferred stock............      (0.02)
                                  ---------
    Total continuing
     operations.................       0.30
    Discontinued operations.....         --
                                  ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable
   to common stock..............  $    0.30
                                  ---------
                                  ---------
  Weighted average common and
   common equivalent shares
   outstanding..................     23,093
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                           ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED (3)
                                                                                          ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash..................................................................................  $   4,690     $   4,774
  Working capital.......................................................................    (14,483)       (6,631)
  Total assets..........................................................................     44,609        43,374
  Current portion of long-term debt.....................................................      8,151         1,151
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities..........................................     21,386         1,208
  Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock................................................     35,729        11,791
  Stockholders' deficit.................................................................    (51,125)         (116)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) The Company accounted for its interest in the Joint Venture under the equity
    method of accounting prior to acquiring the remaining interest in the  Joint
    Venture, effective March 30, 1994.
 
(2)  Pro forma data gives effect to the Offering (at an assumed initial offering
    price of  $11.00) as  of January  1, 1995,  including: (i)  redemption of  a
    portion  of  the Redeemable  Preferred Stock,  (ii) elimination  of interest
    expense associated with  repayment of  a portion of  the Company's  existing
    indebtedness   under  the   1994  bank   credit  facility,   elimination  of
    amortization associated with the write-off of deferred debt issue costs as a
    result of the  early retirement of  debt and  (iii) the tax  effects of  the
    interest-related  adjustments  described  above.  See  "Unaudited  Pro Forma
    Consolidated Financial Data" presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(3) Adjusted to reflect  (i) receipt by  the Company of the  net proceeds to  be
    received  from the sale of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial
    public offering price of  $11.00 per share and  (ii) the application of  the
    net  proceeds  of  the Offering  to  repay existing  indebtedness  under the
    Company's 1994 bank credit facility in the principal amount of approximately
    $27.2 million (or  approximately 98% of  the principal amount  outstanding),
    plus accrued interest of approximately $0.4 million and to redeem Redeemable
    Preferred  Stock  with a  stated value  of  approximately $26.1  million (or
    approximately 67% of the stated  value outstanding), plus accrued  dividends
    of approximately $1.5 million.
    With regard to redemption of the Redeemable Preferred Stock, the adjustments
    reflect  acceleration of  the unaccreted  portion of  the original preferred
    stock discount as a  charge to stockholders' equity  (deficit). There is  no
    income tax benefit associated with the accelerated accretion. With regard to
    repayment  of a  portion of the  1994 bank credit  facility, the adjustments
    reflect deferred debt issue costs, net of related income tax benefits, as  a
    charge  to  stockholders' equity  (deficit).  The deferred  debt  issue cost
    write-off will be charged against earnings, as an extraordinary item, net of
    tax, in the period in  which a portion of the  1994 bank credit facility  is
    repaid.  Based on an assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share, this
    charge is estimated to be $0.9 million before income taxes.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THIS  PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. ACTUAL RESULTS  COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY  FROM THOSE DISCUSSED  IN
THE  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT  OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE
SET FORTH BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN  THIS PROSPECTUS. THE FOLLOWING FACTORS  SHOULD
BE  CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN ADDITION TO  THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS BEFORE PURCHASING THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
HISTORY OF OPERATING LOSSES; UNCERTAINTY OF FUTURE PROFITABILITY
 
   
    The Company has an accumulated  net deficit from inception of  approximately
$65.0 million through June 30, 1996. Losses have resulted principally from costs
incurred in product acquisition and development, from servicing of debt and from
general  and  administrative  costs.  These costs  have  exceeded  the Company's
revenues, which have  been derived  primarily from the  sale of  its TOTAL  LOSS
product and its collision estimating product, EZEST. Most of the Company's other
products  are relatively  new and,  with the  exception of  EZNET, the Company's
communications service, have not yet produced significant revenue. Although  the
Company  has  recorded substantial  revenue growth  in each  of the  years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, and net income before dividends and  accretion
on  preferred stock of $1.3  million in the year  ended December 31, 1995, there
can be no  assurance that the  Company will be  able to sustain  such growth  or
achieve  or maintain  profitability in  future periods.  Despite its accumulated
deficit, as of December 31, 1995, the Company's net operating loss carryforwards
totaled only $0.3  million. This disparity  is attributable to  the lack of  tax
basis  for  certain past  operating charges.  Since  inception, the  Company has
charged  against  earnings:  (i)  goodwill  amortization  related  to   acquired
businesses  in the  amount of  approximately $37.5  million, (ii)  purchased in-
process research  and  development  software  projects  of  approximately  $13.8
million and (iii) purchased software amortization of approximately $4.6 million.
The Offering will not result in a change in control for income tax purposes that
would  limit the use of the net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, as of
December 31, 1995, the Company had no research investment credit  carryforwards.
The  Company  has established  deferred  income tax  asset  valuation allowances
because of its history  of operating losses and  an inability to project  future
taxable  income with  certainty. Such  valuation allowances  have been  and will
continue to be released to  income if and to the  extent the Company is able  to
successfully  achieve a recapitalization through  the Offering and demonstrate a
predictable pattern of profitability. See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
FINANCIAL POSITION; NEGATIVE WORKING CAPITAL; POTENTIAL FINANCING NEEDS
 
    At June 30, 1996, the Company's stockholders' deficit was $51.1 million. The
net  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock offered  hereby will  enable the
Company to improve substantially its financial position by repaying a portion of
the 1994 bank credit facility,  under which CCC is  the primary obligor and  the
Company is guarantor, and redeeming a portion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.
Historically,  the  Company's  business  has operated  with  a  negative working
capital. At June 30, 1996, negative  working capital was $14.5 million, and  the
ratio of current assets to current liabilities was .57 to 1. The Company has the
ability  to  operate  with  a  negative  working  capital  because  it  receives
substantial payments from customers for services and products in advance of  the
costs  incurred to  provide such services  and products and  the availability of
bank lines of credit. Assuming application of the net proceeds from the sale  of
Common Stock offered hereby as described herein as of June 30, 1996, the Company
would  have pro forma adjusted  negative working capital as  of June 30, 1996 of
$6.6 million. The Company believes that cash flows from operations and available
bank lines of credit  will be sufficient  to fund working  capital needs for  at
least one year. However, the continued availability of bank lines of credit will
require  compliance with bank covenants. It is possible that circumstances could
arise in the operation  of the Company's business  that would reduce cash  flows
substantially  or would  cause the  Company not  to be  in compliance  with bank
covenants. The Company  is currently  in compliance  with the  covenants of  its
lending   agreements.  Failure  to  comply   with  bank  covenants  could  cause
indebtedness to  become due  immediately or  render lines  of credit  not to  be
available  when needed.  In such  event the Company  may need  to seek alternate
sources of  financing,  including  the  potential issuance  of  debt  or  equity
securities,  at a time  and on terms that  may not be  favorable to the Company.
Issuance of additional equity securities could result in substantial dilution to
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
stockholders. There  can be  no assurance  that such  future financing  will  be
available  on terms acceptable  to the Company  or at all.  Due to the Company's
stockholders'  deficit  and  negative   working  capital,  new  investors   will
experience immediate and substantial dilution. See "Dilution."
 
RELIANCE ON MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
    The  Company derives  a substantial  portion of  its revenues  from sales to
large insurance  companies, including  State  Farm Mutual  Automobile  Insurance
Company  ("State Farm").  State Farm  accounted for  approximately 12.4%  of the
Company's revenue in 1995. Any loss of or material decrease in the business from
any large insurer,  and in  particular from State  Farm, could  have a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. See "Business--Customers."
 
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    The markets in which the Company competes are increasingly characterized  by
technological  change.  The  introduction  of  competing  services  or  products
incorporating new  technologies  could  render  some or  all  of  the  Company's
services and products unmarketable. The Company believes that its future success
depends  on its  ability to  enhance its  current services  and products  and to
develop new services  and products that  address the increasingly  sophisticated
needs  of its customers. As a result, the Company has in the past and intends to
continue to commit substantial resources to product development and programming.
Over the two years ended December  31, 1995, the Company expended  approximately
$24.9  million for product  development and programming.  The development of new
products may result in  unanticipated expenditures and  capital costs which  may
not  be recovered in the event  of an unsuccessful product. Development projects
can be lengthy  and are subject  to changing market  requirements and  unforseen
factors  which can result in  delays. The failure of  the Company to develop and
introduce new or enhanced services and  products in a timely and  cost-effective
manner  in response to changing technologies or customer requirements would have
a material adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and
results of operations.
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
   
    The  Company has experienced, and in  the future may continue to experience,
significant quarter  to  quarter  fluctuations in  its  results  of  operations.
Quarterly  results  of operations  may fluctuate  as  a result  of a  variety of
factors, including the introduction of new or upgraded services and products  by
the  Company  or  its  competitors,  customer  acceptance  of  new  services and
products, product development  expenses, the timing  of significant orders,  the
volume  of usage of the Company's  services and products, competitive conditions
in the  industry and  general economic  conditions. Many  of these  factors  are
beyond the Company's control. Further, the Company's contracts generally involve
significant customer commitments (for each appraisal work station, customers are
required  to invest approximately  $4,000 in computers  and related peripherals)
and may require  time-consuming authorization procedures  within the  customer's
organization;  the sales cycles  for the Company's services  and products to the
automobile insurance industry are therefore typically lengthy (generally between
6 and 18 months)  and subject to  a number of factors  outside of the  Company's
control.  For these and  other reasons the  overall revenues of  the Company are
difficult  to  forecast,   and  the  Company   believes  that   period-to-period
comparisons   of  results  of  operations  are  not  necessarily  meaningful  or
indicative of  the results  that  the Company  may  achieve for  any  subsequent
quarter  or a full year. Such fluctuations may result in volatility in the price
of the Common Stock, and  it is possible that  in future quarters the  Company's
operating  results will be below the  expectations of public market analysts and
investors. Such an event could  have a material adverse  effect on the price  of
the  Common  Stock.  In  addition, the  principal  payment  obligations  and the
restrictive covenants of the Company's 1994 bank credit facility have  continued
to  constrain the Company's operating activities. During the first half of 1996,
the Company  did  not incur  certain  operating expenditures  and  make  certain
investments  that it  would have  made in  the absence  of the  1994 bank credit
facility covenants. As a result, the  Company postponed until later in the  year
its plans to enhance internal functions and capabilities (including improvements
to customer tracking software, additional staff hiring and training, and certain
sales  and marketing activities).  See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and  Results of  Operations--Selected  Quarterly  Financial
Results."
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
    The  markets for the Company's services and products are highly competitive.
Over the past few years, the Company has experienced competitive price pressure,
particularly in  the collision  estimating  market, and  expects such  trend  to
continue.   The   Company's   principal  competitors   are   divisions   of  two
well-capitalized, multinational firms, Automated  Data Processing, Inc.  ("ADP")
and  Thomson  Corporation ("Thomson"),  both  of which  have  greater financial,
marketing, technical and other resources  than the Company. The Company  intends
to  address  competitive  price  pressures by  providing  high  quality, feature
enhanced products and services to its  clients. The Company intends to  continue
to  develop  user  friendly  claims  products  and  services  incorporating  its
comprehensive proprietary  inventory  of  data. The  Company  expects  that  the
PATHWAYS workflow manager will provide the necessary position with its insurance
customers to effectively compete against competitive price pressures.
 
    At  times,  insurance companies  have entered  into agreements  with service
providers (including ADP, Thomson  and CCC) wherein  the agreement provides,  in
part,  that the insurance company will either use the product or service of that
vendor on an exclusive basis or designate the vendor as a preferred provider  of
that  product or service. If it is an exclusive agreement, the insurance company
mandates that collision repair  facilities, independent appraisers and  regional
offices  use the  particular product  or service. If  the vendor  is a preferred
provider, the collision repair facilities, appraisers and regional offices,  are
encouraged  to use the preferred product,  but may still choose another vendor's
product or  service. Additionally,  some insurance  companies mandate  that  all
products be tested and approved at the companies' national level before regional
levels  can purchase such products. The benefits of being an endorsed product or
on the  approved  list  of  an  insurance  company  include  immediate  customer
availability  and a head start over competitors who may not be so approved. With
respect to those insurance companies that have endorsed ADP or Thomson, but  not
CCC,  the  Company  will  be  at a  competitive  disadvantage.  In  addition, in
connection with the Company's strategy  to provide outsourced claims  processing
services,  the Company  will compete  with other  third-party service providers,
some of whom may have more capital and greater resources than the Company. There
can be  no assurance  that the  Company  will be  able to  compete  successfully
against  current or  future competitors or  that competitive  pressures will not
have a material adverse  effect on the  Company's business, financial  condition
and results of operations. See "Business--Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The  Company's  continued success  will depend  largely  on the  efforts and
abilities of its executive officers  and upon certain key technical,  managerial
and  sales  employees. The  loss of  the services  of any  of the  Company's key
employees could  have  a material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations. The Company believes that it will
need  to hire  additional technical personnel  in order to  enhance its existing
products and to  develop new  products. The  Company's success  also depends  in
large  part upon  its ability to  attract and  retain highly-skilled managerial,
sales and marketing personnel.  If the Company is  unable to hire the  necessary
personnel,  the development  and sale of  product enhancements  and new products
would likely be delayed or prevented. Competition for highly skilled  technical,
managerial,  sales and marketing personnel is  intense. Certain of the Company's
senior management personnel have  recently joined the Company.  There can be  no
assurance that the Company will be successful in retaining its key personnel and
in  attracting the  personnel it requires  to continue its  growth strategy. See
"Business--Competition," "--Employees" and "Management."
 
USE OF LICENSED INFORMATION
 
    The Company's success  depends to  a substantial  degree on  its ability  to
provide  customers access to  a breadth of  data from many  different sources. A
substantial portion of the data  utilized in the Company's collision  estimating
products  is derived from the  Motor Crash Estimating Guide,  a publication of a
subsidiary of The Hearst Corporation. The Company has a license to use the Motor
Crash Estimating Guide data under an agreement which expires on April 30,  2002.
The  license is  automatically renewed on  a year-to-year basis  after April 30,
2002 unless either  party furnishes the  other with two  years' prior notice  of
nonrenewal. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to renew the
Hearst  license on economic terms that are  beneficial to the Company or at all.
The Company does not believe that it has access to an alternative database  that
would
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
provide  comparable information. Any interruption of the Company's access to the
Motor Crash Estimating Guide  data could have a  material adverse effect on  the
Company's   business,  financial  condition  and   results  of  operations.  See
"Business--Technology."
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT
 
    The Company regards the technology  underlying its services and products  as
proprietary.  The  Company relies  primarily  on a  combination  of intellectual
property laws, patents, trademarks,  confidentiality agreements and  contractual
provisions to protect its proprietary rights. The Company has registered certain
of its trademarks. The Company's TOTAL LOSS calculation process is not patented;
however,  the  underlying methodology  and processes  are  trade secrets  of the
Company and are essential to the  Company's TOTAL LOSS business. Existing  trade
secrets  and copyright laws  afford the Company  limited protection. Despite the
Company's efforts to  protect its proprietary  rights, unauthorized parties  may
attempt  to  copy  aspects  of  the Company's  software  or  to  obtain  and use
information that the Company regards  as proprietary. Policing unauthorized  use
of  the Company's  software is  difficult. There  can be  no assurance  that the
obligations to maintain the confidentiality  of the Company's trade secrets  and
proprietary  information will  effectively prevent  disclosure of  the Company's
confidential information  or provide  meaningful  protection for  the  Company's
confidential  information, or  that the  Company's trade  secrets or proprietary
information will not  be independently developed  by the Company's  competitors.
There  can  be no  assurance  that the  Company's  trade secrets  or proprietary
information will provide  competitive advantages  or will not  be challenged  or
circumvented  by its competitors. Litigation may be necessary for the Company to
defend against  claims of  infringement, to  protect its  intellectual  property
rights and could result in substantial cost to, and diversion of efforts by, the
Company.  There can be no  assurance that the Company  would prevail in any such
litigation. If the Company  is unable to protect  its proprietary rights in  its
intellectual  property, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company  is not  aware that  any of  its software,  trademarks or  other
proprietary  rights infringe the  proprietary rights of  third parties. However,
the Company has been involved previously in intellectual property litigation the
resolution of which resulted in substantial  payments by the Company. There  can
be  no assurance that third parties  will not assert infringement claims against
the Company in the future. Any such  claims, with or without merit, can be  time
consuming  and expensive  to defend  or can  require the  Company to  enter into
royalty or licensing agreements or cease the infringing activities. The  failure
to obtain such royalty agreements, if required, and the Company's involvement in
such  litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition  and  results  of  operations.  See  "Business--Intellectual
Property."
 
CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDER
 
    White  River Ventures,  Inc. ("White  River") will  continue to  control the
Company after the  Offering, subject to  the terms of  a stockholders  agreement
(the  "Stockholders Agreement")  entered into by  the Company,  White River, and
certain   other   stockholders.   See   "Principal    Stockholders--Stockholders
Agreement."
 
    Upon  consummation of  the Offering,  White River  will beneficially  own or
control an aggregate  of 39.0%  of the outstanding  shares of  Common Stock  (or
approximately  37.6% if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in
full). In addition,  White River  and its  affiliates will  beneficially own  or
control  an aggregate of 1,589 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and 10,794
shares of  the Series  D Preferred  Stock, which  will constitute  approximately
96.2% of the outstanding shares of each such series.
 
   
    Under  the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock, for so long as White River
and its  affiliates own  at least  50% of  the outstanding  shares of  Series  C
Preferred  Stock, the holders of a majority  of such shares may elect a majority
of the board of directors of the Company in the event of a dividend default or a
redemption default, neither of which has  occurred to date. See "Description  of
Capital   Stock--The  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock."   In  connection  with  the
recapitalization of the  Company in  1994 and to  help ensure  that White  River
Corporation,  the parent  of White  River, avoid  registration as  an investment
company under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,  White River and the  Company
have  also entered into  an agreement (the "White  River Agreement") whereby the
Company has agreed, upon receipt  of notice from White  River that it owns  less
than  50% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  to exchange 500 shares of
the outstanding  Series  D  Preferred Stock  for  500  shares of  new  Series  E
Cumulative  Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 (the "Series E Preferred
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Stock"), which carries certain voting rights if it is held by White River or any
of its affiliates. The  Series E Preferred Stock  votes according to a  formula,
the  effect of which is  to cause White River  and its affiliates, through their
ownership of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, to have 51% of the votes to  be
cast on any matter to be voted upon by the holders of Common Stock, provided all
of  the shares of such Series E Preferred Stock are issued, outstanding and held
by White River and its affiliates. To the extent White River also owns shares of
Common Stock, such  Series E  Preferred Stock  will only  provide an  additional
voting  percentage that,  when added together  with the vote  from White River's
shares of Common Stock, will  provide White River with a  maximum of 51% of  the
votes.
 
    Pursuant  to the terms of  the Certificate of Designations  for the Series E
Preferred Stock,  the  voting  power  of the  outstanding  shares  of  Series  E
Preferred Stock is reduced according to a formula to the extent that outstanding
shares  of Series  E Preferred Stock  are either  redeemed by the  Company or no
longer owned  by  White  River  and  its affiliates.  If  White  River  and  its
affiliates  were to continue to  hold 39.0% of the  outstanding shares of Common
Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock voting power combined with the voting  power
of  the Common Stock held by White River  would be less than a majority when 393
(or 78.6%) of the 500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock had been so redeemed or
are no longer so owned. The outstanding  shares of Series E Preferred Stock  are
redeemable  pro  rata with  the  outstanding shares  of  Series C  and  Series D
Preferred Stock and  other parity stock,  if any. White  River has informed  the
Company  of its present intention  to exchange 500 shares  of Series D Preferred
Stock for 500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock sometime after the consummation
of the Offering. When properly notified in writing of such request, the  Company
will  issue, within three business  days, such 500 shares  of Series E Preferred
Stock to White River. See "Description of Capital Stock-- The Series E Preferred
Stock."
 
    The Stockholders  Agreement provides  that certain  stockholders  affiliated
with  management  (the "Management  Stockholders") may  nominate three  of seven
directors while the Stockholders Agreement  remains in effect. In addition,  the
directors  designated  by the  Management Stockholders  have been  delegated the
authority of the board of directors,  to the extent permitted by applicable  law
and  subject to the  fiduciary duties of  the other directors,  to determine the
timing, price  and terms  of future  offerings of  Common Stock  and of  certain
business  combinations. See "Principal Stockholders--Stockholders Agreement" for
a detailed description of the Stockholders Agreement.
 
    Because of its ownership  of shares of Common  Stock and Series C  Preferred
Stock,  and its  ability to  acquire shares of  Series E  Preferred Stock, White
River will be  able to  elect a  majority of the  board of  directors after  the
Offering  and will  be in control  of the Company.  When shares of  the Series E
Preferred Stock are  issued to  White River or  its affiliates  pursuant to  the
White  River Agreement,  White River will  have a  majority of the  votes on any
matter brought to a vote of the stockholders, regardless of the number of shares
of Common Stock owned  by White River  and its affiliates.  White River and  its
affiliates  will retain the Series E Preferred Stock majority voting power until
sufficient shares of Series E Preferred Stock have been redeemed by the  Company
or transferred to non-affiliates of White River to reduce the Series E Preferred
Stock  voting power below a majority. This  may render more difficult or tend to
discourage unsolicited mergers, acquisitions,  tender offers, proxy contests  or
assumptions   of  control  and  changes   of  incumbent  management,  even  when
stockholders other than White River consider  such a transaction to be in  their
best  interest. Accordingly, stockholders  may be deprived  of an opportunity to
sell their  shares  at a  premium  over the  market  price of  the  shares.  See
"Principal Stockholders -- Stockholders Agreement" and "Certain Transactions."
 
BENEFITS TO EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Approximately $27.6 million of the net proceeds from the sale by the Company
of  the Common  Stock offered  hereby will be  used to  redeem a  portion of the
Redeemable Preferred Stock, of which 96.2% is  owned by White River and 3.8%  is
owned  by  affiliates  of  Hambrecht  &  Quist  LLC,  a  representative  of  the
Underwriters. See  "Certain Transactions",  "Description of  Capital Stock"  and
"Underwriting."
 
DEPENDENCE ON TRANSMISSION SERVICES AND DATA OPERATIONS
 
    The  Company maintains its TOTAL LOSS database on a mainframe computer which
has been outsourced to a  data center service provider  for the past ten  years.
The  Company's operations are  dependent on its ability  to protect its computer
equipment and the information stored in  the third party service bureau  against
damage that
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
may  be caused  by fire,  power loss,  telecommunications failures, unauthorized
intrusion and other events.  The service bureau data  center consists of an  IBM
compatible  mainframe processor,  disk storage,  a tape  library, printer output
capability, communications  facilities and  mini-computers. The  data center  is
protected  by an  uninterruptible power  supply system  with short  term battery
back-up and security  and authorization  procedures. Software  and related  data
files  are backed-up regularly  and stored off-site and  the Company and service
bureau also have a  contingency and disaster recovery  plan that is designed  to
reduce  the risk of extended interruption of the Company's services in the event
of damage to, or other  failure of, its data center.  There can be no  assurance
that  these  measures  will be  sufficient  to  eliminate the  risk  of extended
interruption in the Company's operations  due to interference or disruptions  to
the  Company's access to the information maintained at the data center. Any such
interruption could have  a material  adverse effect on  the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
    Certain  of the Company's  data services are  transmitted using transmission
methods which are not within the control  of the Company. The Company relies  on
several  companies  to provide  dial-up access  to  the Company's  services. Any
damage or  failure that  causes  interruption in  these  services could  have  a
material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.
 
    Although the Company has implemented a contingency plan for the interruption
of transmission service and data operations,  the Company does not maintain  any
business interruption insurance.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The insurance industry is subject to extensive state regulation. Because the
Company  markets  and sells  its products  and services  to participants  in the
insurance industry, particular aspects of the Company's business are affected by
such regulation, including the methodology  implemented to calculate total  loss
valuations,  restrictions or prohibitions on the ability of an insurance company
to direct  or  suggest  insureds  to use  selected  repair  facilities  and  the
monitoring  and  licensing  of  claim  adjusters  and  appraisers.  Due  to  the
state-by-state regulation of the insurance industry, the Company's services  and
products  may be affected by varying regulations which may increase costs to the
Company in  complying  with  such  regulations.  Changes  in  regulations  which
adversely  affect  the Company's  existing and  potential  clients could  have a
material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business, financial  condition  and
results of operations.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Future sales of substantial amounts of the Company's Common Stock after this
Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Several of
the Company's principal stockholders hold a significant portion of the Company's
outstanding  Common Stock,  including White  River which  holds 8,584,564 shares
representing 39.0%  of the  outstanding shares  of the  Common Stock  after  the
Offering  (37.6%  if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option  is  exercised in
full), and a decision by one or more of these stockholders to sell their  shares
could  adversely affect the market price  of the Common Stock. Upon consummation
of the  Offering,  the Company  will  have  22,026,800 shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  (22,851,800 shares assuming  exercise in full  of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option). Of these  shares, all shares sold  in this Offering  and
808,000 shares held by certain stockholders not affiliated with the Company will
be freely tradeable under the federal securities laws immediately following this
Offering. Of the remaining shares, 14,911,500 shares of Common Stock are subject
to  lock-up agreements  with representatives  of the  Underwriters. Such lock-up
agreements restrict transfers  of such  shares, without the  written consent  of
Hambrecht  & Quist  LLC, until 180  days after  the date of  this Prospectus. In
addition, a total  of 5,962,885  shares are subject  to right  of first  refusal
agreements  with  the  Company.  Beginning  180  days  after  the  date  of this
Prospectus, approximately 15,563,900 shares will  be eligible for sale  pursuant
to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
of which 13,050,800 shares are held by affiliates of the Company. As of June 30,
1996,  options to purchase an aggregate of 2,579,800 shares of Common Stock were
outstanding under the Company's Stock Option Plan, and 1,577,700 of these shares
which are acquired upon exercise of  options within 180 days of this  Prospectus
are  subject  to the  180 day  lock-up  described above.  See "Management--Stock
Option Plan." Following  the closing of  this Offering, the  Company intends  to
register  on Form S-8 under  the Securities Act shares  of Common Stock issuable
under the  Stock Option  Plan.  Such registration  will  be effective  upon  its
filing. See "Shares Eligible For Future Sale."
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, additional shares of preferred
stock  may be issued in  the future by the  Company without stockholder approval
and upon  such terms  and conditions,  and having  such rights,  privileges  and
preferences,  as  the  Board  may  determine in  the  exercise  of  its business
judgment. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and  may
be  adversely affected by, any preferred stock that may be issued in the future.
The  issuance  of   additional  preferred  stock,   while  providing   desirable
flexibility  in  connection  with possible  acquisitions,  financings  and other
corporate transactions, could have  the effect of  discouraging, or making  more
difficult,   a  third  party's  acquisition  of  a  majority  of  the  Company's
outstanding voting  stock.  The  Company  has no  present  plans  to  issue  any
additional  shares of preferred stock. See "Control by Existing Stockholder" and
"Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; DETERMINATION OF PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE; POSSIBLE
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock,
and there can  be no  assurance given  as to (i)  the liquidity  of the  trading
market  for the Common Stock, (ii) whether  an active public market will develop
for the Common Stock or (iii) whether the Common Stock will trade in the  public
market subsequent to the Offering at or above the initial public offering price.
If  an active public  market for the  Common Stock does  not develop, the market
price and  liquidity  of  the  Common Stock  may  be  materially  and  adversely
affected.  The initial public offering price  of the Common Stock offered hereby
was determined by negotiations  among the Company and  the Underwriters and  may
not  be indicative of the market price  for the Common Stock after the Offering.
See "Underwriting." The trading  price of the Common  Stock could be subject  to
wide fluctuations in response to variations in the Company's quarterly operating
results, changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts, conditions in the
Company's  businesses or general market or  economic conditions. In addition, in
recent  years  the  stock  market  has  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume
fluctuations.  These fluctuations  have had a  substantial effect  on the market
prices for  many emerging  growth companies,  often unrelated  to the  operating
performance  of the  specific companies. Such  market fluctuations  could have a
material adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock.
 
DILUTION TO NEW INVESTORS
 
    Investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offering will  experience
immediate  and substantial  dilution in net  tangible book value.  Prior to this
Offering each outstanding share of Common Stock has a negative net tangible book
value of $3.81, and after  the Offering will have  a negative net tangible  book
value  of $0.35. The  net tangible book  value dilution to  purchasers of Common
Stock in this Offering will be $11.35  per share. See "Dilution." To the  extent
outstanding  options to purchase the Company's Common Stock are exercised, there
will be further dilution. See "Management--Stock Option Plan."
 
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
 
    The Company is a holding company with no business operations of its own. The
Company's only material asset  is all of the  outstanding capital stock of  CCC,
which  is  pledged pursuant  to a  guaranty  of the  1994 bank  credit facility.
Accordingly, the Company will be  dependent on dividends and distributions  from
CCC  to pay its expenses  and to pay any cash  dividends or distributions on the
Common Stock that may be  authorized by the Board  of Directors of the  Company.
There  can be no  assurance that CCC  will generate sufficient  cash flow to pay
dividends or distribute funds  to the Company or  that applicable state law  and
contractual  restrictions, including  negative covenants  contained in  the debt
instruments of CCC, will permit such dividends or distributions.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has  never declared  or paid any  cash dividends  on its  Common
Stock.  The Company currently intends to  retain any future earnings for funding
growth and, therefore,  does not  anticipate paying  any cash  dividends in  the
foreseeable  future.  Furthermore, covenants  in the  1994 bank  credit facility
prohibit the payment of cash dividends on Common Stock.
 
   
    As of June 30, 1996, dividends in the approximate amount of $2.2 million had
accrued at  a  rate  of 2.75%  per  annum  on the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock.
Redeemable  Preferred Stock totalling $27.6 million, including accrued dividends
thereon of $1.5 million,  is being redeemed  with a portion  of the proceeds  of
this   Offering.  The  yield-to-maturity  on   the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
approximated 9%. So  long as  any shares  of Redeemable  Preferred Stock  remain
outstanding, the Company cannot declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock.
    
 
    On  June  6,  1996  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  approved  a
distribution to  stockholders of  record of  the Company  of 40,000  shares  and
options to purchase 50,000 additional shares of the common stock of Faneuil ISG,
Inc.,  which shares  and options  had been  received by  the Company  in partial
consideration of  the  sale by  the  Company to  Faneuil  ISG, Inc.  of  certain
business assets in August 1994. The distributed shares and options were recorded
on  the  books  of  the Company  at  cost  with a  carrying  value  of $530,000.
Purchasers  of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will  not  participate  in  this
distribution.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The  net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1996, was a negative
$63.0 million,  or a  negative $3.81  per share.  "Net tangible  book value  per
share"  represents the  amount of total  tangible assets  less total liabilities
divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Without taking into
account any other changes in  the net tangible book  value after June 30,  1996,
other than to give effect to the receipt by the Company of the net proceeds from
the  sale  of 5,500,000  shares of  Common  Stock offered  hereby at  an assumed
initial public offering price of $11.00  per share, the net tangible book  value
of  the Company  at June  30, 1996 would  have been  negative $7.8  million or a
negative $0.35 per share. This represents an immediate increase of net  tangible
book value of $3.46 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
of  $11.35 per share to new investors.  The following table illustrates this per
share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............................             $   11.00
  Net negative tangible book value per share before the Offering............  $    3.81
  Less increase per share attributable to new investors.....................       3.46
                                                                              ---------
Net negative tangible book value per share after the Offering(1)............                  0.35
                                                                                         ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................................             $   11.35
                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) If the  Underwriters' over-allotment option  is exercised in  full, the  net
    tangible  book value  per share would  be approximately  $0.03, resulting in
    dilution to new investors in this Offering of $10.97 per share.
 
    The following table summarizes, on  a pro forma basis  as of June 30,  1996,
the  differences  between  existing stockholders  and  new  investors purchasing
shares of Common Stock  in the Offering (at  an assumed initial public  offering
price  of $11.00 per share) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock
purchased from the Company, the total  consideration paid and the average  price
per share paid:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK              TOTAL
                                                         ACQUIRED                 CONSIDERATION
                                                 ------------------------  ---------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                    NUMBER      PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                                 ------------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders..........................    16,526,800       75.0%  $   10,097,000(1)      14.3%   $    0.61
New investors..................................     5,500,000       25.0       60,500,000        85.7         11.00
                                                 ------------      -----   ---------------    -----
  Total........................................    22,026,800      100.0%  $   70,597,000       100.0%    $    3.21
                                                 ------------      -----   ---------------    -----
                                                 ------------      -----   ---------------    -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Excludes certain transactions totalling $3,926,000 not involving stockholder
    cash consideration.
 
    The  computations in  the above  table are  determined before  deducting the
underwriting discount and  estimated offering expenses  payable by the  Company.
Both  tables set forth in  this section assume no  exercise of outstanding stock
options. At June 30, 1996, options to purchase 2,579,760 shares of Common  Stock
were  outstanding with a weighted average exercise  price of $2.64 per share. To
the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution  to
new investors. See "Management--Stock Option Plan."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The  net proceeds from the  sale by the Company  of the Common Stock offered
hereby will be approximately  $55.2 million (or  approximately $63.6 million  if
the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised  in full)  based  on an
assumed initial public offering  price of $11.00 per  share and after  deducting
underwriting  discounts  and commissions  and  estimated offering  expenses. The
Company intends to use approximately $27.6 million of such net proceeds to repay
a portion of  the outstanding  indebtedness of CCC  under the  1994 bank  credit
facility  of which the Company is the guarantor. The agent lender under the 1994
bank credit facility  is Canadian Imperial  Bank of Commerce.  The Company  also
intends to use the remaining net proceeds of approximately $27.6 million of such
net proceeds to redeem a portion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.
 
    At  June 30, 1996  there was $27.8  million outstanding under  the 1994 bank
credit facility (a $22.3 million term  loan and a $5.5 million revolving  loan).
Loans  under the 1994  bank credit facility  bear interest at  either (i) a base
rate (set by the bank from time to time) plus 1.5%, or (ii) the Eurodollar  rate
plus  3.0%, as  chosen from time  to time by  CCC. The average  interest rate in
effect during the year ended December 31,  1995 was 9.15% for the term loan  and
9.03%  for the revolving credit facility; at  June 30, 1996, the rates in effect
for these facilities were 8.6% and 8.8%, respectively. The obligations under the
1994 bank credit facility mature in March  1999 (with respect to the term  loan)
and in April 1999 (with respect to the revolving loan) and are guaranteed by the
Company.
 
    The   Company  is  considering  the  refinancing  of  that  portion  of  the
indebtedness under the 1994 bank credit facility not repaid with the proceeds of
this Offering on or prior to the closing of the Offering by causing CCC to enter
into a new bank credit facility  with Signet Bank. See "Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following  table  sets  forth the  consolidated  capitalization  of  the
Company  as of June 30, 1996, and as adjusted to reflect (i) the net proceeds to
be received by the Company  from the sale of Common  Stock offered hereby at  an
assumed  initial  public  offering  price  of  $11.00  per  share  and  (ii) the
application of the  net proceeds  of the  Offering to  redeem a  portion of  the
Redeemable  Preferred Stock (at stated value plus accrued dividends thereon) and
to repay a portion  of the Company's existing  indebtedness under the 1994  bank
credit facility (including accrued interest).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                           ----------------------
                                                                                            ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
Current portion of long-term debt........................................................  $   8,151   $   1,151
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
Long-term debt:
  Term loan..............................................................................     15,250          --
  Revolving credit facility..............................................................      5,500         572
  Other..................................................................................        636         636
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
    Total long-term debt.................................................................     21,386       1,208
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
  Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.................................................     35,729      11,791
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
Stockholders' deficit:
  Common stock ($.10 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized and, 16,526,800 shares
   issued and outstanding as of June 30, 1996)(1)........................................      1,653       2,203
  Additional paid-in capital.............................................................     12,370      67,013
  Accumulated deficit....................................................................    (64,962)    (69,146)
  Treasury stock, at cost................................................................       (186)       (186)
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' deficit..........................................................    (51,125)       (116)
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total capitalization...............................................................  $  14,141   $  14,034
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Excludes 2,777,920 shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan
    pursuant  to which options  have been granted  covering 2,579,760 shares and
     198,160 shares are available  for issuance at  a weighted average  exercise
     price of $2.64 per share.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The  selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for each
of the three  years ended December  31, 1995 are  derived from the  consolidated
financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by Price Waterhouse
LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants.  The  consolidated  financial
statements as of December 31,  1994 and 1995, and for  each of the years in  the
three  years ended  December 31,  1995, together  with the  Price Waterhouse LLP
report  thereon,  are  included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  The  selected
consolidated  financial  data presented  below  as of  and  for the  years ended
December 31, 1991 and 1992, and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1995
and 1996 are unaudited but have been  prepared on the same bases as the  audited
financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments,
consisting   only  of  normal  recurring   adjustments,  necessary  for  a  fair
presentation of  the results  of  operations and  financial condition  for  such
periods.   The  results  of  operations  presented  below  are  not  necessarily
indicative of  results  to be  expected  for  any future  period.  The  selected
consolidated  financial  data should  be read  in conjunction  with Management's
Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations,  the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and the unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial data included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      SIX
                                                                                                                    MONTHS
                                                                                                                     ENDED
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                              1991       1992       1993      1994(1)     1995       1995
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues................................................  $  38,859  $  45,805  $  51,264  $  91,917  $ 115,519  $  56,624
  Expenses:
    Operating expenses....................................     35,938     41,429     44,233     84,094    104,697     51,507
    Purchased research and development....................         --         --         --     13,791         --         --
    Loss on lease termination.............................         --         --      3,802         --         --         --
    Litigation settlements................................         --         --         --      1,750      4,500      4,500
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income (loss).................................      2,921      4,376      3,229     (7,718)     6,322        617
  Equity in loss of Joint Venture.........................     (2,057)    (6,713)    (3,564)      (615)        --         --
  Interest expense........................................     (9,575)    (9,606)    (6,945)    (7,830)    (5,809)    (3,110)
  Other income (expense), net.............................        519        232       (311)       316        482        334
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
   taxes..................................................     (8,192)   (11,711)    (7,591)   (15,847)       995     (2,159)
  Income tax (provision) benefit..........................      2,246      4,451      1,817      2,688        291      1,052
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations................     (5,946)    (7,260)    (5,774)   (13,159)     1,286     (1,107)
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
   income taxes...........................................       (194)       409     (4,357)     1,006         --         --
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss).......................................     (6,140)    (6,851)   (10,131)   (12,153)     1,286     (1,107)
  Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock........................................         --         --         --     (1,518)    (3,003)    (1,455)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock............  $  (6,140) $  (6,851) $ (10,131) $ (13,671) $  (1,717) $  (2,562)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
PER SHARE DATA:
  Income (loss) from:
    Continuing operations.................................  $   (0.67) $   (0.78) $   (0.61) $   (0.99) $    0.08  $   (0.06)
    Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
     preferred stock......................................         --         --         --      (0.11)     (0.18)     (0.09)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total continuing operations...........................      (0.67)     (0.78)     (0.61)     (1.10)     (0.10)     (0.15)
    Discontinued operations...............................      (0.02)      0.04      (0.47)      0.07         --         --
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock............  $   (0.69) $   (0.74) $   (1.08) $   (1.03) $   (0.10) $   (0.15)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
   outstanding............................................      8,819      9,228      9,392     13,237     17,025     16,617
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                              1996
                                                            ---------
<S>                                                         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues................................................  $  63,325
  Expenses:
    Operating expenses....................................     53,272
    Purchased research and development....................         --
    Loss on lease termination.............................         --
    Litigation settlements................................         --
                                                            ---------
  Operating income (loss).................................     10,053
  Equity in loss of Joint Venture.........................         --
  Interest expense........................................     (1,982)
  Other income (expense), net.............................        293
                                                            ---------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
   taxes..................................................      8,364
  Income tax (provision) benefit..........................     (1,673)
                                                            ---------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations................      6,691
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
   income taxes...........................................         --
                                                            ---------
  Net income (loss).......................................      6,691
  Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock........................................     (1,604)
                                                            ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock............  $   5,087
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
PER SHARE DATA:
  Income (loss) from:
    Continuing operations.................................  $    0.38
    Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
     preferred stock......................................      (0.09)
                                                            ---------
    Total continuing operations...........................       0.29
    Discontinued operations...............................         --
                                                            ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock............  $    0.29
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
   outstanding............................................     17,593
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                        1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash..............................................................  $  11,320  $   3,756  $     375  $   5,702  $   3,895
  Working capital...................................................      7,692        969    (11,004)   (15,549)   (17,953)
  Total assets......................................................     61,380     40,423     40,058     52,232     44,093
  Current portion of long-term debt.................................      7,887      4,522      7,857      5,340      7,660
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities......................     60,187     61,585     56,624     35,753     27,220
  Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock............................         --         --         --     31,122     34,125
  Stockholders' deficit.............................................    (37,368)   (43,291)   (53,416)   (54,729)   (56,420)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                          JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                      ----------------------
                                                                                     AS
                                                                       ACTUAL    ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                      ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash..............................................................  $   4,690   $   4,774
  Working capital...................................................    (14,483)     (6,631)
  Total assets......................................................     44,609      43,374
  Current portion of long-term debt.................................      8,151       1,151
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities......................     21,386       1,208
  Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock............................     35,729      11,791
  Stockholders' deficit.............................................    (51,125)       (116)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) The Company accounted for its interest in the Joint Venture under the equity
    method  of accounting prior to acquiring the remaining interest in the Joint
    Venture, effective March 30, 1994.
 
(2) Adjusted to reflect  (i) receipt by  the Company of the  net proceeds to  be
    received  from the sale of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial
    public offering price of  $11.00 per share and  (ii) the application of  the
    net  proceeds  of  the Offering  to  repay existing  indebtedness  under the
    Company's 1994 bank credit facility in the principal amount of approximately
    $27.2 million (or  approximately 98% of  the principal amount  outstanding),
    plus accrued interest of approximately $0.4 million and to redeem Redeemable
    Preferred  Stock  with a  stated value  of  approximately $26.1  million (or
    approximately 67% of the stated  value outstanding), plus accrued  dividends
    of approximately $1.5 million.
    With regard to redemption of the Redeemable Preferred Stock, the adjustments
    reflect  acceleration of  the unaccreted  portion of  the original preferred
    stock discount as a  charge to stockholders' equity  (deficit). There is  no
    income tax benefit associated with the accelerated accretion. With regard to
    repayment  of a  portion of the  1994 bank credit  facility, the adjustments
    reflect deferred debt issue costs, net of related income tax benefits, as  a
    charge  to  stockholders' equity  (deficit).  The deferred  debt  issue cost
    write-off will be charged against earnings, as an extraordinary item, net of
    tax, in the period in  which a portion of the  1994 bank credit facility  is
    repaid.  Based on an assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share, this
    charge is estimated to be $0.9 million before income taxes.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The following table sets  forth statement of operations  data and per  share
data  of the Company for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the six months
ended June 30, 1995  and 1996, and  as adjusted to reflect,  as if occurring  on
January 1, 1995, (i) receipt by the Company of the net proceeds from the sale of
Common  Stock  offered hereby  at an  assumed initial  public offering  price of
$11.00 per share and (ii) the application of the net proceeds of the Offering to
repay a  portion of  the Company's  existing indebtedness  under the  1994  bank
credit facility and to redeem a portion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED           SIX MONTHS ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1995         JUNE 30, 1995           JUNE 30, 1996
                                                     ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                    PRO                     PRO                     PRO
                                                       ACTUAL      FORMA       ACTUAL      FORMA       ACTUAL      FORMA
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues.........................................  $  115,519  $  115,519  $   56,624  $   56,624  $   63,325  $   63,325
  Expenses:
    Operating expenses.............................     104,697     104,697      51,507      51,507      53,272      53,272
    Litigation settlement(1).......................       4,500       4,500       4,500       4,500          --          --
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Operating income.................................       6,322       6,322         617         617      10,053      10,053
  Interest expense(2)..............................      (5,809)     (2,914)     (3,110)     (1,665)     (1,982)       (578)
  Other income, net................................         482         482         334         334         293         293
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Income before income taxes.......................         995       3,890      (2,159)       (714)      8,364       9,768
  Income tax (provision) benefit(3)................         291        (352)      1,052         617      (1,673)     (2,248)
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income.......................................       1,286       3,538      (1,107)        (97)      6,691       7,520
  Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock(4)..............................      (3,003)       (991)     (1,455)       (480)     (1,604)       (529)
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock.....  $   (1,717) $    2,547  $   (2,562) $     (577) $    5,087  $    6,991
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
PER SHARE DATA:
  Net income.......................................  $     0.08  $     0.16  $    (0.06) $    (0.01) $     0.38  $     0.32
  Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock.................................       (0.18)      (0.05)      (0.09)      (0.02)      (0.09)      (0.02)
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock.....  $    (0.10) $     0.11  $    (0.15) $    (0.03) $     0.29  $     0.30
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent
   shares outstanding..............................      17,025      22,525      16,617      22,117      17,593      23,093
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) The litigation settlement had an after tax value of $2.8 million.
 
(2)  Pro forma interest  expense gives effect  to the Offering  as of January 1,
    1995 and the  associated elimination  of interest expense  of $2.5  million,
    $1.2 million and $1.2 million for the periods ending December 31, 1995, June
    30,  1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively, resulting from the repayment of a
    portion of the Company's  existing indebtedness under  the 1994 bank  credit
    facility  of $27.6  million. Pro  forma interest  expense also  reflects the
    elimination of amortization associated with  the write-off of deferred  debt
    issue  costs as a result  of the early retirement  of debt amounting to $0.4
    million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million respectively, for such periods.
 
(3) Pro forma income taxes gives effect  to the tax effect of the interest  rate
    adjustments described in Note 2.
 
(4) Pro forma dividends and accretion on Redeemable Preferred Stock reflects the
    pro rata elimination of such dividends and accretion.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
 
    The Company's results from continuing operations, for the periods indicated,
are set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             JUNE 30,
                                                           --------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1993       1994        1995       1995       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues.................................................  $  51,264  $  91,917  $  115,519  $  56,624  $  63,325
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses:
    Production and customer support......................     15,108     25,123      32,261     16,346     15,520
    Commissions, royalties and license fees..............      1,091      7,153      11,720      5,559      6,660
    Selling, general and administrative..................     22,908     33,426      36,279     17,730     19,043
    Depreciation and amortization........................      2,158      8,331       9,572      4,854      3,972
    Product development and programming..................      2,968     10,061      14,865      7,018      8,077
  Purchased research and development.....................     --         13,791      --         --         --
  Loss on lease termination..............................      3,802     --          --         --         --
  Litigation settlements.................................     --          1,750       4,500      4,500     --
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)..................................      3,229     (7,718)      6,322        617     10,053
Equity in loss of Joint Venture..........................     (3,564)      (615)     --         --         --
Interest expense.........................................     (6,945)    (7,830)     (5,809)    (3,110)    (1,982)
Other income (expense), net..............................       (311)       316         482        334        293
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
 taxes...................................................     (7,591)   (15,847)        995     (2,159)     8,364
Income tax (provision) benefit...........................      1,817      2,688         291      1,052     (1,673)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations.................  $  (5,774) $ (13,159) $    1,286  $  (1,107) $   6,691
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The  Company  is a  leading supplier  of  automobile claims  information and
processing, claims management software  and value-added communication  services.
The Company's customers include each of the 50 largest U.S. automobile insurance
companies,  over 250  other automobile insurance  companies and  more than 8,500
collision  repair  facilities.  The  Company's  technology-based  services   and
products  improve efficiency, manage costs and increase consumer satisfaction in
the management of automobile claims and restoration.
 
    The Company sells its  products to two  primary customer markets:  insurance
companies   (approximately  70%  of  revenue   in  1995)  and  collision  repair
facilities. In  addition, certain  Company products  and services  are aimed  at
improving  the  efficiency  of  both  markets  by  enabling  the  two  groups to
communicate electronically. The Company's  principal products for the  insurance
market are its TOTAL LOSS vehicle valuation services, used to estimate the value
of  unrepairable vehicles, and its EZEST  collision estimating software, used to
estimate the cost of repairing vehicles. The Company also offers insurers access
to EZNET, its communications  network. The Company  has recently introduced  its
PATHWAYS   workflow   management  software,   which  integrates   the  Company's
information and software products into a total workflow management solution  for
insurance  field appraisal staffs. The Company offers insurers its ACCESS claims
service,  an  integrated  appraisal  and  restoration  management  service.  The
Company's  principal  product  for  collision  repair  facilities  is  its EZEST
collision estimating software.
 
    TOTAL LOSS services, generally obtained through direct dial-up access to the
Company's host-based valuation system,  are billed to  insurance companies on  a
per  valuation  basis or  under contract  terms  that specify  fixed fees  for a
prescribed number  of transactions.  Volume discounts  affect pricing.  PATHWAYS
collision  estimating  and EZEST  customer subscriptions  are billed  monthly in
advance. EZNET communication services are generally priced on a per  transaction
basis.  ACCESS services are billed monthly  to insurance companies and collision
repair  facilities  on  a  per  transaction  basis.  Monthly  subscription   and
transaction rates for all products and
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
services  are established under  negotiated contracts or  pricing agreements. In
general, customer  account balances  are  settled monthly.  Under the  terms  of
certain  contracts involving quarterly or  annual prepayments, deferred revenues
are recorded  and subsequently  recognized  over the  periods in  which  related
revenues are earned.
 
    For  the year ended December 31,  1995, approximately $59.8 million, or 52%,
of the  Company's  revenues were  earned  under contracts  with  customers  that
specify  minimum purchase requirements. Contracts are generally for two to three
years. A  substantial portion  of the  Company's remaining  revenue  represented
sales  to customers that have been doing business with the Company for more than
10 years. Use of  multi-year contracts is common  practice within the  industry,
making it difficult to take customers from competitors during the contract term.
 
    A  substantial portion of the Company's  production and customer support and
general and  administrative  expense  is fixed  in  nature.  Sales  commissions,
royalties,  license  fees  and  certain  selling  expenses  generally  vary with
revenue.
 
    As a  result  of  debt  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Company's  1988
acquisition  of CCC, the Company became  highly leveraged. The Company's ability
to invest in new product development and conduct its business in accordance with
its business plan was constrained by the limitations imposed by its  acquisition
borrowings.  The Company formed CCCDC to  develop the EZEST collision estimating
software. To finance EZEST development and marketing efforts, the Company relied
on the  sale  of revenue  streams  from certain  end-user  collision  estimating
contracts.  These  contract  funding transactions  provided  essential liquidity
until June 1994, when  the Company completed  a recapitalization. In  connection
with  this  recapitalization, White  River  acquired $39  million  of Redeemable
Preferred Stock, and 7,050,850 shares of Common Stock, and CCC entered into  the
1994  bank  credit facility  which  is guaranteed  by  the Company.  White River
immediately resold $1,462,000  of the  Redeemable Preferred Stock  (3.8% of  the
outstanding  Redeemable Preferred Stock) and 264,407  shares of the Common Stock
(1.4% of  the total  outstanding Common  Stock) to  two investment  partnerships
affiliated  with Hambrecht & Quist LLC.  See "Underwriting." Prior to April 1994
the Company accounted  for its  interest in CCCDC  under the  equity method.  In
1994,  the Company  acquired the 50%  of CCCDC  that it did  not previously own.
Since the acquisition, the Company has consolidated CCCDC.
 
   
    The Redeemable Preferred Stock includes  certain rights set forth in  detail
in  "Description of  Capital Stock--The  Redeemable Preferred  Stock" and "--The
Series E Preferred Stock." In particular, the Series C Preferred Stock  includes
the rights (i) to elect a majority of directors of the Company in the event of a
default  in a redemption or dividend payment  obligation, if White River and its
affiliates then own  at least 50%  of the outstanding  Series C Preferred  Stock
(neither  of which has occurred to date) and  (ii) in the event that the Company
or a subsidiary fails to pay when  due or during any applicable grace period  or
in  the event that notice of acceleration of the maturity or required prepayment
and demand for payment is received by  the Company or any subsidiary, in  either
case with respect to indebtedness in the aggregate amount in excess of $500,000,
the  right on  the part  of the holders  of a  majority of  the then outstanding
Series C Preferred Stock to determine in their sole discretion the action to  be
taken  on behalf of the Company with  respect to such indebtedness. The Series E
Preferred Stock,  if  and  when issued  to  and  held by  White  River  and  its
affiliates,  will permit White River to cast 51%  of the votes to be cast on any
matter to be voted on by the  holders of Common Stock, subject to reductions  in
the  event that  either the  Company redeems  part of  the outstanding  Series E
Preferred Stock or White  River and its  affiliates no longer  hold all of  such
stock.
    
 
   
    The  principal payment obligations and the restrictive covenants of the 1994
bank credit  facility  have  continued  to  constrain  the  Company's  operating
activities.  During the first  half of 1996,  the Company did  not incur certain
operating expenditures and make certain investments  that it would have made  in
the  absence of the  1994 bank credit  facility covenants. As  a result of these
delayed expenditures, the Company believes  that its operating income  increased
during  the first half  of 1996 by between  $0.8 million and  $1.0 million. As a
result, the  Company postponed  until later  in the  year its  plans to  enhance
internal functions and capabilities (including improvements to customer tracking
software,  additional staff hiring and training, and certain sales and marketing
activities).
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    Depreciation expense includes depreciation attributable to certain  software
acquired  through the  Company's acquisition  of the  joint venture  interest in
CCCDC. In the purchase price allocation for the CCCDC acquisition, $5.2  million
was  assigned to  purchased software  with a  two year  life, $13.8  million was
assigned to in-process research and development software projects, $6.6  million
was  assigned to acquired  tangible assets and  the balance of  $3.7 million was
assigned to goodwill. The amount assigned to in-process research and development
was charged  against operating  results at  the time  of the  acquisition. As  a
result  of expiration of the purchased software's  two year life as of March 31,
1996, purchased software depreciation of approximately $2.6 million in 1995 will
decline to approximately $0.7 million in 1996.
 
    Research and  development  expense,  which is  principally  the  design  and
development  of new software and information  products, is expensed as incurred.
Software  development  costs,  if  material,  are  capitalized  when  sufficient
evidence  exists that technological feasibility has been established. There were
no significant software development costs  subject to capitalization during  the
three  years ended  December 31, 1995  or during  the six months  ended June 30,
1996. The Company  believes that its  future success depends  on its ability  to
enhance  its  current services  and  products and  to  develop new  services and
products that address the needs of its  customers. As a result, the Company  has
in  the past and intends to continue  to commit substantial resources to product
development and programming. Over the past two years ended December 31, 1995 the
Company  expended  approximately  $24.9  million  for  product  development  and
programming.
 
    The  Company has offset the income tax  benefit attributable to a portion of
the Company's future income tax deductions with tax valuation allowances because
of the Company's recent history of operating losses and an inability to  project
future  taxable income  with certainty.  This treatment  increased the Company's
overall effective income tax rate in the years the deferred income tax valuation
allowances were provided.  Such valuation allowances,  $5.0 million at  December
31,  1995, have been  and will continue  to be released  to income and therefore
reduce the  effective tax  rate if  and to  the extent  the Company  is able  to
successfully  achieve a recapitalization through  the Offering and demonstrate a
predictable pattern of profitablity.
 
    Despite its accumulated deficit, as of December 31, 1995, the Company's  net
operating  loss  carryforwards  totaled  only $0.3  million.  This  disparity is
attributable to the lack of tax basis for certain past operating charges.  Since
inception,  the Company has charged  against earnings: (i) goodwill amortization
related to acquired  businesses in  the amount of  approximately $32.5  million,
(ii)   purchased  in-process  research  and  development  software  projects  of
approximately  $13.8  million  and  (iii)  purchased  software  amortization  of
approximately  $4.6 million. The Offering will not result in a change in control
for income tax  purposes that  would limit  the use  of the  net operating  loss
carryforwards. In addition, as of December 31, 1995, the Company had no research
investment credit carryforwards.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUE
 
    The Company's results from continuing operations, as a percentage of revenue
for the periods indicated, are set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 30,
                                                                ----------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                                   1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues......................................................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses:
    Production and customer support...........................       29.5        27.3        27.9        28.9        24.5
    Commissions, royalties and license fees...................        2.1         7.8        10.1         9.8        10.5
    Selling, general and administrative.......................       44.7        36.4        31.4        31.3        30.1
    Depreciation and amortization.............................        4.2         9.1         8.3         8.6         6.3
    Product development and programming.......................        5.8        10.9        12.9        12.4        12.7
  Purchased research and development..........................      --           15.0       --          --          --
  Loss on lease termination...................................        7.4       --          --          --          --
  Litigation settlements......................................      --            1.9         3.9         7.9       --
                                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Operating income (loss).......................................        6.3        (8.4)        5.5         1.1        15.9
Equity in loss of Joint Venture...............................       (7.0)       (0.7)      --          --          --
Interest expense..............................................      (13.5)       (8.5)       (5.0)       (5.5)       (3.1)
Other income (expense), net...................................       (0.6)        0.3         0.4         0.6         0.4
                                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
 taxes........................................................      (14.8)      (17.2)        0.9        (3.8)       13.2
Income tax (provision) benefit................................        3.5         2.9         0.3        (1.8)      (2.6)
                                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income (loss) from continuing operations......................      (11.3)%     (14.3)%       1.1%       (2.0)%      10.6%
                                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
</TABLE>
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED WITH SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
 
    REVENUES.  Total revenues increased by $6.7 million, or 11.8%, due primarily
to  higher revenues from collision estimating software licensing, from EZNET and
from ACCESS claims services which offset lower revenues from the Company's TOTAL
LOSS  services.  Collision  estimating  software  licensing  revenue   increased
primarily  because of an increase in the number of software licenses principally
to collision  repair  facilities.  This  volume  increase  more  than  offset  a
reduction  in  prices caused  by competitive  pressures.  The increase  in EZNET
revenue  was  due  to  additional  EZNET  network  and  recycled  part   locator
transactions,  both  at a  slightly higher  average  price per  transaction. The
increase in  ACCESS claims  services  was due  primarily to  higher  transaction
volume.  The  decrease  in  TOTAL  LOSS revenue  resulted  from  a  reduction in
transaction volume offset in part by a higher average price per transaction.
 
    PRODUCTION AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT.  Production and customer support  decreased
from  $16.3  million,  or 28.9%  of  revenues,  to $15.5  million,  or  24.5% of
revenues, due primarily to the Company's efforts to reduce production costs.
 
    COMMISSIONS, ROYALTIES AND LICENSE FEES.  Commissions, royalties and license
fees increased from $5.6 million, or 9.8% of revenues, to $6.7 million, or 10.5%
of revenues. The  increase in such  expenses as  a percent of  revenues was  due
primarily to higher revenues from the licensing of collision estimating software
which generates both a sales commission and a data royalty.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
increased from $17.7 million, or 31.3%  of revenues, to $19.0 million, or  30.1%
of  revenues.  In the  first  half of  1996, the  Company  incurred a  charge of
approximately  $0.9  million  related  to  the  severance  of  a  former  senior
executive.  During this same period, the Company did not incur certain operating
expenditures and make certain investments that it would have made in the absence
of the 1994 bank credit  facility covenants. These actions substantially  offset
the recorded severance charge.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    PRODUCT  DEVELOPMENT AND  PROGRAMMING.  Product  development and programming
increased from $7.0 million, or 12.4% of revenues, to $8.1 million, or 12.7%  of
revenues.  The  increase  was due  primarily  to greater  investment  in product
development and  wage pressure  associated with  hiring and  retaining  software
engineers.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE AND  INCOME TAXES.   Interest  expense declined  from $3.1
million to $2.0 million, due primarily to lower average borrowings  outstanding.
The effective income tax rate for the 1996 period was 20.0%, resulting primarily
from the release of certain deferred income tax valuation allowances. See Note 6
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
1995 COMPARED WITH 1994
 
    REVENUES.   Total revenues  increased by $23.6 million,  or 25.7%. The total
revenue increase includes the effect of  consolidating CCCDC for a full year  in
1995,  versus use  of the equity  method during  the first quarter  of 1994 when
CCCDC recorded revenues of $11.4 million. Had CCCDC been consolidated for all of
1994, the 1995  over 1994  revenue increase would  have been  $13.3 million,  or
13.0%.  This increase in  revenue was primarily  attributable to higher revenues
from collision estimating software licensing, from EZNET and from ACCESS  claims
services.  Collision estimating  software licensing  revenue increased primarily
because of an increase in the  number of software licenses, particularly in  the
collision  repair facility  market. TOTAL  LOSS valuation  service revenues were
down slightly, reflecting  lower volume.  In addition, sales  of other  products
increased,  reflecting new product introductions. The increase in EZNET revenues
was due to additional EZNET network and recycled part locator transactions, with
EZNET at  a slightly  higher  average price  per  transaction. The  increase  in
revenues  for ACCESS  claims services  was due  primarily to  higher transaction
volume.
 
    COMMISSIONS, ROYALTIES AND LICENSE FEES.  Commissions, royalties and license
fees increased from  $7.2 million,  or 7.8% of  revenues, to  $11.7 million,  or
10.1%  of revenues. This increase in such  expenses as a percent of revenues was
due primarily to a change in the mix of products sold, including higher revenues
from the  licensing of  collision estimating  software, which  generates both  a
sales  commission and a data  royalty. The increase in  revenue from licenses of
collision estimating  software resulted  from higher  volume together  with  the
effect of consolidating CCCDC for all of 1995.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
increased from $33.4 million, or 36.4%  of revenues, to $36.3 million, or  31.4%
of  revenues. This  increase is  attributable primarily  to higher  salaries and
travel expense associated with the Company's sales force. The decline in expense
as a percentage of  revenue is due  to the increase  in revenues, including  the
effect  on revenues of consolidating CCCDC for all of 1995, and the fixed nature
of certain general and administrative expenses.
 
    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization increased from
$8.3 million, or 9.1%  of revenues, to  $9.6 million, or  8.3% of revenues,  due
primarily  to the acquisition of CCCDC, effective March 30, 1994. As a result of
the acquisition,  purchased  software amortization,  goodwill  amortization  and
depreciation  expense  increased $0.7  million, $0.1  million and  $1.1 million,
respectively.
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND  PROGRAMMING.  Product  development and  programming
increased  from $10.1 million, or 10.9% of  revenues, to $14.9 million, or 12.9%
of revenues. The increase was due predominantly to greater investment in product
development, relating in large part to the Company's PATHWAYS software, and wage
pressure associated with hiring and  retaining software engineers. The  increase
in  these  expenses  as  a  percent of  revenues  also  reflects  the  effect of
consolidating CCCDC for all of 1995.
 
    PURCHASED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  In the CCCDC purchase price allocation,
$13.8 million was assigned to in-process research and development projects.  The
amount  assigned to  in-process research  and development  software projects was
charged against operating results at the time of the acquisition. See Note 4  to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE AND  INCOME TAXES.   Interest  expense declined  from $7.8
million to $5.8 million, due primarily to lower average borrowings  outstanding,
reflecting  the Company's June 1994  recapitalization, including the White River
transaction. The  income  tax  benefit  attributable  to  continuing  operations
declined  from $2.7  million to $0.3  million, due primarily  to improvements in
results from continuing  operations. See  Note 6 to  the Consolidated  Financial
Statements.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    LITIGATION SETTLEMENT.  The litigation settlement charge of $4.5 million was
recorded to provide for resolution of litigation involving a corporate publisher
of used car valuation books. This matter was settled in April 1996, however, the
original   settlement  charge  was  sufficient   to  provide  for  the  ultimate
settlement. In June 1994 litigation involving an independent corporate  provider
of guidebook data was settled. Under the settlement agreement the Company agreed
to  pay the provider  $1.75 million. See  Note 15 to  the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
1994 COMPARED WITH 1993
 
    REVENUES.   Total  revenues  increased  by  $40.7  million,  or  79.3%,  due
primarily  to higher revenues  from collision estimating  software licensing and
the effect of  consolidating CCCDC for  the last three  quarters of 1994.  CCCDC
revenues  for the last  three quarters of  1994 totaled $39.3  million, of which
$31.3 million  was  attributable  to collision  estimating  software  licensing.
Increased  volume in collision estimating software  licensing was offset in part
by continuing competitive price pressures. In addition, revenues from total loss
valuation services increased,  reflecting increased  volume. Increased  revenues
from sales of other products also contributed to growth in revenues.
 
    PRODUCTION  AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT.  Production and customer support increased
from $15.1  million,  or  29.5% of  revenues,  to  $25.1 million,  or  27.3%  of
revenues.  The increase  in these  expenses reflects  principally the  effect of
consolidating CCCDC for the last three quarters of 1994.
 
    COMMISSIONS, ROYALTIES AND LICENSE FEES.  Commissions, royalties and license
fees increased from $1.1 million, or 2.1% of revenues, to $7.2 million, or  7.8%
of  revenues. This increase was due primarily to a change in the mix of products
sold, including  higher  revenues from  the  licensing of  collision  estimating
software  and the  effect of  consolidating CCCDC.  Collision estimating revenue
generates both a sales commission and a data royalty.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and  administrative
increased  from $22.9 million, or 44.7% of  revenues, to $33.4 million, or 36.4%
of  revenues,  reflecting  primarily  the  growth  in  the  Company's  revenues,
including the effect of consolidating CCCDC revenues for the last three quarters
of 1994.
 
    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization increased from
$2.2  million, or  4.2% of revenues,  to $8.3  million or 9.1%  of revenues, due
primarily to the acquisition of CCCDC, effective March 30, 1994. As a result  of
the  acquisition,  purchased  software amortization,  goodwill  amortization and
depreciation expense  increased $2.0  million, $0.4  million and  $3.4  million,
respectively.
 
    PRODUCT  DEVELOPMENT AND  PROGRAMMING.  Product  development and programming
increased from $3.0 million, or 5.8% of revenues, to $10.1 million, or 10.9%  of
revenues.  The  increase  was  due  primarily  to  expenditures  related  to the
Company's PATHWAYS product  line, and  wage pressure  associated with  retaining
software  engineers. This  increase also  reflected the  effect of consolidating
CCCDC during the last three quarters of 1994.
 
    PURCHASED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  In the CCCDC purchase price allocation,
$13.8 million was assigned to in-process research and development projects.  The
amount  assigned to  in-process research  and development  software projects was
charged against operating results at the time of the acquisition. See Note 4  to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    LOSS ON LEASE TERMINATION.  Loss on lease termination represents the present
value  of  future minimum  lease payments  under  the Company's  prior corporate
office lease and other related expenses.
 
    LITIGATION SETTLEMENT.  In June 1994 the litigation involving an independent
corporate provider of guidebook data was settled. Under the settlement agreement
the Company  agreed to  pay  the provider  $1.75 million.  See  Note 15  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    EQUITY IN LOSS OF CCCDC.  Equity in loss of CCCDC declined from $3.6 million
to  $0.6 million. This decrease reflects  both the effect of consolidating CCCDC
for the last three quarters of 1994 and improvements in results of operations of
CCCDC.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    INTEREST EXPENSE AND  INCOME TAXES.   Interest expense  increased from  $6.9
million to $7.8 million, due primarily to higher average borrowings outstanding.
This  increase results primarily from  interest expense attributable to contract
funding operations by CCCDC which was  consolidated for the last three  quarters
of  1994, offset  in part by  lower average borrowings  reflecting the Company's
June 1994 recapitalization,  including the White  River transaction. The  income
tax benefit attributable to continuing operations increased from $1.8 million to
$2.7 million, due primarily to an increase in losses from continuing operations.
See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  unaudited  consolidated  statements  of
operations for  the ten  quarters ended  June 30,  1996, as  well as  such  data
expressed  as  a percentage  of  the Company's  total  revenues for  the periods
indicated. These  quarterly statements  of operations  have been  prepared on  a
basis  consistent with the  audited financial statements  contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  They  include  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal
recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for  a fair  presentation  of  the quarterly
results of  operations, when  such  results are  read  in conjunction  with  the
audited  financial  statements and  notes  thereto appearing  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative
of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994                                  1995                   1996
                                              --------------------------------------  -----------------------------------  -------
                                              FIRST (1)    SECOND    THIRD   FOURTH    FIRST   SECOND    THIRD    FOURTH    FIRST
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
Revenues....................................   $13,344    $ 24,652  $26,712  $27,209  $28,012  $28,612  $28,817  $ 30,078  $31,369
Expenses:
  Operating expenses........................    13,056      23,148   24,036   23,854   25,106   26,401   26,394    26,796   27,031
  Purchased research and development (2)....        --      13,791       --       --       --       --       --        --       --
  Litigation settlements (3)................     1,750          --       --       --       --    4,500       --        --       --
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
Operating income (loss).....................    (1,462)    (12,287)   2,676    3,355    2,906   (2,289)   2,423     3,282    4,338
Equity in loss of Joint Venture.............      (615)         --       --       --       --       --       --        --       --
Interest expense (4)........................    (1,855)     (2,499)  (1,778)  (1,698)  (1,610)  (1,500)  (1,422)   (1,277)  (1,032)
Other income (expense), net.................       373        (248)      11      180       82      251       68        81       53
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
 before income taxes........................    (3,559)    (15,034)     909    1,837    1,378   (3,538)   1,069     2,086    3,359
Income tax (provision) benefit..............       383       3,377     (318)    (754)    (511)   1,564     (243)     (519)    (775)
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations....    (3,176)    (11,657)     591    1,083      867   (1,974)     826     1,567    2,584
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
 net of income taxes........................    (1,427)     (1,214)   3,647       --       --       --       --        --       --
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
Net income (loss)...........................    (4,603)    (12,871)   4,238    1,083      867   (1,974)     826     1,567    2,584
Dividends and accretion on mandatorily
 redeemable preferred stock.................        --        (106)    (698)    (714)    (715)    (740)    (765)     (783)    (793)
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stock......................................   $(4,603)   $(12,977) $ 3,540  $   369  $   152  $(2,714) $    61  $    784  $ 1,791
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
                                              ---------   --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              SECOND
                                              -------
 
<S>                                           <C>
Revenues....................................  $31,956
Expenses:
  Operating expenses........................   26,241
  Purchased research and development (2)....       --
  Litigation settlements (3)................       --
                                              -------
Operating income (loss).....................    5,715
Equity in loss of Joint Venture.............       --
Interest expense (4)........................     (950)
Other income (expense), net.................      240
                                              -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
 before income taxes........................    5,005
Income tax (provision) benefit..............     (898)
                                              -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations....    4,107
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
 net of income taxes........................       --
                                              -------
Net income (loss)...........................    4,107
Dividends and accretion on mandatorily
 redeemable preferred stock.................     (811)
                                              -------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stock......................................  $ 3,296
                                              -------
                                              -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) The Company accounted for its interest in the Joint Venture under the equity
    method of accounting  prior to acquiring  the remaining interest,  effective
    March 30, 1994.
 
(2) See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4)  Interest expense  in the second  quarter of 1994  includes loan origination
    points of $0.3 million related to the bridge loan used to acquire the  Joint
    Venture interest.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994                                      1995
                                         ---------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                         FIRST(1)     SECOND       THIRD      FOURTH       FIRST      SECOND       THIRD
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                         (IN PERCENTAGES)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues...............................     100.0 %      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Expenses:
  Operating expenses...................      97.8         93.9        90.0        87.7        89.6        92.3        91.6
  Purchased research and development
   (2).................................        --         55.9          --          --          --          --          --
  Litigation settlements (3)...........      13.1           --          --          --          --        15.7          --
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Operating income (loss)................     (11.0 )      (49.8)       10.0        12.3        10.4        (8.0)        8.4
Equity in loss of Joint Venture........      (4.6 )         --          --          --          --          --          --
Interest expense (4)...................     (13.9 )      (10.1)       (6.7)       (6.2)       (5.7)       (5.2)       (4.9)
Other income (expense), net............       2.8         (1.0)        0.0         0.7         0.3         0.9         0.2
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Income (loss) from continuing
 operations before income taxes........     (26.7 )      (61.0)        3.4         6.8         4.9       (12.4)        3.7
Income tax (provision) benefit.........       2.9         13.7        (1.2)       (2.8)       (1.8)        5.5        (0.8)
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Income (loss) from continuing
 operations............................     (23.8 )      (47.3)        2.2         4.0         3.1        (6.9)        2.9
Income (loss) from discontinued
 operations, net of income taxes.......     (10.7 )       (4.9)       13.7          --          --          --          --
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income (loss)......................     (34.5 )      (52.2)       15.9         4.0         3.1        (6.9)        2.9
Dividends and accretion on mandatorily
 redeemable preferred stock............        --         (0.4)       (2.6)       (2.6)       (2.6)       (2.6)       (2.7)
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stock.................................     (34.5 )%     (52.6)%      13.3%        1.4%        0.5%       (9.5)%       0.2%
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996
                                                     ---------------------
                                          FOURTH       FIRST      SECOND
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
 
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues...............................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Expenses:
  Operating expenses...................       89.1        86.2        82.1
  Purchased research and development
   (2).................................         --          --          --
  Litigation settlements (3)...........         --          --          --
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
Operating income (loss)................       10.9        13.8        17.9
Equity in loss of Joint Venture........         --          --          --
Interest expense (4)...................       (4.2)       (3.3)       (3.0)
Other income (expense), net............        0.3         0.2         0.7
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
Income (loss) from continuing
 operations before income taxes........        6.9        10.7        15.6
Income tax (provision) benefit.........       (1.7)       (2.5)       (2.8)
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
Income (loss) from continuing
 operations............................        5.2         8.2        12.8
Income (loss) from discontinued
 operations, net of income taxes.......         --          --          --
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income (loss)......................        5.2         8.2        12.8
Dividends and accretion on mandatorily
 redeemable preferred stock............       (2.6)       (2.5)       (2.5)
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stock.................................        2.6%        5.7%       10.3%
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) The Company accounted for its interest in the Joint Venture under the equity
    method  of accounting prior  to acquiring the  remaining interest, effective
    March 30, 1994.
 
(2) See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Interest expense  in the second  quarter of 1994  includes loan  origination
    points  of $0.3 million related to the bridge loan used to acquire the Joint
    Venture interest.
 
    The increase in  quarterly operating  expenses as a  percentage of  revenues
over  the  last  two  quarters of  1995  versus  the same  quarters  in  1994 is
attributable primarily to an increase in systems development and programming and
a change  in mix  of  products sold.  The decline  in  operating expenses  as  a
percentage  of revenues in the first half of  1996 versus the first half of 1995
is attributable to  higher revenues  and deferral of  certain planned  operating
expenditures  that the Company would  have made in the  absence of the 1994 bank
credit facility covenants.
 
    The Company's revenues and operating results have fluctuated in the past and
are expected to  continue to  fluctuate in  the future,  on both  an annual  and
quarterly  basis.  This  fluctuation is  attributable  to a  number  of factors,
including, but not limited to: demand  for the Company's products and  services,
including  new  and enhanced  products  and services,  the  mix of  products and
services  sold,  the  hiring  and  compensation  of  employees,  the  timing  of
promotional  expenditures and competitive conditions.  Many of these factors are
beyond the Company's control.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's principal  liquidity requirements are  for working capital  to
fund  investments in equipment and software,  and to repay indebtedness. For the
six months ended June  30, 1996, net cash  provided by operating activities  was
$8.7  million. This amount was  net of $2.3 million  of contract funding revenue
amortization. The  Company  applied  $1.8  million  to  purchase  equipment  and
software  and  $6.4  million to  reduce  outstanding  debt. For  the  year ended
December 31, 1995, net cash provided  by operating activities was $7.7  million.
This   amount  was  net  of  $10.1  million  of  net  contract  funding  revenue
amortization. The  Company  applied  $3.0  million  to  purchase  equipment  and
software  and $7.1 million to reduce debt. For the year ended December 31, 1994,
net cash provided by continuing operations  was nominal, net of $8.0 million  of
net contract funding revenue amortization. Net cash proceeds from borrowing were
$15.0 million. The Company applied
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
cash  from these sources to purchase $5.2 million of equipment and software. The
Company's proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations, net of cash used by
discontinued operations, was $1.6 million. In connection with the acquisition of
the 50% joint  venture interest in  CCCDC that  it did not  previously own,  the
Company used $4.5 million in cash, net of cash acquired, and assumed liabilities
in  the amount of $22.4 million. For the  year ended December 31, 1993, net cash
provided by continuing  operations was  $6.0 million. The  Company applied  cash
from  continuing  operations to  principal payments  of  long-term debt  of $4.5
million and the balance of  $1.5 million to advances  to the Joint Venture.  The
remainder  of  the  Joint  Venture  advances  were  funded  from  available cash
balances. The Company anticipates  that its purchase  of equipment and  software
will be approximately $6.1 million in 1996.
 
   
    CCC  entered into a bank credit  facility arrangement with Canadian Imperial
Bank of Commerce as agent in June 1994 in connection with a recapitalization  of
the  Company. The Company has guaranteed CCC's obligations under the 1994 credit
facility, which is secured by  a lien on CCC's assets  and stock. The 1994  bank
credit  facility is  structured as  a $30  million term  loan and  a $10 million
revolving credit facility. The interest rate under the 1994 bank credit facility
is a base rate (approximating the prime  rate) plus 1.5% or the Eurodollar  rate
plus  3.0%, as selected by the borrower. The Company is negotiating a new credit
facility with Signet  Bank to  replace the 1994  bank credit  facility. The  new
credit facility would provide CCC with the ability to borrow under a $20 million
revolving  line of credit  and give CCC the  option to borrow  up to $15 million
under a term loan,  provided that the  gross proceeds of  this Offering are  not
less  than $50 million nor greater than  $70 million. The Company intends to use
the proceeds of this borrowing to repay  a portion of the 1994 credit  facility.
If  the new  credit facility  is not  consummated by  CCC, the  1994 bank credit
facility will  remain in  place. The  Company will  guarantee CCC's  obligations
under  the new credit facility, which will be  secured by a lien on CCC's assets
and stock. The interest  rate under the  new bank credit  facility is the  prime
rate  from time to  time in effect or  the LIBOR rate plus  1.5%, as selected by
CCC.
    
 
    In 1994  White River  acquired  $39.0 million  of the  Company's  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock in connection with the Company's recapitalization. A portion of
the Redeemable  Preferred Stock  will  be redeemed  from  the proceeds  of  this
Offering at its stated value plus accrued dividends.
 
    The  Company continues to review various financing alternatives. The Company
believes that cash flows from operations and available bank lines of credit will
be sufficient to  meet its liquidity  needs in the  next year. There  can be  no
assurance, however, that the Company will be able to satisfy its liquidity needs
in  the future without  engaging in financing  activities beyond those described
above. See  "Risk  Factors  -- Financial  Position;  Negative  Working  Capital;
Potential Financing Needs."
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Company  is a  leading supplier  of  automobile claims  information and
processing, claims management software  and value-added communication  services.
The Company's customers include each of the 50 largest U.S. automobile insurance
companies,  over 250  other automobile insurance  companies and  more than 8,500
collision  repair  facilities.  The  Company's  technology-based  services   and
products  improve efficiency, manage costs and increase consumer satisfaction in
the management of automobile claims  and restoration. The Company believes  that
its  core competencies include the efficient collection and processing of claims
and automobile valuation and repair data, development of advanced client-server,
object-oriented  claims   software  products,   management  of   a   value-added
communications  network,  understanding  the  workflow  processes  of automobile
claims and  marketing  through  a  customer-oriented  field  sales  and  service
organization.
 
    The  Company's services and products automate  the process of evaluating and
settling both total loss and  repairable automobile claims. The Company's  TOTAL
LOSS  services and  products provide insurance  companies the  ability to effect
total loss  settlements on  the  basis of  market-specific vehicle  values.  The
Company's   collision  estimating   services  and   products  provide  insurance
appraisers and collision repair facilities with up-to-date pricing,  interactive
decision  support  and  computer-assisted logic  to  produce  accurate collision
repair  estimates.  Communication  services  offered  by  the  Company   connect
insurers,  appraisers and collision repair facilities, providing the information
required to make appropriate and timely  decisions. The Company also provides  a
wide variety of related services and products intended to facilitate the overall
management  of the  automobile claims  process. The  Company's PATHWAYS workflow
management software  is designed  to  integrate each  of the  Company's  product
offerings  on  a  common  platform  with  a  common  graphical  user  interface,
facilitating the  learning of  new applications  while providing  the  Company's
customers  with a broader tool set for claims completion. The Company's services
and products  are an  integrated solution  that combines  reliable  information,
advanced  claims  management  software  and  value-added,  secure  communication
systems to improve the efficiency of the automobile claims process.
 
    The Company markets its services and products to the key participants in the
automobile  claims  industry,  including   over  400  insurance  companies   and
approximately  20,000 to 25,000  collision repair facilities.  The Company sells
its services and  products to insurance  companies through a  125 person  direct
sales  force. The Company contracts with 85 independent sales representatives to
sell its products  to collision repair  facilities. Over half  of the  Company's
revenue for 1995 was for services and products sold pursuant to contracts, which
generally  have a two to three year term. A substantial portion of the Company's
remaining revenue represented sales to  customers that have been doing  business
with the Company for at least ten years. The Company's services and products are
sold either on a monthly subscription or a per transaction basis.
 
OVERVIEW OF THE AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE CLAIMS PROCESS
 
   
    Insurance   premiums  for   U.S.  private   passenger  automobiles  totalled
approximately $98 billion in 1994. The  Company estimates that about 11  percent
of automobile and light truck policy holders file claims each year on a total of
approximately  20 million  vehicles. In 1994  these claims  resulted in payments
totalling approximately $75 billion. Of  this amount, approximately $35  billion
was  paid for automobile damage and loss  claims, of which the Company estimates
that $19 billion was paid to  collision repair facilities, $13 billion was  paid
for  total  loss claims,  and  the remainder  was  paid for  other comprehensive
losses, for damage to other property and for settlement costs. These claims also
resulted in  payments  for  personal  injuries  of  approximately  $40  billion,
including  medical  costs,  lost  wages, compensation  for  pain  and suffering,
attorney fees and settlement costs.
    
 
    Automobile claims generally involve three types of participants:  automobile
insurance  companies, service providers such  as collision repair facilities and
attorneys, and consumers. The interaction among these parties in the  processing
of  a  claim  is  referred  to in  this  Prospectus  as  the  "automobile claims
industry." The Company believes  that the claims  process has historically  been
inefficient  and contentious  for the participating  parties due in  part to the
lack of  independently verifiable  claims  data and  inefficient  communications
networks.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    THE AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE INDUSTRY
 
    Of  the approximately  400 companies  offering private  passenger automobile
insurance in the United  States, the twenty largest  providers account for  over
60%   of  all   automobile  insurance  premiums.   Insurance  companies  compete
principally on the basis of  price, marketing, consumer satisfaction and  claims
paying  ability. State agencies  closely regulate the  product offerings, claims
processes and the  premium structure  of insurance companies.  In addition,  the
laws  of many states require motorists to carry liability insurance at specified
minimum levels.
 
    The automobile  insurance  industry  is  changing  rapidly.  The  automobile
insurance   marketplace  is  experiencing  price  constraints  as  a  result  of
increasing competition and regulatory activity. At the same time, policy holders
are demanding ever higher levels of customer service. The growing complexity and
sophistication of automobile  design and  engineering is  increasing the  actual
repair  cost (referred to in the industry as "severity") of collision claims. In
addition, the personal injury component of automobile insurance claims is rising
in part as a  result of the  increasing frequency of,  and magnitude of,  claims
involving  alleged  bodily  injury,  including  soft-tissue  claims. Competitive
pressures and resistance by policy  holders and regulators to premium  increases
are causing insurance companies to focus on managing costs.
 
    The  Company believes that the insurance industry's focus on cost management
has been accompanied  by an increasing  recognition that it  is easier and  more
cost  effective to retain an existing policy  holder than to lure a new customer
away from a competitor.  Dissatisfaction with the claims  handling process is  a
frequently cited cause of policy non-renewal.
 
    THE COLLISION REPAIR INDUSTRY
 
    The  collision  repair  industry,  which  historically  has  been  extremely
fragmented, is consolidating. Approximately  63,500 collision repair  facilities
were  listed in  telephone book  advertisements in  1995, down  from 71,000 such
listings  in  1992.  Most   collision  repair  facilities  are   owner-operated,
single-location  businesses which focus on a local market. The Company estimates
that 20,000 to 25,000 collision repair facilities have annual revenues in excess
of $300,000.  These  facilities  tend  to  be  larger,  better  capitalized  and
increasingly  rely on professional and sophisticated management who are adopting
new technology and wholesale marketing techniques to compete.
 
    The costs to operate  a collision repair  facility have risen  substantially
over   the  past  decade.  Modern  automobile  designs  coupled  with  extensive
environmental regulations  are forcing  repair  facilities to  make  significant
capital investments in increasingly sophisticated equipment and better training.
At the same time, insurance companies are looking to collision repair facilities
to assist in cost containment.
 
   
    Of  the approximately $22 billion in  total revenue earned by U.S. collision
repair facilities in 1995, $19 billion, or 86%, was paid by insurance companies.
Because so much  of their  revenue is  derived from  insurers, collision  repair
facility   owners  are  increasingly  shifting   their  marketing  efforts  from
consumer-oriented advertising  to  wholesale  marketing  and  insurance  company
referrals.  For  example,  many  collision  repair  facilities  are  seeking  to
capitalize on  insurance industry-driven  trends such  as the  growth in  direct
repair  programs.  A direct  repair  program, or  DRP,  allows an  insured whose
automobile is involved  in a  collision to have  the repair  performed within  a
pre-screened  network of approved repair facilities.  In order to participate in
DRPs with  major  insurance companies,  collision  repair facilities  must  meet
minimum  standards for equipment,  training and facilities.  To ensure continued
satisfaction at  both  the  referring  insurance  company  and  consumer  level,
collision  repair facilities must seek ways to improve productivity and optimize
the workflow of the automobile repair process. In order to achieve these  goals,
collision  repair  facilities  are  making  substantial  investments  in capital
equipment and computer technology.
    
 
    THE AUTOMOBILE CLAIMS PROCESS
 
    Insurance companies generally  handle automobile physical  damage claims  in
one  of three  ways: through  in-house staff  appraisals, through  direct repair
programs and through independent adjustments.
 
   
    STAFF APPRAISAL.  The insurance industry employs staff appraisers and claims
representatives who, the Company estimates, handle 70% to 75% of all  automobile
claims.  The estimates are based on the  Company's claims experience, as well as
interviews with its large insurance  customers. Staff appraisers handle a  broad
range
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
of  claims  tasks, including  appraisal,  claims supplements,  police reporting,
total loss  files, salvage  processing  and settlement  payments. Based  on  the
Company's  internal estimates, staff appraisers  typically handle twelve or more
claims per day when in a drive-in facility and three to five claims per day when
in the field. The Company believes  that approximately 90% of insurance  company
staff  appraisers use collision estimating  software to prepare collision repair
estimates. Based on the Company's  experience with its insurance customers,  the
Company  estimates that the cost of a staff appraisal ranges from $50 to $65 and
that the average severity of a staff-appraised claim in 1995 was $1,990.
    
 
   
    DIRECT REPAIR  PROGRAMS.   Sixteen of  the top  twenty automobile  insurers,
including  each of the five largest, offer a direct repair program. Based on the
Company's interviews with its insurance customers, the Company estimates that 8%
to 12% of all automobile claims  are handled through a DRP, the  fastest-growing
method  for handling automobile  claims. The Company  believes that DRPs present
significant opportunities  to  both  insurance companies  and  collision  repair
facilities  to increase the satisfaction of their customers. Surveys demonstrate
that DRPs result in higher consumer satisfaction than either of the other claims
handling methods.  In addition,  by  eliminating several  days from  the  claims
process,  insurers  utilizing DRPs  reduce  replacement rental  car  expense and
eliminate the costs  associated with  dispatching an adjuster  to appraise  each
vehicle.  An automated  DRP ensures accurate  estimates, facilitates  the use of
alternate replacement  parts  and increases  the  productivity of  auditors  and
reinspectors.  The Company estimates that  adjusters who formerly completed only
three to five estimates per day under a staff appraisal program can review 20 to
25 claims per day  under a DRP. Participating  collision repair facilities  gain
volume   and  efficiency  and  reduce  disputes  with  consumers  and  insurance
companies. Based on the Company's  experience with its insurance customers,  the
Company  believes that the  cost of a DRP  appraisal ranges from  $10 to $15 and
that the average severity of a DRP-appraised claim in 1995 was $2,030.
    
 
   
    INDEPENDENT  ADJUSTMENT.    Based  on  the  Company's  interviews  with  its
insurance  customers, the  Company estimates  that independent  claims adjusters
handle 15% to 22%  of all automobile claims.  Independent adjusters offer  their
appraisal  skills to a  variety of insurance companies  in a specific geographic
location. Insurers  typically outsource  claims to  independent adjusters  where
their  market coverage does not justify hiring local staff or when the volume of
work exceeds  local capacity.  The  Company estimates  that  fewer than  10%  of
independent adjusters use automated collision estimating systems. The absence of
automation, coupled with the lack of management reports and efficient inspection
processes  among independent  adjusters, typically  results in  both the highest
average severity  per claim  and the  highest average  claims handling  expense.
Based  on the  Company's experience  with its  insurance customers,  the Company
estimates that the cost of an independent  appraisal ranges from $70 to $95  and
that  the  average  severity of  an  independently-appraised claim  in  1995 was
$2,320.
    
 
    NEEDS AND OPPORTUNITIES IN THE AUTOMOBILE CLAIMS PROCESS
 
    The Company  believes trends  in the  automobile insurance  industry  create
several identifiable needs. First, automobile insurers need to increase consumer
satisfaction  through faster, more efficient claims handling procedures. Second,
insurance companies need  to improve  working relationships  with their  primary
service   providers  through  the  exchange   of  auditable  data  and  improved
communication. Third,  insurers need  to  integrate emerging  technologies  into
their legacy mainframe hardware and software systems. Finally, smaller insurance
companies  need to become  cost competitive with the  major insurers by adopting
solutions which provide benefits of economies of scale.
 
    Trends in  the  collision  repair industry  also  present  collision  repair
facilities  with several needs and  opportunities. First, repair facilities need
to secure a steady supply of  customers through efficient marketing and  greater
connectivity  to insurance companies. Second,  repair facilities need to improve
their operating efficiency,  business management and  repair processing  through
affordable information and decision making tools.
 
    The  Company  believes  there is  also  a  need and  market  opportunity for
improved management of bodily injury claims, the largest component of automobile
claims settlement.  In 1994  the cost  of the  8.3 million  claims for  personal
injuries   totalled  approximately   $40  billion.  These   claims  resulted  in
approximately 1.6 million lawsuits,  of which 640,000  involved claims for  soft
tissue damage.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that improvements in the automobile claims process will
require  that participants have ready access  to data, decision making tools and
efficient communications. As a result, there is a need for integrated, efficient
solutions in the  appraisal, repair  and settlement processes  which will  speed
repairs, assure consumer satisfaction and save money.
 
THE CCC SOLUTION
 
    The Company's services and products are an integrated solution that combines
proprietary  information, advanced  claims management  software and value-added,
secure communication systems to improve the efficiency of the automobile  claims
process.  The  Company's  customers use  its  services and  products  to improve
efficiency, control costs and increase consumer satisfaction in the handling  of
automobile  claims. Connecting people, processes  and information, the Company's
technology-based services  and products  facilitate decision  making among  more
than  300 insurance companies, more than 8,500 collision repair facilities and a
wide range  of business  partners in  the claims  settlement process,  including
approximately  4,000  automobile dealers,  100 independent  appraisal companies,
parts suppliers, rental car agencies,  fraud prevention agencies, salvage  pools
and   recyclers.  The  Company's  services  and  products  aid  claims  industry
participants in satisfying the consumer wherever settlement takes place, however
the workflow is designed and whoever is managing the task. The Company  provides
these benefits through:
 
    - efficient collection and processing of proprietary claims data
 
    - advanced   client-server   architecture   and   object-oriented   software
      applications
 
    - value-added communications through its flexible network
 
    - comprehensive knowledge  of workflow  processes in  the automobile  claims
      industry
 
    - an aggressive market-driven field sales and service organization
 
    INSURANCE INDUSTRY SOLUTIONS
 
    The  Company offers  innovative solutions  that provide  insurance companies
with decision control information  and workflow tools to  manage the process  of
adjusting  and  settling total  losses  and repairable  collision  claims. These
solutions  reduce  claims  costs,  streamline  claims  processing  and  increase
consumer  satisfaction.  The  Company believes  it  is the  leading  provider of
computerized claims-handling data  and software to  the insurance company  total
loss valuation and automobile physical damage collision estimating markets.
 
    The  Company's solutions  automate each of  the three  major claims handling
methods. To improve  the staff  appraisal process, the  Company offers  workflow
management  software which allows the insurance  company to integrate any or all
of the Company's specific claims management applications with the insurer's  own
legacy  applications. To improve the direct repair process, the Company offers a
suite of  software and  communication tools  that automate  the  fastest-growing
claims  handling methodology  and provide  insurers management  control of their
DRPs. To  improve  the  outsourced  appraisal process,  the  Company  offers  an
alternative  to independent adjusters which  automates the assignment, collision
estimate and management of the entire claims and restoration process.
 
    COLLISION REPAIR INDUSTRY SOLUTIONS
 
    The Company  offers  the collision  repair  industry a  value-added,  secure
communications  network which connects insurance  companies and collision repair
facilities in a cooperative and efficient partnership to satisfy consumer needs.
The Company believes  that its communication  services and collision  estimating
software  permit  its  customers  to increase  business  flow,  improve decision
making, and increase operating  efficiency. The process-control applications  in
the  Company's  network,  which processed  more  than $2  billion  in repairable
automobile claims  in  1995,  improves and  streamlines  the  automobile  repair
process.  The Company also  offers modular collision  repair facility management
software applications which enhance productivity and improve asset utilization.
 
THE CCC STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to enhance its position as a leading provider  of
business  solutions to the automobile claims  industry by pursuing the following
business strategies:
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    GROW AND LEVERAGE INSTALLED USER BASE.   The Company intends to enhance  its
leadership  in the physical damage segment of the automobile insurance industry.
The Company  plans to  increase market  share by  integrating new  and  existing
applications into its workflow management software and by the continued emphasis
on proactive field service and customer support.
 
    The  Company  also intends  to  grow its  presence  in the  collision repair
industry by continuing to develop service and product offerings tailored to  the
needs of collision repair facilities. Specifically, the Company plans to enhance
and expand its connectivity tools to facilitate the collision repair process and
to  grow the volume of  repairs settled through both  insurance company DRPs and
through the Company's own claims management programs.
 
    FOCUS ON LEADING INSURANCE COMPANIES.  The Company believes that the leading
automobile insurance carriers  drive new  product innovation  and influence  the
buying  decisions of participants  in the claims  process. Therefore the Company
focuses resources on twenty of the leading automobile insurance carriers,  which
account  for  over 60%  of total  automobile insurance  premiums and  which have
different needs from those  of smaller insurers. The  Company believes that  the
extent  to which its services and products are widely accepted among the leading
insurance companies will grow the Company's network of collision repair facility
customers, which in  turn will  enhance the Company's  relationships with  other
insurance companies.
 
    CAPITALIZE  ON TECHNOLOGY  LEADERSHIP.  The  Company has  made a substantial
investment during the past  two years in the  development of an  object-oriented
software  framework which includes several  hundred reusable business and system
objects. The PATHWAYS application suite is built on this framework. The  Company
intends  to  maintain its  technology leadership  in  the claims  adjustment and
collision  repair  markets   by  continuing  the   evolution  of  its   released
applications  into  object-oriented  software  modules  and  by  maintaining the
quality and independence of its proprietary databases.
 
    OFFER ALTERNATIVE  TO  INDEPENDENT ADJUSTER  CLAIMS  PROCESS.   The  Company
believes  that independent claims adjustment, which carries the highest severity
and loss adjustment costs, presents a significant opportunity for an  outsourced
claims  management  solution. The  Company intends  to  offer its  appraisal and
restoration management  outsourcing solution  as an  alternative to  independent
adjustment  to insurers seeking higher levels of consumer satisfaction, together
with process and severity benefits.
 
    BROADEN SCOPE  OF  CLAIMS MANAGEMENT  SOLUTIONS.   The  Company  intends  to
capitalize on its strong network of insurance company relationships, proprietary
databases  and technology tools by expanding the  scope of its services to other
areas of the automotive claims industry, including the processing and management
of litigation alleging bodily injury arising from automobile collisions.
 
    OFFER TOTAL OUTSOURCING  SOLUTION.  The  Company intends to  use its  claims
process management tools, together with the Company's growing network of service
providers,  to create an outsourced claims solution for insurance companies. The
Company intends to offer its total outsourcing solution to small insurers  which
lack the size and scale to process claims efficiently.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
 
    The Company's services and products are organized into the following product
families:  Insurance,  Collision Repair  and Other.  The Company's  services and
products are integrated for use with one another across multiple platforms.  The
Company's services and products are designed for ease of use by the thousands of
people involved in the automobile claims process on a daily basis. Approximately
70% of the Company's consolidated revenue for 1995 was from the sale of services
and  products to insurance companies with the remainder sold to collision repair
facilities and other  customers. Sales of  total loss and  related services  and
products  accounted for  38.2%, and sales  of collision  estimating services and
products accounted for 43.0%, of the Company's consolidated 1995 revenue.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  SERVICES AND
    PRODUCTS              DESCRIPTION               TARGET MARKET                  BENEFITS
<S>                <C>                         <C>                       <C>
                                   INSURANCE SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
 
TOTAL LOSS (1980)  - Local market, passenger                             - Independent valuation with
                   and light truck valuation                             speed of automation, more
                     based on inspected local                              accurate values, fraud
                     market dealer inventory                               protection and regulatory
                                                                           compliance
COMMERCIAL/        - Local market, vehicle     -Physical damage claims
RECREATIONAL       valuation of heavy           departments
VEHICLE VALUATION   equipment, small marine
(1985)              craft, mobile homes and
                    motor cycles
COMPUTERIZED       - Replacement rental car                              - Consolidates rental
AUTOMOBILE RENTAL    reservation, management                             providers for volume contract
SYSTEM (1994)        and billing system                                    negotiation, controls
                                                                           unauthorized rental
                                                                           extension and
                                                                           consolidates/audits billing
 
ACCESS (1995)      - Outsourced appraisal and  - Insurance companies     - Fast, economical
                   vehicle restoration         with heavy independent    appraisal/repair process with
                     management services         appraiser usage           high customer satisfaction
                     utilizing a network of
                     Company-certified,
                     fully-equipped repair
                     facilities
PATHWAYS WORKFLOW  - Integration software for                            - Rapid learning and
MANAGER (1996)     a variety of claims                                   introduction of new
                     applications, with a                                  applications; more
                     workflow orientation to                               efficient claims processing
                     assist in managing all
                     aspects of a field
                     appraiser's duties
PATHWAYS           - Windows-based collision   - Insurance field         - Accurate estimates based on
COLLISION            estimating software         appraisers              better decisions
ESTIMATING (1996)    using P-page logic which                            -Increases and eases the
Upgrade:             provides up-to-date                                 selection of more economical
RECYCLED PART        pricing; interactive                                 recycled/salvaged parts
VALUATION            decision support;
                     automated forms
                   -Provides statistically
                   valid, local market
                    pricing of available
                    recycled parts that can
                    be automatically inserted
                    into an estimate
 
GUIDEPOST (1996)   - Executive information     - Physical damage claims  - Management information
                     system                      departments
 
ACCLAIM (1996)     - Outsourced soft-tissue    - Bodily injury claims    -Lower legal and indemnity
                   litigation defense            departments              costs
                    management
</TABLE>
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  SERVICES AND
    PRODUCTS              DESCRIPTION               TARGET MARKET                  BENEFITS
<S>                <C>                         <C>                       <C>
                          INSURANCE & COLLISION REPAIR SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
EZEST (1991)       - Interactive PC-based      - Insurance field         - Provides a complete,
                   collision estimating        appraisers and collision  professional estimate.
                     software using P-page       repair facilities         Automatically defaults to
                     logic which provides                                  agreed-upon estimating
Upgrade:             up-to-date pricing,                                   guidelines when used in
                     marketing letters and                                 conjunction with EZNet
                     interactive decision
                     support
 
RECYCLED PART      - Provides statistically    - Insurance field         - Increases and eases the
VALUATION (1993)   valid, local market           appraisers              selection of more economical
                     pricing of available                                  recycled/salvage parts
                     recycled parts that can
                     be automatically
                     inserted into an
                     estimate
 
EZFOCUS (1996)     - Software based, digital   - Insurance companies     - Economical documentation of
                   imaging system              and collision repair      vehicle damage that speeds
                                                 facilities                repair approval, increases
                                                                           process control and reduces
                                                                           reinspections
 
EZNET (1992)       -A value-added              -Insurance companies      -Process control and
                   communications network to   utilizing automated       management information
                    send claim assignment       staff appraisers and
Upgrades:           information and retrieve    DRPs and collision
                    completed file data         repair facilities
 
ELECTRONIC         -A file-by-file electronic  -Insurance companies      -Real-time exception
APPRAISAL REVIEW   audit of DRP estimates      utilizing DRP networks    reporting to target
(1993)                                                                    re-inspections and improve
                                                                          management control of DRP
                                                                          networks
RECYCLED PART      -Location of all available  -Insurance companies      -Increases and eases the
LOCATION (1994)    recycled parts for a        utilizing DRP networks    selection of more economical
                    particular vehicle in a                               recycled/salvaged parts
                    local market
                                COLLISION REPAIR SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
 
EZWORKS (1996)     - Job costing, job                                    - Improves workflow,
                   scheduling, accounting and                            increases financial control,
                     payroll software                                      labor efficiency and asset
                                                                           utilization
PATHWAYS WORK      - Integration software for  - Collision repair        - Rapid learning and
FLOW MANAGER       a variety of applications,    facilities              introduction of new
(expected late       with a workflow                                       applications; more
1996)                orientation                                           efficient management
                                                                           process
PATHWAYS           - Windows-based collision                             - Provides a complete,
COLLISION            estimating software                                 professional estimate.
ESTIMATING--COLLISION   using P-page logic which                           Automatically defaults to
REPAIR (expected     provides up-to-date                                   agreed-upon estimating
late 1996)           pricing marketing                                     guidelines when used in
                     letters capability and                                conjunction with EZNet
                     interactive decision
                     support
                                     OTHER SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
AUTOSEARCH (1981)  - Used vehicle location     - Consumers               - Fast location of
                   and pricing service                                     replacement vehicle
CONSUMER PRODUCTS  - Local market passenger                              - Market data for use in
(1989)             and light truck valuation                             buying or selling a new or
                                                                           used car
DEALER             - Advertising for car       - New/used car dealers    - Highly targeted advertising
SERVICES--TAIL     dealers to consumers
(1990)               recently involved in a
                     total loss
</TABLE>
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    TOTAL LOSS SERVICE.   The  Company's TOTAL LOSS  service provides  insurance
companies  the  ability  to  effect  total  loss  settlements  on  the  basis of
market-specific values based upon physically inspected used car inventories. The
Company believes that its up-to-date  vehicle database, which contains  detailed
information  about  millions of  vehicles physically  inventoried on  over 4,000
dealer lots, or recently advertised, is the most comprehensive in North America.
The Company  uses its  proprietary database  and valuation  software to  provide
insurance  companies with independent, current, local, market-values and vehicle
identification data. Each total loss valuation includes a vehicle identification
search  under  VINGUARD,  the  Company's  vehicle  identification  number  fraud
protection  program which matches current  claims against the Company's database
of 15.5 million  previously totaled  or stolen vehicles.  The Company  processes
about 1.5 million TOTAL LOSS claims per year.
 
    EZEST  COLLISION  ESTIMATING.   EZEST  was the  first  stand-alone, PC-based
collision estimating system utilizing  P-page logic to  automate the process  of
eliminating  repair activity overlaps and automating all included operations and
ancillary repair  work  in  preparing an  estimate.  EZEST  provides  automobile
insurers  with fast  and reliable  estimates at  a low  cost. EZEST  runs on any
IBM-compatible laptop or desktop computer and  contains all nine volumes of  the
Motor  Crash  Estimating  Guide and  other  data  necessary to  build  a quality
estimate. The Company  licenses the  Motor Crash  Estimating Guide  data from  a
subsidiary  of The Hearst Corporation. A unique feature of EZEST is its recycled
part valuation upgrade which will display and can automatically insert into  the
estimate  a  predicted  price  of those  recycled  or  salvage  automotive parts
statistically known to be available in the local market in which the estimate is
written. Approximately two-thirds of EZEST'S insurance users have purchased this
upgrade. The EZEST  software, Motor  Crash Estimating Guide  database and  other
associated  databases  are updated  via a  monthly  CD-ROM. EZEST  is sold  on a
monthly subscription  basis to  both insurers  and collision  repair  facilities
under   multi-year  contracts.  The  Company   has  approximately  13,000  units
installed.
 
    EZNET COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK.  EZNET connects insurers with their appraisers
and repair network partners. EZNET'S process management capabilities provide the
information required to  make appropriate  and timely  decisions, regardless  of
location  or  settlement process.  EZNET is  used  principally for  the complete
electronic communication of work files and estimates to staff appraisers or  DRP
partners  and for  the receipt  of auditable  estimate data.  EZNET is  the only
secure  communications  network  tailored   to  provide  value-added   automated
communication  service to participants  in the automobile  physical damage claim
process,  including:  mailboxing,   library,  messaging,  intelligent   routing,
assignment  tracking and third party gateways. A  unique feature of EZNET is the
electronic appraisal review feature which provides real-time exception reporting
to target re-inspections and improves management control of DRP networks.  EZNET
also  facilitates the  management of car  rental and  salvage disposition. EZNET
processes approximately 400,000  automobile physical damage  claims each  month.
EZNET  is sold  both on a  per transaction  basis and on  a monthly subscription
basis.
 
    PATHWAYS APPRAISER WORKSTATION SOFTWARE.   In April 1996, the Company  began
delivery  of PATHWAYS, its Windows-based appraiser workstation software designed
to better serve the overall workflow  needs of insurance field staffs.  PATHWAYS
offers  a  common,  graphical  user  interface  across  all  applications  which
organizes claims in tabbed, electronic  workfiles and reduces the time  required
to  learn or develop new software functions or applications. PATHWAYS includes a
workflow manager which assists users in managing all aspects of their day-to-day
activities, including  receipt of  new assignments,  communication of  completed
activity,  electronic file notes and reports as well as the automatic logging of
key events in the claims  process. The Company intends  to integrate all of  its
existing  field applications  into this  platform and  develop all  future field
applications on  PATHWAYS.  PATHWAYS  is fully  integrated  with  the  Company's
value-added  communications network, allowing adjusters to operate in the field,
and thereby reduce office and  other expenses. The initial PATHWAYS  application
is  PATHWAYS COLLISION ESTIMATING which provides all of the functionality of the
EZEST product  while  adding the  functionality  of total  loss  and  settlement
processing,  claim payment,  salvage disposal  and custom  electronic forms. The
Company  believes  that  the  PATHWAYS  system  can  reduce  the  field  handled
automobile  claims  process by  about  one day.  The  Company currently  has 140
installations. PATHWAYS is sold on a monthly subscription basis under multi-year
contracts.
 
    ACCESS CLAIMS  SERVICES.   ACCESS  is an  outsourced vehicle  appraisal  and
restoration  management service. Insurance companies  use ACCESS to appraise and
settle claims without hiring either additional staff or independent  appraisers.
ACCESS uses a network of Company certified, fully equipped repair facilities and
the
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
Company's  claims management tools  to provide fast,  low cost claims settlement
with high customer satisfaction. In addition, the Company provides  reinspection
and  restoration management staff for quality assurance. ACCESS is sold on a per
claim basis under  multi-year agreements.  The Company  is currently  processing
5,000 ACCESS claims per month.
 
    EZFOCUS  DIGITAL IMAGING.   The  EZFOCUS computerized  digital photo imaging
system allows automobile insurers and  collision repairers to visually  document
vehicle  damage and  electronically communicate  the image.  This reduces claims
cycle time while eliminating film cost and saving travel and overnight  delivery
expense.
 
    GUIDEPOST  DECISION  SUPPORT.    The Company  recently  added  GUIDEPOST, an
executive information  and data  navigation software  package to  its tool  set.
GUIDEPOST  allows managers  to electronically evaluate  results, format reports,
drill down for subject or personnel  review and compare performance to  industry
and  regional indices. GUIDEPOST is offered on  a monthly CD and development for
network delivery is underway.  While introduced as an  element of the  Company's
suite  of electronic DRP and collision  estimating tools, GUIDEPOST will be made
available for  all  the  Company's  products, extending  the  integration  of  a
multi-channel claims process.
 
    ACCLAIM LITIGATION MANAGEMENT.  ACCLAIM is an outsourcing service offered to
insurance  companies for  the processing  and management  of defined soft-tissue
bodily injury  claims.  ACCLAIM  uses the  Company's  licensed  case  management
software  and information management tools in connection with a national network
of lawyers to  defend and dispose  of lawsuits filed  against insureds.  ACCLAIM
services  are  sold to  insurance companies  on  a fixed  fee, per  claim basis.
ACCLAIM is currently in pilot program status.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    The  Company's   business  is   based   on  establishing   close   long-term
relationships  with the two primary users  of the Company's services: automobile
insurance  companies  and  collision  repair  facilities.  Over  300  automobile
insurance  carriers, including  each of  the top  50 insurance  companies in the
United States, are  customers of the  Company. Most of  the Company's  insurance
customers  are  large, well  capitalized businesses.  State Farm,  the Company's
largest customer, accounted for  12.4%, 16.1% and 27.1%  of the Company's  total
revenues   for  the  three  years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993,
respectively.
 
    Since first entering the  collision repair market in  1992, the Company  has
secured  over  8,500  collision  repair  facility  customers.  The  Company  has
collision repair  customers in  all 50  states and  in most  major  metropolitan
markets.  Many of these customers  use the Company's services  and products as a
means to participate in  insurance DRP programs, thereby  making the use of  the
Company's services and products important to the customer's business growth.
 
    Over  half of the Company's  revenue for 1995 was  for services and products
sold pursuant to contracts,  which generally have  a two to  three year term.  A
substantial  portion  of the  Company's remaining  revenue represented  sales to
customers that have been doing business with the Company for at least ten years.
The Company's services and products are sold either on a monthly subscription or
a per transaction basis.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The Company utilizes four different  sales organizations to market and  sell
its services and products.
 
    STRATEGIC  CLIENT  DIVISION.   The  Strategic Client  Division  comprises 34
national account managers ("NAMs") and  31 client service managers ("CSMs")  who
focus  on the Company's overall relationships with the home and regional offices
of twenty leading insurance companies. NAMs are experienced sales  professionals
charged  with meeting  customers' business  needs with  a consultative approach.
NAMs are responsible for home office relationships through which most major  and
all  company-wide contracts are signed and renewed. The CSMs were recruited from
a variety  of  major  consulting  firms  with  backgrounds  in  workflow/process
management  and  business systems  analysis. The  CSMs play  a critical  role in
reviewing customer business  practices to  benchmark current  operations and  to
identify  opportunities for improvement. This serves  the dual role of assisting
customers in the operation of their businesses, while concretely validating  the
value  of the  Company's services and  products when they  are implemented. CSMs
often work closely with customer MIS  staffs to assure smooth implementation  of
more technically complicated and customized service offerings.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    NATIONAL  SALES  GROUP.   The  26  national  sales account  managers  in the
National Sales group  market the  Company's services  and products  to the  home
offices  of large  and medium-sized  insurance companies  outside of  the top 20
ranking. Managers in the National Sales group typically call on the president or
claims vice president  and director  of management information  services of  the
customer.  The sales cycle for transactions in this division is normally shorter
than in  the  Strategic Client  Division.  Most ACCESS  sales  are made  in  the
National Sales division.
 
    CLAIMS  OFFICE  ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES.   A  total of  78 claims  office account
executives are deployed geographically with responsibility for individual claims
offices of all of the Company's  insurance company clients. These employees  are
charged   with   on-going  field   training  and   support  for   the  Company's
transaction-based businesses.  The  Company  believes  that  its  field  service
organization  is a competitive  strength as its  account executives assist claim
managers with the training of  high turnover personnel, program result  analysis
and problem resolution.
 
    COLLISION REPAIR REPRESENTATIVES.  The Company contracts with 85 independent
sales representatives to sell its products to collision repair facilities across
the country. These representatives are assigned geographic territories and often
employ  sub-reps  to  increase  presence  in  particular  areas.  The  Company's
representatives are charged with calling  on the approximately 20,000 to  25,000
targeted   repair   facilities   with   annual   revenue   over   $300,000.  The
representatives are highly experienced within the collision repair industry  and
typically  assist customers  in dealing with  a variety of  business issues. The
Company also employs 5 sales managers who manage the sales representatives.
 
    The Company's  marketing efforts  for the  automobile insurance  market  are
conducted  through three principal means. The  Company believes that most claims
executives and managers learn about new technologies and solutions through sales
personnel, so  the majority  of  the Company's  insurance marketing  dollars  is
devoted  to developing  professional collateral materials  for use  by the sales
force. The  Company sponsors  an annual  industry conference  for senior  claims
industry  executives.  The Company's  senior managers  are frequent  speakers at
industry gatherings and are frequent  authors of articles published in  industry
and national print media.
 
    The  Company's  marketing  efforts  for  the  automobile  repair  market are
conducted through  participation  in national  and  regional trade  shows,  lead
generating   direct   marketing   programs,  collateral   materials   and  trade
advertising.
 
TRAINING AND SUPPORT
 
    Field appraisers, claim representatives and collision repair facility owners
are dependent upon the Company's tools and information to make proper  decisions
at  the right time for high consumer satisfaction and managed restoration costs.
The Company believes  its customer  support is  a competitive  advantage in  the
marketplace. The Company addresses its customer service needs through a customer
support  staff which  provides centralized  hotline telephone  support and field
implementation and training. The Company's support staff consists of individuals
with technical  knowledge  and  experience  relating  not  only  to  application
software,  operating systems and network communications  but also to the new and
used car  automobile markets  and collision  repair.  As of  May 31,  1996,  the
Company had 165 employees engaged in field and central customer support.
 
    In  addition  to  its  customer support  staff,  the  Company  maintains the
industry's largest staff of professional field trainers who implement every  new
sale.  The  Company's  collision  estimating  support  staff  can  diagnose most
software  issues  over  the  telephone  and  has  the  ability  to  download  an
appraiser's  entire hard drive telephonically if the problem proves significant.
The Company's total loss support staff can make modifications to claims, provide
regulatory information  or  additional  backup for  a  valuation  to  facilitate
settlement.  The  Company routinely  analyzes call  type  to modify  products or
training and,  whenever  necessary,  will dispatch  a  field  representative  to
provide process assistance.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    Underlying  each  of  the  Company's  principal  services  and  products are
value-added databases which  customers access  using workflow-oriented  software
and the Company's value-added communications network.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    TOTAL  LOSS SERVICES  AND PRODUCTS.   The Company's  proprietary database of
valuation data used in connection with  its TOTAL LOSS services and products  is
built  through the Company's own data  collection network. This network includes
detailed used car inventory and sales data from 4,000 automobile dealers in  192
metropolitan areas throughout the United States and Canada, as well as data from
local  newspaper advertisements  and prior  transactions. The  database includes
more than  15  million  prior  valuations, including  theft  data.  The  Company
maintains  its  total  loss database  on  a mainframe  computer  which customers
directly access using  the Company's  proprietary communications  network or  by
telephone or facsimile.
 
    PATHWAYS  ENVIRONMENT.  Over the  past two years, the  Company has built and
completed class libraries consisting of approximately 1,000 business and  system
objects that serve as the foundation of its PATHWAYS product line. These objects
were designed with a work flow orientation and are used in a framework to manage
databases,   maintain  model  persistence,   create  electronic  workfiles,  and
facilitate communications. These elements are used in conjunction with a  common
graphical  user interface  for all  applications. This  approach is  intended to
offer many advantages to the Company's customers, including ease of  integration
of  complementary systems  and legacy  applications. In  addition, the graphical
user interface and object-oriented foundation of these services and products  is
designed  to enable faster  introduction of additional  application modules with
greater  product   quality  assurance   as  well   as  easy   integration   with
customer-developed  software applications. It  is the Company's  intent to build
all new products within this framework  and to migrate existing products to  it.
The  Company  believes  this  environment  provides  a  competitive  development
advantage.
 
    COLLISION  ESTIMATING  SERVICES  AND  PRODUCTS.    The  Company  offers  its
collision  estimating services  and products through  a personal computer-based,
open systems approach using its object-oriented design. The Company's  principal
database  for its  collision estimating products  is the  Motor Crash Estimating
Guide published by a subsidiary of The Hearst Corporation. The Company  licenses
this database under an agreement that grants to the Company a license to publish
the  database electronically. This agreement  includes the exclusive license for
P-page logic, the integral component of collision estimating software.
 
    EZNET COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK.  The Company's communications network,  EZNET,
transmits  and  processes  both staff  and  direct repair  claims  data. EZNET'S
Transport Layer provides  reliable, secure data  transmission. EZNET'S  Workflow
Layer  routes  claims  information  and status  updates  to  multiple recipients
according to insurance company preference  and provides storage through  network
mailboxes  maintained by  the Company.  EZNET supports  all major communications
protocols, including X25, SNA,  ISDN and TCP/IP, as  well as industry  standards
such as CIECA.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND PROGRAMMING
 
    The Company recognizes that its ability to maintain and grow its position in
the  claims industry is  dependent upon expansion of  its products and services.
Investments in development are therefore critical to obtaining new customers and
renewals  from  existing  customers.  The  Company's  product  development   and
programming  efforts principally consist of software development, development of
enhanced communication protocols and custom user interfaces, and database design
and enhancement. The  Company employs  approximately 160 people  in its  product
development organization. This group is comprised of database analysts, software
engineers,  business systems  analysts, product  managers and  quality assurance
employees responsible for client systems,  server systems, data warehousing  and
distribution systems. Product engineering activities focus on improving speed to
market  of  new  products,  services,  and  enhancements,  adding  new  business
functions  without  affecting  existing  services  and  products,  and  reducing
development  costs. The Company uses its  class library of objects, knowledge of
its clients'  workflows  and its  automated  testing tools  to  deliver  quality
workflow-oriented  solutions to the marketplace quickly. These efforts provide a
significant competitive  advantage to  the  Company in  the development  of  new
services and products. The Company develops products in close collaboration with
its clients based on specific needs. The Company's total product development and
programming  expense was $3.0  million, $10.1 million and  $14.9 million for the
twelve months ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company relies  primarily on  a combination  of contracts,  intellectual
property  laws,  confidentiality agreements  and  software security  measures to
protect   its   proprietary    technology.   The    Company   distributes    its
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
products  under written license  agreements, which grant  end-users a license to
use the Company's  services and  products and which  contain various  provisions
intended   to  protect  the  Company's  ownership  and  confidentiality  of  the
underlying technology. The Company also requires all of its employees and  other
parties  with  access  to  its confidential  information  to  execute agreements
prohibiting the unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company's technology.
 
    The Company  has trademarked  virtually all  of its  services and  products.
These  marks are  used by the  Company in  the advertising and  marketing of the
Company's services and products. EZEST and  CCC are well-known marks within  the
automobile  insurance and collision  repair industries. The  Company has patents
for its collision estimation product  pertaining to the comparison and  analysis
of  the "repair  or replace" and  the "new  or used" parts  decisions. While the
total loss calculation process  is not patented,  the methodology and  processes
are  trade secrets of the Company and  are essential to the Company's total loss
business. Despite these  precautions, the  Company believes  that existing  laws
provide  only limited protection for the Company's technology and that it may be
possible for a  third party  to misappropriate  the Company's  technology or  to
independently develop similar technology.
 
    Certain  data used in  the Company's services and  products is licensed from
third parties for  which they receive  royalties. The Company  does not  believe
that  the  Company's  services  and products  are  significantly  dependent upon
licensed data, other  than the Motor  Crash Estimating Guide  data, because  the
Company believes it can find alternative sources for such data. The Company does
not  believe that it  has access to  an alternative database  that would provide
comparable information. Any interruption  of the Company's  access to the  Motor
Crash  Estimating  Guide  data  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company is not engaged in any material disputes with other parties  with
respect  to  the  ownership  or use  of  the  Company's  proprietary technology.
However, the  Company  has been  involved  previously in  intellectual  property
litigation,  the resolution  of which  resulted in  substantial payments  by the
Company. There can be no assurance that other parties will not assert technology
infringement claims against the Company in the future. The litigation of such  a
claim  may involve significant expense and  management time. In addition, if any
such claim  were successful,  the  Company could  be  required to  pay  monetary
damages  and  may  also be  required  to  either refrain  from  distributing the
infringing product or obtain a license from the party asserting the claim (which
license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms).
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market for  the Company's  products is highly  competitive. The  Company
competes  primarily on product differentiation,  customer service and price. The
Company's principal competitors  are small  divisions of  two well  capitalized,
multinational  firms,  ADP and  Thomson. ADP  offers  both a  PC-based collision
estimating system and a total loss product to the insurance industry. It  offers
a  different collision  estimating system  and a  hardware-based digital imaging
system to the collision repair industry. Thomson publishes crash guides for both
the insurance and automobile collision  repair industries and markets  collision
estimating, shop management and imaging products. In addition, there are several
very  small, collision estimating programs sold into the market which do not use
P-page logic. The  Company has  experienced steady  competitive price  pressure,
particularly  in the  collision estimating market,  over the past  few years and
expects that trend to continue. The strength of this trend may cause the Company
to alter its mix of services, features and prices.
 
    The Company intends to address competitive price pressures by providing high
quality, feature  enhanced products  and  services to  its clients.  The  Compay
intends  to  continue  to develop  user  friendly claims  products  and services
incorporating its  comprehensive  proprietary  inventory of  data.  The  Company
expects  that the PATHWAYS workflow manager  will provide the necessary position
with its insurance  customers to effectively  compete against competitive  price
pressures.
 
    At  times,  insurance companies  have entered  into agreements  with service
providers (including ADP, Thomson  and CCC) wherein  the agreement provides,  in
part,  that the insurance company will either use the product or service of that
vendor on an exclusive basis or designate the vendor as a preferred provider  of
that  product or service. If it is an exclusive agreement, the insurance company
mandates that collision repair
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
facilities, independent  appraisers  and  regional offices  use  the  particular
product  or service. If the vendor is a preferred provider, the collision repair
facilities, appraisers and regional offices, are encouraged to use the preferred
product, but may still choose another vendor's product or service. Additionally,
some insurance companies mandate that all products be tested and approved at the
companies' national level before regional levels can purchase such products. The
benefits of being an endorsed  product or on the  approved list of an  insurance
company   include  immediate  customer  availability   and  a  head  start  over
competitors who  may  not  be  so approved.  With  respect  to  those  insurance
companies that have endorsed ADP or Thomson, but not CCC, the Company will be at
a competitive disadvantage.
 
    In  connection  with the  Company's  strategy to  provide  outsourced claims
processing services, the  Company will  compete with  other third-party  service
providers,  some of whom  may have more  capital and greater  resources than the
Company.
 
    The Company currently  processes the vast  majority of  insurer-to-collision
repair  facility repair assignment  and estimate retrieval  for DRPs through its
EZNET communications network.  The Company  believes there  is a  wide range  of
prospective  competitors  in  this  service area,  many  of  which  have greater
resources than the Company.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of May 31, 1996, the Company had 878 full-time employees of whom 192 were
employed in sales and marketing functions, 164 were employed in customer support
functions, 165 in product  development and quality  assurance functions, 208  in
operations  and 95 in finance and administration. The Company regularly seeks to
identify skilled software engineers and other potential employee candidates, and
has found that competition  for personnel in the  software industry is  intense.
The  Company believes its ability to recruit and retain highly skilled technical
and other management personnel will be  critical to execute its business  plans.
The  Company's  employees  are  not  represented  by  any  collective bargaining
agreement or organization. The Company believes that its relationships with  its
employees are good.
 
FACILITIES
 
    The  Company's corporate headquarters are located in Chicago, Illinois where
the Company leases approximately 125,000 square feet of a multi-tenant  facility
under  a lease expiring in November, 2008. The Company also leases approximately
30,000 square feet in Glendora, California where a satellite development  center
is  housed, under a lease expiring in April, 1999. The Company believes that its
existing facilities  and additional  or alternative  space available  to it  are
adequate to meet its requirements for the foreseeable future.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are no pending legal proceedings other than routine litigation arising
in  the  ordinary course  of business.  The  Company does  not believe  that the
results of such litigation, even if the outcome were unfavorable to the Company,
would have a material adverse effect on its financial position.
 
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 
    BUSINESS AND SYSTEM  OBJECT LIBRARIES   -- Objects are  reuseable pieces  of
software  that perform specific programming  functions. Business objects perform
business tasks such  as check  writing, transfer of  customer information,  etc.
System  objects perform computer tasks such as  opening a file, adding data to a
particular field, etc. Objects are stored or housed in libraries.
 
    CIECA  -- The Collision Industry Electronic Commerce Association is a  group
of   information  companies,  repair  facility   owners  and  insurance  company
management information systems  professionals. CIECA's role  is to promote  data
communication   standards  for  electronic  commerce  between  collision  repair
facilities and insurance companies.
 
    DATA NAVIGATION  SOFTWARE   -- Software  written to  facilitate  organizing,
selecting,  viewing,  finding  or analyzing  a  portion  of a  larger  volume of
electronic data or information.
 
    DATA WAREHOUSING  -- The function of storing vast amounts of electronic data
or information that can be accessed by software.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    DIRECT REPAIR PROGRAM (DRP)   -- An automobile insurance settlement  process
whereby  an  insurer offers  a  consumer the  option  of bringing  their vehicle
directly to a  particular repair  facility who  will fix  the car  and bill  the
insurer directly, without the involvement or need of an insurance adjuster.
 
    GRAPHICAL  USER INTERFACE  -- The type  of screen used for computer programs
that relies on pictures and images, in addition to character-based text.
 
    LEGACY APPLICATIONS    --  Pre-existing  computer  systems,  dated  in  both
technology and functionality.
 
    OBJECT  ORIENTED  SOFTWARE   -- Software  written  with pieces  of reuseable
software that perform specific  programming functions. Business objects  perform
business  tasks such  as check writing,  transfer of  customer information, etc.
System objects perform computer tasks such as  opening a file, adding data to  a
particular field, etc.
 
    P-PAGE  LOGIC  -- Crash estimating  guides contain procedure pages, known as
p-pages, that detail the steps involved in repairing various parts of a  damaged
vehicle  depending on where and  how extensive the damage  is. When automated in
software form, they are often referred to as computer assisted P-page logic.
 
    SEVERITY  -- An insurance term of  art referring to actual cost of fixing  a
vehicle,  replacing a vehicle, medical  bills or legal fees  that do not include
the administrative expenses of settling the claim.
 
    SOFT TISSUE CLAIM   -- A  claim arising  from a non-verifiable  injury to  a
person's soft tissue (muscles, skin, nervous system).
 
    SOFTWARE  PLATFORM  --  A term used  to describe the  underlying design of a
computer system that links together various processing applications.
 
    TRANSPORT LAYER  -- A term used to describe the collection of functions in a
data network that includes the movement of information as opposed to a  workflow
layer, which refers to the management of information.
 
    WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE  -- Computer programs written to facilitate the
defined steps of a particular process.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  following  table sets  forth certain  information  with respect  to the
executive officers and directors of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                  AGE                                         POSITION
- ---------------------------      ---      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>
David M. Phillips                    57   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
J. Laurence Costin, Jr.              55   Vice Chairman
Githesh Ramamurthy                   35   Chief Technology Officer and President--Strategic Client Division
John Buckner                         50   President--Sales and Services Division
Blaine R. Ornburg                    50   Executive Vice President--New Market Development
Leonard L. Ciarrocchi                43   Executive Vice President--Chief Financial Officer
Donald J. Hallagan                   37   Vice President--Controller
Gerald P. Kenney                     44   Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
John J. Byrne(1)                     64   Director
Morgan Davis(1)                      45   Director
Thomas L. Kempner(1)                 69   Director
Gordon S. Macklin(1)                 68   Director
Robert T. Marto(1)                   50   Director
Michael R. Stanfield(1)              46   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.
 
    DAVID M.  PHILLIPS has  served as  Chairman, President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  since founding the Company  in 1983. Prior to  joining the Company, Mr.
Phillips served in  a number  of capacities  at Citicorp  including Senior  Vice
President  from  1975  to 1982.  During  his  tenure he  was  controller  of the
operating group; he was responsible for  Citicard implementation; he led a  team
that  developed a  national consumer strategy;  and implemented  the credit card
portion of  the consumer  strategy  increasing the  consumer card  holders  from
approximately  200,000 to over 10 million.  Subsequently, he was responsible for
the Latin  American  Consumer Businesses  that  included banks;  life  insurance
companies; finance companies and credit cards. Mr. Phillips previously served as
Director of Special Markets and Division Controller at Polaroid Corporation.
 
    J.  LAURENCE COSTIN,  JR. joined the  Company in February  1983 as Executive
Vice President  responsible for  the Company's  sales and  client field  service
organization. He currently serves as Vice Chairman, a position he has held since
May 1993. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Costin was Senior Vice President and
General  Manager for the Midwest region of  Seligman & Latz, Inc., a Fortune 500
company which managed department store concessions.
 
    GITHESH RAMAMURTHY  joined  the  Company  in July  1992  as  Executive  Vice
President-Product  Engineering and Chief Technology Officer. In January 1996, he
assumed the position of President-Strategic Client Division while retaining  the
position  of  Chief  Technology  Officer.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company, Mr.
Ramamurthy was a  founding member  of Sales  Technologies, Inc.,  a field  sales
automation  software company. Sales Technologies sold  to a long list of Fortune
100 clients in  the United States  and Europe before  it was acquired  by Dun  &
Bradstreet  in 1989. Mr. Ramamurthy  directed product development activities for
that company.
 
    JOHN  BUCKNER  joined   the  Company   in  January  1994   as  Senior   Vice
President-AutoBody   Division.  Mr.  Buckner  was  promoted  to  Executive  Vice
President-Sales and Services  Division and currently  serves as  President-Sales
and  Services  Division. Prior  to  joining the  Company,  Mr. Buckner  was Vice
President and  General Manager  of U.S.  Automotive Operations  at Sun  Electric
Corporation.  Previously, Mr.  Buckner held  a variety  of senior  sales and new
market development positions at Reynolds & Reynolds.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    BLAINE R.  ORNBURG  joined the  Company  in  April 1995  as  Executive  Vice
President-New  Market Development.  In January  1996, he  assumed the additional
responsibilities of Acting  Chief Financial  Officer, a position  he held  until
June,  1996. Prior  to joining  the Company, Mr.  Ornburg served  as Senior Vice
President of First Data Corporation.  Mr. Ornburg joined First Data  Corporation
upon  its  purchase of  Anasazi,  Inc., a  software  and networking  company Mr.
Ornburg founded in  1987. Previously,  Mr. Ornburg was  Vice President-Point  of
Transaction Systems for VISA International.
 
    LEONARD  L. CIARROCCHI  joined the  Company in  June 1996  as Executive Vice
President and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Prior to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.
Ciarrocchi was Vice President and Treasurer of White River Corporation from 1993
to  1996 and Manager of Finance of  Fund American Enterprises, Inc. from 1991 to
1993. Mr.  Ciarrocchi  was Manager  of  Finance for  Fund  American  Enterprises
Holdings, Inc. ("Fund American") from 1989 to 1991.
 
    DONALD  J. HALLAGAN joined the Company in  August 1993 as Controller and was
promoted to  Vice  President--Controller in  June  1996. Prior  to  joining  the
Company  he spent two years as Controller for Pollenex Corporation and two years
on the corporate staff of Santa Fe Pacific Corporation as Assistant  Controller.
Previously,  Mr. Hallagan served eight years  on the professional staff of Price
Waterhouse LLP.
 
    GERALD P.  KENNEY  joined the  Company  in  March 1995  as  Vice  President,
Secretary  and General Counsel.  Prior to joining the  Company, he served eleven
years as General Counsel for NEC Technologies Inc. Mr. Kenney's primary areas of
concentration are intellectual  property law, sales  and distribution and  other
matters  relating to  the high-tech and  information industries. He  is the past
chair of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), Government Affairs Counsel
and former member of the Board of Directors of the Consumer Electronics Group of
EIA.
 
    JOHN J. BYRNE has served as a Director of the Company since 1994. Mr.  Byrne
has  been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Fund
American since 1985  and President of  Fund American since  1990. Mr. Byrne  has
also  been  Chairman of  the  Board of  Directors  and a  director  of Financial
Security Assurance Holdings  Ltd. since May  1994. From 1989  through 1990,  Mr.
Byrne  was  Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors of  Fireman's  Fund Insurance
Company. Prior  to  joining Fireman's  Fund  Insurance Company,  Mr.  Byrne  was
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GEICO Corporation from 1976 to 1985. Mr.
Byrne is an advisory director of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc.
 
    MORGAN DAVIS has served as a Director of the Company since 1995. He has also
served  since  1995  as  the  President and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of White
Mountains Insurance Company, a  wholly owned subsidiary  of Fund American.  From
1992  to 1994, Mr. Davis was self-employed as  a private investor in a number of
entrepreneurial enterprises.  From  1987 to  1992,  he served  as  President  of
Fireman's  Fund Commercial Insurance. Mr. Davis is currently a Director of White
Mountain Holdings and Valley Insurance Group.
 
    THOMAS L. KEMPNER has served as a Director of the Company since 1983.  Since
1979  he has  served as  Chairman and  Chief Executive  Officer of  Loeb Holding
Corporation, an  investment banking,  registered broker/  dealer and  registered
investment  advisory  firm.  He  also  serves as  a  director  of  the following
companies:  Alcide   Corporation;  The   Arlen  Corporation;   Energy   Research
Corporation;  IGENE  BioTechnology,  Inc.;  Intermagnetics  General Corporation;
Northwest Airlines, Inc.; and Silent Radio, Inc.
 
    GORDON S. MACKLIN has served  as a Director of  the Company since 1994.  Mr.
Macklin  has been Chairman of  White River Corporation since  1993. From 1987 to
1992, he was Chairman of Hambrecht & Quist, LLC. Mr. Macklin served as President
of The National Association of Securities  Dealers, Inc. from 1970 to 1987,  and
was  formerly a  partner and  Member of  the Executive  Committee of  McDonald &
Company, an  investment  banking firm,  from  1950 to  1970.  Mr. Macklin  is  a
director, trustee, or managing general partner, as the case may be, of 53 of the
investment  companies in  the Franklin/Templeton Group,  and a  Director of Fund
American, MCI Communications Corporation, Fusion Systems Corp., MedImmune, Inc.,
Source One Mortgage Services Corp. and Shoppers Express Inc.
 
    ROBERT T. MARTO  has served  as a  Director of  the Company  since 1994.  He
currently  serves  as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of  White River
Corporation. From 1990 to 1993, he  was President of Fund American  Enterprises,
Inc.,  and  an Executive  Vice  President and  Chief  Financial Officer  of Fund
American. From 1977 to
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
1989, he held executive  officer positions with  Fireman's Fund Corporation  and
Fireman's  Fund Life Insurance Company.  Mr. Marto is also  a director of Vicorp
Restaurants, Inc., White River Corporation and Zurich Reinsurance Centre, Inc.
 
    MICHAEL R. STANFIELD has served as a Director of the Company since 1995.  He
has been Managing Director of Loeb Partners Corporation since 1993. From 1990 to
1993, Mr. Stanfield was self-employed as an independent consultant.
 
    For  their services as directors, the members  of the Board of Directors who
are not  employees of  the Company,  White River  or affiliates  of White  River
(other than Mr. Byrne) are paid $5,000 per meeting. All directors are reimbursed
for  reasonable expenses  associated with  their attendance  at meetings  of the
Board of Directors. All directors are elected by the stockholders at the  annual
meeting and serve as directors until the next annual meeting.
 
    All of the directors were elected pursuant to provisions of the Stockholders
Agreement.  Pursuant to this agreement,  Messrs. Phillips, Kempner and Stanfield
were designated  directors by  the Management  Stockholders, Messrs.  Marto  and
Macklin  were designated  directors by White  River and Messrs.  Byrne and Davis
were nominated  by  White  River  subject to  the  approval  of  the  Management
Stockholders. See "Principal Stockholders--Stockholders Agreement."
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
    The Company has entered into employment agreements with each of Mr. Buckner,
Mr.  Ramamurthy,  Mr.  Ornburg, Mr.  Ciarrocchi  and Mr.  Costin.  Mr. Buckner's
employment agreement provides for an annual  salary of $250,000 plus bonus,  and
terminates April 30, 2001. Mr. Ramamurthy's employment agreement provides for an
annual salary of $275,000 plus bonus and terminates June 30, 2001. Mr. Ornburg's
employment  agreement provides for  an annual salary of  $200,000 plus bonus and
terminates June 30, 2001. Mr. Ciarrocchi's employment agreement provides for  an
annual  salary of $200,000 plus bonus and terminates June 30, 2001. Mr. Costin's
employment agreement provides for  an annual salary  of $230,000 and  terminates
April  30,  1999. Messrs.  Buckner's,  Ramamurthy's, Ciarrocchi's  and Ornburg's
employment agreements  each  contain  a  non-compete and  a  change  of  control
provision and are subject to board of directors' ratification.
    
 
OTHER SIGNIFICANT MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME                   AGE                                        POSITION
- ------------------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>
Stephen E. Applebaum..........          51   Senior Vice President--ACCLAIM Litigation Management
Samuel B. Barash..............          58   Executive Vice President--New Product Development
Nancy T. Borghesi.............          48   Senior Vice President--Consulting Services
Michael J. D'Onofrio..........          39   Vice President--Treasurer
William R. Geen...............          43   Senior Vice President--Total Loss Operations
T. Scott Leisher..............          37   Senior Vice President--Strategic Accounts
Rick L. Mansel................          43   Senior Vice President--Product Management
Martin G. McGrath.............          38   Senior Vice President--Marketing and Planning
Jack Rozint...................          41   Senior Vice President--ACCESS Claims Services
Richard L. Rumple.............          41   Senior Vice President--Product Engineering
</TABLE>
 
    STEPHEN   E.   APPLEBAUM  joined   the  Company   in   July  1987   as  Vice
President-Business Development, was promoted  to Senior Vice  President-Business
Development,  and currently serves as Senior Vice President-- ACCLAIM Litigation
Management, a position  he has  held since October  1994. Prior  to joining  the
Company,  Mr. Applebaum  was a management  consultant and  venture capitalist in
Toronto, Canada.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    SAMUEL B.  BARASH joined  the  Company in  August  1985 as  Chief  Operating
Officer  and served in that capacity until  1987. Since that time, he has served
as Executive Vice  President of New  Product Development. Prior  to joining  the
Company,  Mr. Barash was President of Diversified Food Services, a national food
service provider within the retail industry.
 
    NANCY  T.   BORGHESI  joined   the   Company  in   January  1986   as   Vice
President-Systems.  She became Vice  President-Product Engineering and currently
serves as Senior  Vice President-Consulting  Services, a position  she has  held
since  March 1995. Prior to joining the  Company, Ms. Borghesi was a Systems and
Business Process Consultant for Arthur Young & Co.
 
    MICHAEL J. D'ONOFRIO joined  the Company in November  1992 as Treasurer  and
was  promoted to  Vice President--Treasurer in  June 1996. Prior  to joining the
Company he spent  six years as  Group Manager of  Claims Processing for  Central
States  Health and  Welfare and Pension  Funds. Mr.  D'Onofrio previously served
four years on the professional staff of Arthur Young & Co.
 
    WILLIAM R. GEEN joined the Company in March 1981 as Director of  Operations.
He  was  promoted to  Vice President--Dealer  Services  and currently  serves as
Senior Vice  President--Total Loss  Operations,  a position  he has  held  since
August  1989. Prior to joining  the Company, Mr. Geen  worked seven years in the
retail auto industry.
 
    T. SCOTT LEISHER began  his career with  the Company in  January 1986 as  an
Account  Executive. He  advanced through  the sales  ranks of  the Company  as a
Region Manager, Group Vice President-East Zone and Group Vice President-National
Accounts. Mr.  Leisher  currently  serves  as  Senior  Vice  President-Strategic
Accounts, a position he has held since February 1995.
 
    RICK   L.  MANSEL  joined   the  Company  in  April   1995  as  Senior  Vice
President-Product Management. Prior  to joining  the Company he  was Manager  of
Worldwide  Market  Development for  SSA, a  financial and  manufacturing systems
software company. Mr.  Mansel previously  served as Director  of North  American
Operations for Wang Laboratories.
 
    MARTIN  G.  MCGRATH joined  the Company  in  September 1992  as Director-New
Business Development. He was promoted  to Vice President-Product Management  and
currently  serves as Senior Vice President-Marketing and Planning, a position he
has held since  February 1995.  Prior to joining  the Company,  Mr. McGrath  was
General Manager of AT&T's Network Management Services Group.
 
    JACK  ROZINT joined the  Company in April  1992 as Director-Product Planning
for the AutoBody Division. He was promoted to Vice President-AutoBody Sales  and
Marketing  and currently serves as Senior Vice President-ACCESS Claims Services,
a position he has  held since October  1994. Prior to  joining the Company,  Mr.
Rozint  was Director of Software Development at Akzo Systems Inc., a division of
Akzo Nobel.
 
    RICHARD L.  RUMPLE  joined  the  Company in  July  1990  as  Manager-Product
Engineering. He was promoted to Vice President-Product Engineering and currently
serves  as Senior  Vice President-Product  Engineering, a  position he  has held
since October 1995. Prior to joining  the Company, Mr. Rumple served as  Manager
of Distribution Systems at Baxter Healthcare.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The   following  table   sets  forth   certain  information   regarding  the
compensation paid during 1995 to the  Company's Chief Executive Officer and  the
other  four most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, the "Named
Executive Officers") whose total salary and bonus in 1995 exceeded $100,000:
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  LONG-TERM
                                                                                                 COMPENSATION
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                                 COMMON STOCK
                                                                              OTHER ANNUAL        UNDERLYING
           NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(1)                SALARY      BONUS    COMPENSATION        OPTIONS(2)
- -----------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  -------------  --------------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>
David M. Phillips....................................  $  448,008     --           --                 --
Chairman, President and Chief
 Executive Officer
J. Laurence Costin, Jr...............................     259,031  $  75,000       --                 --
Vice Chairman
Githesh Ramamurthy...................................     231,180     --           --                133,600
Chief Technology Officer and President-- Strategic
 Client Division
John Buckner.........................................     208,340     31,625       --                104,000
President--Sales and Services Division
Blaine R. Ornburg....................................     131,046     --        $  50,000             80,000
Executive Vice President--New Market Development
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) This  table excludes  Edward J.  Cheskis, former  President--Claims  Service
    Division,  whose  1995 salary,  bonus and  other compensation  was $273,292,
    $45,142 and $0, respectively.
 
(2) Represents the number  of shares of Common  Stock issuable upon exercise  of
    options granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    The  following tables set forth  certain information regarding options/stock
appreciation rights granted to the Named Executive Officers:
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                           VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                       --------------------------------------------------------------    ANNUAL RATES OF
                                          NUMBER OF     PERCENT OF TOTAL                                   STOCK PRICE
                                         SECURITIES       OPTIONS/ SARS                                  APPRECIATION FOR
                                         UNDERLYING        GRANTED TO       EXERCISE OR                  OPTION TERM (1)
                                        OPTIONS/SARS      EMPLOYEES IN      BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION   --------------------
                NAME                     GRANTED (#)       FISCAL YEAR       ($/SHARE)       DATE        5%($)     10%($)
- -------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                    <C>              <C>                <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
David M. Phillips....................        --                --               --            --          --         --
Chairman, President and Chief
 Executive Officer
J. Laurence Costin, Jr...............        --                --               --            --          --         --
Vice Chairman
Githesh Ramamurthy...................        73,600              5.9         $    1.75        2/1/00   $  35,590  $  78,630
Chief Technology Officer and
 President--                                 60,000              4.8             4.375      12/12/00      72,520    160,260
Strategic Client Division
John Buckner.........................        20,000              1.6              1.75        2/1/00       9,670     21,370
President--Sales and Services
 Division                                    24,000              1.9             2.125       6/28/00      14,090     31,140
                                             60,000              4.8             4.375      12/12/00      72,520    160,260
Blaine R. Ornburg....................        80,000              6.4              1.75       4/17/00      38,680     85,470
Executive Vice President--New Market
 Development
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option
    at its time of grant (5 years) and is calculated by assuming that the  stock
    price  on  the  date  of  grant as  determined  by  the  Board  of Directors
    appreciates at the indicated annual rate compounded annually for the  entire
    term of the option and that the option is exercised and sold on the last day
    of  its term  for the  appreciated price.  The 5%  and 10%  assumed rates of
    appreciation are  derived from  the  rules of  the Securities  and  Exchange
    Commission  and do not represent the Company's estimate or projection of the
    future Common Stock price.
 
 AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                               NUMBER OF SECURITIES       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                              UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         AT FY-END ($)
                           SHARES ACQUIRED   VALUE REALIZED    OPTIONS AT FY-END (#)   EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
          NAME             ON EXERCISE (#)        ($)         EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE            (1)
- -------------------------  ---------------  ----------------  -----------------------  --------------------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>               <C>                      <C>
David M. Phillips........
Chairman, President and
 Chief Executive Officer         --                --                   --                         --
J. Laurence Costin,
 Jr......................
Vice Chairman                    --                --                  134,176/57,584         $1,291,444/$554,246
Githesh Ramamurthy.......
Chief Technology Officer
 and President--Strategic
 Client Division                 --                --                 138,880/168,320       $1,295,200/$1,454,000
John Buckner.............
President--Sales and
 Services Division               --                --                   27,200/92,800           $220,700/$728,800
Blaine R. Ornburg........
Executive Vice
 President-- New Market
 Development                     --                --                   16,000/64,000           $148,000/$592,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) At an assumed offering price of the Common Stock of $11 per share, minus the
    exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the option.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Each member of the Board of Directors (except David M. Phillips) served as a
member of the  Compensation Committee of  the Company in  1995. The Company  has
entered  into certain  transactions with the  Loeb Entities, of  which Thomas L.
Kempner is an affiliate, and with  White River, of which Messrs. Byrne,  Macklin
and  Marto  are affiliates.  For further  discussion  of such  transactions, see
"Certain Transactions."
 
    The Compensation Committee has established  salary and bonus levels for  the
executive  officers of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer, based
on a combination of  objective and subjective criteria.  With respect to  salary
levels,  such levels are set subsequent  to the Committee's determination of the
executive officer's contribution, progress  and development. Bonuses, which  may
be  up to 50% of an officer's salary,  are awarded based on profit growth of the
Company (calculated using an EBIT formula) and based on the subjective  criteria
used in establishing salary levels.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The  Stock Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in 1988 and was
most recently amended in November 1994 in order to advance the interests of  the
Company  by affording key  executives and employees an  opportunity to acquire a
proprietary interest in  the Company  and thus to  stimulate increased  personal
interest  in such persons in  the success and future  growth of the Company. The
Stock Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board  of
Directors.  Pursuant to stock option agreements  executed in connection with the
Stock Option Plan, Messrs. Ramamurthy, Buckner, Ornburg and Costin, were granted
stock options (the "Options") to purchase shares of Common Stock of the  Company
pursuant  to the terms set forth in the various stock option agreements. A total
of 2,777,920 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant  to
all  options issued under the Stock Option  Plan. The Options are exercisable at
per share  prices ranging  from $1.38  to $11.20.  The Options  are  exercisable
annually   in  20%  increments  beginning  on  the  date  of  issuance.  Messrs.
Ramamurthy, Buckner, Ornburg and  Costin have been  granted Options to  purchase
307,200,  170,000, 130,000 and 191,760 shares of Common Stock, respectively. The
Options may  be  exercised solely  by  the grantees,  or  in the  case  of  such
grantee's  death  or  incapacity, by  the  grantee's  executors, administrators,
guardians or other legal representatives and are not assignable or  transferable
by such grantee.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The  following table sets forth the number  and percentage (if more than 1%)
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock  owned beneficially as of the date  of
the  Offering by  (i) each  director of the  Company, (ii)  each Named Executive
Officer, (iii) all directors  and executive officers as  a group, and (iv)  each
person  who, to the knowledge of the Company, beneficially owned more than 5% of
the Common Stock as of the date of this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP         BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                       OF COMMON STOCK              OF COMMON STOCK
                                                                  PRIOR TO THE OFFERING (1)     AFTER THE OFFERING (1)
                                                                 ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                                    NO. OF        PERCENT        NO. OF        PERCENT
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                            SHARES        OF CLASS       SHARES        OF CLASS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
David M. Phillips(2)...........................................        927,760         5.6          927,760         4.2
J. Laurence Costin, Jr.(3).....................................        185,728         1.0          185,728       *
Blaine R. Ornburg(4)...........................................         54,000       *               54,000       *
Githesh Ramamurthy(5)..........................................        233,600         1.4          233,600         1.1
John Buckner(6)................................................         60,920       *               60,920       *
John J. Byrne(7)...............................................             --          --               --          --
Morgan Davis(8)................................................             --          --               --          --
Thomas L. Kempner(9)...........................................      3,724,674        22.6        3,724,674        17.0
Gordon S. Macklin(10)..........................................      8,584,564        51.9        8,584,564        39.0
Robert T. Marto(11)............................................      8,584,564        51.9        8,584,564        39.0
Michael R. Stanfield(12).......................................             --          --               --          --
Loeb Entities(13)..............................................      3,457,315        21.0        3,457,315        15.7
61 Broadway
24th Floor
New York, New York 10006
White River Ventures, Inc......................................      8,584,564        51.9        8,584,564        39.0
777 Westchester Ave.
Suite 201
White Plains, New York 10604
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)...     13,088,558        80.1       13,088,558        59.5
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
*   Less than one percent of the outstanding Common Stock.
(1) Beneficial  ownership is  determined in  accordance with  the rules  of  the
    Securities   and  Exchange  Commission  and  generally  includes  voting  or
    investment power with respect to securities.
(2) Includes  400,000 shares  of Common  Stock held  by Ruth  Ann Phillips,  Mr.
    Phillips' wife. Mr. Phillips is a director of the Company and his address is
    444 Merchandise Mart, Chicago, Illinois 60654.
(3)   Includes  164,528  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
    outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 1996.
(4) Includes 26,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
    options which are exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 1996.
(5)  Includes  173,600  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise   of
    outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 1996.
(6) Includes 49,200 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
    options which are exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 1996.
(7) Mr. Byrne is a director of the Company.
(8) Mr. Davis is a director of the Company.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
(9)  Includes 3,457,315 shares  of Common Stock  held by the  Loeb Entities. Mr.
    Kempner, a director of the Company,  is the managing general partner or  the
    general  partner of the  general partner of  each of the  Loeb Entities. Mr.
    Kempner disclaims  beneficial  ownership of  the  shares held  by  the  Loeb
    Entities,  except to  the extent  of his  pecuniary interests  therein. Also
    includes  267,360  shares  of  Common   Stock  issuable  upon  exercise   of
    outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 1996.
(10) Includes 8,584,564 shares of Common Stock held by White River. Mr. Macklin,
    a  director of the Company,  is Chairman of the  Board of Directors of White
    River and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by White  River,
    except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein.
(11) Includes 8,584,564 shares of Common Stock held by White River. Mr. Marto, a
    director  of the Company, is President  and Chief Executive Officer of White
    River and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by White  River,
    except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein.
(12) Mr. Stanfield is a director of the Company.
(13)  Includes Loeb Investors Co. XV, Loeb Investors Co. XIII and Loeb Investors
    Co. 108.
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
    David M. Phillips and the  Loeb Entities, of which  Thomas L. Kempner is  an
affiliate  (collectively, the  "Management Stockholders"),  White River  and the
Company have entered into a Stockholders Agreement dated June 16, 1994, pursuant
to which the  Management Stockholders  and White  River have  agreed to  certain
provisions  regarding  the corporate  governance of  the Company,  including the
election of directors. The Stockholders  Agreement terminates upon the first  to
occur  of (i)  the written  agreement of  the parties,  (ii) the  liquidation or
dissolution of the Company, (iii) the Redemption Date (as defined below) or (iv)
June 16, 1999.
 
    After completion of the Offering, White  River and its affiliates will  hold
1,589 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 10,794 shares of Series D Preferred
Stock. From the date of the closing of the Offering until the first day on which
there  are no  shares of  Series C,  or Series  D, or  Series E  Preferred Stock
outstanding (the "Redemption  Date"), the  following provisions  are in  effect,
among others:
 
    The Management Stockholders and White River shall take all actions necessary
to  cause the nomination and election to the  board of directors of (i) a number
of persons (which shall not  be less than two)  designated by White River  which
the  board of  directors determines  to be  appropriate taking  into account the
aggregate voting power and economic interest  of White River and its  affiliates
in  the Company  and (ii) three  persons designated  by a majority  of shares of
Common Stock held by the Management Stockholders. The number of directors  shall
be  seven  while  the  Stockholders  Agreement  is  in  effect.  The  Management
Stockholders and  White River  shall act  to  cause vacancies  on the  board  of
directors  to be filled  by successors designated by  the stockholder group that
designated the prior incumbent  and shall not act  to remove a director  without
the  consent of the stockholder group that designated such director except after
consultation with  such stockholder  group and  after a  determination that  the
director to be removed has breached his fiduciary duties to the Company.
 
    In  addition, the Management Stockholders and  White River have agreed that,
prior to the voluntary  resignation from the board  of directors, disability  or
death  of  David M.  Phillips, a  majority  of the  directors designated  by the
Management  Stockholders  shall  be  delegated,  to  the  extent  permitted   by
applicable  law, the authority of  the board to determine  the timing, price and
other terms  of certain  business  combinations where  the consideration  to  be
received is cash, cash equivalents or publicly traded securities, subject to the
fiduciary  duties of the directors not designated by the Management Stockholders
and subject to the receipt of a fairness opinion from one of a list of specified
investment banks (which includes Hambrecht & Quist and Lazard Freres). Following
the voluntary resignation from  the board of directors,  death or disability  of
David  M. Phillips, the  Management Stockholders and White  River have agreed to
cause the directors  respectively elected  by them to  approve certain  business
combinations  recommended by the  other party, subject to  receipt of a fairness
opinion and subject to the fiduciary duties of such directors.
 
    The Management Stockholders and White River have also agreed that a majority
of the directors designated by  the Management Stockholders shall be  delegated,
to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the fiduciary duties of
the other directors, the authority of the board of directors with respect to the
timing,  price, and other terms  of each offering of  Common Stock subsequent to
the Offering, provided, however, that the Company shall not consummate any  such
subsequent  offering (i)  unless the Company  can demonstrate  to the reasonable
satisfaction of White River that after giving effect to such subsequent offering
the Company
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
would have funds legally available to redeem shares of the Redeemable  Preferred
Stock  in accordance with its  terms and (ii) without  the unanimous approval of
the members of the board of directors in the event that David M. Phillips  shall
voluntarily resign from the board of directors, die, or become disabled.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Stockholders  Agreement,  the  directors  elected  by the
Management Stockholders  have  been delegated  the  authority of  the  board  to
determine  the timing, price  and other terms  of this Offering,  subject to the
fiduciary duties of the other members  of the board of directors not  designated
by  the Management Stockholders  provided that the Company  has been required to
demonstrate to  the reasonable  satisfaction of  White River  that after  giving
effect  to the Offering, the Company will have funds legally available to redeem
shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock in accordance with its terms.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In  connection  with   a  reorganization   agreement  (the   "Reorganization
Agreement")  dated as of June  16, 1994, White River  contributed to the Company
all of its  right, title and  interest in, to  and under (i)  the Company's  12%
Subordinated  Notes due  October 31, 1996,  (ii) the  Company's 12% Subordinated
Payment-in-Kind Notes  due October  31,  1996, (iii)  the Company's  12%  Junior
Subordinated  Payment-in-Kind Notes due October 31,  1996 and (iv) the Company's
Series A, Series B, and Series  C Warrants. White River had previously  acquired
all  of  such  notes  and  warrants  from  the  holders  thereof  for  net  cash
consideration of  $39 million.  Pursuant to  the Reorganization  Agreement,  the
Company  issued White River 5,000 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, 34,000
shares of  the Series  D Preferred  Stock, and  7,050,340 shares  of the  Common
Stock.  The Company and White River  also entered into certain other agreements,
including  the  Stockholders   Agreement.  See   "Principal  Stockholders"   and
"Description  of Capital  Stock". White River  also entered  into a registration
rights agreement providing White River up to two demand registrations after June
16, 1999.
 
    In July 1993, a subsidiary of the Company, Phone Base Systems, Inc.  ("Phone
Base")  repaid Mr. Phillips  and the Loeb  Entities (of which  Mr. Kempner is an
affiliate) a total  of $1.65 million  that had been  previously loaned to  Phone
Base  by them. Phone Base continued thereafter to experience liquidity problems,
and Mr. Phillips and the Loeb Entities advanced a further $1.5 million to  Phone
Base,  which has not  been repaid. White  River also advanced  $150,000 to Phone
Base. All of these  advances were secured by  a royalty participation  agreement
with  Phone Base. White River  also loaned Phone Base  $200,000 represented by a
promissory note bearing interest at the rate of 9% per annum. In May 1994, White
River purchased for $550,000 from  Sprint Communications L.P. ("Sprint") all  of
Sprint's  right, title and  interest in a purchase  agreement between Sprint and
Phone Base relating  to certain telecommunications  equipment supplied to  Phone
Base  by Sprint. In late 1994, White River transferred to the Company all of its
right, title  and  interest  in  the  Sprint  purchase  agreement,  the  royalty
participation  agreement, and the $200,000 promissory  note for $900,000 in cash
plus interest at the rate of 9% per annum.
 
    In November 1994, a  subsidiary of the Company  transferred for $500 all  of
the  stock of  Phone Base to  Loeb Investors Co.  119 ("Loeb 119")  of which Mr.
Kempner is an affiliate. In addition, the Company transferred to Loeb 119 all of
its right,  title and  interest in  certain  obligations of  Phone Base  to  the
Company. In consideration of these transfers, Loeb 119 paid the Company $124,500
in  cash  and a  subsidiary  of Phone  Base issued  an  installment note  in the
principal amount of  $550,000. As of  the date of  this Prospectus, $222,000  in
principal amount remains outstanding with respect to the promissory note.
 
    In  March 1994, White River acquired from  a third party a 50% joint venture
interest in CCCDC for a purchase price of $6.8 million. In connection therewith,
White River entered into a call agreement with the Company pursuant to which the
Company had the right to purchase the joint venture interest from White River at
its cost plus interest at  the rate of 9% per  annum. The Company exercised  its
right to purchase in 1994 for an aggregate price of $6.9 million in cash.
 
    During  1993 and 1994, the  Loeb Entities, which own  21.0% of the shares of
Common Stock prior  to the Offering  and with which  Mr. Kempner is  affiliated,
purchased  certain contracts from CCCDC at  prices determined by discounting the
anticipated cash  flow from  these  contracts. The  gross proceeds  and  related
discount  values  for contracts  purchased in  1993 were  $5.2 million  and $0.7
million, respectively, and for
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
contracts purchased in 1994 were $0.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively. In
addition, the Loeb Entities  advanced $3.1 million of  the bridge loan  proceeds
used  to acquire the remaining interest in  CCCDC, effective March 30, 1994. See
Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    As of  the date  of this  Prospectus, the  authorized capital  stock of  the
Company  consists of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.10 per share
of which  22,026,800 shares  shall be  outstanding following  the Offering,  and
100,000  shares of  Preferred Stock, $1.00  par value per  share (the "Preferred
Stock") of which 12,870  shares shall be  outstanding immediately following  the
Offering.  Of the Preferred Stock, 5,000 shares have been designated as Series C
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Series  C
Preferred  Stock"), 34,000  shares have been  designated as  Series D Cumulative
Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $1.00  per share (the "Series D  Preferred
Stock"),  and 500 shares have been  designated as Series E Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Series E Preferred Stock"). The
following summary of the Company's capital stock is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws, each of which is  filed as an exhibit  to the registration statement  of
which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The  holders of Common Stock are entitled to  one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon  by stockholders,  including the election  of directors.  The
holders  of a majority  of the outstanding  Common Stock have  agreed to certain
provisions regarding corporate governance, including the election of  directors,
in  the Stockholders Agreement, which will remain in effect after the completion
of the Offering. See "Principal Stockholders--Stockholders Agreement."
 
    Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the
holders of the Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared in
the discretion  of  the  Board  of Directors  out  of  funds  legally  available
therefor.  See "Dividend Policy." Holders of  Common Stock are entitled to share
ratably in  the net  assets of  the Company  upon liquidation  after payment  or
provision  for all  liabilities and any  preferential liquidation  rights of the
Preferred Stock then outstanding. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive
rights to purchase shares of  stock in the Company.  Shares of Common Stock  are
not  subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other
securities of the Company. All outstanding  shares of Common Stock are, and  the
shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company pursuant to the Offering will
be, upon payment therefor, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from time  to  time by  the  Board of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the  provisions
of   the  Company's  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and
limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to
adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to fix the number of shares and to change
the number of shares constituting any series,  and to provide for or change  the
voting  powers, designations, preferences  and relative, participating, optional
or other special  rights, qualifications, limitations  or restrictions  thereof,
including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend
rates,  terms  of  redemption (including  sinking  fund  provisions), redemption
prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting
any class or series  of the Preferred  Stock, in each  case without any  further
action  or vote by the  stockholders. The Company has  no current plans to issue
any additional shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series.
 
    One of the  effects of  undesignated Preferred Stock  may be  to enable  the
Board  of Directors  to render  more difficult  or to  discourage an  attempt to
obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest,  merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The  issuance  of  shares  of  the Preferred  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Board of
Directors' authority  described above  may adversely  affect the  rights of  the
holders  of Common Stock. For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Company may
rank prior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference  or
both, may have full or limited voting rights
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
and may be convertible into shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of
shares  of  Preferred Stock  may discourage  bids  for the  Common Stock  or may
otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
 
THE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    In June 1994,  the Company  issued 5,000 shares  of the  Series C  Preferred
Stock  and 34,000  shares of the  Series D  Preferred Stock to  White River. The
terms of the  Series C  Preferred Stock  and the  Series D  Preferred Stock  are
generally  the  same, except  as provided  below in  "Redemption" and  "Series C
Default Rights." Each share of the Redeemable Preferred Stock has a stated value
of $1,000.
 
    DIVIDENDS.  On  the first  dividend payment  date (defined  as November  30,
February  28, May 31, and  August 31 of each year)  following June 16, 1998 (the
fourth anniversary of  the original issue  date), the holders  of shares of  the
Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends, when and
as  declared, at  the dividend rate  applicable from  time to time  as set forth
below, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event the Company fails to redeem shares of the
Redeemable Preferred  Stock  as  required  following  the  consummation  of  the
Company's  initial public offering  of Common Stock,  dividends shall be payable
commencing on the first dividend payment  date following the 90th day  following
the consummation of such initial public offering. Dividends on parity stock must
be  declared to  be paid either  in full  or else PRO  RATA among  all shares of
parity stock issued and  outstanding. While any  shares of Redeemable  Preferred
Stock  are outstanding,  no dividends or  distributions may be  declared or paid
with respect to any stock (including the Common Stock) junior to the  Redeemable
Preferred Stock, nor may any junior stock or parity stock (other than the Series
E   Preferred  Stock)  be   redeemed,  purchased,  or   otherwise  acquired  for
consideration by the Company.
 
    Dividends accrue from June 16, 1994 (the original issue date). The  dividend
rate  is  applicable  to the  stated  value  of each  outstanding  share  of the
Redeemable Preferred  Stock. The  dividend  rate is  2.75%  per annum  from  the
original  issue date to and including the earlier of the date of consummation of
this Offering or June 16, 1998, and shall be 8.0% per annum thereafter,  subject
to  the following adjustments: (i) if the Company makes the required redemptions
of the Redeemable Preferred Stock from  the proceeds of this Offering, then  the
dividend  rate shall be 0% from the date of the consummation of this Offering to
June 16, 1998;  and (ii) if  prior to the  date of mandatory  redemption of  the
Redeemable Preferred Stock, the Company makes a good faith offer to purchase all
or  any of the Redeemable  Preferred Stock at a price  equal to the stated value
plus accrued but unpaid dividends to and including the date set for  repurchase,
and  the holders of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock refuse such offer with
respect to any shares subject to  such offer, then the applicable dividend  rate
with  respect to such shares of the  Redeemable Preferred Stock shall, after the
date fixed for repurchase, be the lesser of 1% per annum and the rate applicable
to such shares pursuant to clause (i) above.
 
    REDEMPTION.  Unless earlier redeemed  pursuant to the redemption  provisions
described  below, the Redeemable  Preferred Stock shall be  redeemed on June 16,
1999 at  the  stated  value  plus  all accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  to  (and
including)  the redemption date. Redemptions are to be made PRO RATA between the
Series C, Series D and Series E Preferred Stock and any other parity stock.
 
    Concurrently with the consummation of  an initial public offering of  Common
Stock  having proceeds to the  Company in excess of  $40,000,000, the Company is
obligated to  redeem  the lesser  of  (i) the  number  of shares  of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock then  outstanding or  (ii) the  number of  shares of Redeemable
Preferred having an  aggregate stated  value plus accrued  but unpaid  dividends
equal to 50% of the net proceeds to the Company from the initial public offering
of  Common Stock. Similar  provisions apply if  the Company is  required to make
loan payments from the  proceeds or if  the Company fails  to make the  required
redemptions.
 
    The  Company also may  be required to redeem  the Redeemable Preferred Stock
(i) in the event that the Company or a subsidiary fails to pay any principal  or
interest  on indebtedness when due or during  an applicable grace period or (ii)
in the event that notice of acceleration of the maturity or required  prepayment
and  demand for payment is received, in either case with respect to indebtedness
in an aggregate amount in  excess of $500,000. In such  event, the holders of  a
majority  of the then outstanding  Series C Preferred Stock  shall have the sole
discretion to determine the  action to be  taken on behalf  of the Company  with
respect to such indebtedness.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    For  so long as White River or its affiliates own any shares of the Series C
Preferred Stock, the  Company may  not engage in  certain business  combinations
unless all of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock have been redeemed.
 
    VOTING.   Except as described below in  "Series C Default Rights" and except
as required by  the Delaware  General Corporation Law,  none of  the holders  of
issued  and  outstanding Redeemable  Preferred Stock  shall have  voting rights,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2/3%
of  each series of the Redeemable Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class,
shall be necessary (i) to authorize, create or increase the authorized or issued
number of shares of, or issue any shares of any class or series of parity  stock
or  senior stock  or (ii) amend,  alter or repeal  any of the  provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation  of the  Company or the  applicable certificate  of
designations  that would materially and  adversely affect any right, preference,
privilege or voting power of the respective series of Redeemable Preferred Stock
or the  holders thereof.  In the  event of  an issuance  of shares  of Series  E
Preferred  Stock in exchange for shares of Series D Preferred Stock as described
in "The Series E Preferred Stock" below, shares of the Series E Preferred  Stock
would have the voting rights described below.
 
   
    SERIES  C  DEFAULT  RIGHTS.    So long  as  White  River  or  its affiliates
beneficially own at least 50% of  the issued and outstanding Series C  Preferred
Stock,  if the  Company shall  fail (i)  to discharge  its obligation  to redeem
shares of Series C Preferred Stock  (a "Redemption Default") or (ii) to  declare
and  pay in full  the dividends on the  Series C Preferred  Stock within 90 days
after the Company  is required to  do so  (a "Dividend Default")  the number  of
directors  shall be increased by the number of directors necessary to constitute
a majority of  the directors of  the Company, and  the holders of  the Series  C
Preferred  Stock,  voting separately  as  a class,  shall  be entitled  to elect
directors to fill such newly created directorships. In the case of a  Redemption
Default,  such directors and voting rights  shall continue until White River and
its affiliates shall  cease to  own at  least 50% of  the shares  of issued  and
outstanding  Series C Preferred Stock.  In the case of  a Dividend Default, such
additional directors and  voting rights shall  continue until such  time as  the
Dividend  Default no longer exists. Neither  a Redemption Default nor a Dividend
Default has occurred to date. If the number of directors cannot be increased  as
provided  above, the Company  shall take all actions  necessary to implement the
intent of these provisions,  including causing the  resignation of directors  to
create  vacancies to be filled  by the action of  the holders of the outstanding
Series C Preferred Stock.
    
 
THE SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company and White River have entered into the White River Agreement that
provides that  the  Company, within  three  days following  receipt  of  written
notification  from White River to the effect that the number of shares of Common
Stock owned by White  River represents less  than a majority  of the issued  and
outstanding  shares of Common Stock, will issue to White River 500 shares of the
Series E Preferred Stock in  exchange for 500 Shares  of the Series D  Preferred
Stock.  The  White  River Agreement  was  entered  into in  connection  with the
recapitalization of the  Company in  1994 and to  help ensure  that White  River
Corporation  avoid registration  as an  investment company  under the Investment
Company Act  of  1940. White  River  has informed  the  Company of  its  present
intention  to exchange 500 shares of Series  D Preferred Stock for 500 shares of
Series E Preferred Stock sometime after  the consummation of the Offering.  When
properly  notified in  writing of such  request, the Company  will issue, within
three business days, such 500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to White River.
 
    The terms of the Series E Preferred  Stock and the Series D Preferred  Stock
are generally the same, except that outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred
Stock  carry certain voting rights if they are beneficially owned by White River
or any of its affiliates. In such circumstances, White River and its  affiliates
that  own  any shares  of Series  E Preferred  Stock shall  be entitled  to vote
together with the holders of Common  Stock and all other securities entitled  to
vote  on all matters  voted on by holders  of Common Stock.  The number of votes
which each share of Series E Preferred Stock may cast is determined according to
a formula, the  effect of  which is  to cause  White River  and its  affiliates,
through  their ownership of shares  of Series E Preferred  Stock, to have 51% of
the votes to be cast on any matter to be voted upon by the holders of the Common
Stock for so long as all of the  shares of Series E Preferred Stock are  issued,
outstanding  and held by White River and  its affiliates. Therefore, for so long
as all of the outstanding  shares of the Series E  Preferred Stock were held  by
White River or its
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
affiliates,  White River  would be able  to control  51% of the  votes cast with
respect to any matter to be voted upon by holders of the Common Stock regardless
of the actual  number of  shares of  Common Stock held  by White  River. To  the
extent  White River also  owns shares of  Common Stock, such  Series E Preferred
Stock will  only  provide  an  additional voting  percentage  that,  when  added
together  with the vote from White River's  shares of Common Stock, will provide
White River with a maximum of 51% of the votes.
 
    Pursuant to the terms  of the Certificate of  Designations for the Series  E
Preferred  Stock,  the  voting  power  of the  outstanding  shares  of  Series E
Preferred Stock is reduced according to a formula to the extent that outstanding
shares of Series  E Preferred Stock  are either  redeemed by the  Company or  no
longer  owned  by  White  River  and its  affiliates.  If  White  River  and its
affiliates were to continue  to hold 39.0% of  the outstanding shares of  Common
Stock,  the Series E Preferred Stock voting power combined with the voting power
of the Common Stock held by White River  would be less than a majority when  393
(or 78.6%) of the 500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock had been so redeemed or
are  no longer so owned.  The outstanding shares, if  any, of Series E Preferred
Stock are redeemable pro rata with the outstanding shares of Series C and Series
D Preferred Stock and other parity stock, if any.
 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation  provides that no  director of the  Company
shall  be  personally liable  to the  Company or  its stockholders  for monetary
damages for breach  of duty  as a  director, except  for liability  (i) for  any
breach  of the director's  duty of loyalty  to the Company  or its stockholders,
(ii) for  acts  or omissions  not  in good  faith  or that  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a knowing violation of law,  (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the
Delaware Law or  (iv) for  any transaction from  which the  director derived  an
improper  personal benefit. The  effect of these provisions  is to eliminate the
rights of the  Company and  its stockholders  (through stockholders'  derivative
suits  on behalf of the Company) to  recover monetary damages against a director
for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director  (including breaches resulting  from
grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above.
 
    The  Bylaws  provide  that  the Company  will  indemnify  its  directors and
officers to  the  fullest  extent  permissible under  the  Delaware  Law.  These
indemnification provisions require the Company to indemnify such persons against
certain  liabilities and expenses to which they  may become subject by reason of
their service as a director  or officer of the  Company. The provision also  set
forth  certain procedures, including the advancement  of expenses, that apply in
the event of a claim for indemnification.
 
    DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER  LAW.    The  Company will  not  be  subject  to  the
provisions  of  Section 203  of the  Delaware Law  ("Section 203").  Section 203
provides, with certain exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in
any of a broad range of business combinations with a person or an affiliate,  or
associate of such person, who is an interested stockholder for a period of three
years from the date that such person became an interested stockholder.
 
    A  corporation  may, at  its  option, exclude  itself  from the  coverage of
Section 203 by amending its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, by action of
its stockholders to  exempt itself from  coverage, provided that  such bylaw  or
certificate  of incorporation amendment shall  not become effective until twelve
months after the date it is adopted. In its amended and restated Certificate  of
Incorporation to be filed upon the completion of this Offering, the Company will
exclude itself from the coverage of Section 203.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
    The  Company's transfer agent  and registrar for the  Common Stock is Harris
Trust and Savings Bank.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. Future  sales of  substantial amounts  of Common  Stock in  the  public
market  could  adversely  affect market  prices  prevailing from  time  to time.
Several of the Company's  principal stockholders hold  a significant portion  of
the  Company's  outstanding  Common  Stock, including  White  River  which holds
8,584,564 shares  representing 39.0%  of the  outstanding shares  of the  Common
Stock  after the Offering  (37.6% if the  Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full) and a decision by  one or more of these stockholders to  sell
their  shares could adversely affect  the market price of  the Common Stock. The
Stockholders Agreement  provides  that  in connection  with  a  public  offering
subsequent to this Offering the Management Stockholders may not sell more than a
number  of shares  of Common Stock  which exceeds  either 10% of  the then total
number of shares  of Common  Stock outstanding  or 50%  of the  total shares  of
Common  Stock then being offered without the  written consent of the White River
Stockholders.
 
   
    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
22,026,800  shares  of  Common  Stock (22,851,800  shares  if  the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares, the shares sold in
this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction under the  Securities
Act,  unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Of the remaining 16,526,800 shares,  808,000
shares  which  are  not  held  by affiliates  and  not  subject  to  the lock-up
agreements described  below will  also  be freely  tradeable under  the  federal
securities laws.
    
 
    The  remaining  15,718,800  shares  held by  existing  stockholders  will be
"restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act ("Restricted Shares"). Restricted  Shares may be sold  in the public  market
only  if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption
from registration under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which  is
summarized  below. Sales of the  Restricted Shares in the  public market, or the
availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock.
 
   
    Holders of 14,911,500  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company have  entered
into  contractual lock-up agreements providing that they will not sell, contract
to sell or grant any  option to purchase or otherwise  dispose of the shares  of
Common  Stock  owned by  them or  that could  be purchased  by them  through the
exercise of options to purchase Common Stock  of the Company for 180 days  after
the  effective  date of  this Prospectus  without the  prior written  consent of
Hambrecht  &  Quist  LLC.  As  a  result  of  these  contractual   restrictions,
notwithstanding  possible earlier eligibility  for sale under  the provisions of
Rule 144, shares subject  to lock-up agreements will  not be saleable until  the
agreements expire. In addition, a total of 5,962,885 shares are subject to right
of first refusal agreements with the Company.
    
 
    In  general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least two  years (including  the holding  period of  any prior  owner except  an
affiliate)  would be entitled to sell within  any three-month period a number of
shares that does  not exceed the  greater of (i)  one percent of  the number  of
shares   of  Common   Stock  then  outstanding   (approximately  220,300  shares
immediately after this Offering), or (ii)  the average weekly trading volume  of
the  Common Stock during the four calendar  weeks preceding the filing of a Form
144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to  certain
manner  of sale  provisions and notice  requirements and to  the availability of
current public information about the Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is
not deemed to have been  an affiliate of the Company  at any time during the  90
days  preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be
sold for at least three years (including  the holding period of any prior  owner
except an affiliate), is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the
manner  of sale, public  information, volume limitation  or notice provisions of
Rule 144.
 
    Shortly after  this Offering,  the Company  intends to  file a  registration
statement  on Form S-8 under the Securities  Act covering shares of Common Stock
reserved for issuance under the Company's Stock Option Plan. Based on the number
of shares  reserved  for  issuance,  such  registration  statement  would  cover
approximately  2,777,900 shares. Such  registration statement will automatically
become effective upon filing. Accordingly,
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
shares registered under such  registration statement will,  subject to Rule  144
volume  limitations applicable to affiliates, be  available for sale in the open
market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with the  Company
or the lock-up agreements described above.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject  to  the terms  and conditions  of  the Underwriting  Agreement, the
Underwriters named below, through their Representatives, Hambrecht & Quist  LLC,
Lazard  Freres & Co. LLC,  and Raymond James &  Associates, Inc., have severally
agreed to purchase from the Company  the following respective numbers of  shares
of Common Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      NUMBER
NAME                                                                                OF SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Hambrecht & Quist LLC.............................................................
Lazard Freres & Co. LLC ..........................................................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc...................................................
 
                                                                                    ----------
Total.............................................................................
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are  subject  to  certain conditions  precedent,  including the  absence  of any
material adverse change  in the Company's  business and the  receipt of  certain
certificates,  opinions  and  letters  from  the  Company  and  its  counsel and
independent auditors. The nature  of the Underwriters'  obligation is such  that
they  are committed to purchase all shares of Common Stock offered hereby if any
of such shares are purchased.
 
    The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to the
public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of  this
Prospectus  and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess
of $     per share. The  Underwriters may allow and  such dealers may reallow  a
concession  not  in excess  of $      per  share to  certain other  dealers. The
Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not intend to confirm  sales
to  any accounts  over which  they exercise  discretionary authority.  After the
initial public offering  of the  shares, the  offering price  and other  selling
terms may be changed by the Representatives of the Underwriters.
 
    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable no later
than 30  days after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up  to  825,000
additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price, less the
underwriting  discount, set forth on  the cover page of  this Prospectus. To the
extent the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have
a firm commitment to  purchase approximately the  same percentage thereof  which
the  number of shares of Common  Stock to be purchased by  it shown in the above
table bears to the total  number of shares of  Common Stock offered hereby.  The
Company  will  be obligated,  pursuant  to the  option,  to sell  shares  to the
Underwriters to  the  extent  the  option is  exercised.  The  Underwriters  may
exercise  such option only to cover  over-allotments made in connection with the
sale of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
    The offering of the shares is made for delivery when, as and if accepted  by
the  Underwriters and subject  to prior sale and  to withdrawal, cancellation or
modification of the offering without notice. The Underwriters reserve the  right
to reject an order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.
 
    The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the  Securities Act, and to  contribute
to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    The  Company  and  certain  stockholders,  including  all  of  the Company's
executive officers and directors, who own in the aggregate 14,911,500 shares  of
Common  Stock, have agreed that they will not, without the prior written consent
of Hambrecht &  Quist LLC, offer,  sell or  otherwise dispose of  any shares  of
Common  Stock, options, rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock, or
securities exchangeable for or  convertible into shares  of Common Stock  during
the  180-day period commencing on  the date of this  Prospectus, except that the
Company may grant additional options under its Stock Option Plan, provided that,
without the prior  written consent  of Hambrecht  & Quist  LLC, such  additional
options shall not be exercisable during such period.
 
    Two  entities affiliated with Hambrecht &  Quist LLC, H&Q CCC Investors L.P.
("Investors L.P.") and H&Q  London Ventures (together  with Investors L.P.,  the
"Hambrecht & Quist Stockholders") are stockholders of the Company. The Hambrecht
&  Quist Stockholders currently hold 1,462  shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock
(3.8% of the total outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock) and 264,407 shares of
Common Stock (1.4% of the total outstanding Common Stock). The Hambrecht & Quist
Stockholders acquired  these  shares in  June  1994 contemporaneously  with  the
investment  in the Company by White River.  The predecessor of Hambrecht & Quist
LLC  acted  as  financial  advisor  to  the  Company  in  connection  with  that
transaction  and received  a fee  of $1.8  million. A  portion of  the shares of
Redeemable Preferred Stock held  by the Hambrecht &  Quist Stockholders will  be
redeemed  from the proceeds of  the Offering on the same  terms as will those of
White River. Further, a Managing Director of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC, one of the
Representatives, is the son of a member of the Company's Board of Directors  and
beneficially owns indirectly 45,778 shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
    Prior  to this  Offering, there  has been  no public  market for  the Common
Stock. The initial public offering price for the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiation among the Company and the Representatives. Pursuant to the  terms
of  the Stockholders Agreement Messrs. Kempner, Phillips and Stanfield have been
delegated authority of the  board of directors of  the Company to negotiate  the
timing,  price and other terms of  this Offering. See "Principal Stockholders --
Stockholders Agreement." Among the factors  to be considered in determining  the
initial  public offering  price are  prevailing market  and economic conditions,
revenues and  earnings of  the  Company, market  valuations of  other  companies
engaged  in  activities  similar  to  the  Company,  estimates  of  the business
potential and  prospects of  the Company,  the present  state of  the  Company's
business operations, the Company's management and other factors deemed relevant.
The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this
Prospectus  is subject  to change  as a  result of  market conditions  and other
factors.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the shares of securities offered hereby will be passed  upon
for  the Company by Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois. Certain matters will be
passed upon  for  the Underwriters  by  Heller  Ehrman White  &  McAuliffe,  San
Francisco, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries at
December  31, 1995 and 1994, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31,  1995  included in  this  Prospectus  have been  audited  by  Price
Waterhouse  LLP, independent  public accountants,  and are  included in reliance
upon the report of Price Waterhouse LLP  given on their authority as experts  in
accounting  and auditing. The financial statements of  CCCDC for the year in the
period ended December 31, 1993 included in this Prospectus have been audited  by
Price  Waterhouse  LLP,  independent  public accountants,  and  are  included in
reliance upon the report  of Price Waterhouse LLP,  given on their authority  as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has filed  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission"), a Registration  Statement on  Form S-1 under  the Securities  Act
with  respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does
not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and  the
exhibits  and schedules  thereto. For  further information  with respect  to the
Company and such Common Stock, reference  is made to the Registration  Statement
and  to  the exhibits  and schedules  filed  therewith. Statements  contained in
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
this Prospectus as to the contents  of any contracts or other document  referred
to  are not necessarily complete, and in  each instance reference is made to the
copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement,  each  such  statement  being  qualified  in  all  respects  by  such
reference. A  copy of  the Registration  Statement may  be inspected  by  anyone
without  charge at  the Commission's principal  office in  Washington, D.C., and
copies of all or any part of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the  Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.  Washington,
D.C.  20549,  upon payment  of certain  fees prescribed  by the  Commission. The
Commission maintains  an internet  world wide  web site  that contains  reports,
proxy  and information  reports and other  materials that are  filed through the
Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System. The  site
can be accessed at http:\\www.sec.gov.
 
    The  Company intends to  distribute to the  holders of its  shares of Common
Stock annual  reports containing  consolidated financial  statements audited  by
independent  accountants and quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated
financial information for the first three quarters of each year.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PAGE(S)
                                                                                                      -----------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Report of Independent Accountants...................................................................            F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Consolidated Statement of Operations..............................................................            F-3
  Consolidated Balance Sheet........................................................................            F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows..............................................................            F-5
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit...................................................            F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................................     F-7 to F-19
</TABLE>
 
                            CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE(S)
                                                                                                    -----------------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
Report of Independent Accountants.................................................................           F-20
Financial Statements:
  Statement of Operations.........................................................................           F-21
  Statement of Cash Flows.........................................................................           F-22
  Statement of Partners' Deficit..................................................................           F-23
  Notes to Financial Statements...................................................................       F-24-25
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
CCC Information Services Group Inc.
 
   
    In  our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements  of operations  and stockholders'  deficit and  of  cash
flows  present fairly, in  all material respects, the  financial position of CCC
Information Services  Group Inc.  (formerly known  as InfoVest  Corporation)  (a
subsidiary  of White River Ventures, Inc.)  and its subsidiaries at December 31,
1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years  in the period  ended December 31,  1995, in conformity  with
generally  accepted accounting  principles. These  financial statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express  an
opinion  on these  financial statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted our
audits of  these  statements  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards  which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of   material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing   the
accounting  principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management, and
evaluating the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that  our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
    
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
   
January 30, 1996, except for Note 17
which is as of August 13, 1996
Chicago, Illinois
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             JUNE 30,
                                                           --------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1993       1994        1995       1995       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues.................................................  $  51,264  $  91,917  $  115,519  $  56,624  $  63,325
Expenses:
  Production and customer support........................     15,108     25,123      32,261     16,346     15,520
  Commissions, royalties and license fees................      1,091      7,153      11,720      5,559      6,660
  Selling, general and administrative....................     22,908     33,426      36,279     17,730     19,043
  Depreciation and amortization..........................      2,158      8,331       9,572      4,854      3,972
  Product development and programming....................      2,968     10,061      14,865      7,018      8,077
  Purchased research and development.....................         --     13,791          --         --         --
  Loss on lease termination..............................      3,802         --          --         --         --
  Litigation settlements.................................         --      1,750       4,500      4,500         --
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)..................................      3,229     (7,718)      6,322        617     10,053
Equity in loss of Joint Venture..........................     (3,564)      (615)         --         --         --
Interest expense.........................................     (6,945)    (7,830)     (5,809)    (3,110)    (1,982)
Other income (expense), net..............................       (311)       316         482        334        293
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
 taxes...................................................     (7,591)   (15,847)        995     (2,159)     8,364
Income tax (provision) benefit...........................      1,817      2,688         291      1,052     (1,673)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations.................     (5,774)   (13,159)      1,286     (1,107)     6,691
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income
 taxes...................................................     (4,357)     1,006          --         --         --
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)........................................    (10,131)   (12,153)      1,286     (1,107)     6,691
Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
 preferred stock.........................................         --     (1,518)     (3,003)    (1,455)    (1,604)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock.............  $ (10,131) $ (13,671) $   (1,717) $  (2,562) $   5,087
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) per common share from
  Continuing operations..................................  $   (0.61) $   (0.99) $     0.08  $   (0.06) $    0.38
  Dividends and accretion on mandatorily redeemable
   preferred stock.......................................         --      (0.11)      (0.18)     (0.09)     (0.09)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
  Total continuing operations............................      (0.61)     (1.10)      (0.10)     (0.15)      0.29
  Discontinued operations................................      (0.47)      0.07          --         --         --
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock.............  $   (1.08) $   (1.03) $    (0.10) $   (0.15) $    0.29
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
 outstanding.............................................      9,392     13,237      17,025     16,617     17,593
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                --------------------
                                                                                  1994       1995
                                                                                ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash..........................................................................  $   5,702  $   3,895   $   4,690
Accounts receivable, net......................................................      8,627      9,899      11,210
Income taxes receivable.......................................................        118      1,079          --
Other current assets..........................................................      3,686      2,877       3,288
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total current assets......................................................     18,133     17,750      19,188
Equipment and purchased software, net of accumulated depreciation of $16,958,
 $23,695 and $20,312 (unaudited) at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30,
 1996, respectively...........................................................     11,750      7,310       6,884
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $7,331, $7,548 and $8,220
 (unaudited) at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively....     13,921     12,575      11,902
Deferred income taxes.........................................................      5,468      3,810       4,556
Other assets..................................................................      2,960      2,648       2,079
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total Assets..............................................................  $  52,232  $  44,093   $  44,609
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
 
                               LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                                            AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Accounts payable and accrued expenses.........................................  $  13,749  $  18,656   $  16,377
Accrued interest..............................................................        709        996         879
Income taxes payable..........................................................         --         --       2,577
Current portion of long-term debt.............................................      5,340      7,660       8,151
Deferred revenues.............................................................      3,751      5,063       4,482
Current portion of contract funding...........................................     10,133      3,328       1,205
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total current liabilities.................................................     33,682     35,703      33,671
Long-term debt................................................................     35,753     27,220      21,386
Contract funding..............................................................      3,430        135          --
Deferred revenue..............................................................         --        597       1,813
Other liabilities.............................................................      2,974      2,733       3,135
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total liabilities.........................................................     75,839     66,388      60,005
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock ($1.00 par value, 100,000 shares
 authorized, 39,000 designated and outstanding for all periods presented).....     31,122     34,125      35,729
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
Common stock ($0.10 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized for all periods
 presented, 16,297,200, 16,316,400 and 16,526,800 (unaudited) shares issued
 and outstanding at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996,
 respectively)................................................................      1,630      1,632       1,653
Additional paid-in capital....................................................     11,655     11,679      12,370
Accumulated deficit...........................................................    (67,802)   (69,519)    (64,962)
Treasury stock, at cost.......................................................       (212)      (212)       (186)
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' deficit...............................................    (54,729)   (56,420)    (51,125)
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock and
       Stockholders' Deficit..................................................  $  52,232  $  44,093   $  44,609
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                               -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                 1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating Activities:
  Net income (loss)..........................................  $ (10,131) $ (12,153) $   1,286  $  (1,107) $   6,691
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
   provided by (used for) operating activities:
    Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of income
     taxes...................................................      4,357     (1,006)        --         --         --
    Purchased research and development.......................         --     13,791         --         --         --
    Equity in loss of Joint Venture..........................      3,564        615         --         --         --
    Depreciation and amortization of equipment and purchased
     software................................................        710      6,770      8,154      4,089      3,281
    Amortization of goodwill.................................      1,165      1,380      1,346        673        672
    Deferred income taxes....................................      1,278     (2,885)     1,659      2,683       (746)
    Contract funding proceeds................................         --      4,995        149        157         --
    Contract funding revenue amortization....................         --    (12,989)   (10,249)    (6,594)    (2,258)
    Other, net...............................................        118        560        559        240        264
    Changes in:
      Accounts receivable, net...............................     (1,489)       185     (1,272)      (906)    (1,310)
      Other current assets...................................        347        853        339        128       (411)
      Other assets...........................................        (67)       (21)      (149)        55       (191)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................      3,792     (1,904)     4,907      4,065     (2,277)
      Accrued interest.......................................      3,689      1,135        287         18       (117)
      Current income taxes...................................     (5,567)      (827)      (961)    (3,264)     3,662
      Deferred revenues......................................        (77)       971      1,312        875        635
      Other liabilities......................................      4,286        547        356         89        851
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
  Continuing operations......................................      5,975         17      7,723      1,201      8,746
  Discontinued operations, net...............................        488     (4,169)        --         --         --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities.........      6,463     (4,152)     7,723      1,201      8,746
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Investing Activities:
  Purchases of equipment and software........................       (875)    (5,220)    (3,003)    (1,245)    (1,827)
  Acquisition of Joint Venture, net of cash acquired.........         --     (4,519)        --         --         --
  Purchase of Faneuil ISG stock..............................         --       (530)        --         --         --
  Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of
   expenses..................................................         --      5,728        500        500         --
  Other, net.................................................        198       (643)        48        176         24
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash used for investing activities.......................       (677)    (5,184)    (2,455)      (569)    (1,803)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Financing Activities:
  Principal payments on long-term debt.......................     (4,539)   (15,842)   (11,101)    (3,456)   (16,181)
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...................         --     30,793      4,000      2,000      9,750
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.....................          2          1         26          1        283
  Payment of equity and debt issue costs.....................         --     (1,802)        --         --         --
  Advances (to) from Joint Venture, net......................     (4,635)     1,511         --         --         --
  Other, net.................................................          5          2         --         (1)        --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities.........     (9,167)    14,663     (7,075)    (1,456)    (6,148)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash..............................     (3,381)     5,327     (1,807)      (824)       795
Cash:
  Beginning of period........................................      3,756        375      5,702      5,702      3,895
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  End of period..............................................  $     375  $   5,702  $   3,895  $   4,878  $   4,690
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF SHARES)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     OUTSTANDING
                                    COMMON STOCK                                       TREASURY STOCK
                               -----------------------  ADDITIONAL                 ----------------------     TOTAL
                                NUMBER OF                 PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED    NUMBER OF              STOCKHOLDERS'
                                  SHARES     PAR VALUE    CAPITAL      DEFICIT       SHARES       COST       DEFICIT
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
<S>                            <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
December 31, 1992............     9,244,640  $     925   $      --    $  (44,000)     111,920   $    (212)  $  (43,287)
Stock options exercised......         1,080         --           2            --           --          --            2
Net loss.....................            --         --          --       (10,131)          --          --      (10,131)
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
December 31, 1993............     9,245,720        925           2       (54,131)     111,920        (212)     (53,416)
Stock issuance...............     7,050,840        705      11,652            --           --          --       12,357
Preferred stock accretion....            --         --          --          (936)          --          --         (936)
Preferred stock dividends
 accrued.....................            --         --          --          (582)          --          --         (582)
Stock options exercised......           640         --           1            --           --          --            1
Net loss.....................            --         --          --       (12,153)          --          --      (12,153)
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
December 31, 1994............    16,297,200      1,630      11,655       (67,802)     111,920        (212)     (54,729)
Preferred stock accretion....            --         --          --        (1,931)          --          --       (1,931)
Preferred stock dividends
 accrued.....................            --         --          --        (1,072)          --          --       (1,072)
Stock options exercised......        19,200          2          24            --           --          --           26
Net income...................            --         --          --         1,286           --          --        1,286
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
December 31, 1995............    16,316,400      1,632      11,679       (69,519)     111,920        (212)     (56,420)
Preferred stock accretion
 (unaudited).................            --         --          --        (1,069)          --          --       (1,069)
Preferred stock dividends
 accrued (unaudited).........            --         --          --          (535)          --          --         (535)
Stock options exercised
 (unaudited).................       196,800         20         263            --           --          --          283
Treasury stock issuance
 (unaudited).................        13,600          1          21            --      (13,600)         26           48
Investment security
 distribution (unaudited)....            --         --          --          (530)          --          --         (530)
Other (unaudited)............            --         --         407            --           --          --          407
Net income (unaudited).......            --         --          --         6,691           --          --        6,691
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
June 30, 1996 (unaudited)....    16,526,800  $   1,653   $  12,370    $  (64,962)      98,320   $    (186)  $  (51,125)
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
                               ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESSES AND ORGANIZATION
    CCC  Information Services Group  Inc. (Company) (formerly  known as InfoVest
Corporation), through its wholly owned subsidiary CCC Information Services  Inc.
(CCC),  is a leading  supplier of automobile  claims information and processing,
claims management software and value-added communication services. The Company's
technology-based services and products enable more than 300 automobile insurance
company customers and  more than  8,500 collision repair  facility customers  to
improve  efficiency,  manage costs  and  increase consumer  satisfaction  in the
management of automobile claims and restoration.
 
    After the disposition of certain subsidiaries,  as described in Note 5,  and
through April 30, 1995, the Company consisted of two primary operating entities:
CCC and CCC Development Company (Joint Venture). The Company acquired its former
partner's  50% interest in  the Joint Venture, through  the acquisition of UCOP,
Inc. (UCOP),  effective March  30, 1994.  As a  result of  this acquisition,  in
combination  with its  original 50% interest  in the Joint  Venture, the Company
acquired a 100%  equity ownership interest  in the Joint  Venture. Prior to  its
acquisition  of UCOP, the  Company accounted for  its 50% interest  in the Joint
Venture under the equity method. CCC  also operates a subsidiary in Canada,  CCC
of Canada, Ltd. (CCC Canada).
 
    As  of  December 31,  1995, White  River Ventures,  Inc. (White  River) held
approximately 52% of the  total outstanding common stock  of the Company.  White
River is a wholly owned subsidiary of White River Corporation.
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  accompanying consolidated financial statements  include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are currently wholly owned.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues are recognized as services are provided. Of total Company  revenues
in  the  years  1993,  1994  and 1995,  88%,  79%  and  70%,  respectively, were
attributable  to  revenues  from  insurance  companies.  In  addition,  revenues
attributable  to one  national multi-line insurance  company in  the years 1993,
1994 and 1995 totaled $13.9, $14.8 and $14.3 million, respectively.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
    Accounts receivable as  presented in the  accompanying consolidated  balance
sheet  are net  of reserves  for customer credits  and doubtful  accounts. As of
December 31, 1994 and 1995,  and June 30, 1996,  reserves of $0.9 million,  $1.5
million,  and $1.5  million (unaudited),  respectively, have  been applied  as a
reduction of accounts receivable. Of total accounts receivable, net of reserves,
at December 31, 1994 and 1995, $6.9 million and $8.4 million, respectively, were
due from insurance companies.
 
INTERNAL SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Research and development expenses, principally the design and development of
software products, are expensed  as incurred. Software  costs, if material,  are
capitalized  when sufficient evidence exists  that technological feasibility has
been established. Technological  feasibility is established  upon completion  of
both  a product  design and  a working  model, and  confirmation of  the model's
consistency with the design through detailed  testing. For the years 1993,  1994
and  1995, research and development expenses of approximately $1.5 million, $2.8
million and  $3.5  million,  respectively, are  reflected  in  the  accompanying
consolidated  statement  of  operations.  There  were  no  significant  software
development costs  subject  to  capitalization  during  the  three  years  ended
December 31, 1995.
 
EQUIPMENT AND PURCHASED SOFTWARE
 
    Equipment  is stated at cost,  net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation
of equipment is provided  on a straight-line basis  over estimated useful  lives
ranging from 2 to 15 years.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    Purchased  software  to  be marketed  is  stated  at cost  and  amortized in
proportion to anticipated future revenues or  on a straight-line basis over  the
estimated  economic  life  of  the purchased  software,  whichever  provides the
greater rate  of  amortization. In  1994  and 1995,  amortization  of  purchased
software to be marketed was $2.0 million and $2.6 million, respectively.
 
GOODWILL
 
    The  excess  of  purchase  price  paid  over  the  estimated  fair  value of
identifiable tangible  and  intangible  net assets  of  acquired  businesses  is
capitalized  and amortized  on a  straight-line basis  over periods  of 7  or 20
years.  Goodwill  is  periodically  reviewed  to  determine  recoverability   by
comparing its carrying value to expected undiscounted future cash flows.
 
DEBT ISSUE COSTS
 
    Debt  issues  costs are  capitalized and  amortized over  the life  of CCC's
commercial bank debt.  As of  December 31, 1994  and 1995,  deferred debt  issue
costs,  net  of  accumulated amortization,  of  $1.7 million  and  $1.3 million,
respectively, were included in other assets.
 
CONTRACT FUNDING
 
    Future revenue streams under certain end-user collision estimating contracts
(Contracts) have been discounted  and sold to  various investors. Cash  proceeds
from  a sold Contract equals the Contract's future revenue stream, discounted at
an annual  rate of  approximately  14%, less,  for certain  Contracts,  investor
reserves  for customer nonperformance under the Contracts. Sales proceeds, which
are remitted directly to the investors in these Contracts, and related  interest
expense  are recognized in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations
as revenue and interest expense, respectively, over the life of the Contract.
 
PER SHARE INFORMATION
 
    Earnings per share  are based on  the weighted average  number of shares  of
common  stock outstanding and common stock  equivalents using the treasury stock
method for stock options in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83  of
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    As  of December  31, 1995,  the carrying  amount of  the Company's financial
instruments approximates their estimated fair value based upon market prices for
the same or similar type of financial instruments.
 
PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect  the reported  amount  of assets  and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  the  date  of  the
consolidated financial  statements,  and that  affect  the reported  amounts  of
revenues  and expenses during the reporting  period. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
    The interim consolidated financial  statements presented as  of and for  the
six  months ended  June 30,  1996 and  1995 are  unaudited. With  respect to the
unaudited interim  consolidated  financial statements,  the  Company is  of  the
opinion  that  all material  adjustments,  consisting only  of  normal recurring
adjustments necessary for a fair  presentation of the Company's interim  results
of  operations  and  financial condition,  have  been included.  The  results of
operations for  the six  months  ended June  30, 1996  and  1995 should  not  be
regarded  as necessarily indicative of the  results of operations for any future
period.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The Company adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard (SFAS)  No.
121,  "Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
to   be    Disposed    of"   in    the    first   quarter    of    1996.    This
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Statement  establishes  a  new standard  for  accounting for  the  impairment of
long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles. The adoption of SFAS No.
121 was  not  material  to  the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of
operations (unaudited).
 
    The  Financial  Accounting Standards  Board has  also  issued SFAS  No. 123,
"Accounting for  Stock-Based Compensation,"  which became  effective January  1,
1996.  This Statement establishes an alternative to the Company's current method
of accounting  for  compensation  associated with  stock  issued  to  employees.
Management  does not intend to adopt the  alternative method allowed by SFAS No.
123. Accordingly,  adoption  of  this Statement  will  only  require  additional
financial  statement footnote disclosures to  describe the Company's stock-based
compensation.
 
NOTE 3 -- NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    The  Company  directly  charges  accumulated  deficit  for  preferred  stock
accretion  and preferred  stock dividends accrued.  During 1993,  1994 and 1995,
these amounts totaled $0.0 million, $1.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
    In  addition  to  amounts  reported   as  purchases  of  equipment  in   the
consolidated  statement of cash flows, the Company has directly financed certain
noncash capital expenditures. During 1993, 1994 and 1995, these noncash  capital
expenditures totaled $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively.
 
    In  June  1994, as  part  of a  reorganization  and recapitalization  of the
Company, debt  and  equity  issue  costs  of  $1.1  million  and  $0.5  million,
respectively,  were paid on  behalf of the  Company by its  commercial bank. See
Notes 11 and 12.
 
NOTE 4 -- ACQUISITION OF PARTNER'S INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURE
    On March 30, 1994, White River acquired the stock of UCOP. Also on March 30,
1994, the Company entered into a Call Agreement with White River to purchase the
stock of UCOP  from White River  within 180 days.  On May 31,  1994, using  cash
generated  through  a commercial  bank bridge  loan,  the Company  completed the
acquisition of UCOP's interest in the  Joint Venture by purchasing the stock  of
UCOP from White River for $6.9 million.
 
    As  of  the  date of  its  acquisition,  UCOP's only  business  was  its 50%
investment in  the Joint  Venture.  The purchase  price  of $6.9  million,  plus
liabilities  assumed of $22.4 million, have been allocated to the estimated fair
value of  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired.  In  the  purchase  price
allocation,  $5.2 million was assigned to  purchased software, $13.8 million was
assigned to in-process research and development software projects, $6.6  million
was  assigned to acquired  tangible assets and  the balance of  $3.7 million was
assigned to goodwill. The amount assigned to in-process research and development
was charged against operating results at the time of the acquisition.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4 -- ACQUISITION OF PARTNER'S INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURE (CONTINUED)
    Pro forma information, as if the acquisition of UCOP had occurred on January
1, 1994, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PRO
                                                                                              ACTUAL      FORMA
                                                                                               1994        1994
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Revenues                                                                                    $   91,917  $  102,181
Operating expenses
  Production and customer support.........................................................      25,123      27,062
  Commissions, royalties and license fees.................................................       7,153       8,938
  Selling, general and administrative.....................................................      33,426      37,638
  Depreciation and amortization...........................................................       8,331      10,198
  Product development and programming.....................................................      10,061      11,222
  Purchased research and development......................................................      13,791          --
  Litigation settlements..................................................................       1,750       1,750
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Operating income (loss)...................................................................      (7,718)      5,373
Equity in loss of Joint Venture...........................................................        (615)         --
Interest expense..........................................................................      (7,830)     (8,549)
Other income, net.........................................................................         316          16
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes.......................................     (15,847)     (3,160)
Income tax (provision) benefit............................................................       2,688        (823)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Income (loss) from continuing operations..................................................  $  (13,159) $   (3,983)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The pro forma statement of  operations above reflects: (a) additional  first
quarter 1994 depreciation and goodwill amortization of $0.8 million arising from
the  acquisition,  (b)  elimination of  the  charge for  purchased  research and
development of  $13.8  million, (c)  elimination  of interest  expense  of  $0.3
million  related to the bridge  loan used to acquire  UCOP and (d) adjustment of
income taxes attributable  to the  pro forma  adjustments. The  above pro  forma
information is not necessarily indicative of what actual results would have been
had the acquisition, in fact, occurred on January 1, 1994.
 
NOTE 5 -- DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    On  August 25, 1994, the Company sold (a) the net operating assets of Credit
Card  Service  Corporation,  which  had  previously  been  accounted  for  as  a
discontinued  operation and  (b) all the  capital stock of  Original Research II
Corporation (ORC), GIS Information Systems, Inc. (GIS) and Equitel  Corporation.
Net  cash proceeds from  the sale of  these businesses totaled  $6.2 million. In
conjunction with  the sale,  the Company  acquired, for  $530 thousand,  a  4.5%
common  equity interest in Faneuil ISG, a Canadian Corporation that will conduct
the future  operations  of these  businesses.  As  of December  31,  1995,  this
investment  is  carried at  cost  as a  component  of other  assets.  Final cash
proceeds from the sale of  $500 thousand were received  from escrow in March  of
1995.  On  June  6, 1996,  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  approved a
distribution of the Faneuil  ISG investment to  stockholders. In November  1994,
the  Company completed the planned sale of  its investment in Phone Base Systems
Inc. Both the gain and cash proceeds from the sale were not material.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 -- DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    Revenues and income from discontinued operations were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1993       1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Revenues.........................................................................  $  36,171  $  25,137
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
Loss before income taxes.........................................................  $  (5,115) $  (5,171)
Income tax benefit...............................................................        758      2,536
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
Loss from operations.............................................................     (4,357)    (2,635)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
Gain on sale.....................................................................         --      4,650
Income tax provision.............................................................         --     (1,009)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
Net gain on sale.................................................................         --      3,641
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations.....................................  $  (4,357) $   1,006
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAX BENEFIT
    Income taxes applicable to continuing operations consisted of the  following
(provision) benefit:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1993       1994       1995
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal.................................................................  $   2,686  $    (193) $   1,792
  State...................................................................        435         73        134
  International...........................................................        (26)       (77)        24
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total current.........................................................      3,095       (197)     1,950
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Federal.................................................................     (1,090)     1,910     (1,668)
  State...................................................................       (188)       975          9
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total deferred..........................................................     (1,278)     2,885     (1,659)
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total income tax benefit................................................  $   1,817  $   2,688  $     291
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company's effective income tax rate applicable to continuing operations
differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1993                    1994                    1995
                                                   ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Federal income (tax) benefit at statutory rate...  $   2,581       34.0%   $   5,388       34.0%   $    (338)     (34.0)%
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit and
 before deferred tax valuation allowances........        216        2.8          960        6.1           60        6.0
International taxes..............................       (162)      (2.1)        (132)      (0.8)          12        1.2
Goodwill amortization............................       (186)      (2.5)        (337)      (2.1)        (494)     (49.6)
Change in valuation allowance....................       (471)      (6.2)      (2,630)     (16.6)       1,260      126.6
Non deductible expenses..........................       (118)      (1.6)         (48)       (--)        (242)     (24.3)
Other, net.......................................        (43)      (0.5)        (513)      (3.6)          33        3.3
                                                   ---------        ---    ---------      -----    ---------  -----------
Income tax benefit...............................  $   1,817       23.9%   $   2,688       17.0%   $     291       29.2%
                                                   ---------        ---    ---------      -----    ---------  -----------
                                                   ---------        ---    ---------      -----    ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    During 1993 and 1994, the Company made income tax payments, net of  refunds,
of  $2.5  million  and  $1.6 million,  respectively.  During  1995,  the Company
received income tax refunds, net of payments, of $1.0 million.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAX BENEFIT (CONTINUED)
    The approximate  income tax  effect  of each  type of  temporary  difference
giving  rise to deferred  income tax assets and  deferred income tax liabilities
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     --------------------
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
  Deferred revenue.................................................................  $   6,563  $   2,394
  Litigation settlement............................................................        439      1,145
  Accrued compensation.............................................................        654      1,127
  Depreciation and amortization....................................................        487        990
  Rent.............................................................................        385        980
  Bad debt expense.................................................................        396        568
  Lease termination................................................................        960        440
  Long-term receivable.............................................................      1,003        150
  Net operating loss carryforward..................................................      1,293        110
  Other, net.......................................................................      1,652      1,121
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
  Subtotal.........................................................................     13,832      9,025
  Valuation allowance..............................................................     (6,223)    (4,963)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Total deferred income tax asset....................................................      7,609      4,062
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Purchased software...............................................................     (1,552)      (252)
  Other, net.......................................................................       (589)        --
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Total deferred income tax liability................................................     (2,141)      (252)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
  Net deferred income tax asset....................................................  $   5,468  $   3,810
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has established deferred  income tax asset valuation  allowances
because  of its history of  operating losses and an  inability to project future
taxable income with  certainty. Such  valuation allowances will  be released  to
income  if  and to  the extent  the Company  is able  to successfully  achieve a
recapitalization and demonstrate a predictable pattern of profitability.
 
    Net operating loss carryforwards  totaled $322 thousand  as of December  31,
1995. These net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2005.
 
    Prior  to the current calendar year, the Company's fiscal year-end was April
30. The  Internal Revenue  Service (IRS)  is currently  examining the  Company's
income  tax returns for fiscal  years 1992 through 1994.  All Company income tax
returns for fiscal years prior to 1992 are closed to further examination by  the
IRS.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7 -- OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
    Other current assets consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       --------------------
                                                                                         1994       1995
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Prepaid data royalties...............................................................  $   1,026  $   1,138
Computer inventory...................................................................        456        522
Prepaid equipment maintenance........................................................        748        444
Escrow receivable....................................................................        500         --
Prepaid commissions..................................................................        315        259
Unremitted contract funding proceeds.................................................        321        141
Other, net...........................................................................        320        373
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
  Total..............................................................................  $   3,686  $   2,877
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Unremitted  contract  funding  proceeds  represents  investor  reserves  for
nonperformance under certain  contracts that  the Company  believes will  exceed
actual losses.
 
NOTE 8 -- EQUIPMENT AND PURCHASED SOFTWARE
    Equipment and purchased software consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   --------------------
                                                                                     1994       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Computer equipment...............................................................  $  16,674  $  19,997
Purchased software, licenses and databases.......................................      9,377      8,007
Furniture and other equipment....................................................      2,612      2,814
Leasehold improvements...........................................................         45        187
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
  Total, gross...................................................................     28,708     31,005
Less accumulated depreciation....................................................    (16,958)   (23,695)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
  Total, net.....................................................................  $  11,750  $   7,310
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Purchased software, licenses and databases includes software of $5.2 million
acquired  through the acquisition of its  former partner's interest in the Joint
Venture. As of  December 31, 1994  and 1995,  this acquired software  had a  net
asset value of $3.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
 
    As  of December  31, 1994 and  1995, computer equipment,  net of accumulated
depreciation, that is on  lease to certain customers  under operating leases  of
$4.1  million and $2.5 million, respectively, is included in computer equipment.
Future  minimum   rentals   under  noncancelable   customer   leases   aggregate
approximately   $2.0  million  and   $0.6  million  in   years  1996  and  1997,
respectively.
 
    Furniture and other  equipment includes  equipment under  capital leases  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         --------------------
                                                                                           1994       1995
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
Capital leases.........................................................................  $     588  $     574
Less accumulated depreciation..........................................................       (137)      (240)
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
  Total, net...........................................................................  $     451  $     334
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- GOODWILL
    Goodwill consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    --------------------
                                                                           LIFE       1994       1995
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
CCC acquisition (1988).................................................   20 years  $  16,458  $  16,458
UCOP acquisition (1994)................................................    7 years      3,665      3,665
CCC Canada acquisition (1991)..........................................    3 years      1,129         --
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Total, gross.........................................................                21,252     20,123
Less accumulated amortization..........................................                (7,331)    (7,548)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Total, net...........................................................             $  13,921  $  12,575
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 -- ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    --------------------
                                                                                      1994       1995
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Accounts payable..................................................................  $   3,757  $   5,464
Litigation settlement.............................................................         --      2,956
Compensation......................................................................      3,433      2,799
Professional fees.................................................................      1,369      2,586
Sales tax.........................................................................      1,910      1,501
Lease termination.................................................................      1,061      1,136
Commissions.......................................................................        704      1,015
Health insurance..................................................................        752        957
Other, net........................................................................        763        242
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Total...........................................................................  $  13,749  $  18,656
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
    Term  loan and revolving credit facility interest  is based on either of two
interest rates selected periodically  by the Company: a  base rate plus 1.5%  or
the  Eurodollar  Rate plus  3.0%. The  base rate  must be  the highest  of three
alternative rates  that  all  generally  approximate  prime  rate.  The  average
interest  rate in effect during  the years ended December  31, 1994 and 1995 for
the term loan and  revolving credit facility  was 8.3% and  8.4%, and 9.15%  and
9.03%,  respectively. Through a separate transaction,  interest on the term loan
has been capped at 12% through May 1996. The timing of interest payments on both
the term loan  and revolving credit  facility vary depending  on the  applicable
interest rate selected by the Company. Generally, however, interest payments are
made  quarterly. In addition, the Company pays an annual bank agent's fee of $50
thousand and a commitment  fee of 0.5%  on any unused  portion of the  revolving
credit  facility. The term  loan is repayable in  installments through 1999. The
revolving credit facility  is reduced to  $5 million in  1998 and terminates  in
1999.
 
    The  loans are  secured by  the stock  and assets  of CCC.  In addition, the
Company has guaranteed  CCC's performance  under the  loan agreement.  Effective
April  29, 1995,  the loan agreement  was amended to  adjust certain restrictive
covenants. Under the amended agreement,  CCC must, among other things,  maintain
quarterly   debt  service  and  interest  coverage  ratios,  limit  its  capital
expenditures. In addition, the  Company is prohibited  from: (a) declaring  cash
dividends,  (b) incurring nonpermitted indebtedness  and (c) making nonpermitted
investments. In addition, CCC may not absorb more than $1.5 million of corporate
expenses allocated from its parent. Beginning in 1997, CCC would be permitted to
declare cash dividends in an amount
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11 -- LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
sufficient for the  Company to pay  the preferred stock  dividends described  in
Note  12 below. Under the term loan, a mandatory principal repayment is required
in an amount equal to: (a) 50%  of net proceeds from an initial public  offering
of  Company common  stock (IPO)  or (b)  excess cash  as defined  under the loan
agreement.
 
    Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1994       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Senior bank term loan...................................................  $  30,000  $  25,500
Senior bank revolving credit facility...................................      9,500      8,000
Equipment financing obligations.........................................      1,137        985
Capital lease obligations...............................................        456        395
                                                                          ---------  ---------
  Total debt............................................................     41,093     34,880
Due within one year.....................................................     (5,340)    (7,660)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Due after one year......................................................  $  35,753  $  27,220
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Aggregate minimum principal repayments of long-term debt in each of the five
years subsequent to December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
(In thousands)
1996...............................................................  $   7,660
1997...............................................................      7,341
1998...............................................................     12,379
1999...............................................................      7,500
2000...............................................................         --
                                                                     ---------
Total..............................................................  $  34,880
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company made cash  interest payments of $1.7  million, $3.3 million  and
$4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995.
 
NOTE 12 -- MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
    On  June 16,  1994, pursuant to  a reorganization  and recapitalization, the
Company issued:  (a) 5,000  shares  of its  preferred  stock, par  value  $1.00,
designated as Series C Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series C Preferred
Stock), (b) 34,000 shares of its preferred stock, par value $1.00, designated as
Series  D Cumulative Redeemable  Preferred Stock (Series  D Preferred Stock) and
(c) 176,271 shares  of its  common stock,  par value  $0.10, to  White River  in
exchange  for the  Company's subordinated  debt and Series  A, B  and C warrants
acquired from the original subordinated debtholders by White River on April  15,
1994.  At the date of  exchange, the subordinated debt  consisted of a principal
balance of $41.7 million and accrued interest of $2.7 million. In recording  the
exchange,  $3.9 million  and $25.7  million were  assigned to  the Series  C and
Series D  Preferred Stock,  respectively.  The balance  of $14.8  million,  less
certain  transaction costs  of $2.4  million, was  assigned to  common stock and
credited to paid-in capital. During the  years ended December 31, 1994 and  1995
and  the six months ended  June 30, 1996, the original  discount on the Series C
and Series  D Preferred  Stock  accreted $0.9  million,  $1.9 million  and  $1.1
million  (unaudited), respectively, and dividends  of $0.6 million, $1.1 million
and $0.5 million (unaudited), respectively, were accrued.
 
    The Series C  Preferred Stock  and Series D  Preferred Stock  (collectively,
Preferred  Stock)  have a  stated  value of  $1  thousand per  share  and accrue
cumulative dividends at a rate of 2.75% annually through the earlier of: (a)  an
IPO of the Company's common stock or (b) June 16, 1998. If the Company completes
an  IPO before June 16, 1998 and  redeems Preferred Stock in accordance with its
terms, Preferred Stock dividends from the
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12 -- MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
IPO through June 16, 1998  would be eliminated. If  the Company fails to  redeem
Preferred  Stock in accordance with its terms, the Preferred Stock dividend rate
would increase to 8%. No dividends are payable in cash until the earlier of  (a)
June  16,  1998  or  (b) the  failure  of  the Company  to  meet  the prescribed
redemption obligations following consummation of an IPO. The Preferred Stock  is
mandatorily  redeemable, at  stated value  plus accrued  dividends, on  June 16,
1999.
 
NOTE 13 -- STOCK OPTION PLAN
    In May 1988, the Company's Board  of Directors adopted a nonqualified  stock
option plan. Under the plan, as amended in 1992, options may be granted at a per
share  price of not less than the greater of  $55 or the fair market value as of
the date of grant, as determined by  the Compensation Committee of the Board  of
Directors (Committee). Options are generally exercisable within 5 years from the
date  of grant, subject to vesting schedules determined at the discretion of the
Committee. In general, however, option grants vest over 4 years. As a result  of
the  Company's June 1994 reorganization and recapitalization, under an agreement
with White River, the  number of incremental options  that may be granted  under
the plan subsequent to June 16, 1994 has been limited to 3% of outstanding stock
on June 16, 1994 or 488,880 shares.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13 -- STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONTINUED)
    Option  activity during 1993, 1994, 1995 and  six months ended June 30, 1996
is summarized below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         WEIGHTED
                                                                                                          AVERAGE
                                                                                              SHARES       PRICE
                                                                                            ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
TOTAL OPTIONS:
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1992.....................................................   1,455,320   $    1.92
  Granted.................................................................................     977,360        1.38
  Exercised...............................................................................      (1,080)       1.38
  Surrendered or terminated...............................................................    (119,147)       6.25
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1993.....................................................   2,312,453        1.46
  Granted.................................................................................     269,680        1.38
  Exercised...............................................................................        (640)       1.38
  Surrendered or terminated...............................................................    (388,414)       1.75
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1994.....................................................   2,193,079        1.40
  Granted.................................................................................   1,247,521        2.64
  Exercised...............................................................................     (19,200)       1.38
  Surrendered or terminated...............................................................    (465,360)       1.39
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1995.....................................................   2,956,040        1.93
                                                                                            ----------
                                                                                            ----------
  Granted (unaudited).....................................................................     210,800       11.20
  Exercised (unaudited)...................................................................    (196,800)       1.44
  Surrendered or terminated (unaudited)...................................................    (390,280)       2.44
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of June 30, 1996 (unaudited).............................................   2,579,760        2.64
                                                                                            ----------
                                                                                            ----------
VESTED OPTIONS:
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1992.....................................................     982,501   $    1.94
  Vested..................................................................................     345,208        1.40
  Exercised...............................................................................      (1,080)       1.38
  Surrendered or terminated...............................................................    (100,027)       7.18
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1993.....................................................   1,226,602        1.46
  Vested..................................................................................     507,395        1.39
  Exercised...............................................................................        (640)       1.38
  Surrendered or terminated...............................................................     (90,054)       2.90
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1994.....................................................   1,643,303        1.43
  Vested..................................................................................     463,936        2.06
  Exercised...............................................................................     (19,200)       1.38
  Surrendered or terminated...............................................................    (393,040)       1.38
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of December 31, 1995.....................................................   1,694,999        1.60
  Vested (unaudited)......................................................................     173,768        4.02
  Exercised (unaudited)...................................................................    (196,800)       1.44
  Surrendered or terminated (unaudited)...................................................     (73,120)       2.47
                                                                                            ----------
  Outstanding as of June 30, 1996 (unaudited).............................................   1,598,847        1.85
                                                                                            ----------
                                                                                            ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 14 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company  leases  facilities, computers,  telecommunications  and  office
equipment  under  the terms  of noncancelable  operating lease  agreements which
expire at various dates  through 2008. As of  December 31, 1995, future  minimum
cash lease payments were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>
1996.......................................................  $   2,802
1997.......................................................      2,045
1998.......................................................      2,469
1999.......................................................      2,933
2000.......................................................      2,234
Thereafter.................................................     18,532
                                                             ---------
    Total..................................................  $  31,015
                                                             ---------
                                                             ---------
</TABLE>
 
    During  1993, 1994 and 1995, operating  lease expense was $2.3 million, $3.2
million and $2.9 million, respectively.
 
    In conjunction  with the  sale of  the  Faneuil Group,  CCC entered  into  a
contract  with GIS, under which  GIS is to provide  certain computer services to
CCC through June  1999 at  approximately market rates.  The contract  prescribes
that  CCC make minimum payments to GIS  through June 1997 and provides an option
under which CCC can  elect to extend the  contract for certain services  through
June  1999. As of December  31, 1995, future minimum  payments due GIS under the
contract were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>
1996........................................................  $   2,546
1997........................................................      1,073
                                                              ---------
    Total...................................................  $   3,619
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
    During 1994 and 1995, CCC incurred charges from GIS for computer services of
$3.7 million and $3.2 million, respectively.
 
    CCC has  guaranteed the  payment of  certain ORC  lease obligations.  As  of
December  31,  1995, future  ORC  lease payments  guaranteed  by CCC  total $448
thousand in 1996. The Company does not expect to sustain any loss as a result of
these guarantees.
 
NOTE 15 -- LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
    On June 10, 1994, the litigation involving an independent corporate provider
of guidebook data was settled. In  this matter, the plaintiff alleged  copyright
infringement,  among other things.  Under the settlement  agreement CCC has paid
the plaintiff $1.75 million. The parties also entered into a five year agreement
under which CCC is licensing the guidebook data at market rates. The  settlement
charge is reported under litigation settlements in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
    In  April 1995, the Company recorded  a litigation settlement charge of $4.5
million in connection  with the  litigation involving  an independent  corporate
publisher  of used car valuation books. In December 1995, substantive settlement
discussions  were  held.  As  a   result  of  those  discussions,  the   parties
conditionally   agreed  to  a  settlement   structure  that  would  resolve  all
outstanding disputes.
 
    All conditions precedent to the settlement agreement were satisfied in 1996.
As a result, all issues arising out  of the litigation between the parties  have
been  fully and completely settled and each civil action had been dismissed with
prejudice. The settlement amount  approximated the settlement charge  previously
recorded.  In conjunction with the settlement  agreement, the Company received a
three year license  to the publisher's  used car valuation  book data at  market
rates (unaudited).
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
              CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 15 -- LEGAL PROCEEDINGS (CONTINUED)
    The  Company is a party  to various other legal  proceedings in the ordinary
course of business. The Company believes  that the ultimate resolution of  these
other  matters  will  not have  a  material  effect on  the  Company's financial
position.
 
NOTE 16 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Prior to the  June 1994  recapitalization, certain  Joint Venture  Contracts
were  discounted and sold to a major  stockholder of the Company. As of December
31, 1994  and  1995,  $2.0 million  and  $0.6  million was  payable  by  Company
customers  to the stockholder. The discount  rate applied to these Contracts was
approximately the same as the rate  applied to Contracts purchased by  unrelated
entities.
 
    During  May  and June  1994,  under two  separate  note agreements,  a major
stockholder of the Company loaned Phone Base a total of $375 thousand. The notes
bear interest  at  16%  and  are secured  by  Phone  Base  accounts  receivable.
Subsequently,  Phone Base repaid the stockholder  $87 thousand in principal plus
accrued interest.  On July  1, 1994,  the Company  purchased this  stockholder's
rights under these notes for a purchase price of $288 thousand.
 
    During  June  1993,  Phone Base  entered  into  a royalty  agreement  with a
third-party computer system manufacturer  under which Phone  Base is to  receive
royalties  from  sales  of  computer systems  incorporating  certain  Phone Base
software technology. Subsequently, two Company directors, one of whom is also  a
Company  officer, and  White River collectively  purchased from  Phone Base $1.6
million of participation interests in these royalties. The royalty participation
interests entitle the parties to 64% of all future royalties paid to Phone  Base
under  the agreement.  To date, no  royalties have  been paid to  Phone Base. On
August 26,  1994, the  Company acquired  the White  River royalty  participation
interest  of $150 thousand at face value plus accrued interest at 9% through the
date of purchase.
 
    On May 5, 1994, under an unsecured promissory note, White River loaned  $200
thousand to Phone Base. The note is due upon demand and bears interest at 9%. On
August  26, 1994, the  Company purchased the Phone  Base indebtedness from White
River at face value plus accrued interest at 9% through the date of purchase.
 
    On May 9, 1994, White River executed an assumption agreement under which  it
purchased  from a third-party  creditor $6.5 million  of Phone Base indebtedness
for a purchase price of $550 thousand. On August 26, 1994, the Company purchased
White River's interest  under the  assumption agreement for  $550 thousand  plus
accrued interest at 9% through the date of purchase.
 
    In November 1994, Phone Base was sold to a major stockholder of the Company.
On  August  25, 1994,  the  Faneuil Group  was sold  to  an investor  group that
included a former  Company director  and certain former  Company employees.  See
Note 5 -- Discontinued Operations.
 
NOTE 17 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   
    On  July 22, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the filing of
a registration  statement with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission for  an
initial  public offering of the Company's common stock. In addition, on July 22,
1996, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a 40 for 1 split of the common
stock of the Company,  which was effective  August 13, 1996.  All per share  and
stock option information has been restated to reflect the split.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Partners of
CCC Development Company
 
    In  our  opinion, the  accompanying  statement of  operations,  of partners'
deficit and  of  cash  flows  present fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the
financial  position of CCC Development Company for  the year in the period ended
December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles.
These  financial statements are the  responsibility of the Company's management;
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements  based
on  our audit.  We conducted  our audit of  these statements  in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements  are
free  of material  misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis,
evidence supporting the  amounts and  disclosures in  the financial  statements,
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, and  evaluating the  overall  financial statement  presentation.  We
believe  that our  audit provides a  reasonable basis for  the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
July 22, 1996
Chicago, Illinois
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                            CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR
                                                                                            ENDED
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            1993
                                                                                        -------------    QUARTER
                                                                                                          ENDED
                                                                                                        MARCH 29,
                                                                                                          1994
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Revenues..............................................................................    $  34,087     $  11,358
Expenses:
  Production and customer support.....................................................        7,723         1,939
  Commissions, royalties and license fees.............................................        9,305         2,879
  Selling, general and administrative.................................................       12,577         4,212
  Depreciation and amortization.......................................................        4,738         1,084
  Product development and programming.................................................        3,753         1,161
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Operating income (loss)...............................................................       (4,009)           83
Interest expense......................................................................       (3,239)       (1,013)
Other income (expense), net...........................................................          120          (300)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net loss..............................................................................    $  (7,128)    $  (1,230)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statemments
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                            CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEAR ENDED
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            1993
                                                                                        -------------    QUARTER
                                                                                                       ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                        29, 1994
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Operating Activities:
  Net loss............................................................................   $    (7,128)   $  (1,230)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization of equipment and purchased software.................         5,278        1,655
    Contract funding proceeds.........................................................        19,543        6,197
    Contract funding revenue amortization.............................................       (15,034)      (4,964)
    Other, net........................................................................          (718)         337
    Changes in:
      Accounts receivable, net........................................................           546          501
      Other current assets............................................................        (2,280)         102
      Other assets....................................................................            --          (31)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses...........................................         1,736         (638)
      Accrued interest................................................................           (77)          --
      Deferred revenues...............................................................         1,134        1,233
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities.............................................         3,000        3,162
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Investing Activities:
  Purchases of equipment and software.................................................        (4,812)      (1,544)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net cash used for investing activities................................................        (4,812)      (1,544)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Financing Activities:
  Principal payments on long-term debt................................................        (1,070)        (230)
  Advances (to) from the Company......................................................         4,268         (608)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities..................................         3,198         (838)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net increase in cash..................................................................         1,386          780
Cash:
  Beginning of period.................................................................            40        1,426
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
  End of period.......................................................................   $     1,426    $   2,206
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                            CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
 
                         STATEMENT OF PARTNERS' DEFICIT
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             TOTAL
                                                                                 PARTNERS'   ACCUMULATED   PARTNERS'
                                                                                  CAPITAL      DEFICIT      DEFICIT
                                                                                -----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
December 31, 1992.............................................................   $   2,000    $  (19,726)  $ (17,726)
Net loss......................................................................          --        (7,128)     (7,128)
                                                                                -----------  ------------  ---------
December 31, 1993.............................................................       2,000       (26,854)    (24,854)
Net loss (unaudited)..........................................................          --        (1,230)     (1,230)
                                                                                -----------  ------------  ---------
March 29, 1994 (unaudited)....................................................   $   2,000    $  (28,084)  $ (26,084)
                                                                                -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                                -----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                            CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
          (AN EQUITY INVESTEE OF CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.)
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
    In  September 1989, CCC Information  Services Group Inc. (Company) (formerly
InfoVest Corporation), through a wholly owned subsidiary, and UCOP Inc.  (UCOP),
an  unrelated  corporation,  formed  CCC  Development  Company  (CCCDC  or Joint
Venture), a partnership whose purpose was  to develop a personal computer  based
collision  repair  estimating  system  for automobiles.  In  November  1990, the
Company and  UCOP executed  a Joint  Venture and  Distribution Agreement,  under
which both partners established their 50% interests in the Joint Venture.
 
    As a result of a series of transactions involving White River Ventures, Inc.
(White  River), the Company acquired its former partner's 50% interest in CCCDC,
through the acquisition of  UCOP, Inc. (UCOP), effective  March 30, 1994.  These
transactions  are more  fully described  in Note  4 below.  As a  result of this
acquisition, in combination with its original 50% interest in CCCDC, the Company
acquired a  100% equity  ownership interest  in CCCDC  and succeeded  to all  of
CCCDC's  former  operations  and  directly assumed  all  of  CCCDC's  assets and
liabilities.
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues are recognized  as services  are provided. Of  total Joint  Venture
revenues in 1993, and the quarter ended March 29, 1994, 60% and 53% (unaudited),
respectively, were attributable to revenues from insurance companies.
 
INTERNAL SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Research and development expenses, principally the design and development of
software  products, are expensed  as incurred. Software  costs, if material, are
capitalized when sufficient evidence  exists that technological feasibility  has
been  established. Technological  feasibility is established  upon completion of
both a  product design  and a  working model,  and confirmation  of the  model's
consistency  with the design through detailed testing. For the year 1993 and the
quarter  ended  March   29,  1994,   research  and   development  expenses,   of
approximately  $1.0  million  and $0.3  million  (unaudited),  respectively, are
reflected in the accompanying statement of operations. There were no significant
software development  costs subject  to capitalization  during either  of  these
periods.
 
EQUIPMENT AND PURCHASED SOFTWARE
 
    Equipment  is stated at cost,  net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation
of equipment is provided  on a straight-line basis  over estimated useful  lives
ranging from 2 to 15 years.
 
CONTRACT FUNDING
 
    Future revenue streams under certain end-user collision estimating contracts
(Contracts)  have been discontinued and sold to various investors. Cash proceeds
from a sold Contract equals the Contract's future revenue stream, discounted  at
an  annual  rate of  approximately 14%,  less,  for certain  Contracts, investor
reserves for customer nonperformance under the Contracts. Sales proceeds,  which
are  remitted directly to the investors in these contracts, and related interest
expense are recognized as revenue  and interest expense, respectively, over  the
life of the Contract.
 
PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect  the reported  amount  of assets  and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the  financial
statements, and that affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                            CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
          (AN EQUITY INVESTEE OF CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.)
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The information presented for the quarter ended March 29, 1994 is unaudited.
With respect to the unaudited interim financial statements, management is of the
opinion  that  all material  adjustments,  consisting only  of  normal recurring
adjustments necessary for  a fair  presentation of the  Joint Venture's  interim
results  of operations,  have been included.  The results of  operations for the
quarter ended March 29, 1994 should not be regarded as necessarily indicative of
the results of operations for any future period.
 
NOTE 3 -- NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    In  addition  to  amounts  reported   as  purchases  of  equipment  in   the
consolidated  statement of  cash flow, the  Joint Venture  has directly financed
certain noncash capital expenditures.
 
NOTE 4 -- ACQUISITION OF PARTNERS' INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURE
    On March 30, 1994, White River acquired the stock of UCOP. Also on March 30,
1994, the Company entered into a call agreement with White River to purchase the
stock of UCOP  from White River  within 180 days.  On May 31,  1994, using  cash
generated  through  a commercial  bank bridge  loan,  the Company  completed the
acquisition of UCOP's  interest in CCCDC  by purchasing the  stock of UCOP  from
White  River. The  Company began  consolidating Joint  Venture operating results
effective March 30, 1994.
 
NOTE 5 -- INCOME TAXES
    Because the Joint Venture was  a partnership, taxable income passed  through
to  its partners. Accordingly,  income taxes were  not recorded on  the books of
CCCDC.
 
NOTE 6 -- LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
    The Joint Venture and  the Company were involved  in legal proceedings  with
the  lessor of  certain personal computer  equipment. When the  lessor failed to
fulfill certain  financial  obligations  to the  equipment  vendors,  the  Joint
Venture  advanced  funds  to those  vendors  on  the lessor's  behalf.  In 1993,
uncollectible advances  of  $1.1  million were  charged  against  Joint  Venture
operating  results. In October 1993, the lessor filed a legal action against the
Company seeking payments due under certain master license agreements, including:
rents, sales and use tax and interest. In addition, the lessor asserted that  it
was  the  sole owner  of all  right,  title and  interest in  certain Contracts,
including renewals. This matter was settled in the first quarter of 1994.  Under
the  settlement  agreement, the  Company paid  the lessor  $400 thousand  and in
exchange received clear title to certain personal computer equipment.
 
NOTE 7 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    During 1993  and the  first quarter  of 1994,  Contracts with  future  sales
proceeds  of $5.2  million and $0.3  million, respectively,  were discounted and
sold to a major stockholder of the  Company. The discount rate applied to  these
Contracts  was approximately the same as the rate applied to Contracts purchased
by unrelated entities.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
The   inside  back  cover  consists  of   a  drawing  depicting  nine  different
participants in  the  automobile claims  industry  with the  following  caption:
"CCC's  Transaction Processing and Outsourcing  Services Connect all Partners In
the Auto Claims Process."
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE  ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,
IF  GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES
NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER  TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER  TO BUY TO ANY
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL
OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR ANY OFFER OR SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  ANY
IMPLICATION  THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT  AS OF ANY  TIME SUBSEQUENT TO  THE
DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PAGE
                                                          -----
<S>                                                    <C>
Prospectus Summary...................................           3
Risk Factors.........................................           7
Dividend Policy......................................          14
Dilution.............................................          14
Use of Proceeds......................................          16
Capitalization.......................................          16
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.................          17
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data......          19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of Operations.................          20
Business.............................................          29
Management...........................................          43
Principal Stockholders...............................          50
Certain Transactions.................................          52
Description of Capital Stock.........................          53
Shares Eligible for Future Sale......................          57
Underwriting.........................................          58
Legal Matters........................................          59
Experts..............................................          59
Available Information................................          59
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements...........         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996  (25 DAYS AFTER THE  DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS) ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN  THE COMMON STOCK  OFFERED HEREBY, WHETHER  OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                5,500,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                CCC INFORMATION
                              SERVICES GROUP INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                ---------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                ---------------
 
                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST
 
                            LAZARD FRERES & CO. LLC
 
                                RAYMOND JAMES &
                                ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
                                 AUGUST  , 1996
 
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    Set  forth below is an itemized statement of all expenses in connection with
the  sale  and  distribution  of   the  securities  being  registered  by   this
Registration  Statement, other than underwriting  discounts and commissions. All
amounts are estimated except the SEC  registration fee and the NASD filing  fee.
All such expenses shall be paid by the Company:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
SEC Registration Fee..........................................  $  30,344.83
NASD Filing Fee...............................................      9,300.00
NASDAQ Listing Fee............................................  $  50,000.00
Blue sky fees and expenses....................................  $  20,000.00
Accounting fees and expenses..................................  $ 200,000.00
Legal fees and expenses.......................................  $ 400,000.00
Printing and engraving........................................  $ 250,000.00
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.............................  $  15,000.00
Miscellaneous.................................................  $  97,355.17
                                                                ------------
  TOTAL.......................................................  $1,072,000.00
                                                                ------------
                                                                ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section
145 of the Delaware Law ("Section 145") provides that a Delaware corporation may
indemnify  any persons  who are, or  are threatened  to be made,  parties to any
threatened, pending  or completed  action, suit  or proceeding,  whether  civil,
criminal,  administrative or  investigative (other than  an action by  or in the
right of  such corporation),  by reason  of the  fact that  such person  was  an
officer,  director, employee or agent of  another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include  expenses (including attorneys'  fees), judgments,  fines,
and  amounts paid in settlement actually  and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with such action or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in  or not opposed to the best interests  of
the  corporation, and,  with respect to  any criminal action,  had no reasonable
cause to  believe that  his  conduct was  illegal.  A Delaware  corporation  may
indemnify  any persons  who are, or  are threatened to  be made, a  party to any
threatened, pending  or completed  action or  suit by  or in  the right  of  the
corporation  by reason  of the  fact that such  person was  a director, officer,
employee or  agent  of another  corporation  or enterprise.  The  indemnity  may
include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit,
provided  such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed
to be in  or not  opposed to  the corporation's  best interests  except that  no
indemnification  is  permitted  without  judicial  approval  if  the  officer or
director is  adjudged to  be liable  to  the corporation.  Where an  officer  or
director  is successful on the merits or  otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which
such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
 
    The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation and  Bylaws  provide  for  the
indemnification  of directors and officers of  the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by Section 145.
 
    As permitted by Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that
directors of the Company shall have no personal liability to the Company or  its
stockholders  for monetary damages  for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
except (i) for any breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the Company or  its
stockholders,  (ii) for  acts or  omissions not in  good faith  or which involve
intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, (iii) under Section 174  of
the  Delaware Law, or (iv) for any  transaction from which a director derived an
improper personal benefit.
 
    The Company maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Since January 1, 1993, the Company has issued the following securities  that
were not registered under the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER OF
        DATE                     PURCHASER             SHARES PURCHASED
- ---------------------  ------------------------------  ----------------
<C>                    <S>                             <C>
       8/2/93          Steven L. Telaroli                         800
      10/30/93         Lewis Ballington                           267
       6/16/94         White River Ventures, Inc.           7,050,851
      12/10/94         Daniel Chen                                640
       1/18/95         Daniel O'Hara                              640
       8/31/95         David Wu                                   160
       9/7/95          Glen Tullman                             2,000
       11/9/95         Jeff Chen                                8,400
      12/15/95         Peter Urbain                             8,000
       2/23/96         Robert Millman                           6,400
       5/1/96          Edward Cheskis                         190,400
</TABLE>
 
    The Company believes that all of the foregoing transactions were exempt from
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
1          *Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1        *Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2        *Form of Amended and Restated By-laws
4.1        Specimen Common Stock Certificate
4.2        *Stockholders' Agreement dated as of June 16, 1994 by and among the Company,
           White River Ventures, Inc. and the other stockholders named therein
4.3        *Regulatory Contingency Agreement dated as of June 16, 1994 by and among the
           Company and White River Ventures, Inc.
4.4        *Series C Preferred Stock Designation
4.5        *Series D Preferred Stock Designation
4.6        *Series E Preferred Stock Designation
5          *Opinion of Winston & Strawn re legality
10.1       *Stock Option Plan of the Company adopted May 1988 and amended in November
           1994
10.2       *Lease between LaSalle National Trust, N.A., as trustee and CCC dated as of
           May 7, 1993
10.3       *License between Motor Books Division, a unit of Hearst Business Publishing,
           Inc. and the Company dated as of May 1, 1992
10.4       Form of Credit Facility Agreement between CCC and Signet Bank
10.5       Loan Agreement dated April 29, 1994 between CCC, CCC Development Company,
           Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and the financial institutions party
           thereto
10.6       First Amendment dated as of August 4, 1995 between the Company, CCC, Canadian
           Imperial Bank of Commerce and the financial institutions party thereto
10.7       Guaranty dated as of April 29, 1994 by the Company in favor of Canadian
           Imperial Bank of Commerce
11         Amended Statement re computation of per share earnings
21         *Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants
23.2       *Consent of Winston & Strawn (contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5)
24         *Powers of attorney
27         *Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
 *Previously filed
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    Schedule II  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (included as Page S-1)
 
    All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related  instructions,  are inapplicable  or  not material,  or  the information
called  for  thereby  is  otherwise  included  in  the  consolidated   financial
statements and therefore has been omitted.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The  Company hereby  undertakes to provide  the Underwriters  at the closing
specified in the Underwriting Agreement  certificates in such denominations  and
registered  in  such names  as  required by  the  Underwriters to  permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
 
    The Company hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purpose of determining any  liability under the Securities Act,  the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  files  as  part  of  this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule  430(A) and contained in a form  of
prospectus  filed by  the Company  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1) or  (4) or 497(h)
under the  Securities  Act shall  be  deemed to  be  part of  this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2)  For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new  registration statement relating to  the securities offered  therein
and  the offering  of such  securities at that  time shall  be deemed  to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
   
    (3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act  may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of the
Company pursuant to the provisions set forth in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the
Company has  been  advised  in  the  opinion  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other  than  the payment  by  the  Company  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in
the successful defense of  any action, suit or  proceeding) is asserted by  such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Company will,  unless in the opinion  of its counsel the  matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy  as expressed in the  Securities Act and the  Company will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement to  be
signed  on its behalf by the undersigned  thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Chicago, State of Illinois on August 13, 1996.
    
 
                                        CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
 
                                        By:         /s/ DAVID M. PHILLIPS
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                     David M. Phillips
                                               CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                                     EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 3  to
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities indicated on August 13, 1996.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                  TITLE
- --------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------
<C>                                     <S>
        /s/ DAVID M. PHILLIPS           Chairman, President and Chief Executive
- --------------------------------------   Officer
          David M. Phillips
 
                  *                     Executive Vice President -- Chief
- --------------------------------------   Financial Officer (Principal Financial
        Leonard L. Ciarrocchi            Officer)
 
                  *                     Vice President -- Controller (Principal
- --------------------------------------   Accounting Officer)
          Donald J. Hallagan
 
                     *
- --------------------------------------  Director
            John J. Byrne
 
                     *
- --------------------------------------  Director
             Morgan Davis
 
                     *
- --------------------------------------  Director
          Thomas L. Kempner
 
                     *
- --------------------------------------  Director
          Gordon S. Macklin
 
                     *
- --------------------------------------  Director
           Robert T. Marto
 
                     *
- --------------------------------------  Director
         Michael R. Stanfield
 
*By:                    /s/  DAVID  M.
PHILLIPS
 
- --------------------------------------
               David M.
Phillips
                ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                      CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
                   SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO    CHARGE TO                 BALANCE AT
                                                    BEGINNING OF    COSTS AND      OTHER                     END OF
                   DESCRIPTION                         PERIOD       EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS     DEDUCTIONS     PERIOD
- --------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
1993 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                  $     253     $      51           --   $     (44)(b)  $     260
1994 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                        260           727    $   497(a)       (541)(b)        943
1995 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                        943         2,257           --      (1,735)(b)      1,465
1993 Deferred Income Tax Valuation Allowances             1,254         2,296           --          --          3,550
1994 Deferred Income Tax Valuation Allowances             3,550         1,701        972(a)         --          6,223
1995 Deferred Income Tax Valuation Allowances             6,223            --           --      (1,260)(c)      4,963
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(a)   Purchase of remaining  50% interest in the  Joint Venture, effective March
    30, 1994.
(b) Accounts receivable write-offs, net of recoveries.
(c)  Reversal of deferred tax valuation allowances.
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                LIST OF EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
       1     *Form of Underwriting Agreement
       3.1   *Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
       3.2   *Form of Amended and Restated By-laws
       4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
       4.2   *Stockholders' Agreement dated as of June 16, 1994 by and among the Company, White River
              Ventures, Inc. and the other stockholders named therein
       4.3   *Regulatory Contingency Agreement dated as of June 16, 1994 by and among the Company and White
              River Ventures, Inc.
       4.4   *Series C Preferred Stock Designation
       4.5   *Series D Preferred Stock Designation
       4.6   *Series E Preferred Stock Designation
       5     *Opinion of Winston & Strawn re legality
      10.1   *Stock Option Plan of the Company adopted May 1988 and amended in November 1994
      10.2   *Lease between LaSalle National Trust, N.A., as trustee and CCC dated as of May 7, 1993
      10.3   *License between Motor Books Division, a unit of Hearst Business Publishing, Inc. and the Company
              dated as of May 1, 1992
      10.4   Form of Credit Facility Agreement between CCC and Signet Bank
      10.5   Loan Agreement dated April 29, 1994 between CCC, CCC Development Company, Canadian Imperial Bank
              of Commerce and the financial institutions party thereto
      10.6   First Amendment dated as of August 4, 1995 between the Company, CCC, Canadian Imperial Bank of
              Commerce and the financial institutions party thereto
      10.7   Guaranty dated as of April 29, 1994 by the Company in favor of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
      11     Amended Statement re computation of per share earnings
      21     *Subsidiaries of the registrant
      23.1   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants
      23.2   *Consent of Winston & Strawn (contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5)
      24     *Powers of attorney
      27     *Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
  *Previously filed
    

<PAGE>


Exhibit 4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company


    The specimen certificate contains the logo of the Company above the name of
the Company and the Company's CUSIP number (12487Q 10 9), as well as the name of
the Company.  The specimen certificate is signed by Gerald P. Kenney, Secretary,
and David M. Phillips, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
President, of the Company.  The specimen certificate contains the following
language:

         This certifies that ______________________ is the owner
         of ___________ fully paid and nonassessable shares of
         the Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, of CCC
         Information Services Group Inc. transferable on the books
         of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by
         duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate
         properly endorsed.  This certificate is not valid unless
         countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and
         Registrar.  Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation
         and the facsimile signature of its duly authorized officers.

   
    In the lower right-hand corner of the specimen certificate, there is a
place for the signature of Harris Trust and Savings Bank, transfer agent
and registrar.
    

<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     FORM  OF 

                            CREDIT   FACILITY   AGREEMENT



                                     BY AND AMONG



                           CCC  INFORMATION  SERVICES  INC.

                (AND CERTAIN OF ITS DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES)


                                         AND



                                     SIGNET  BANK



                            Executed as of July ___, 1996


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

144911

<PAGE>

                                 TABLE  OF  CONTENTS


ARTICLE 1:  THE CREDIT FACILITIES...........................................  1

    1.1. Line of Credit Facility............................................  1

         1.1.1.    Establishment of Credit Facility.........................  1
         1.1.2.    Facility Maturity........................................  1
         1.1.3.    Use of Proceeds..........................................  2
         1.1.4.    Line of Credit Note......................................  2
         1.1.5.    Interest.................................................  2

                   1.1.5.1.  Establishment of Portions......................  2
                   1.1.5.2.  Interest Rate Determination....................  3
                   1.1.5.3.  Selection of Rate Index........................  3
                   1.1.5.4.  Applicable Rate Margins........................  3
                   1.1.5.5.  Calculation of Interest........................  4
                   1.1.5.6.  Special LIBO Rate Provisions...................  4

         1.1.6.    Repayment and Prepayment.................................  5

                   1.1.6.1.  Periodic Interest Payments.....................  6
                   1.1.6.2.  Principal Payments -- Commitment Reduction.....  6
                   1.1.6.3.  Principal Payments -- Periodic Sweep of
                             Excess Cash Flow...............................  6
                   1.1.6.4.  At Maturity or Termination.....................  6
                   1.1.6.5.  Prepayments....................................  6
                   1.1.6.6.  Principal Repayment -- Automatic...............  7
                   1.1.6.7.  Default Interest Payment.......................  7
                   1.1.6.8.  Application of Payments........................  7
                   1.1.6.9.  Availability For Reborrowing...................  7

    1.2. Term Loan Facility.................................................  7

         1.2.1.    Establishment of Credit Facility.........................  7
         1.2.2.    Facility Maturity........................................  8
         1.2.3.    Use of Proceeds..........................................  8
         1.2.4.    Term Loan Note...........................................  8
         1.2.5.    Interest.................................................  8

                   1.2.5.1.  Intentionally Blank............................  8
                   1.2.5.2.  Establishment of Portions......................  8
                   1.2.5.3.  Interest Rate Determination....................  9
                   1.2.5.4.  Selection of Rate Index........................  9
                   1.2.5.5.  Applicable Rate Margins........................  9


                                         -i-

<PAGE>

                   1.2.5.6.  Calculation of Interest........................ 10
                   1.2.5.7.  Special LIBO Rate Provisions................... 10

         1.2.6.    Repayment and Prepayment................................. 11

                   1.2.6.1.  Periodic Interest Payments..................... 11
                   1.2.6.2.  Principal Payments -- Amortization............. 12
                   1.2.6.3.  Principal Payments -- Periodic Sweep of
                             Excess Cash Flow............................... 12
                   1.2.6.4.  At Maturity or Termination..................... 12
                   1.2.6.5.  Prepayments.................................... 12
                   1.2.6.6.  Default Interest Payment....................... 13
                   1.2.6.7.  Application of Payments........................ 13
                   1.2.6.8.  Availability For Reborrowing................... 13

    1.3. Determination of Commitment Amounts................................ 13

         1.3.1.    Initial Commitments...................................... 13
         1.3.2.    Mandatory Commitment Reductions for the Line of
                   Credit Facility.......................................... 14
         1.3.3.    Voluntary Reduction of Commitment........................ 14

    1.4. Advances........................................................... 14

         1.4.1.    Requesting Advances...................................... 14
         1.4.2.    Funding Advances......................................... 15
         1.4.3.    Automatic Line of Credit Advances........................ 15
         1.4.4.    Obligation to Advance.................................... 15
         1.4.5.    Indemnification for Revocation or Failure to Satisfy
                   Conditions............................................... 15

    1.5. Payments in General................................................ 16

         1.5.1.    Manner and Place......................................... 16
         1.5.2.    Special Payment Timing Issues............................ 16
         1.5.3.    Application of Payments.................................. 16
         1.5.4.    Debiting Accounts........................................ 16
         1.5.5.    Default Interest......................................... 16
         1.5.6.    Usury Savings Provision.................................. 16

    1.6. Release of Security................................................ 16
    1.7. Fees and Other Compensation........................................ 17

         1.7.1.    Commitment Fee........................................... 17
         1.7.2.    Periodic Facility Fee.................................... 17


                                         -ii-

<PAGE>

    1.8. Issuance of Letters of Credit...................................... 17


ARTICLE 2:  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................ 17

    2.1. Closing Conditions................................................. 17

         2.1.1.    Compliance............................................... 17

                   2.1.1.1.  Fees and Expenses.............................. 17
                   2.1.1.2.  Representations................................ 18
                   2.1.1.3.  No Default..................................... 18
                   2.1.1.4.  No Violation................................... 18
                   2.1.1.5.  No Material Change............................. 18

         2.1.2.    Documents................................................ 18

                   2.1.2.1.  Credit Agreement............................... 18
                   2.1.2.2.  Fee Agreement.................................. 18
                   2.1.2.3.  Solvency Certificates.......................... 18
                   2.1.2.4.  Compliance Certificates........................ 18
                   2.1.2.5.  Opinions of Counsel............................ 18
                   2.1.2.6.  Authorization Documents -- Each Borrower....... 19
                   2.1.2.7.  Other Documents................................ 19

    2.2. Conditions to Initial Advance...................................... 19

         2.2.1.    Compliance............................................... 19

                   2.2.1.1.  Fees and Expenses.............................. 19
                   2.2.1.2.  Representations................................ 19
                   2.2.1.3.  No Default..................................... 19
                   2.2.1.4.  No Violation................................... 19
                   2.2.1.5.  No Material Change............................. 20

         2.2.2.    Documents................................................ 20

                   2.2.2.1.  Amendment to Credit Agreement.................. 20
                   2.2.2.2.  Update to Credit Agreement Schedules........... 20
                   2.2.2.3.  Advance Request................................ 20
                   2.2.2.4.  Promissory Notes............................... 20
                   2.2.2.5.  Security Agreement and Related Documents....... 20
                   2.2.2.6.  Intellectual Property Security Agreements...... 20
                   2.2.2.7.  Assignment of Material Contracts............... 21
                   2.2.2.8.  Pledge and Security Agreement.................. 21
                   2.2.2.9.  Pledge and Security Agreement.................. 21


                                        -iii-

<PAGE>

                   2.2.2.10. Guaranty Agreement............................. 21
                   2.2.2.11. Insurance...................................... 21
                   2.2.2.12. Solvency Certificates.......................... 21
                   2.2.2.13. Compliance Certificates........................ 22
                   2.2.2.14. Opinions of Counsel............................ 22
                   2.2.2.15. Payoff Instructions for Prior Indebtedness..... 22
                   2.2.2.16. Authorization Documents -- Each Borrower....... 22
                   2.2.2.17. Authorization Documents -- Guarantor........... 22
                   2.2.2.18. Officer's Certificates......................... 22
                   2.2.2.19. Other Documents................................ 24

          2.2.3.   Consummation of Guarantor's IPO.......................... 24
          2.2.4.   Satisfaction of Existing Indebtedness.................... 24
          2.2.5.   Cash Flow Leverage....................................... 24

    2.3.  Line of Credit Advances (After the Initial Advances).............. 24

          2.3.1.   Advance Request.......................................... 24
          2.3.2.   Cash Flow Leverage....................................... 24
          2.3.3.   Other Documents.......................................... 24
          2.3.4.   Compliance............................................... 24

                   2.3.4.1.  Fees and Expenses.............................. 24
                   2.3.4.2.  Representations................................ 25
                   2.3.4.3.  No Default..................................... 25
                   2.3.4.4.  No Violations.................................. 25
                   2.3.4.5.  No Material Change............................. 25


ARTICLE 3:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.................................. 25

    3.1.  Organization and Good Standing.................................... 25
    3.2.  Power and Authority............................................... 25
    3.3.  Validity and Legal Effect......................................... 26
    3.4.  No Violation of Laws or Agreements................................ 26
    3.5.  Title to Assets; Existing Encumbrances; Intellectual and
          Real Property..................................................... 26
    3.6.  Capital Structure and Equity Ownership............................ 27
    3.7.  Subsidiaries, Affiliates and Investments.......................... 27
    3.8.  Material Contracts................................................ 27
    3.9.  Licenses and Authorizations....................................... 27
    3.10. Taxes and Assessments............................................. 28
    3.11. Litigation and Legal Proceedings.................................. 28
    3.12. Accuracy of Financial Information................................. 28
    3.13. Accuracy of Other Information..................................... 28
    3.14. Compliance with Laws Generally.................................... 28
    3.15. ERISA Compliance.................................................. 28


                                         -iv-

<PAGE>

    3.16. Environmental Compliance.......................................... 29
    3.17. Margin Rule Compliance............................................ 30
    3.18. Fees and Commissions.............................................. 30
    3.19. Solvency.......................................................... 30


ARTICLE 4:  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................................31

    4.1.  Financial Covenants and Ratios.................................... 31

          4.1.1.   Total Charge Coverage Ratio.............................. 31
          4.1.2.   Cash Flow Leverage Ratio................................. 31

    4.2.  Periodic Financial Statements..................................... 32

          4.2.1.   Monthly Financial Statements............................. 32
          4.2.2.   Quarterly Financial Statements........................... 32
          4.2.3.   Annual Financial Statements.............................. 33

    4.3.  Other Financial and Specialized Reports........................... 33
    4.4.  Fiscal Year....................................................... 33
    4.5.  Books and Records................................................. 33
    4.6.  Existence and Good Standing....................................... 33
    4.7.  Deposit Accounts.................................................. 33
    4.8.  Insurance; Maintenance of Properties; Disaster Contingency........ 34

          4.8.1.   General Insurance Provisions............................. 34
          4.8.2.   Disaster Recovery and Contingency Program................ 34

    4.9.  Loan Purpose...................................................... 34
    4.10. Litigation; Occurrence of Defaults................................ 34
    4.11. Taxes............................................................. 34
    4.12. Management Changes................................................ 35
    4.13. Costs and Expenses................................................ 35
    4.14. Compliance with Laws.............................................. 35

          4.14.1.  General.................................................. 35
          4.14.2.  ERISA.................................................... 35
          4.14.3.  Environmental............................................ 36

    4.15. Further Actions................................................... 36

          4.15.1.  Additional Collateral.................................... 36
          4.15.2.  Further Assurances....................................... 36
          4.15.3.  Estoppel Certificate..................................... 36
          4.15.4.  Waivers and Consents..................................... 37


                                         -v-

<PAGE>

          4.15.5.  Additional Material Contracts, Licenses and
                   Authorizations........................................... 37

    4.16. Other Information................................................. 37


ARTICLE 5:  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.............................................. 37

    5.1.  Capital Expenditures.............................................. 37
    5.2.  Additional Indebtedness........................................... 38
    5.3.  Guaranties........................................................ 39
    5.4.  Loans............................................................. 39
    5.5.  Liens and Encumbrances; Negative Pledge........................... 39
    5.6.  Transfer of Assets................................................ 41
    5.7.  Acquisitions and Investments...................................... 41
    5.8.  New Ventures; Mergers............................................. 42
    5.9.  Transactions with Affiliates...................................... 42
    5.10. Distributions or Dividends........................................ 42
    5.11. Payment of Subordinated Indebtedness.............................. 43
    5.12. Payment of Management Fees........................................ 43
    5.13. Issuance of Additional Equity..................................... 43
    5.14. Removal of Assets................................................. 43
    5.15. Modifications to Organic Documents................................ 43
    5.16. Modifications to Material Relationships and Agreements............ 44
    5.17. Margin Stock Restrictions; Other Federal Statutes................. 44


ARTICLE 6:  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AND RIGHT OF SET OFF...................... 44

    6.1.  Additional Collateral............................................. 44
    6.2.  Right of Set-Off.................................................. 44
    6.3.  Additional Rights................................................. 45


ARTICLE 7:  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES............................................ 45

    7.1.  Events of Default................................................. 45

          7.1.1.   Payment Obligations...................................... 45
          7.1.2.   Representations and Warranties........................... 45
          7.1.3.   Financial Covenants...................................... 45
          7.1.4.   Other Covenants in Loan Documents........................ 45
          7.1.5.   Default Under Other Agreements with Lender............... 45
          7.1.6.   Default Under Material Agreements with Other Parties..... 45
          7.1.7.   Security Interest........................................ 46
          7.1.8.   Change of Control........................................ 46
          7.1.9.   Government Action........................................ 46


                                         -vi-

<PAGE>

          7.1.10.  Insolvency............................................... 46
          7.1.11.  Loss or Revocation of Guaranty........................... 47
          7.1.12.  Additional Liabilities................................... 47
          7.1.13.  Material Adverse Change.................................. 47

    7.2.  Remedies.......................................................... 47

          7.2.1.   General; Acceleration.................................... 47
          7.2.2.   Other.................................................... 48


ARTICLE 8:  DEFINITIONS..................................................... 48

    8.1.  Definitions....................................................... 48
    8.2.  Rules of Construction............................................. 59

          8.2.1.   Plural; Gender........................................... 59
          8.2.2.   Financial and Accounting Terms........................... 59


ARTICLE 9:  MISCELLANEOUS................................................... 59

    9.1.  Indemnification, Reliance and Assumption of Risk Provisions....... 59
    9.2.  Assignment; Disclosure of Information to Third Parties............ 60
    9.3.  Binding Effect and Governing Law.................................. 61
    9.4.  No Waiver; Delay.................................................. 61
    9.5.  Modification...................................................... 62
    9.6.  Headings.......................................................... 62
    9.7.  Notices........................................................... 62
    9.8.  Time of Day....................................................... 63
    9.9.  Relationship with Prior Agreements................................ 63
    9.10. Severability...................................................... 63
    9.11. Termination and Survival.......................................... 63
    9.12. Reinstatement..................................................... 64
    9.13. Counterparts...................................................... 64
    9.14. Conflict Provision................................................ 64
    9.15. Waiver of Suretyship Defenses..................................... 64
    9.16. Waiver of Liability............................................... 64
    9.17. Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction.......................... 65
    9.18. Waiver of Jury Trial.............................................. 66


                                        -vii-

<PAGE>

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS:


SCHEDULES:

Schedule  A             List of Borrowers
Schedule  3.1           Good Standing / Foreign Qualification Jurisdictions
Schedule  3.2           Missing Consents
Schedule  3.5           Existing Encumbrances
Schedule  3.5A          Intellectual Property
Schedule  3.5B          Real Property Interests
Schedule  3.5C          Operating Names / Trade Names
Schedule  3.6           Capital Structure / Equity Ownership
Schedule  3.7           Subsidiaries, Affiliates & Investments
Schedule  3.8           Material Contracts
Schedule  3.9           Licenses and Authorizations
Schedule  3.10          Taxes and Assessments
Schedule  3.11          Material Litigation
Schedule  3.18          Fees and Commissions
Schedule  4.7           Existing Deposit Accounts
Schedule  5.2           Permitted Additional Indebtedness
Schedule  5.5           Permitted Additional Liens


EXHIBITS:

Exhibit   1.4.1         Form of Advance Request
Exhibit   4.2.1         Form of Monthly Financial Statements
Exhibit   4.2           Form of Periodic Compliance Certificate


                                        -viii-

<PAGE>


                             CREDIT  FACILITY  AGREEMENT


          THIS CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT (as defined in Article 8 hereof,
along with all other defined terms, this "Agreement") is made and effective as
of July ___, 1996, by and among CCC INFORMATION SERVICES INC. ("CCC"), AND EACH
DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARY OF CCC (IF ANY) THAT ARE LISTED ON SCHEDULE A
HERETO (as more fully defined in Article 8 hereof, CCC and each such Subsidiary
are sometimes referred to herein individually as a "Borrower" and collectively
as the "Borrowers"), AND SIGNET BANK (as more fully defined in Article 8 hereof,
"Lender" or "Agent").


                                   R E C I T A L S

          WHEREAS, Borrowers desire and have applied to Lender for a credit
facility consisting of (a) a line of credit arrangement pursuant to which up to
$20 million can be borrowed from time to time on a senior secured basis, AND (b)
(under certain circumstances and conditions described herein) a term loan credit
arrangement pursuant to which up to $15 million can be borrowed on a senior
secured basis; AND

          WHEREAS, Lender is willing to accommodate the request for credit
upon and subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of the Loan Documents;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements
contained in the Loan Documents, and other good and valuable consideration,
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, each Borrower (jointly and severally) and Lender hereby
agree as follows:


                          ARTICLE 1:  THE CREDIT FACILITIES

    1.1.  LINE OF CREDIT FACILITY.

          1.1.1.   ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDIT FACILITY.  Subject to the terms and
conditions of and in reliance upon the representations and warranties contained
in the Loan Documents, if each of the conditions precedent under Section 2.2
hereof is satisfied (on or before October 31, 1996), THEN Lender will lend funds
to Borrowers on a senior secured basis from time to time prior to the Line of
Credit Maturity Date (as determined in accordance with Section 1.1.2 hereof) in
an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the Available Credit
Portion (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof).

          1.1.2.   FACILITY MATURITY.  The Line of Credit Facility will mature
on October 1, 2001 (as may be extended from time to time in Lender's sole and
absolute discretion, "Line of Credit Maturity Date").


                                         -1-

<PAGE>

          1.1.3.   USE OF PROCEEDS.  The funds advanced under this Line of
Credit Facility may be used exclusively as follows (BUT ONLY to the extent not
otherwise advanced for such purpose under Section 1.2.3 hereof):

          a.  To satisfy and refinance the indebtedness owed by CCC to a group
              of lenders the agent for which is Canadian Imperial Bank of
              Commerce, AND

          b.  The balance of the Available Credit Portion (if any) to pay (i)
              for closing costs and fees associated with consummating and
              documenting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, AND
              (ii) for acquisitions of assets and Capital Expenditures
              otherwise permitted for Borrower under the Loan Documents, AND
              (iii) for general working capital and other legitimate corporate
              expenditures, AND (iv) for such other purposes as specifically
              authorized hereunder or in writing by Lender (in its sole and
              absolute discretion).

          1.1.4.   LINE OF CREDIT NOTE.  The indebtedness under the Line of
Credit Facility and the corresponding obligation of each Borrower (jointly and
severally) to repay Lender with interest in accordance with the terms hereof
will be evidenced by a Line of Credit Note (as amended, restated, replaced,
supplemented, extended or renewed hereafter, "Line of Credit Note") payable to
the order of Lender.  The Line of Credit Note will be due and payable in full on
the Line of Credit Maturity Date.  The stated principal amount of the Line of
Credit Note will be the Line of Credit Commitment established as of the Closing
Date pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the maximum
liability under such Line of Credit Note will be limited at all times to the
actual amount of indebtedness (including principal, interest, fees and expenses)
then outstanding under the Line of Credit Facility.  Lender is authorized to
note or endorse the date and amount of each Advance and payment under the Line
of Credit Facility on a schedule annexed to and constituting a part of the Line
of Credit Note.  Such notations or endorsements, if made without manifest error,
will constitute PRIMA FACIE evidence of the information noted or endorsed on
such schedule, but the absence of any such notation or endorsement will not
limit or otherwise affect the obligations and liabilities of Borrowers
thereunder or hereunder.

          1.1.5.   INTEREST.  Interest under the Line of Credit Facility (and
with respect to any other amounts advanced to or on behalf of Borrowers under
the Loan Documents) will be determined and imposed in accordance with the
following provisions (and, as applicable, Section 1.5.5 hereof and Section 1.5.6
hereof):

                   1.1.5.1.  ESTABLISHMENT OF PORTIONS.  For purposes of
determining interest, Borrowers may designate and subdivide the aggregate
outstanding balance under the Line of Credit Facility (including any other
amounts advanced to or on behalf of any Borrower under the Loan Documents) into
a maximum of eight (8) Portions (inclusive of the number of Portions permitted
under the Term Loan Facility).  No Portion may be less than $500,000 (unless it
is designated as $0.00), AND all Portions collectively must total the aggregate
outstanding balance under the Line of Credit Facility.  If there is less than
$1,000,000 outstanding under the Line of Credit Facility, then only one Portion
will be permitted.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

                   1.1.5.2.  INTEREST RATE DETERMINATION.  The aggregate
outstanding principal balance under each Portion will bear interest (computed
daily until paid, whether prior to or after the Line of Credit Maturity Date) at
the applicable Rate Index (as determined in accordance with Section 1.1.5.3
hereof) PLUS the applicable Rate Margin (as determined in accordance with
Section 1.1.5.4 hereof).  If the Prime Rate is the applicable Rate Index for a
Portion, the interest rate on such Portion will change when and as the Prime
Rate or Rate Margin changes; AND if an Adjusted LIBO Rate is the applicable Rate
Index for a Portion, the interest rate on such Portion will be established on
the first day of each Interest Period for such Portion and will not change
during such Interest Period, except to the extent the Rate Margin changes during
the Interest Period or as otherwise permitted under Section 1.1.5.6 hereof.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, the applicable interest rate for the entire
outstanding balance under the Line of Credit Facility from the Settlement Date
on which the initial Advance under the Line of Credit Facility is made until the
first date on which the Rate Index may be changed under Section 1.1.5.3 hereof
will be the Prime Rate as of such Settlement Date PLUS a Rate Margin determined
as of such Settlement Date in accordance with Section 1.1.5.4 hereof using an
amount for Funded Debt as of such Settlement Date (and inclusive of such
Advance).

                   1.1.5.3.  SELECTION OF RATE INDEX.  The applicable Rate
Index for each Portion will be either the Prime Rate or an Adjusted LIBO Rate.
The applicable Rate Index for each Portion may be changed (at the election of
Borrowers) as of the first calendar day after the end of the applicable Interest
Period for such Portion.  At least two (2) Business Days but not more than ten
(10) Business Days before any day on which the Rate Index may be changed,
Borrowers (through an Authorized Officer) must notify Lender in writing of (a)
the dollar amount of each Portion (if more than one exists) AND (b) the selected
Rate Index for each Portion during the subsequent rate period (including, if
applicable, the selected length of the Interest Period for balances accruing
interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate).  If Lender does not timely receive such
written notification as to any Portion, the Prime Rate will be the applicable
Rate Index for the entire outstanding balance of such unspecified Portion during
the subsequent rate period.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, with respect to the
proceeds of each Advance under the Line of Credit Facility, unless Borrowers
otherwise request the Adjusted LIBO Rate at the time of such Advance (and an
otherwise unallocated Portion then exists), THEN the Prime Rate will be the
applicable Rate Index from the corresponding Settlement Date for such Advance
until the next date on which the Rate Index may be changed hereunder.

                   1.1.5.4.  APPLICABLE RATE MARGINS.  The Rate Margin
applicable to the Line of Credit Facility will be established as of the initial
Settlement Date and as of the first calendar day of the first calendar month of
each fiscal quarter and will be based upon the Leverage Ratio of (a) Funded Debt
as of the date of establishment of such Rate Margin TO (b) OCF (I.E., Operating
Cash Flow) for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended on the last day
of the most recent fiscal quarter reflected on the most recent quarterly
financial statements


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof, AND will be
determined according to the following schedule:

                                                      Adjusted
                                 Prime Rate          LIBO Rate
          Leverage Ratio           Margin              Margin
         --------------         -----------         ----------
         Less than 2.0              0.00%               1.50%
         Greater than 2.0 
           but Less than 3.0        1.00%               2.00%
         Greater than 3.0           2.00%               3.00%

In determining the amount of Funded Debt as of the date of establishing such
Rate Margin, unless Borrowers otherwise provide Lender with evidence of such
amount in a form acceptable to Lender, THEN Lender may use and rely on the
amount of Funded Debt as reflected on the most recent quarterly financial
statements delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, if Lender does not timely receive acceptable
quarterly financial statements in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof, THEN
Lender (in its sole and absolute discretion) may deem the applicable Rate Margin
to be the highest Rate Margin for the applicable Rate Index reflected in the
chart above, retroactive to the first calendar day of the then-current fiscal
quarter.  FURTHER NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING (or any other provision hereof
regarding the timing of establishing the applicable Rate Margin), upon the
funding of any Advance after the Closing Date for a purpose set forth in Section
1.1.3 hereof that results in the outstanding balance under the Line of Credit
Facility exceeding the outstanding balance as of the most recent change in the
Rate Margin by $1,000,000 or more, THEN the applicable Rate Margin hereunder (at
the option of Lender) may be adjusted to reflect the additional amount of Funded
Debt thereby outstanding.

                    1.1.5.5.  CALCULATION OF INTEREST.  Interest under the Line
of Credit Facility will be calculated, accrued, imposed and payable on the basis
of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.  Interest will begin to
accrue on the outstanding principal amount of the Line of Credit Facility (and
on any other amounts advanced to or on behalf of any Borrower under the Loan
Documents) on and as of the date such funds are advanced.

                    1.1.5.6.  SPECIAL LIBO RATE PROVISIONS.  The following
provisions will apply with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, notwithstanding
any other provision hereof:

                              a.   CHANGE IN ADJUSTED LIBO RATE.  The Adjusted
LIBO Rate may be automatically adjusted by Lender from time to time on a
prospective basis to account for any additional or increased cost of maintaining
any necessary reserves for Eurodollar deposits (including, without limitation,
any increase in the Reserve Percentage) or increased costs due to changes in the
applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then-applicable
Adjusted LIBO Rate Interest Period.  Lender will give Borrowers notice of any
such determination and adjustment within a reasonable period of time thereafter,
and (upon Borrowers' written request) Lender will furnish a statement setting
forth the basis for adjusting such Adjusted LIBO Rate and the method for
determining the amount of such adjustment.  A determination by Lender hereunder
will be conclusive absent manifest error.  If Lender provides


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

any such notice of adjustment under this Subsection, Borrowers may elect to
change the then-applicable Rate Index (using the same Rate Margin category) to
the Prime Rate for any Portion then subject to an Adjusted LIBO Rate.  Such
election to change the Rate Index may be made by providing Lender written notice
thereof at any time within the first 10 Business Days after receipt of the
notice of adjustment from Lender (notwithstanding the restriction hereunder
limiting such Rate Index changes to certain dates, BUT subject to the
requirement to pay actual costs incurred by Lender as described in Section
1.1.6.5.e hereof).  Upon Lender's receipt of such a written election, the
identified Portion will thereupon begin to accrue interest at the Prime Rate
plus the Rate Margin (as applicable for the same Leverage Ratio level as was
previously applicable for the Adjusted LIBO Rate) for the remainder of the then-
current Interest Period for such Portion.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, Lender
shall not be entitled to adjust the Adjusted LIBO Rate under this Clause "a" to
account for such additional or increased costs to the extent that Lender has
already been compensated for such additional or increased cost pursuant to
Section 4.13 hereof.

                              b.   UNAVAILABILITY OF EURODOLLAR FUNDS.  An
Adjusted LIBO Rate will not be available for Portions under the Line of Credit
Facility if Lender at any time prior to the commencement of the relevant
Interest Period determines or reasonably believes that (1) Eurodollar deposits
equal to the principal amount of such Portion for the applicable Interest Period
are unavailable, OR (2) an Adjusted LIBO Rate will not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost of maintaining balances under the Line of Credit Facility, OR
(3) by reason of circumstances affecting Eurodollar markets, adequate and
reasonable means do not then exist for ascertaining an Adjusted LIBO Rate.
Lender will give Borrowers notice of any such event within a reasonable time
thereafter, and (upon Borrowers' written request) Lender will furnish a
statement setting forth the basis for such determination or reasonable belief.
A determination or belief by Lender hereunder will be conclusive absent manifest
error.

                              c.   ILLEGALITY.  An Adjusted LIBO Rate will also
not be available for the Line of Credit Facility if Lender at any time
determines or reasonably believes that it is unlawful or impossible to fund or
maintain sufficient Eurodollar liabilities for the Line of Credit Facility under
an Adjusted LIBO Rate.  Lender will give Borrowers notice of any such event
within a reasonable time thereafter, and (upon Borrowers' written request)
Lender will furnish a statement setting forth the basis for such determination
or reasonable belief.  A determination or belief by Lender hereunder will be
conclusive absent manifest error.

                              d.   ALTERNATIVE RATE.  During the occurrence of
an event contemplated by either Clause "b" of this Subsection or Clause "c" of
this Subsection, Lender's obligation hereunder to fund or maintain balances
under an Adjusted LIBO Rate will be suspended, and during such period, the
outstanding balance under the Line of Credit Facility will bear interest at the
Prime Rate plus the appropriate Rate Margin (determined in accordance with
Section 1.1.5.4 hereof).

          1.1.6.    REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT.  Each Borrower (jointly and
severally) hereby promise to pay Lender the aggregate indebtedness under the
Line of Credit Facility (and other Loan Documents) in accordance with the
following provisions:


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

                    1.1.6.1.  PERIODIC INTEREST PAYMENTS.  Interest accrued
under the Line of Credit Facility will be due and payable monthly in arrears on
the first calendar day following the end of each such month and on the first
calendar day following the end of each Interest Period for any Portion accruing
interest at an Adjusted LIBO Rate, commencing on the first such date after the
Closing Date.

                    1.1.6.2.  PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS -- COMMITMENT REDUCTION.
Intentionally Blank.

                    1.1.6.3.  PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS -- PERIODIC SWEEP OF EXCESS
CASH FLOW.  Intentionally Blank.

                    1.1.6.4.  AT MATURITY OR TERMINATION.  The entire aggregate
outstanding indebtedness under the Line of Credit Facility (including principal,
interest, fees and expenses) is due and payable in its entirety in immediately
available funds on the Line of Credit Maturity Date.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING, the entire aggregate outstanding indebtedness under the Line of
Credit Facility (INCLUDING all principal, interest, fees and expenses) will be
due and payable in its entirety in immediately available funds upon any earlier
termination of either the Line of Credit Commitment, the Line of Credit Facility
or this Agreement, in each instance, in accordance with the terms hereof.

                    1.1.6.5.  PREPAYMENTS.

                              a.   VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS.  The outstanding
principal balance under the Line of Credit Facility may be prepaid in whole or
in part at any time without premium or penalty, EXCEPT as provided in Clause "e"
of this Subsection.

                              b.   MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS -- EXCESSIVE BALANCE.
If the aggregate outstanding indebtedness under the Line of Credit Facility at
any time exceeds the Available Credit Portion (as determined in accordance with
Section 1.3 hereof), THEN such excess amount outstanding must be prepaid
immediately (without necessity of notice or demand by Lender).

                              c.   MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS -- EQUITY OFFERINGS AND
ASSET SALES.  If any Borrower engages in an offering of its equity securities or
if any Borrower sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any assets (other than
inventory or other assets sold in the ordinary course of business with the
proceeds thereof promptly reinvested in similar assets at similar locations)
exceeding an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 in any transaction or
series of related transactions, THEN (unless Lender otherwise consents) a
prepayment must be immediately made on the outstanding indebtedness under the
Line of Credit Facility (UNLESS a balance then exists under the Term Loan
Facility and such prepayment is made under Section 1.2.6.5.c hereof).  The
amount of any such mandatory prepayment will be the higher of the cash proceeds
or the cash equivalent of the fair market value of any such equity offering or
asset dispositions NET OF (1) reasonable commissions and expenses actually
incurred to unrelated third parties in connection with such transactions AND (2)
taxes actually due as a direct result of such


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

transactions (as such taxes are estimated and certified to Lender by a certified
public accountant or financial officer of such Borrower, in either instance,
acceptable to Lender).

                              d.   IN GENERAL.  Any prepayment under the Line of
Credit Facility must include all accrued but unpaid interest under the Line of
Credit Facility allocable to the amount prepaid through the date of such
prepayment.

                              e.   ADJUSTED LIBO RATE PREPAYMENTS.  In
connection with any prepayment of all or any portion of the outstanding balance
under the Line of Credit Facility upon which an Adjusted LIBO Rate is then
applicable on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period -- whether
such prepayment is voluntary, mandatory, by demand, acceleration or otherwise --
Borrowers must pay Lender all costs, losses and expenses (including funding
costs) that may arise or be incurred as a result of or in connection with such
prepayment, as such costs, losses and expenses may be calculated by Lender.
Upon written request, Lender will furnish a statement setting forth the basis
for such calculation.  A determination or calculation by Lender hereunder will
be conclusive absent manifest error.

                    1.1.6.6.  PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT -- AUTOMATIC.  [Intentionally
Blank]

                    1.1.6.7.  DEFAULT INTEREST PAYMENT.  Any payment hereunder
or under the Line of Credit Note during the existence of a Default or an Event
of Default hereunder must include the payment of any default interest due
pursuant to Section 1.5.5 hereof.

                    1.1.6.8.  APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  Payments hereunder
(including prepayments) will be applied in accordance with Section 1.5.3 hereof.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, payments and prepayments allocable to principal
under the Line of Credit Facility will be applied to repay Portions accruing
interest at the Prime Rate first and then to repay Portions accruing interest at
the Adjusted LIBO Rate (applying first to Portions having an Interest Period
with the longest remaining time to maturity).

                    1.1.6.9.  AVAILABILITY FOR REBORROWING.  Principal amounts
repaid or prepaid under the Line of Credit Facility prior to the Line of Credit
Maturity Date will be available for reborrowing pursuant to and in accordance
with the terms hereof up to the Available Credit Portion.

     1.2. TERM LOAN FACILITY.

          1.2.1.    ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDIT FACILITY.  Subject to the terms and
conditions of and in reliance upon the representations and warranties contained
in the Loan Documents, if each of the conditions precedent under Section 2.2
hereof is satisfied (on or before October 31, 1996), THEN Lender will lend funds
to Borrowers on a senior secured basis through a single set of Advances on the
Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount advanced not to exceed the Term
Loan Commitment (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof).


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

          1.2.2.    FACILITY MATURITY.  The Term Loan Facility will mature on
October 1, 2001 (as may be extended from time to time in Lender's sole and
absolute discretion, "Term Loan Maturity Date").

          1.2.3.    USE OF PROCEEDS.  The funds advanced under this Term Loan
Facility may be used exclusively as follows (BUT ONLY to the extent not
otherwise advanced for such purpose under Section 1.1.3 hereof):

          a.   To satisfy and refinance the indebtedness owed by CCC to a group
               of lenders the agent for which is Canadian Imperial Bank of
               Commerce, AND

          b.   The balance of the Term Loan Commitment (if any) to pay (i) for
               closing costs and fees associated with consummating and
               documenting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, AND
               (ii) for such other purposes as specifically authorized hereunder
               or in writing by Lender (in its sole and absolute discretion).

          1.2.4.    TERM LOAN NOTE.  The indebtedness under the Term Loan
Facility and the corresponding obligation of each Borrower (jointly and
severally) to repay Lender with interest in accordance with the terms hereof
will be evidenced by a Term Loan Note (as amended, restated, replaced,
supplemented, extended or renewed hereafter, "Term Loan Note") payable to the
order of Lender.  The Term Loan Note will be due and payable in full on the Term
Loan Maturity Date.  The stated principal amount of the Term Loan Note will be
the Term Loan Commitment established as of the Closing Date pursuant to Section
1.3 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the maximum liability under such Term Loan
Note will be limited at all times to the actual amount of indebtedness
(including principal, interest, fees and expenses) then outstanding under the
Term Loan Facility.  Lender is authorized to note or endorse the date and amount
of each Advance and each payment under the Term Loan Facility on a schedule
annexed to and constituting a part of the Term Loan Note.  Such notations or
endorsements, if made without manifest error, will constitute PRIMA FACIE
evidence of the information noted or endorsed on such schedule, but the absence
of any such notation or endorsement will not limit or otherwise affect the
obligations or liabilities of Borrowers thereunder and hereunder.

          1.2.5.    INTEREST.  Interest under the Term Loan Facility (and with
respect to any other amounts advanced to or on behalf of Borrowers under the
Loan Documents) will be determined and imposed in accordance with the following
provisions (and, as applicable, Section 1.5.5 hereof and Section 1.5.6 hereof):

                    1.2.5.1.  INTENTIONALLY BLANK.

                    1.2.5.2.  ESTABLISHMENT OF PORTIONS.  For purposes of
determining interest, Borrowers may designate and subdivide the aggregate
outstanding balance under the Term Loan Facility (including any other amounts
advanced to or on behalf of any Borrower under the Loan Documents) into a
maximum of eight (8) Portions (inclusive of the number of Portions permitted
under the Line of Credit Facility).  No Portion may be less than $500,000
(unless it is designated as $0.00), AND all Portions collectively must total the
aggregate outstanding balance


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

under the Term Loan Facility.  If there is less than $1,000,000 outstanding
under the Term Loan Facility, then only one Portion will be permitted.

                    1.2.5.3.  INTEREST RATE DETERMINATION.  The aggregate
outstanding principal balance under each Portion will bear interest (computed
daily until paid, whether prior to or after the Term Loan Maturity Date) at the
applicable Rate Index (as determined in accordance with Section 1.2.5.4 hereof)
PLUS the applicable Rate Margin (as determined in accordance with Section
1.2.5.5 hereof).  If the Prime Rate is the applicable Rate Index for a Portion,
the interest rate on such Portion will change when and as the Prime Rate or Rate
Margin changes; AND if an Adjusted LIBO Rate is the applicable Rate Index for a
Portion, the interest rate on such Portion will be established on the first day
of each Interest Period for such Portion and will not change during such
Interest Period, except to the extent the Rate Margin changes during the
Interest Period or as otherwise permitted under Section 1.2.5.7 hereof.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, the applicable interest rate for the entire
outstanding balance under the Term Loan Facility from the Settlement Date on
which the Advance under the Term Loan Facility is made until the first date on
which the Rate Index may be changed under Section 1.2.5.4 hereof will be the
Prime Rate as of such Settlement Date PLUS a Rate Margin determined as of such
Settlement Date in accordance with Section 1.2.5.5 hereof using an amount for
Funded Debt as of such Settlement Date (and inclusive of such Advance).

                    1.2.5.4.  SELECTION OF RATE INDEX.  The applicable Rate
Index for each Portion will be either the Prime Rate or an Adjusted LIBO Rate.
The applicable Rate Index for each Portion may be changed (at the election of
Borrowers) as of the first calendar day after the end of the applicable Interest
Period for such Portion.  At least two (2) Business Days but not more than ten
(10) Business Days before any day on which the Rate Index may be changed,
Borrowers (through an Authorized Officer) must notify Lender in writing of (a)
the dollar amount of each Portion (if more than one exists) AND (b) the selected
Rate Index for each Portion during the subsequent rate period (including, if
applicable, the selected length of the Interest Period for balances accruing
interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate).  If Lender does not timely receive such
written notification as to any Portion, the Prime Rate will be the applicable
Rate Index for the entire outstanding balance of such unspecified Portion during
the subsequent rate period.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, with respect to the
proceeds of each Advance under the Term Loan Facility, (unless Borrowers
otherwise request the Adjusted LIBO Rate at the time of such Advance and an
otherwise unallocated Portion then exists) the Prime Rate will be the applicable
Rate Index from the corresponding Settlement Date for such Advance until the
next date on which the Rate Index may be changed hereunder.

                    1.2.5.5.  APPLICABLE RATE MARGINS.  The Rate Margin
applicable to the Term Loan Facility will be established as of the initial
Settlement Date and as of the first calendar day of each fiscal quarter and will
be based upon the Leverage Ratio of (a) Funded Debt as of the date of
establishment of such Rate Margin TO (b) OCF (I.E., Operating Cash Flow) for the
four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

fiscal quarter reflected on the most recent quarterly financial statements
delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof, AND will be
determined according to the following schedule:

                                                       Adjusted
                                 Prime Rate          LIBO Rate
          Leverage Ratio           Margin              Margin
          --------------         ----------          ---------
          Less than 2.0             0.00%               1.50%
          Greater than 2.0 
            but Less than 3.0       1.00%               2.00%
          Greater than 3.0          2.00%               3.00%

In determining the amount of Funded Debt as of the date of establishing such
Rate Margin, unless Borrowers otherwise provide Lender with evidence of such
amount in a form acceptable to Lender, THEN Lender may use and rely on the
amount of Funded Debt as reflected on the most recent quarterly financial
statements delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, if Lender does not timely receive acceptable
quarterly financial statements in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof, THEN
Lender (in its sole and absolute discretion) may deem the applicable Rate Margin
to be the highest Rate Margin for the applicable Rate Index reflected in the
chart above, retroactive to the first calendar day of the then-current fiscal
quarter.

                    1.2.5.6.  CALCULATION OF INTEREST.  Interest under the Term
Loan Facility will be calculated, accrued, imposed and payable on the basis of a
360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.  Interest will begin to
accrue on the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Facility (and on any
other amounts advanced to or on behalf of any Borrower under the Loan Documents)
on and as of the date such funds are advanced.

                    1.2.5.7.  SPECIAL LIBO RATE PROVISIONS.  The following
provisions will apply with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, notwithstanding
any other provision hereof:

                              a.   CHANGE IN ADJUSTED LIBO RATE.  The Adjusted
LIBO Rate may be automatically adjusted by Lender from time to time on a
prospective basis to account for any additional or increased cost of maintaining
any necessary reserves for Eurodollar deposits (including, without limitation,
any increase in the Reserve Percentage) or increased costs due to changes in the
applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then-applicable
Adjusted LIBO Rate Interest Period.  Lender will give Borrowers notice of any
such determination and adjustment within a reasonable period of time thereafter,
and (upon Borrowers' written request) Lender will furnish a statement setting
forth the basis for adjusting such Adjusted LIBO Rate and the method for
determining the amount of such adjustment.  A determination by Lender hereunder
will be conclusive absent manifest error.  If Lender provides any such notice of
adjustment under this Subsection, Borrowers may elect to change the then-
applicable Rate Index (using the same Rate Margin category) to the Prime Rate
for any Portion then subject to an Adjusted LIBO Rate.  Such election to change
the Rate Index may be made by providing Lender written notice thereof at any
time within the first 10 Business Days after receipt of the notice of adjustment
from Lender (notwithstanding the restriction hereunder limiting such Rate Index
changes to certain dates, BUT subject to the requirement to pay actual


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

costs incurred by Lender as described in Section 1.2.6.5.e hereof).  Upon
Lender's receipt of such a written election, the identified Portion will
thereupon begin to accrue interest at the Prime Rate plus the Rate Margin (as
applicable for the same Leverage Ratio level as was previously applicable for
the Adjusted LIBO Rate) for the remainder of the then-current Interest Period
for such Portion.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, Lender shall not be entitled
to adjust the Adjusted LIBO Rate under this Clause "a" to account for such
additional or increased costs to the extent that Lender has already been
compensated for such additional or increased cost pursuant to Section 4.13
hereof.

                              b.   UNAVAILABILITY OF EURODOLLAR FUNDS.  An
Adjusted LIBO Rate will not be available for Portions under the Term Loan
Facility if Lender at any time prior to the commencement of the relevant
Interest Period determines or reasonably believes that (1) Eurodollar deposits
equal to the principal amount of such Portion for the applicable Interest Period
are unavailable, OR (2) an Adjusted LIBO Rate will not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost of maintaining balances under the Term Loan Facility, OR (3) by
reason of circumstances affecting Eurodollar markets, adequate and reasonable
means do not then exist for ascertaining an Adjusted LIBO Rate.  Lender will
give Borrowers notice of any such event within a reasonable time thereafter, and
(upon Borrowers' written request) Lender will furnish a statement setting forth
the basis for such determination or reasonable belief.  A determination or
belief by Lender hereunder will be conclusive absent manifest error.

                              c.   ILLEGALITY.  An Adjusted LIBO Rate will also
not be available for the Term Loan Facility if Lender at any time determines or
reasonably believes that it is unlawful or impossible to fund or maintain
sufficient Eurodollar liabilities for the Term Loan Facility under an Adjusted
LIBO Rate.  Lender will give Borrowers notice of any such event within a
reasonable time thereafter, and (upon Borrowers' written request) Lender will
furnish a statement setting forth the basis for such determination or reasonable
belief.  A determination or belief by Lender hereunder will be conclusive absent
manifest error.

                              d.   ALTERNATIVE RATE.  During the occurrence of
an event contemplated by either Clause "b" of this Subsection or Clause "c" of
this Subsection, Lender's obligation hereunder to fund or maintain balances
under an Adjusted LIBO Rate will be suspended, and during such period, the
outstanding balance under the Term Loan Facility will bear interest at the Prime
Rate plus the appropriate Rate Margin (determined in accordance with Section
1.2.5.5 hereof).

          1.2.6.    REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT.  Each Borrower (jointly and
severally) hereby promises to pay Lender the aggregate indebtedness under the
Term Loan Facility (and other Loan Documents) in accordance with the following
provisions:

                    1.2.6.1.  PERIODIC INTEREST PAYMENTS.  Interest accrued
under the Term Loan Facility will be due and payable monthly in arrears on the
first calendar day following the end of each such month and on the first
calendar day following the end of each Interest Period for any Portion accruing
interest at an Adjusted LIBO Rate, commencing on the first such date after the
Closing Date.


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

                    1.2.6.2.  PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS -- AMORTIZATION.  On the first
calendar day of the first calendar month of each quarter, a payment of principal
under the Term Loan Facility will be due and payable in its entirety in
immediately available funds in accordance with the following schedule:

                                                 PERCENTAGE OF OUTSTANDING
          YEAR                                          BALANCE DUE
          ----                               --------------------------------

Closing Date to December 31, 1997            0.0% per quarter  (0% per year)
January 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998         5.0% per quarter  (20% per year)
January 1, 1999 to December 31, 1999         5.0% per quarter  (20% per year)
January 1, 2000 to December 31, 2000         7.5% per quarter  (30% per year)
January 1, 2001 until Term Loan
  Maturity Date                              7.5% per quarter  (30% per year)


                    1.2.6.3.  PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS -- PERIODIC SWEEP OF EXCESS
CASH FLOW.  [Intentionally Blank]

                    1.2.6.4.  AT MATURITY OR TERMINATION.  The entire aggregate
outstanding indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility (including principal,
interest, fees and expenses) is due and payable in its entirety in immediately
available funds on the Term Loan Maturity Date.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,
the entire aggregate outstanding indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility
(INCLUDING all principal, interest, fees and expenses) will be due and payable
in its entirety in immediately available funds upon any earlier termination of
either the Term Loan Commitment, the Term Loan Facility or this Agreement, in
each instance, in accordance with the terms hereof.

                    1.2.6.5.  PREPAYMENTS.

                              a.   VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS.  At any time, upon
prior written notice to Lender of at least two (2) Business Days, the
outstanding principal balance under the Term Loan Facility may be prepaid in
whole or in part without premium or penalty, except as provided in Clause "e" of
this Subsection.  Any voluntary partial prepayment must be in an amount of not
less than $100,000 or in an integral multiple thereof.

                              b.   MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS -- EXCESSIVE BALANCE.
If the aggregate outstanding indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility at any
time exceeds the Term Loan Commitment, THEN such excess amount outstanding must
be prepaid immediately (without necessity of notice or demand by Lender).

                              c.   MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS -- EQUITY OFFERINGS AND
ASSET SALES.  If any Borrower engages in an offering of its equity securities or
if any Borrower sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any assets (other than
inventory or other assets sold in the ordinary course of business with the
proceeds thereof promptly reinvested in similar assets at similar locations)
exceeding an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 in any transaction or
series of related transactions, THEN (unless Lender otherwise consents) a
prepayment must be immediately made on the outstanding indebtedness under the
Term Loan Facility.  The amount


                                         -12-


<PAGE>
of any such mandatory prepayment will be the higher of the cash proceeds or the
cash equivalent of the fair market value of any such equity offering or asset
dispositions NET OF (1) reasonable commissions and expenses actually incurred to
unrelated third parties in connection with such transactions AND (2) taxes
actually due as a direct result of such transactions (as such taxes are
estimated and certified to Lender by a certified public accountant or financial
officer of such Borrower, in either instance, acceptable to Lender).

                              d.   IN GENERAL.  Any prepayments under the Term
Loan Facility must include all accrued but unpaid interest under the Term Loan
Facility allocable to the amount prepaid through the date of such prepayment.

                              e.   ADJUSTED LIBO RATE PREPAYMENTS.  In
connection with any prepayment of all or any portion of the outstanding balance
under the Term Loan Facility upon which an Adjusted LIBO Rate is then applicable
on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period -- whether such
prepayment is voluntary, mandatory, by demand, acceleration or otherwise --
Borrowers must pay Lender all costs, losses and expenses (including funding
costs) that may arise or be incurred as a result of or in connection with such
prepayment, as such costs, losses and expenses may be calculated by Lender.
Upon written request, Lender will furnish a statement setting forth the basis
for such calculation.  A determination or calculation by Lender hereunder will
be conclusive absent manifest error.

                    1.2.6.6.  DEFAULT INTEREST PAYMENT.  Any payment hereunder
or under the Term Loan Note during the existence of a Default or an Event of
Default hereunder must include the payment of any default interest due pursuant
to Section 1.5.5 hereof.

                    1.2.6.7.  APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  Payments hereunder
(including prepayments) will be applied in accordance with Section 1.5.3 hereof.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, (a) payments and prepayments allocable to
principal under the Term Loan Facility (other than payments pursuant to Section
1.2.6.2 hereunder) will be applied to installments of principal payable under
the Term Loan Facility in the inverse order of maturity, AND (b) payments and
prepayments allocable to principal under the Term Loan Facility will be applied
to repay Portions accruing interest at the Prime Rate first and then to repay
Portions accruing interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate (applying first to Portions
having the Interest Period with the longest remaining time to maturity).

                    1.2.6.8.  AVAILABILITY FOR REBORROWING.  Principal amounts
repaid or prepaid under the Term Loan Facility prior to the Term Loan Maturity
Date WILL NOT be available for reborrowing hereunder.

     1.3. DETERMINATION OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS.

          1.3.1.    INITIAL COMMITMENTS.  Upon the execution of this Agreement
and satisfaction of each condition precedent set forth in Section 2.2 hereof (on
or before October 31, 1996), the Line of Credit Commitment established hereunder
will be $20 million ("Line of Credit Commitment").  Upon the execution of this
Agreement and satisfaction of each condition precedent set forth in Section 2.2
hereof (on or before October 31, 1996), the Term Loan


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

Commitment established hereunder will be determined in accordance with the
following schedule ("Term Loan Commitment"):

          GROSS PROCEEDS                     TERM LOAN
          OF CCCISG IPO                      COMMITMENT
          --------------                     ----------
          < $50 million                      $0.00
          > $50 million but < $70 million    Up to $15 million
                                             (at Borrowers' election)
          > $70 million                      $0.00

          1.3.2.    MANDATORY COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS FOR THE LINE OF CREDIT
FACILITY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, the maximum amount of credit available
at any time under the Line of Credit Facility may not exceed the amount
resulting from the following formula:

               a.   The Line of Credit Commitment,

               b.   MINUS the then-aggregate amount of all prepayments relating
                    to equity offerings and asset sales required to have been
                    paid to Lender since the Closing Date under Section
                    1.1.6.5.c hereof, AND

               c.   MINUS the aggregate amount of all voluntary commitment
                    reductions requested under Section 1.3.3 hereof, AND

               d.   MINUS the aggregate outstanding amount (at face value) of
                    all letters of credit issued by Lender on behalf or for the
                    account of any Borrower under Section 1.8 hereof or
                    otherwise.

(COLLECTIVELY, the amount resulting from the equation under categories "a"
through "d" above is sometimes referred to herein as the "Available Credit
Portion".)  On the effective date of any such reduction in the amount of
available credit, a prepayment must be made to the extent required under Section
1.1.6.5.b hereof.

          1.3.3.    VOLUNTARY REDUCTION OF COMMITMENT.  Upon giving Lender prior
written notice of at least ten (10) Business Days, Borrowers at any time and
from time to time may reduce the Line of Credit Commitment in multiples of
$100,000.  On the effective date of any such reduction, a prepayment must be
made to the extent required under Section 1.1.6.5.b hereof.  Any such reduction
in the Line of Credit Commitment will be permanent, and such Commitment cannot
thereafter be increased without the written consent of Lender.

     1.4. ADVANCES.

          1.4.1.    REQUESTING ADVANCES.  To request an Advance (except with
respect to the initial Advances on the Closing Date or as otherwise provided in
Section 1.4.3 hereof), Borrowers (through an Authorized Officer) must give
Lender written notice of such request (such notice, an "Advance Request").  Each
Advance Request, together with certain


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

certifications, must be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.4.1 hereto or
such other form as Lender from time to time may reasonably request.  Each
Advance Request (or verbal notice by telephone with immediate written
confirmation in the form of an Advance Request to follow) must be received by
Lender before 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time (a) on the requested Settlement Date with
respect to any Advance of funds that will accrue interest at the Prime Rate AND
(b) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the requested Settlement Date with
respect to any Advance of funds that will accrue interest at an Adjusted LIBO
Rate.  Unless Lender otherwise consents, an Advance Request will not be
effective if it is delivered to Lender more than ten (10) Business Days prior to
the requested Settlement Date.  Each Advance under the Line of Credit Facility
pursuant to an Advance Request must be in multiples of $500,000 and not greater
than the un-borrowed balance of the Available Credit Portion under Section 1.3
hereof.

          1.4.2.    FUNDING ADVANCES.  Subject to the satisfaction of and
compliance with the terms and conditions hereof (including, as applicable, the
conditions precedent specified in Section 2.2 hereof), Lender will make each
requested Advance available (in immediately available funds) by crediting such
amount to the Account with Lender (or by such other means as Lender may consider
reasonable).  At the written request and expense of Borrowers, Lender will wire
transfer all or any portion of an Advance in accordance with such written
instructions therefor.

          1.4.3.    AUTOMATIC LINE OF CREDIT ADVANCES.  [Intentionally Blank]

          1.4.4.    OBLIGATION TO ADVANCE.  Lender will not be obligated to make
any Advance under the following circumstances:  (a) if the principal amount of
such Advance plus the aggregate amount outstanding under the Line of Credit
Facility or Term Loan Facility would exceed the Available Credit Portion or Term
Loan Commitment (as applicable), OR (b) during the existence of a Default or an
Event of Default hereunder, OR (c) if such Advance would cause a Default or
Event of Default hereunder, OR (d) after the Line of Credit Maturity Dates, OR
(e) prior to satisfaction of each condition precedent under Section 2.2 hereof.

          1.4.5.    INDEMNIFICATION FOR REVOCATION OR FAILURE TO SATISFY
CONDITIONS.  Borrowers (jointly and severally) will indemnify Lender against any
loss, cost or expense incurred by Lender as a result of any revocation of any
requested Advance or any failure to fulfill the applicable conditions precedent
to such Advance on or before the requested Settlement Date specified in an
Advance Request.  Such indemnification will include, without limitation, any
loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of
funds required by Lender to fund the Advance when such Advance, as a result of
such failure, is not made on the requested Settlement Date.  Lender's
calculation of such losses, costs and expenses will be conclusive absent
manifest error.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, Lender shall not be entitled to
indemnification under this Section with respect to a loss, cost or expense to
the extent that Lender has already been compensated for such loss, cost or
expense pursuant to Section 4.13 hereof.


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

     1.5. PAYMENTS IN GENERAL.

          1.5.1.    MANNER AND PLACE.  All payments of principal, interest, fees
and other amounts due under the Loan Documents must be received by Lender in
immediately available funds in U.S. dollars on or before Two O'Clock (2:00) p.m.
Eastern Time ("ET") on the due date therefor at the principal office of Lender
set forth in Section 9.7 hereof or at such other place as Lender may designate
from time to time.

          1.5.2.    SPECIAL PAYMENT TIMING ISSUES.  Whenever any payment to be
made under any Loan Document is due on a day that is not a Business Day, such
payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of
time will be included in the computation of interest under such Loan Document.
Any funds received by Lender after 2:00 p.m. ET on any day will be deemed to be
received on the next succeeding Business Day.

          1.5.3.    APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  All payments and other funds
received by Lender hereunder will be applied by Lender in the following order:
(a) first to the payment of any fees and charges due under the Loan Documents,
AND (b) then to any obligations for the payment of expenses due under the Loan
Documents, AND (c) then to the payment of interest due and owing hereunder, AND
(d) then to the principal indebtedness due and owing under the Term Loan
Facility and then to principal outstanding under the Line of Credit Facility,
AND (e) then to any other interest accrued but not yet owing hereunder, AND (f)
then to principal outstanding but not yet due and owing under the Term Loan
Facility, AND (g) then to any other indebtedness of any Borrower or other
Obligor then due and owing to Lender.

          1.5.4.    DEBITING ACCOUNTS.  [Intentionally Blank]

          1.5.5.    DEFAULT INTEREST.  During the existence of a Default or an
Event of Default hereunder, each Borrower (jointly and severally) hereby agrees
(to the maximum extent not prohibited by applicable law) to pay to Lender (upon
Lender's request) interest on any indebtedness outstanding hereunder at the rate
of TWO PERCENT (2%) per annum in excess of the rate then otherwise applicable to
such indebtedness.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, if the relevant Default is
under Section 7.1.10 hereof, THEN such rate increase (to the maximum extent not
prohibited by applicable law) will occur automatically without any request by
Lender.

          1.5.6.    USURY SAVINGS PROVISION.  Notwithstanding any provision of
any Loan Document to the contrary, no Borrower is or will be required to pay
interest at a rate or any fee in an amount prohibited by applicable law.  If
interest or any fee payable to Lender on any date would be in a prohibited
amount, such interest or fee will be automatically reduced to the maximum amount
that is not prohibited, and any interest or fee for subsequent periods, to the
extent not prohibited, will be increased accordingly until Lender receives
payment of the full amount of each such reduction.  To the extent that any
prohibited amount is actually received by Lender, such amount will be
automatically deemed to constitute a repayment of principal indebtedness
hereunder.

     1.6. RELEASE OF SECURITY.  Upon (a) repayment to Lender in full
(unconditionally and indefeasibly) of the entire indebtedness hereunder and of
all other amounts then due and owing


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

to Lender under the Loan Documents, AND (b) the termination of the Loan
Documents (and all Facilities thereunder), AND (c) return and cancellation of
any effective letters of credit issued by Lender for the account of any Borrower
(or delivery to Lender of cash or readily marketable collateral in an amount and
subject to a pledge agreement that are acceptable to Lender in its sole
discretion), THEN Lender (at the written request and expense of Borrowers) will
release the Obligors and the property serving as Collateral hereunder from all
the Loan Documents.

     1.7. FEES AND OTHER COMPENSATION.

          1.7.1.    COMMITMENT FEE.  On the initial Settlement Date, Borrowers
must pay Signet Bank in immediately available funds a Credit Commitment Fee in
the amount provided for pursuant to a separate Fee Agreement with Signet Bank
dated as of the Closing Date.

          1.7.2.    PERIODIC FACILITY FEE.  Borrowers will also pay Lender in
immediately available funds a Periodic Facility Fee at the rate of ONE QUARTER
OF ONE PERCENT (0.25%) per annum on the average daily unborrowed portion of the
Available Credit Portion (adjusted by adding, for purpose of this calculation,
any amounts subtracted under Section 1.3.2.d hereof).  Such fee will be
calculated by Lender and will be due and payable in immediately available funds
quarterly in arrears on the first calendar day of each January, April, July and
October.

     1.8. ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.  If Lender (or any Affiliate of Lender)
issues one or more letters of credit on behalf of or for the account of any
Borrower, THEN the obligations of such Borrower (or its Affiliate) to Lender (or
its Affiliate) relating thereto will be deemed Obligations under this Agreement
secured by the Collateral herefor pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents.
So long as any such letter of credit is effective and outstanding, the face
amount thereof will be deducted from the Line of Credit Commitment in
determining the Available Credit Portion (under Section 1.3 hereof) at any time,
BUT such amounts will be considered "unborrowed" for purposes of calculating the
Facility Fee under Section 1.7.2 hereof.  If the beneficiary under any such
letter of credit makes a draw thereunder, for purposes of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, the amount thereof as of the date of such draw will be
treated as an Advance to Borrowers under the Line of Credit Facility.


                           ARTICLE 2:  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     2.1. CLOSING CONDITIONS.  The obligation of Lender to execute and perform
under this Agreement are subject to the following conditions precedent (unless
and except to the extent expressly waived by Lender in its sole and absolute
discretion):

          2.1.1.    COMPLIANCE.

                    2.1.1.1.  FEES AND EXPENSES.  Borrowers must have paid (or
made acceptable arrangements with Lender to pay) all reasonable fees, costs,
expenses and taxes due and payable hereunder, including without limitation, any
fees due and payable pursuant to


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

Section 1.7 hereof and the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of the law firm
of Bryan Cave LLP with respect to the preparation, negotiation and execution of
the Loan Documents.

                    2.1.1.2.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Each, and all, representations
and warranties contained in this Agreement (including those in Article 3 hereof)
and in each certificate or other writing delivered to Lender pursuant hereto or
thereto on or prior to the Closing Date must be true, correct and complete in
all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, EXCEPT for such deviations
disclosed in writing and acceptable to Lender.

                    2.1.1.3.  NO DEFAULT.  There must not be any Default or
Event of Default hereunder on the Closing Date, AND there must not be any such
Default or Event of Default occurring as a result of executing this Agreement,
EXCEPT for such defaults disclosed in writing and acceptable to Lender.

                    2.1.1.4.  NO VIOLATION.  The execution of this Agreement
must not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable to any Borrower or to
Lender on the Closing Date.

                    2.1.1.5.  NO MATERIAL CHANGE.  There must not have been (in
Lender's reasonable opinion) any Material Adverse Change between December 31,
1995 (I.E., the "as of" date for the most recent audited financial statements
delivered to Lender) and the Closing Date.

          2.1.2.    DOCUMENTS.  Lender must have received the following
documents, agreements and certificates (together with all exhibits and schedules
thereto), each duly executed, in form, substance and amount satisfactory to
Lender and, when applicable, recorded or filed in the appropriate public office:

                    2.1.2.1.  CREDIT AGREEMENT.  This Agreement.

                    2.1.2.2.  FEE AGREEMENT.  The Fee Agreement referenced in
Section 1.7.1 hereof.

                    2.1.2.3.  SOLVENCY CERTIFICATES.  A certificate from a
financial officer of EACH BORROWER (acceptable to Lender) to Lender dated as of
the Closing Date and certifying as to the solvency of each Borrower immediately
prior to and after giving effect to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.

                    2.1.2.4.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES.  A certificate from an
Authorized Officer of EACH BORROWER to Lender dated as of the Closing Date and
certifying as to compliance with the matters described under Section 2.1.1
hereof.

                    2.1.2.5.  OPINIONS OF COUNSEL.  One or more written opinions
from legal counsel to Borrowers addressed to Lender and its counsel and dated as
of the Closing Date opining as to such matters under Delaware, Illinois and
Virginia law as Lender may request.


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

                    2.1.2.6.  AUTHORIZATION DOCUMENTS -- EACH BORROWER.  A
certificate of an Authorized Officer of EACH BORROWER delivering true, accurate
and complete versions of (a) its Articles of Incorporation and all amendments
thereto, AND (b) its Bylaws and all amendments thereto, AND (c) the resolutions
authorizing its execution, delivery and full performance of the Loan Documents
and all other documents, certificates and actions required hereunder or in
connection herewith, AND (d) an incumbency certificate setting forth its
officers (together with the corresponding signatures), AND (e) a long-form good
standing and qualification certificate with respect to each jurisdiction listed
on Schedule 3.1 hereto.

                    2.1.2.7.  OTHER DOCUMENTS.  Lender must have received any
additional agreements, documents and certificates as Lender or its counsel may
reasonably request.

     2.2. CONDITIONS TO INITIAL ADVANCE.  The obligation of Lender to execute
and perform the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement), AND to establish the
Facilities hereunder, AND to fund the initial Advances hereunder are subject to
the following conditions precedent that must be satisfied on or prior to October
31, 1996 (unless and except to the extent expressly waived by Lender in its sole
and absolute discretion):

          2.2.1.    COMPLIANCE.

                    2.2.1.1.  FEES AND EXPENSES.  Each Borrower must have paid
(or made acceptable arrangements with Lender to pay) all reasonable fees, costs,
expenses and taxes due and payable hereunder, including without limitation, any
fees due and payable pursuant to Section 1.7 hereof and the reasonable fees,
costs and expenses of the law firm of Bryan Cave LLP with respect to the
preparation, negotiation and execution of the Loan Documents.

                    2.2.1.2.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Each, and all, representations
and warranties contained in this Agreement (including those in Article 3 hereof)
and in each other Loan Document, certificate or other writing delivered to
Lender pursuant hereto or thereto on or prior to such Settlement Date must be
true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such Settlement
Date, EXCEPT such deviations disclosed in writing and in good faith reasonably
acceptable to Lender (which disclosure will not constitute Lender's waiver or
acceptance thereof).

                    2.2.1.3.  NO DEFAULT.  There must not be any Default or
Event of Default hereunder or any default under any other Loan Document on such
Settlement Date, AND there must not be any such Default or Event of Default
occurring as a result of executing or advancing funds under the Loan Documents,
EXCEPT for such defaults disclosed in writing and in good faith reasonably
acceptable to Lender (which disclosure will not constitute Lender's waiver or
acceptance thereof).

                    2.2.1.4.  NO VIOLATION.  The execution of the Loan Documents
must not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable to any Borrower or to
Lender on such Settlement Date.


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

                    2.2.1.5.  NO MATERIAL CHANGE.  There must not have been (in
Lender's reasonable opinion) any Material Adverse Change between the Closing
Date and such Settlement Date.

          2.2.2.    DOCUMENTS.  Lender must have received the following
documents, agreements and certificates (together with all exhibits and schedules
thereto), each duly executed, in form, substance and amount mutually
satisfactory to Lender and Borrowers and, when applicable, recorded or filed in
the appropriate public office:

                    2.2.2.1.  AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  If Lender
requests, THEN an amendment to this Agreement (or an amendment and restatement
hereof) in order to accommodate the inclusion of an additional Lender hereunder
(which amendments will focus on incorporating terms and conditions reasonably
believed by Lender to be customary in a multi-lender facility with an agent, and
without limitation, will make the obligations of the lenders to advance
hereunder several (rather than joint) among such lenders).  This Agreement will
also be modified to accommodate necessary changes as a result of negotiations of
the other Loan Documents described under this Section 2.2 hereof.

                    2.2.2.2.  UPDATE TO CREDIT AGREEMENT SCHEDULES.  Unless
otherwise updated in connection with an amendment hereto (or an amendment and
restatement hereof), THEN a certificate from an appropriate Authorized Officer
of EACH BORROWER to Lender dated as of such Settlement Date that updates the
Schedules hereto as of such Settlement Date.

                    2.2.2.3.  ADVANCE REQUEST.  Lender must have received an
Advance Request under and in accordance with Section 1.4.1 hereof that includes
(a) amounts and wiring instructions for each payment requested on such
Settlement Date, AND (b) a statement (if applicable) of the requested amount of
the Term Loan Commitment (in accordance with Section 1.3.1 hereof).

                    2.2.2.4.  PROMISSORY NOTES.  The Line of Credit Note as
described in Section 1.1.4 hereof, AND the Term Loan Note as described in
Section 1.2.4 hereof.

                    2.2.2.5.  SECURITY AGREEMENT AND RELATED DOCUMENTS.  A
security agreement by EACH BORROWER in favor of Lender granting Lender a
security interest in all of such grantor's tangible and intangible personal
property assets and fixtures (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) and the
proceeds and products thereof (other than the Excluded Assets), as collateral
security for the indebtedness and obligations hereunder, TOGETHER WITH all
necessary financing statements and termination statements (each as filed),
waivers and consents, and evidence of any other recordations required by
applicable law or by Lender to perfect such first lien security interests.

                    2.2.2.6.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENTS.  One or
more separate intellectual property security agreements by EACH BORROWER in
favor of Lender covering all of such grantor's copyrights, patents, trade names,
trademarks, service names, service marks and other intellectual property
(including any and all applications and licenses therefor), all as now owned or
hereafter acquired and the proceeds and goodwill thereof, TOGETHER WITH all
appropriate


                                         -20-


<PAGE>

financing statements and termination statements (each as filed), waivers and
consents, and any other documents or recordations required by applicable law or
by Lender to perfect such interests.

                    2.2.2.7.  ASSIGNMENT OF MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  One or more
separate assignments in favor of Lender of the Material Contracts of EACH
BORROWER (as such contracts are defined in Section 3.8 hereof), TOGETHER WITH
all necessary financing statements and termination statements, estoppel
certificates, waivers and consents, and any other documents required by
applicable law or by Lender to perfect such interests.  With respect to
obtaining waivers and consents of third parties requested by Lender in
connection with any such assignment, such Borrower's obligation under this
Subsection will be limited to using its best efforts.

                    2.2.2.8.  PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT.  A pledge and
security agreement executed by CCC in favor of Lender pledging a first priority
interest in (among other things) all of the outstanding capital stock (common
and preferred stock; including options and warrants therefor) of each other
Borrower owned by CCC, as collateral security for the indebtedness and
obligations hereunder and under such pledgor's guaranty in favor of Lender,
TOGETHER WITH the certificates therefor, powers executed in blank, and all
necessary financing statements.

                    2.2.2.9.  PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT.  A pledge and
security agreement executed by CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. in favor of
Lender pledging a first priority interest in (among other things) all of the
outstanding capital stock (common and preferred stock; including options and
warrants therefor) of CCC, as collateral security for the indebtedness and
obligations hereunder and under such pledgor's guaranty in favor of Lender,
TOGETHER WITH the certificates therefor, powers executed in blank, and all
necessary financing statements.

                    2.2.2.10. GUARANTY AGREEMENT.  A guaranty agreement by CCC
INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC. in favor of Lender absolutely and
unconditionally guaranteeing (a) the payment of all indebtedness hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents AND (b) the performance of all other obligations
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

                    2.2.2.11. INSURANCE.  Current proof of insurance with an
indication of loss payee and additional insured endorsements in favor of Lender
with respect to all of the insurance coverages required under Section 4.8
hereof.  Such proof of insurance (unless Lender otherwise agrees) must be
indicated pursuant to one or more certificates on (a) an ACORD 27 form (3/93)
for property-related insurance coverages AND (b) a modified version of an ACORD
25-S form (3/93) permitting Lender reliance and requiring cancellation
notification for general liability and all other types of insurance coverages.

                    2.2.2.12. SOLVENCY CERTIFICATES.  A certificate from a
financial officer of EACH BORROWER (acceptable to Lender) to Lender dated as of
such Settlement Date and certifying as to the solvency of each Borrower
immediately prior to and after giving effect both (a) to the


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

execution and delivery of the Loan Documents AND (b) to the disbursement of the
Advances scheduled to be funded on such Settlement Date.

                    2.2.2.13. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES.  A certificate from an
Authorized Officer of EACH BORROWER to Lender dated as of such Settlement Date
and certifying as to compliance with the matters described under Section 2.2.1
hereof (with specific reconciled calculations demonstrating compliance with the
financial covenants under Section 4.1 hereof as of such Settlement Date).

                    2.2.2.14. OPINIONS OF COUNSEL.  One or more written opinions
(or supplements thereto) from legal counsel to Borrower addressed to Lender and
its counsel and dated as of such Settlement Date opining as to such matters
(under the laws of the jurisdictions in which any Borrower is organized and the
laws of the jurisdictions in which any Borrower has Collateral) as Lender may
reasonably request.

                    2.2.2.15. PAYOFF INSTRUCTIONS FOR PRIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  A
letter from Borrowers to Lender, consistent with the requirements of Section
1.1.3 hereof, Section 1.4 hereof and Section 2.2.1 hereof, instructing Lender
how to disburse the proceeds of the initial Advance, TOGETHER WITH appropriate
payoff and release letters.

                    2.2.2.16. AUTHORIZATION DOCUMENTS -- EACH BORROWER.  A
certificate of an Authorized Officer of EACH BORROWER delivering true, accurate
and complete versions of (a) its Articles of Incorporation and all amendments
thereto (but only to the extent not previously delivered in connection with the
execution of this Agreement), AND (b) its Bylaws and all amendments thereto (but
only to the extent not previously delivered in connection with the execution of
this Agreement), AND (c) the resolutions authorizing its execution, delivery and
full performance of the Loan Documents and all other documents, certificates and
actions required hereunder or in connection herewith, AND (d) an incumbency
certificate setting forth its officers (together with the corresponding
signatures), AND (e) a long-form good standing and qualification certificate
with respect to each jurisdiction listed on Schedule 3.1 hereto.

                    2.2.2.17. AUTHORIZATION DOCUMENTS -- GUARANTOR.  A
certificate of an Authorized Officer of GUARANTOR delivering true, accurate and
complete versions of (a) its Articles of Incorporation and all amendments
thereto, AND (b) its Bylaws and all amendments thereto, AND (c) the resolutions
authorizing its execution, delivery and full performance of the Loan Documents
and all other documents, certificates and actions required hereunder or in
connection herewith, AND (d) an incumbency certificate setting forth its
officers (together with the corresponding signatures), AND (e) a long-form good
standing and qualification certificate with respect to each jurisdiction listed
on Schedule 3.1 hereto.

                    2.2.2.18. OFFICER'S CERTIFICATES.  One or more certificates
of an Authorized Officer of EACH BORROWER delivering true, accurate and complete
copies of the following documents and agreements (together with all amendments,
exhibits and schedules thereto):

          a.        LIEN SEARCHES -- Searches satisfactory to Lender with
                    respect to consensual liens, tax liens, judgments and
                    bankruptcy, listing respectively (a)


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

                    all effective UCC financing statements that name each
                    Borrower or Guarantor (including any predecessor thereto and
                    any operating or tradenames thereof) as "debtor" that are
                    filed in the States of Illinois, Texas, California, or any
                    other U.S. jurisdiction in which such debtor currently
                    operates or has had assets at any time within the
                    immediately preceding 12 calendar months (TOGETHER WITH
                    copies of such financing statements), AND (b) all tax liens
                    against any Obligor (or the assets thereof), AND (c) all
                    outstanding judgments against any Obligor (or the assets
                    thereof), AND (d) whether any Obligor has filed bankruptcy
                    within the preceding 5 years.

          b.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- A set of (a) the quarterly financial
                    statements covering Borrowers for fiscal quarter ending
                    March 31, 1996 (or, if prepared, June 30, 1996) (and
                    otherwise consistent with the requirements of Section 4.2
                    hereof) AND (b) the audited financial statements covering
                    Borrowers for fiscal year ending December 31, 1995 (as
                    otherwise consistent with the requirements of Section 4.2
                    hereto).

          c.        EQUITYHOLDER AGREEMENTS -- Each shareholder agreement,
                    voting agreement, buy-sell agreement, option, warrant, put,
                    call, right of first refusal, and any other agreement or
                    instrument with conversion rights into equity of any
                    Borrower either (a) between any Borrower AND any holder or
                    prospective holder of any equity interest of any Borrower
                    (including interests convertible into such equity) OR (b)
                    otherwise between any two or more such holders of equity
                    interests.

          d.        EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENTS -- Each employment
                    agreement between any Borrower AND any director or executive
                    officer of any Borrower, AND each non-compete agreement
                    between any Borrower AND any former owner of any Borrower.

          e.        INTER-AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS.  Each written agreement (not
                    otherwise delivered under this Section) between any Borrower
                    AND any Affiliate of any Borrower (other than officers or
                    directors of such Borrower).

          f.        DISASTER RECOVERY AND CONTINGENCY PROGRAM.  A description of
                    the currently effective disaster recovery and contingency
                    program of each Borrower, as required to be delivered under
                    Section 4.8 hereof.

          g.        LEASES AS LESSEE -- Each lease between any Borrower AND any
                    owner or landlord of real or personal property used in
                    connection with any Borrower's business for which it has an
                    annual rent obligation in excess of $36,000.

          h.        LEASES AS LESSOR -- Each lease (other than with respect to
                    Customer Equipment) between any Borrower AND any lessee of
                    real or personal


                                         -23-

<PAGE>

                    property owned or leased by any Borrower, BUT ONLY TO THE
                    EXTENT the lessee thereunder has an annual rent obligation
                    in excess of $12,000.

                    2.2.2.19. OTHER DOCUMENTS.  Lender must have received any
additional agreements, documents and certificates as Lender or its counsel may
reasonably request.

          2.2.3.    CONSUMMATION OF GUARANTOR'S IPO.  Guarantor simultaneously
(or prior to such Settlement Date) must consummate and complete an initial
public offering of its stock raising at least $50 million in gross proceeds (and
having a consolidated market capitalization of at least $200 million).

          2.2.4.    SATISFACTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.  CCC simultaneously
(or prior hereto) must satisfy its entire indebtedness owed to (and terminate
all related rights of and agreements with) a group of lenders the agent for
which is Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce.

          2.2.5.    CASH FLOW LEVERAGE.  As of such Settlement Date, Borrowers
must be in compliance with the Leverage Ratio requirement under Section 4.1
hereof using an amount for Funded Debt that is as of such Settlement Date and
inclusive of the proposed Advance.

     2.3. LINE OF CREDIT ADVANCES (AFTER THE INITIAL ADVANCES).  The obligation
of Lender to fund any request for an Advance under the Line of Credit Facility
is subject to the following conditions precedent (unless and except to the
extent expressly waived by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion):

          2.3.1.    ADVANCE REQUEST.  Lender must have received an Advance
Request under and in accordance with Section 1.4.1 hereof.

          2.3.2.    CASH FLOW LEVERAGE.  As of the Settlement Date for such
Advance (and in addition to any other requirements and covenants hereunder),
Borrowers must be in compliance with the Leverage Ratio requirement under
Section 4.1 hereof using an amount for Funded Debt that is as of such Settlement
Date and inclusive of the proposed Advance.

          2.3.3.    OTHER DOCUMENTS.  Lender must have received any additional
documents, certificates and opinions as Lender or its counsel may reasonably
request, including without limitation, UCC-1 financing statements, fixture
filings and leasehold mortgages regarding new locations for other assets of any
Borrower.

          2.3.4.    COMPLIANCE.

                    2.3.4.1.  FEES AND EXPENSES.  Borrowers must have paid (or
made acceptable arrangements with Lender to pay) all reasonable fees, costs,
expenses and taxes due and payable hereunder, including, without limitation, all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with or as a result of
reviewing and funding such Advance Request.


                                         -24-

<PAGE>

                    2.3.4.2.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Each, and all, representations
and warranties contained in the Loan Documents (including those in Article 3
hereof) and in each other certificate or other writing delivered to Lender
pursuant hereto or thereto on or prior to the Settlement Date must be true,
correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the Settlement Date,
EXCEPT for such deviations disclosed in writing and in good faith reasonably
acceptable to Lender (which disclosure will not constitute Lender's waiver or
acceptance thereof).

                    2.3.4.3.  NO DEFAULT.  There must not be any Default or
Event of Default hereunder or any default under any other Loan Document on the
Settlement Date, AND there must not be any such Default or Event of Default
occurring as a result of funding such Advance, EXCEPT for such defaults
disclosed in writing and in good faith reasonably acceptable to Lender (which
disclosure will not constitute Lender's waiver or acceptance thereof).

                    2.3.4.4.  NO VIOLATIONS.  The funding of such Advance must
not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable to any Borrower or to
Lender on the Settlement Date.

                    2.3.4.5.  NO MATERIAL CHANGE.  There must not have been (in
Lender's reasonable opinion) any Material Adverse Change between the Closing
Date and the Settlement Date.


                      ARTICLE 3:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          Each Borrower, as of the Closing Date and the Settlement Date for each
Advance hereunder, hereby represents and warrants as follows:

     3.1. ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Each Borrower (a) is duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
organization, AND (b) has all requisite power and authority (corporate and
otherwise) to own its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted
and as currently proposed to be conducted, AND (c) is duly qualified to conduct
business as a foreign organization and is currently in good standing in each
state and jurisdiction in which it conducts business (except where the failure
to be so qualified and in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have
or cause a Material Adverse Effect).  Guarantor is duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
organization.  Each state and jurisdiction in which any Borrower and/or
Guarantor is organized or is (or should be) qualified to conduct business is
listed on Schedule 3.1 hereto (except where the failure to be so qualified and
in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material
Adverse Effect).

     3.2. POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Each Borrower has all requisite power and
authority under applicable law and under its Organic Documents, Authorizations
and Licenses to execute, deliver and perform the obligations under the Loan
Documents to which it is a party.  Guarantor has all requisite power and
authority under applicable law to execute, deliver and perform the obligations
under the Loan Documents to which it is a party.  Except as disclosed on
Schedule


                                         -25-

<PAGE>

3.2 hereto, all actions, waivers and consents (corporate, regulatory and
otherwise) necessary or appropriate for each Borrower and Guarantor to execute,
deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been taken
and/or received.

     3.3. VALIDITY AND LEGAL EFFECT.  This Agreement constitutes, and the other
Loan Documents to which any Borrower or Guarantor is a party constitute (or will
constitute when executed and delivered), the legal, valid and binding
obligations of Borrowers and Guarantor (jointly and severally) enforceable
against each in accordance with the terms thereof, except to the extent
enforceability thereof is limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

     3.4. NO VIOLATION OF LAWS OR AGREEMENTS.  The execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents (a) will not violate or contravene any
material provision of any material law, rule, regulation, administrative order
or judicial decree (federal, state or local), AND (b) will not violate or
contravene any provision of the Organic Documents of any Borrower or Guarantor,
AND (c) will not result in any material breach or violation of (or constitute a
material default under) any agreement or instrument by which any Borrower or
Guarantor or any of its property are bound the breach or violation of which
could reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, AND (d)
will not result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant to
or as permitted by the Loan Documents) upon or with respect to any properties of
any Borrower, whether such properties are now owned or hereafter acquired.

     3.5. TITLE TO ASSETS; EXISTING ENCUMBRANCES; INTELLECTUAL AND REAL
PROPERTY.  Each Borrower (a) has good and marketable title to all of its owned
real and personal property assets that are essential and required in conducting
its operations or that otherwise have a fair market value in excess of $25,000,
AND (b) has the right to possess and use all of its leased or licensed real and
personal property assets that are essential and required in conducting its
operations or that otherwise have a fair market value in excess of $25,000.
Guarantor has good and marketable title to all of the equity of CCC, AND CCC has
good and marketable title to all of the equity of each other Borrower (EXCEPT as
disclosed on Schedule 3.6 hereto).  All such property interests are free and
clear of any Liens, EXCEPT for Permitted Liens (as defined in Section 5.5
hereof) and Liens described on Schedule 3.5 hereto.  Schedule 3.5A hereto lists
each trademark, service mark, copyright, patent, database, customized
application software and systems integration software, trade secret and other
intellectual property owned, licensed, leased, controlled or applied for by any
Borrower, TOGETHER WITH relevant identifying information with respect to such
intellectual property describing, among other things, the date of creation and
the method of protection against adverse claims.  Schedule 3.5B hereto lists
each real property interest owned, leased or otherwise used by any Borrower,
TOGETHER WITH relevant identifying information describing, among other things,
the location and use of each such real property interest, whether such interest
is owned or leased, and the estimated appraised value thereof.  Each such
property and asset that is used or useful in connection with any Borrower's
business or operations is in good order and repair (ordinary wear and tear
excepted) and is fully covered by the insurance required under Section 4.8
hereof.  Each such property and asset owned by any Borrower that is used or
useful in connection with any Borrower's business or operations is titled in the
current legal name of such Borrower.  Schedule 3.5C hereto identifies each
legal, operating and trade name that any Borrower has used (or permitted the
filing of a UCC


                                         -26-

<PAGE>

financing statement under) at any time during the twelve (12) consecutive
calendar years immediately preceding the Closing Date.

     3.6. CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY OWNERSHIP.  Schedule 3.6 hereto
accurately and completely discloses (a) the number of shares and classes of
equity ownership rights and interests of each Borrower (whether existing as
common or preferred stock, or warrants, options or other instruments convertible
into such equity), AND (b) the ownership thereof.  Schedule 3.6 hereto also
accurately and completely discloses (a) the number of shares and classes of
equity ownership rights and interests of Guarantor (whether existing as common
or preferred stock, or warrants, options or other instruments convertible into
such equity), AND (b) the ownership thereof (except with respect to the new
shares of Guarantor issued in connection with its IPO).  All such shares and
interests are validly existing, fully paid and non-assessable.

     3.7. SUBSIDIARIES, AFFILIATES AND INVESTMENTS.  Schedule 3.7 hereto
accurately and completely discloses (a) each Subsidiary and Affiliate of each
Borrower (other than its officers and directors) AND (b) each investment in or
loan to any other Person by any Borrower (to the extent that such investment or
loan exceeds $50,000).

     3.8. MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Schedule 3.8 hereto accurately and completely
discloses each material contract (as defined below) of each Borrower and
indicates (or as of and after the initial Settlement Date will indicate) any
stated restrictions on assignments thereof.  Subsection "a" of Schedule 3.8
hereto lists those material contracts of each Borrower that Lender and such
Borrower have mutually agreed in good faith to be required and essential in the
operation of such Borrower, AND Subsection "b" of Schedule 3.8 hereto lists all
other material contracts.  No Borrower has committed any unwaived breach or
default under any material contract (whether or not listed on Schedule 3.8
hereto), AND after due inquiry and investigation, no Borrower has any knowledge
or reason to believe that any other party to any such material contract (whether
or not listed on Schedule 3.8 hereto) has or might have committed any unwaived
breach or default thereof.  For purposes of this Section 3.8 hereof, a "material
contract" of a Borrower includes the following types of agreements to which such
Borrower is a party:  (1) any contract (other than customer contracts) either
with annual compensation, consideration or payments in excess of $400,000 OR
with aggregate compensation, consideration or payments in excess of $800,000,
AND (2) any lease of real estate or office space from which CCC conducts its
primary business operations, AND (3) any other agreement or contract the loss or
breach of which could reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse
Effect.

     3.9. LICENSES AND AUTHORIZATIONS.  Each Borrower possesses all Licenses and
other Authorizations necessary or required in the conduct of its businesses
and/or the operation of its properties.  Each material Authorization is valid,
binding and enforceable on, against and by such Borrower.  Each material
Authorization is subsisting without any defaults thereunder or enforceable
adverse limitations thereon, AND (to the best of each Borrower's knowledge,
after reasonable inquiry) no material Authorization is subject to any
proceedings or claims opposing the issuance, renewal, development or use thereof
or contesting the validity thereof.  Schedule 3.9 hereto accurately and
completely lists each material Authorization of each Borrower, TOGETHER WITH
relevant identifying information describing such Authorizations.


                                         -27-

<PAGE>

     3.10.     TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.10
hereto, each Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports
(federal, state and local) or has properly and timely filed for extensions of
the time for the filing thereof, EXCEPT to the extent that the failure to so
timely file could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse
Effect.  No Borrower has knowledge of any deficiency, penalty or additional
assessment due or appropriate in connection with any such returns or reports.
All taxes (federal, state and local) imposed upon any Borrower or any of its
properties, operations or income have been paid and discharged prior to the date
when any interest or penalty would accrue for the nonpayment thereof, EXCEPT for
those taxes (a) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently prosecuted and with adequate reserves reflected on the financial
statements in accordance with GAAP (all as also disclosed on Schedule 3.10
hereto) OR (b) as to which the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected
to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.11.     LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  Except as disclosed on
Schedule 3.11 hereto, there is no litigation, claim, investigation,
administrative proceeding, labor controversy or similar action that is pending
or, to the best of each Borrower's knowledge and information after due inquiry,
threatened against any Borrower or its properties that in each instance, if
adversely resolved, could reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material
Adverse Effect.

     3.12.     ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.  All financial statements
previously furnished to Lender concerning the financial condition and operations
of any Borrower for periods as of and after January 1, 1995 (a) have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, AND (b) fairly present
the financial condition of the organization covered thereby as of the dates and
for the periods covered thereby.  In addition, all written information
previously furnished to Lender concerning the then-current financial condition
and past operations of any Borrower are true, accurate and complete in all
material respects.

     3.13.     ACCURACY OF OTHER INFORMATION.  All written information contained
in any application, schedule, report, certificate, or any other document
furnished to Lender by any Borrower or Guarantor in connection with the Loan
Documents is in all material respects true, accurate and complete, AND no such
Person has omitted to state therein (or failed to include in any such document)
any material fact or any fact necessary to make such information not misleading.
All written projections furnished to Lender by any Borrower or any other Person
on behalf of any Borrower have been prepared in good faith based upon estimates
and assumptions believed by such Borrower to be reasonable at the time made,
making use of such information as was available at the date such projection was
made.

     3.14.     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS GENERALLY.  Each Borrower is in compliance
in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, administrative
orders and judicial decrees (federal, state, local and otherwise) applicable to
it, its operations and its properties the breach or violation of which could
reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.15.     ERISA COMPLIANCE.  Each Borrower is in compliance in all respects
with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and all rules, regulations and orders implementing
ERISA, EXCEPT to the extent that


                                         -28-

<PAGE>

the failure to be in such compliance could not reasonably be expected to have or
cause a Material Adverse Effect.

          3.15.1.   Neither any Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate thereof
maintains or contributes to (or has maintained or contributed to) any
multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA) under which any
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof could reasonably be expected to have any
withdrawal liability.

          3.15.2.   Neither any Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate thereof
sponsors or maintains any defined benefit pension plan under which there is an
accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code,
whether or not waived.

          3.15.3.   The liability for accrued benefits under each defined
benefit pension plan that is sponsored or maintained by any Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate thereof (determined on the basis of the actuarial assumptions
utilized by the PBGC) does not exceed the aggregate fair market value of the
assets under each such defined benefit pension plan.

          3.15.4.   The aggregate liability of each Borrower and each ERISA
Affiliate thereof arising out of or relating to a failure of any employee
benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA to comply with
provisions of ERISA or the Code will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          3.15.5.   There does not exist any unfunded liability (determined on
the basis of actuarial assumptions utilized by the actuary for the plan in
preparing the most recent annual report) of any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
thereof under any plan, program or arrangement providing post-retirement, life
or health benefits.

          3.15.6.   No Reportable Event and no Prohibited Transaction (as
defined in ERISA) has occurred or is occurring with respect to any plan with
which any Borrower is associated to the extent that such event could reasonably
be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.16.     ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

          3.16.1.   Each Borrower has received all permits and filed all
notifications necessary under and is otherwise in compliance in all respects
(EXCEPT to the extent that the failure to obtain such permit, file such
notification or be in such compliance could not reasonably be expected to have
or cause a Material Adverse Effect) with all applicable federal, state and local
laws, rules, ordinances and regulations governing the control, removal, storage,
transportation, spill, release or discharge of hazardous or toxic wastes,
substances and petroleum products, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, as provided in
the provisions of (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization
Act of 1986, AND (b) the Solid Waste Disposal Act, AND (c) the Clean Water Act,
AND (d) the Clean Air Act, AND (e) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act,
AND (f) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, AND (g) the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (all of the foregoing enumerated
and nonenumerated


                                         -29-

<PAGE>

statutes, regulations, rules and ordinances, all as amended from time to time,
collectively, the "Environmental Control Statutes").

          3.16.2.   No Borrower has given any written or oral notice to the
Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") or any state or local agency with regard
to any actual or imminently threatened removal, storage, transportation, spill,
release or discharge of hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or petroleum
products either (a) on properties owned or leased by such Borrower OR (b)
otherwise in connection with the conduct of its business and operations.

          3.16.3.   No Borrower has received notice that it is potentially
responsible for costs of clean-up of any actual or imminently threatened spill,
release or discharge of hazardous or toxic wastes or substances or petroleum
products pursuant to any Environmental Control Statute.

     3.17.     MARGIN RULE COMPLIANCE.   No Borrower owns or has any present
intention of acquiring any "Margin Stock" within the meaning of the following
Margin Regulations of the FRB:  Regulation G at 12 C.F.R. Pt. 207, AND
Regulation T at 12 C.F.R. Pt. 220, AND Regulation U at 12 C.F.R. Pt. 221, AND
Regulation X at 12 C.F.R. Pt. 224.  The credit extended under this Agreement
does not constitute "Purpose Credit" within the meaning of the FRB's Margin
Regulations.

     3.18.     FEES AND COMMISSIONS.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.18
hereto or as required by Section 1.7 hereof, no Borrower owes any fees or
commissions of any kind in connection with this Agreement, AND no Borrower knows
of any claim (or any basis for any claim) for any fees or commissions in
connection with this Agreement.

     3.19.     SOLVENCY.  Immediately prior to and upon the execution of this
Agreement and the funding of each Advance hereunder, CCC (independently) and all
Borrowers (as a whole, including CCC) was, is and will be solvent such that:

          3.19.1.   The fair saleable value of its or their assets (including,
without limitation, the fair saleable value of its or their goodwill and other
intangible property) is greater than the total amount of its or their
liabilities, including without limitation, all contingent liabilities; and

          3.19.2.   The present fair saleable value of its or their assets
(including, without limitation, the fair saleable value of its or their goodwill
and other intangible property) is not less than the amount that will be required
to pay the probable liability on its or their debts as such debts become
absolute and matured; and

          3.19.3.   It or they will be able to realize upon its or their assets
and will have sufficient cash flow from operations to enable it or them to pay
its or their debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other
commitments as such debts, obligations, liabilities and commitments mature in
the normal and ordinary course of business; and

          3.19.4.   The sum of its or their debts is not greater than all of its
or their property at a fair valuation (including, without limitation, the fair
valuation of its goodwill and other intangible property).


                                         -30-


<PAGE>

Neither CCC nor Borrowers (as a whole, including CCC) intends to (or believes
that it or they will) incur debts or liabilities beyond its or their ability to
pay such debts and liabilities as such debts and liabilities become due and
mature.  No Borrower is engaged in a business or transaction, or about to engage
in a business or transaction, for which the property of CCC or of all Borrowers
would constitute unreasonably small capital or assets after giving due
consideration to the prevailing practice and industry in which it or they are
engaged.  No Borrower has incurred any obligations under the Loan Documents or
has made any conveyance pursuant hereto or in connection herewith with the
actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud present or future creditors of it or
any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Section, in computing the amount of
contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be
computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances
existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to
become an actual mature liability.


                          ARTICLE 4:  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

          Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as any
indebtedness remains outstanding hereunder, each Borrower will comply with the
following affirmative covenants:

     4.1. FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND RATIOS.  As of the end of each fiscal quarter,
Borrowers (on a consolidated basis, including consolidated joint ventures) will
satisfy and comply with each of the following financial ratios and
characteristics, each of which will be determined using GAAP consistently
applied, except as otherwise expressly provided:

          4.1.1.    TOTAL CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.  A ratio of OCF TO Total
Charges of NOT LESS THAN the following:

                    a.   1.10-to-1.0, from the Closing Date through September
                         30, 1996; and

                    b.   1.15-to-1.0, from October 1, 1996 through December 31,
                         1996; and

                    c.   1.20-to-1.0, from January 1, 1997 through June 30,
                         1997; and

                    d.   1.25-to-1.0, after June 30, 1997.

          4.1.2.    CASH FLOW LEVERAGE RATIO.  A ratio of Funded Debt TO OCF of
NOT MORE THAN the following:

                    a.   If the Term Loan Commitment determined pursuant to
Section 1.3.1 hereof as of the first Settlement Date hereunder (and the initial
Advance of funds hereunder) is $0.00, THEN:

                         (1)  3.50-to-1.0, from the Closing Date through
                              December 31, 1996; and


                                         -31-

<PAGE>

                         (2)  3.00-to-1.0, from January 1, 1997 through December
                              31, 1997; and

                         (3)  2.50-to-1.0, from January 1, 1998 through December
                              31, 1999; and

                         (4)  2.00-to-1.0, after December 31, 1999; OR

                    b.   If the Term Loan Commitment determined pursuant to
Section 1.3.1 hereof as of the first Settlement Date hereunder (and the initial
Advance of funds hereunder) is greater than $0.00, THEN:

                         (1)  2.50-to-1.0, from the Closing Date through
                              December 31, 1997; and

                         (2)  2.00-to-1.0, after December 31, 1997.

     4.2. PERIODIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

          4.2.1.    MONTHLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Within forty-five (45)
calendar days of the end of each calendar month (or, if finalized sooner, then
within 5 Business Days of finalizing such financial statements), Borrowers must
prepare and deliver to Lender a complete set of unaudited consolidated internal
monthly financial statements substantially similar in form and content with the
form of monthly financial statements attached as Exhibit 4.2.1 hereto.  TOGETHER
WITH the monthly financial statements, Lender must also receive a certificate
executed by a financial officer of CCC as is acceptable to Lender stating that
the financial statements fairly present the financial condition of each Borrower
as of the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

          4.2.2.    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Within forty-five (45)
calendar days of the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrowers must prepare and
deliver to Lender unaudited quarterly consolidating financial statements.  Such
financial statements must include, without limitation, a balance sheet and an
income statement (with appropriate external notes and schedules, if prepared).
Such financial statements must be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied (except as approved by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion).
TOGETHER WITH the quarterly financial statements, Lender must also receive a
certificate executed by the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer or such other senior executive officer of CCC as is acceptable to
Lender (a) stating that the financial statements fairly present the financial
condition of each Borrower as of the date thereof and for the periods covered
thereby, AND (b) providing a reconciled calculation demonstrating compliance
with each financial covenant and ratio under Section 4.1 hereof (using the form
attached as Exhibit 4.2 hereto), AND (c) calculating, as of the end of such
fiscal period, the then-current amount for the Available Credit Portion and the
year-to-date amounts under Sections 5.7(e) and 5.10(a) hereof, AND (d)
certifying that as of the date of such certificate there is not any existing
Default or Event of Default.


                                         -32-

<PAGE>

          4.2.3.    ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Within one hundred and twenty
(120) calendar days after the close of each fiscal year, Borrowers must prepare
and deliver to Lender a complete set of audited annual consolidated financial
statements of Guarantor (with accompanying notes and consolidating schedules).
Such financial statements (a) must include the types of financial statements and
information required on a quarterly basis under this Section 4.2 hereof as well
as a cash flow statement and a reconciliation of consolidated net worth and
capital accounts, AND (b) must be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied, AND (c) must be certified without qualification by an independent
certified public accounting firm satisfactory to Lender.  TOGETHER WITH the
annual financial statements, Lender must also receive all related management
letters prepared by such accountants and an audit report or opinion signed by
such accountants stating that the financial statements fairly present the
consolidated financial condition of Guarantor as of the date thereof and for the
periods covered thereby.

     4.3. OTHER FINANCIAL AND SPECIALIZED REPORTS.

          4.3.1.    FINANCIAL FORECASTS.  Within 15 Business Days of completing
or materially revising any periodic budgets or financial forecasts, Borrowers
must deliver a complete copy thereof to Lender.

     4.4. FISCAL YEAR.  CCC will maintain a fiscal year that has a December 31st
year end.

     4.5. BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Each Borrower (a) will keep and maintain
satisfactory and adequate books and records of account in which entries are made
in accordance with GAAP AND (b) will make or cause the same to be made available
to Lender or its agents or nominees at any reasonable time upon reasonable
notice for inspection and to make extracts therefrom.

     4.6. EXISTENCE AND GOOD STANDING.  Each Borrower will preserve and maintain
(a) its existence as a corporation under the laws of its jurisdiction of
organization, AND (b) its good standing in all jurisdictions where it conducts
business, AND (c) the validity of all its Authorizations and Licenses required
in the conduct of its businesses (EXCEPT, with respect to Clause "c", to the
extent that the failure to preserve and maintain could not reasonably be
expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect).

     4.7. DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.  Each Borrower will maintain all of its operating
and deposit accounts at financial institutions THAT are federally insured
depository institutions rated as "well capitalized" by their primary federal
regulators.  All such accounts (and the balances therein) shall reside in the
United States of America, OTHER THAN accounts established in the ordinary course
of business for collection purposes in foreign countries and operating accounts
established in the ordinary course of business used for foreign operations as to
which the balances therein in the aggregate among all such collection and
operating accounts does not at any time exceed $500,000 for any five (5)
consecutive Business Days.  Within twenty (20) calendar days of opening or
acquiring any new such account, Borrowers must provide Lender with written
notice of the institution's name and location and the account name and number
with respect to each such account.  The institution's name and location and the
account name and number for each such account currently in existence, as well as
an approximate current balance (I.E., a current


                                         -33-

<PAGE>

balance at any time within the preceding thirty (30) calendar days), are listed
on Schedule 4.7 hereto.

     4.8.   INSURANCE; MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; DISASTER CONTINGENCY.

            4.8.1.   GENERAL INSURANCE PROVISIONS.  Each Borrower will keep,
maintain and preserve all of its property and assets in good order and repair
(ordinary wear and tear excepted).  Such property must be fully covered by
insurance with reputable and financially sound insurance companies (reasonably
acceptable to Lender).  Such insurance must insure against such hazards in such
amounts and with such deductibles as is customary in the relevant industry (and
as reasonably acceptable to Lender).  Each such policy must name Lender as loss
payee and as additional insured.  Each such policy must also require the insurer
to furnish Lender with written notice at least 25 calendar days prior to any
termination of coverage and must provide Lender with the right (but not the
obligation) to cure any non-payment of premium.  Upon Lender's request, each
Borrower will furnish Lender with proof of such insurance (in form and substance
acceptable to Lender) and will cause Lender to be reflected thereon as
additional insured and the loss payee thereof.

            4.8.2.   DISASTER RECOVERY AND CONTINGENCY PROGRAM.  Each Borrower
will maintain (and at least annually review the sufficiency of) a disaster
recovery and contingency plan that addresses such Borrower's plans for
continuing operations upon the occurrence of a natural disaster or other event
that destroys or prevents the use of such Borrower's primary mainframe computer
systems.  Within 180 calendar days after the Closing Date (and at all times
thereafter), such plan must also address events that destroy or prevent the use
of such Borrower's other material computer systems and primary operations
facility.  Such contingency plan must be in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to Lender.  Upon request, each Borrower will provide Lender with a
current copy of such plan.

     4.9.   LOAN PURPOSE.  Borrowers will use the proceeds of each Advance
under the Facilities exclusively as set forth in Section 1.1.3 hereof or Section
1.2.3 hereof.

     4.10.  LITIGATION; OCCURRENCE OF DEFAULTS.  Each Borrower will notify
Lender in writing immediately upon (a) the institution or commencement of any
litigation, legal or administrative proceeding, or labor controversy that could
reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, OR (b) the
happening of any event or the assertion or threat of any claim that could
reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, OR (c) the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, OR (d) the occurrence
of any default under any other Loan Document.

     4.11.  TAXES.  Each Borrower will pay and discharge all taxes, assessments
or other governmental charges or levies imposed on it or any of its property or
assets prior to the date upon which any penalty for non-payment or late payment
is incurred, UNLESS (a) the same are then being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted, AND (b) adequate reserves
therefor in accordance with GAAP have been established, AND (c) Lender has been
notified thereof in writing if such non-paid or non-discharged item exceeds
$50,000, AND (d) the consequences of such non-payment could not reasonably be
expected to have or cause a


                                         -34-

<PAGE>

Material Adverse Effect (the determination of which, to the extent that such
non-paid or non-discharged item exceeds $50,000, will be subject to Lender's
reasonable judgment).

     4.12.  MANAGEMENT CHANGES.  Borrowers will notify Lender in writing within
thirty (30) calendar days after any change (including, without limitation, any
dismissal or change in title or status) in the executive personnel of any
Borrower.

     4.13.  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Borrowers (jointly and severally) will pay or
reimburse Lender for all protective advances made by Lender under the Loan
Documents.  Borrower (jointly and severally) will also pay or reimburse Lender
for all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
all reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements) that Lender may pay or incur
in connection with (a) the preparation, negotiation and review of any waivers,
consents and amendments in connection herewith and all other documentation
related thereto, AND (b) the funding of the indebtedness hereunder, AND (c) the
collection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, AND (d) the periodic
examination of the books and records of any Borrower at any time during the
occurrence of a Default, AND (e) Lender's release of its interests in the
Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.  Borrowers
(jointly and severally) will pay any and all recordation taxes or other fees due
upon the filing of the financing statements or documents of similar effect
required to be filed under the Loan Documents, and will provide Lender with a
copy of any receipt or other evidence reflecting such payments if so requested
in writing by Lender.  All obligations provided for in this Section shall
survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the repayment of indebtedness
hereunder.

     4.14.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

            4.14.1.  GENERAL.  Each Borrower will comply in all material
respects (a) with all material laws, rules, regulations and orders (federal,
state, local and otherwise) applicable to its business, AND (b) with the
provisions and requirements of all Authorizations.  Each Borrower will notify
Lender immediately in detail (upon obtaining knowledge thereof) of (a) any
actual or alleged material failure to comply with or violation of any such laws,
rules, regulations or orders, or under the terms of any of such Authorizations,
OR (b) the occurrence or existence of any facts or circumstances that with the
passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise could create such a failure
to comply or violation or could reasonably be expected to occasion the
termination of any of such Authorization.

            4.14.2.  ERISA.  Each Borrower will comply in all respects with the
provisions of ERISA to the extent applicable to any Plan maintained by it or for
the benefit of its employees, EXCEPT to the extent that the failure to be in
such compliance could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material
Adverse Effect.  No Borrower will (a) incur any material accumulated funding
deficiency (within the meaning of ERISA and the regulations thereunder), or any
material liability to the PBGC established by ERISA OR (b) permit any reportable
event (as defined in ERISA) to occur or the occurrence of any other event which
could reasonably be expected to be the basis for PBGC to assert a material
liability against it or which could reasonably be expected to result in the
imposition of a Lien on its properties or assets.  Each Borrower will notify
Lender in writing promptly after any assertion or threat of any of the
following:  the occurrence of any reportable event or the occurrence of any
other event which


                                         -35-

<PAGE>

indicates that a Plan may not be financially sound or which could reasonably be
expected to be the basis for PBGC to assert a material liability against it or
impose a Lien on any of its properties or assets.

            4.14.3.  ENVIRONMENTAL.  Each Borrower will comply in all respects
with the Environmental Control Statutes, EXCEPT to the extent that the failure
to be in such compliance could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a
Material Adverse Effect.  Each Borrower (a) will notify Lender when the EPA, any
state or local agency or any other Person provides oral or written notification
to it with regard to an actual or imminently threatened removal, spill, release
or discharge of hazardous or toxic wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or
petroleum products in violation of any Environmental Control Statute, AND (b)
will notify Lender in detail immediately upon the receipt by it of an assertion
of liability under the Environmental Control Statutes, or any actual or alleged
failure to comply with or perform, breach or violation under any such laws or
regulations.

     4.15.  FURTHER ACTIONS.

            4.15.1.  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL.  Each Borrower will execute,
deliver and record (or, as appropriate, cause the execution, delivery and
recordation) at any time upon Lender's request and in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Lender, any of the following instruments in favor of
Lender as additional Collateral hereunder (other than with respect to Excluded
Assets):  (a) mortgages, deeds of trust and/or assignments on or of any real or
personal property owned, leased or licensed by it, AND (b) certificates of title
encumbrances against any of its titled vehicles, AND (c) any other like
assignments or agreements specifically covering any of its properties or assets
(including, without limitation, assignments of any patents, trademarks,
copyrights, databases, trade secrets and other forms of intellectual property),
AND (f) any financing or continuation statements requested by Lender.

            4.15.2.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From time to time, each Borrower will
execute and deliver (or will cause to be executed and delivered) such
supplements and amendments to the Loan Documents and such further instruments as
may be reasonably required to effectuate the intention of the parties to (or to
otherwise facilitate the performance of) the Loan Documents.

            4.15.3.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.  Upon Lender's reasonable request,
CCC will consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to execute,
acknowledge and deliver (or, as appropriate, to cause the execution,
acknowledgement and delivery) to such Person as Lender may request a statement
in writing certifying as follows (to the best of its knowledge, after due
inquiry):  (a) that the Loan Documents (as amended, if applicable) are
unmodified and in full force and effect, AND (b) that the payments under the
Loan Documents required to be paid by Borrowers have been paid, AND (c) the then
unpaid principal balance of Facilities hereunder, AND (d) whether or not any
Default is then occurring under any of the Loan Documents and, if so, specifying
each such Default of which the signer may have knowledge.  Unless CCC otherwise
consents (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or
conditioned), Lender must give CCC at least ten (10) Business Days to complete
and deliver any such certificate.  Each Borrower understands and agrees that any
such certificate delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by Lender
and, if different, by the recipient thereof.


                                         -36-

<PAGE>

            4.15.4.  WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.  Upon Lender's request, each
Borrower will use its best efforts to obtain and deliver (in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Lender) a waiver or consent to the assignment to
Lender of any contract, lease, Authorization or other agreement to which it is a
party (other than with respect to Customer Equipment).

            4.15.5.  ADDITIONAL MATERIAL CONTRACTS, LICENSES AND
AUTHORIZATIONS.  Each Borrower (a) will notify Lender in writing within 90
calendar days after executing or becoming bound by any contract, agreement,
License or other Authorization that should have been listed on Schedule 3.5A
hereto, Schedule 3.8 hereto or Schedule 3.9 hereto if it had existed as of the
Closing Date, AND (b) will concurrently update Schedule 3.5A hereto, Schedule
3.8 hereto or Schedule 3.9 hereto (as appropriate).  To the extent that any
Borrower at any time updates the material contracts listed on Schedule 3.8
hereto, THEN such Borrower and Lender will concurrently agree in good faith as
to whether such contract should appropriately be listed under Subsection "a" or
Subsection "b" of such Schedule.

     4.16.  OTHER INFORMATION.  Each Borrower will provide Lender with any
other documents and information (financial or otherwise) reasonably requested by
Lender or its counsel from time to time.


                            ARTICLE 5:  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

            Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as any
indebtedness remains outstanding hereunder, each Borrower will comply with the
following negative covenants (unless Lender otherwise consents in writing, which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld while no Default is occurring):

     5.1.   CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  Borrowers (on a consolidated basis) will not
incur Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year in excess of the following
designated amounts:

                                              Permitted
               Fiscal Year                     Capital
                  Ending                     Expenditures
               -----------                   ------------

               12/31/96                      $4 million
               Thereafter                    $4 million plus the
                                             Cashflow Adjustment

For purposes of this Section, Capital Expenditures (a) will include all
capitalized software costs, BUT (b) will exclude Customer Equipment purchases
and up to $900,000 in leasehold improvements to be incurred prior to December
31, 1997.  For purposes of this Section, the "Cashflow Adjustment" for any
fiscal year will be an amount equal to the result of multiplying $4 million by
the following ratio:

            OCF for fiscal year in question       Divided by     100
            -------------------------------
               OCF for fiscal year 1996


                                         -37-

<PAGE>

If the result of the foregoing ratio is a negative number, THEN the Cashflow
Adjustment for the applicable period will equal $0.00.

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, to the extent that the permitted Capital
Expenditures (referenced above) exceed the actual Capital Expenditures for any
fiscal year, THEN the excess may be carried over and used during the immediately
succeeding fiscal year as additional permitted amounts of Capital Expenditures
in such subsequent fiscal year after Borrowers have first exhausted the
otherwise permitted amounts of Capital Expenditures for such fiscal year
determined in accordance with the above schedule.  FURTHER NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING, no Borrower may make any such Capital Expenditure that otherwise
violates any covenant under the Loan Documents or otherwise causes a Default
hereunder.

     5.2.   ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS.  No Borrower will borrow any monies or
create, incur or assume any additional indebtedness, or any other monetary
obligations or liabilities (including, without limitation, monetary obligations
under non-compete arrangements) EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS (collectively, the "Permitted
Indebtedness"):

            a.       Borrowings from Lender hereunder; AND

            b.       Trade indebtedness and indebtedness in respect of
endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection, each in the normal and
ordinary course of business for value received; AND

            c.       Indebtedness and obligations incurred TO PURCHASE FIXED
OR CAPITAL ASSETS (other than Customer Equipment), consistent with the
restrictions in Section 5.1 hereof and Section 5.5 hereof, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that (1) the aggregate amount of such asset acquisition indebtedness outstanding
at any time may not exceed $2,000,000, AND (2) no such transaction otherwise
causes a Default hereunder, AND (3) such indebtedness is immediately included in
the calculation of Funded Debt, AND (4) such fixed or capital assets being
purchased do not constitute customized application software or systems
integration software or any asset the loss of which could reasonably be expected
to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect; AND

            d.       Indebtedness and obligations incurred UNDER CAPITAL
LEASES, consistent with the restrictions in Section 5.1 hereof and Section 5.5
hereof, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (1) no such transaction otherwise causes a
Default hereunder, AND (2) such indebtedness (including leases of Customer
Equipment) is immediately included in the calculation of Funded Debt, AND (3)
such fixed or capital assets being leased do not constitute customized
application software or systems integration software or any asset the loss of
which could reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect;
AND

            e.       Indebtedness TO PURCHASE OR LEASE CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT,
consistent with the restrictions in Section 5.5 hereof, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(1) no such transaction otherwise causes a Default hereunder, AND (2) such
indebtedness is immediately included in the calculation of Funded Debt; AND


                                         -38-

<PAGE>

            f.       Indebtedness in favor of another Borrower if and to the
extent permitted under Section 5.4(b) hereof; AND

            g.       Such indebtedness listed on Schedule 5.2 hereto with
the prior written consent of Lender (which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld by Lender while no Default is occurring).  Unless Lender otherwise
expressly consents in writing (or unless otherwise specified on Schedule 5.2
hereto), all indebtedness listed on Schedule 5.2 hereto must be included in the
calculation of Funded Debt.

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING EXCEPTIONS, no Borrower may incur any such
indebtedness that otherwise violates any covenant hereunder or that otherwise
causes a Default hereunder.

     5.3.   GUARANTIES.  No Borrower will guarantee, assume or otherwise agree
to become liable in any way, either directly or indirectly, for any additional
indebtedness or liability of any other Person, EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS (collectively,
the "Permitted Guaranties"):  (a) in favor of Lender, OR (b) to endorse checks
or drafts in the ordinary course of business, OR (c) guarantees or other
contingent obligations to secure on behalf of a Borrower performance or payment
bonds, bids, tenders, contracts, leases, franchises or public and statutory
obligations in the ordinary course of such Borrower's business, OR (d) to the
extent that Lender otherwise consents in writing.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING
EXCEPTIONS, no Borrower may become so liable in a manner that otherwise violates
any covenant hereunder or that otherwise causes a Default hereunder.

     5.4.   LOANS.  No Borrower will make any loans or advances to any other
Person, EXCEPT as follows:  (a) loans to employees and sales representative that
do not at any time in the aggregate outstanding exceed $300,000 among all such
loans to all such employees and sales representatives, AND (b) loans to other
Borrowers that are appropriately reflected on each Borrower's financial records
and evidenced by a written promissory note assigned to Lender as additional
Collateral, AND (c) security deposits and advance payments or prepayments for
products, services and expenses, in each instance described in this Clause "c",
in the ordinary course of such Borrower's business.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING EXCEPTIONS, no Borrower may make any such loan or advance that
otherwise violates any covenant hereunder or that otherwise causes a Default
hereunder.

     5.5.   LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES; NEGATIVE PLEDGE.  No Borrower will create,
permit or suffer the creation or existence of any Liens on any of its property
or assets (real or personal, tangible or intangible), EXCEPT in favor of Lender
as security for the Obligations hereunder, and EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS (collectively,
the "Permitted Liens"):

            a.       Liens arising in favor of sellers or lessors for
indebtedness and obligations incurred to purchase or lease fixed or capital
assets as permitted under Subsection 5.2.c hereof or Subsection 5.2.d hereof or
Subsection 5.2.e, PROVIDED, THAT (1) such Liens secure only the indebtedness and
obligations created thereunder (but not any related monetary obligations under
non-compete arrangements) and are limited to the assets purchased or leased
pursuant thereto, AND (2) such fixed or capital assets do not constitute
customized application software or systems


                                         -39-

<PAGE>

integration software or any asset the loss of which could reasonably be expected
to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect; AND

            b.       Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges (federal, state or local) that are not yet delinquent or that are then
being currently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
prosecuted, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (1) the existence of such Liens and
challenge of such charges must have been fully disclosed to Lender if the
related taxes, assessments or charges exceed $50,000, AND (2) adequate reserves
therefor in accordance with GAAP must have been established, AND (3) such Liens
could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect (the
determination of which, to the extent that such related taxes, assessments or
charges exceed $50,000, will be subject to Lender's reasonable judgment); AND

            c.       Pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business
to secure obligations under workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance or
social security laws or similar legislation; AND

            d.       Deposits to secure performance or payment bonds, bids,
tenders, contracts, leases, franchises or public and statutory obligations
required in the ordinary course of business; AND

            e.       Deposits to secure surety, appeal or custom bonds
required in the ordinary course of business; AND

            f.       Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen
and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not past due
or for sums being currently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently prosecuted, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (1) the existence of such Liens
and challenge of such sums allegedly due must have been fully disclosed to
Lender if such sums allegedly due exceed $50,000, AND (2) adequate reserves
therefor in accordance with GAAP must have been established, AND (3) such Liens
could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect (the
determination of which, to the extent that such related taxes, assessments or
charges exceed $50,000, will be subject to Lender's reasonable judgment); AND

            g.       Easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other
similar encumbrances on real property of a Borrower that, independently and in
the aggregate, do not (1) materially interfere with the occupation, use or
enjoyment by such Borrower of the property or assets encumbered thereby in the
normal course of business OR (2) materially impair the value of the property
subject thereto; AND

            h.       Liens listed on Schedule 5.5 hereof with the consent of
Lender (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld by Lender while no
Default is occurring).

No Borrower will similarly covenant to or in favor of any other Person that it
will not create, permit or suffer the creation or existence of any Liens on any
of its property or assets.  In addition, no Borrower will purchase or otherwise
acquire any additional assets (including,


                                         -40-

<PAGE>

without limitation, any leasehold interest therefor, BUT excluding Customer
Equipment) UNLESS Lender's interest in such property EITHER (a) is already
covered and perfected pursuant to an existing and effective UCC-1 financing
statement, fixture filing, mortgage and/or leasehold mortgage (as appropriate)
in favor of Lender OR (b) otherwise becomes properly perfected within 5 calendar
days after any such acquisition by such Borrower's filing (at its expense) all
necessary UCC-1 financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages and/or
leasehold mortgages (as appropriate, and in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to Lender).  Moreover, no Borrower will establish or maintain any
"securities account" with any "securities intermediary" (as such terms are
defined in Article 8 of the UCC) except as permitted under Section 5.7 hereof.

     5.6.   TRANSFER OF ASSETS.  No Borrower will sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets.  In addition, no
Borrower will sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of ANY of its assets
OTHER THAN as follows:  (a) obsolete equipment that is no longer useful in
Borrower's operations, AND (b) transfers of assets pursuant to a transaction
with an unrelated third party in the normal and ordinary course of business for
value received, with a fair market value of less than $1 million per transaction
or series of related transactions, and otherwise in accordance with the terms
hereof (including, without limitation, Section 1.1.6.5.c and 1.2.6.5.c hereof),
AND (c) transfers of assets pursuant to a reasonable and customary transaction
with another Borrower that is appropriately reflected on each Borrower's
financial records, AND (d) Customer Equipment.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING
EXCEPTIONS, no Borrower may dispose of any such asset in a manner that otherwise
violates any covenant hereunder or that otherwise causes a Default hereunder.

     5.7.   ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS.  No Borrower will purchase or
otherwise acquire (including, without limitation, by way of share exchange) any
part or amount of the equity ownership of or make any investments in any other
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other venture or
enterprise.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, each Borrower may acquire or invest
in the following (collectively, the "Permitted Investments"):

     (a) government and agency securities backed by the full faith and credit of
     the U.S. federal government, AND

     (b) commercial paper rated A-1+ or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
     or P-1 by Moody's Investor Services, Inc., AND

     (c) certificates of deposit, time deposits, other deposits and bankers'
     acceptances issued by or established with federally insured commercial
     banks rated as "well capitalized" by their primary federal regulators, and
     having unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus (collectively) of at least
     $250 million, and whose commercial paper (or commercial paper that is
     supported by such bank's letter of credit or commitment to lend) is rated
     as A-1+ or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or P-1 by Moody's
     Investor Services, Inc., AND

     (d) assets (other than equity interests) acquired pursuant to transactions
     that are otherwise consistent with the terms hereof (including, without
     limitation, Section 5.1


                                         -41-

<PAGE>

     hereof, Section 5.2 hereof, and the requirement that a first priority
     security interest be perfected in favor of Lender in all such assets except
     as otherwise permitted under Section 5.5 hereof), AND

     (e) investments in joint ventures that (together with permitted dividends
     under Section 5.10 hereof) do not exceed $5 million during calendar year
     1997 or $10 million during any calendar year thereafter, AND

     (f) other Borrowers.

In addition, no Borrower will establish or maintain any "securities account"
with any "securities intermediary" (as such terms are defined in Article 8 of
the UCC), UNLESS a control agreement acceptable in form and substance to Lender
is first executed by such "securities intermediary" securing Lender's first
priority interest and rights in and to all "financial assets" and "security
entitlements" associated with such "securities account".  FURTHER
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, no Borrower may make any such investment or
acquisition during the occurrence of a Default hereunder or if such transaction
would otherwise cause a Default hereunder.

     5.8.   NEW VENTURES; MERGERS.  No Borrower will (a) enter into any new
business activities or ventures not directly related to its current business, OR
(b) merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, partnership,
limited liability company or other organization (UNLESS such Borrower is the
surviving entity AND such transaction does not otherwise violate any covenant or
cause a Default under the Loan Documents), OR (c) create or acquire (or cause or
permit the creation or acquisition of) any Subsidiary or Affiliate (except the
hiring of officers and directors).  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, each Borrower
may create or acquire (or cause or permit the creation or acquisition of) one or
more wholly-owned Subsidiaries PROVIDED THAT (1) each such Subsidiary (at
Lender's reasonable discretion) becomes a "Borrower" and "Obligor" under the
Loan Documents, AND (2) a first priority security interest and pledge of 100% of
the assets and equity of each such Subsidiary is perfected in favor of Lender as
additional Collateral under the Loan Documents (except as otherwise permitted
under Section 5.5 hereof), AND (3) the creation or acquisition thereof does not
otherwise violate any covenant hereunder or otherwise cause a Default hereunder
(including, without limitation, under Section 5.7 hereof).

     5.9.   TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  No Borrower will enter into any
transaction or agreement with any Subsidiary, Affiliate or other related
enterprise EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS:  (a) compensation arrangements in the ordinary
course of business with its officers and directors, AND (b) guaranties (if any)
to the extent permitted by Sections 5.3 hereof, AND (c) employee loans (if any)
to the extent permitted under Section 5.4 hereof, AND (d) reasonable and
customary asset transfers among Borrowers (if any) to the extent permitted under
Section 5.6 hereof, AND (e) reasonable dividends and distributions (if any) to
the extent permitted by Section 5.10 hereof, AND (f) reasonable and customary
management or service fees and expenses (if any) to the extent permitted under
Section 5.12 hereof.

     5.10.  DISTRIBUTIONS OR DIVIDENDS.  No Borrower will declare or make
(directly or indirectly) any payment or distribution with respect to, or incur
any liability for the purchase,


                                         -42-

<PAGE>

acquisition, redemption or retirement of, any of its equity interests (including
warrants therefor) or as a dividend, return of capital or other payment or
distribution of any kind to any holder of any such equity interest.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, each Borrower may declare and make lawful
dividends on its common stock that is owned by another Borrower, AND CCC may
declare and make lawful dividends on its common stock PROVIDED THAT (a) such
dividends (together with permitted investments under Section 5.7(e) hereof) do
not exceed $5 million during calendar year 1997 or $10 million during any
calendar year thereafter, AND (b) no Default hereunder is occurring at the time
of such dividend and no such Default would otherwise be caused thereby
(including, without limitation, under Section 4.1 hereof, after accounting for
the payment of such dividend).

     5.11.  PAYMENT OF SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS.  No Borrower will incur or
make any payments on Subordinated Indebtedness.

     5.12.  PAYMENT OF MANAGEMENT FEES.  No Borrower will pay any funds or
otherwise incur or accrue any liabilities for any management or related services
EXCEPT (a) reasonable and customary compensation to bona fide employees of such
Borrower, AND (b) pursuant to a written management or services agreement with
another Borrower, AND (c) pursuant to a written management, services, expense-
sharing, and/or tax-sharing agreement with CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP INC.
("Manager") that is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender
("Management Agreement").

     5.13.  ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL EQUITY.  No Borrower will permit the
issuance (or reissuance) of any equity interests (common stock, preferred stock,
partnership interests, member interests or otherwise) or any options, warrants,
convertible securities or other rights to purchase such beneficial or equity
interest.

     5.14.  REMOVAL OF ASSETS.  No Borrower will remove or permit the removal
of any asset or group of assets (with a collective fair market value exceeding
$25,000) other than Excluded Assets to a jurisdiction or a county in which no
financing statement on Form UCC-1 has been filed naming Lender as "secured
party" with respect to such assets.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, each
Borrower may remove the following types of assets under the following
conditions:  (a) temporary removal of equipment for repair or replacement
PROVIDED THAT Lender has received prior written notice thereof indicating the
type of equipment, its approximate fair market value, the destination location
and an estimate of the length of time that such equipment will be removed from
the relevant jurisdiction, AND (b) booths, displays and related accompanying
equipment of such Borrower being used temporarily in connection with marketing
any Borrower's business at trade shows or otherwise (provided that the aggregate
fair market value thereof does not exceed $1 million), AND (c) portable
computers and related accompanying equipment being used by the officers,
employees and independent representatives of a Borrower in connection with
accomplishing any Borrower's business activities at home offices or otherwise
(provided that the aggregate fair market value thereof does not exceed $1
million).

     5.15.  MODIFICATIONS TO ORGANIC DOCUMENTS.  No Borrower will (a) amend or
otherwise modify any of its Organic Documents, OR (b) change its official name,
its operating names or the names under which it executes contracts and conducts
business.


                                         -43-

<PAGE>

     5.16.  MODIFICATIONS TO MATERIAL RELATIONSHIPS AND AGREEMENTS.  No
Borrower will (or will permit any other party to) amend, modify, cancel,
terminate or otherwise alter (a) any Subordinated Indebtedness (if and when any
such indebtedness exists), OR (b) any agreement regarding the provision of
management services to a Borrower by a Person who is not a Borrower (including,
without limitation, the Management Agreement, once executed).  No Borrower will
(or will permit any other party to) cancel, terminate or permit the expiration
of any material contract listed (or contract that should be listed) under
Subsection "a" of Schedule 3.8 hereto UNLESS the services or products provided
under such material contract are replaced by such Borrower with comparable
services or products under a new contract with another Person.  In addition,
Borrowers will notify Lender in writing within 30 calendar days after any
cancellation, termination, expiration, amendment, modification or other
alteration of or to any material contract listed (or contract that should be
listed) on Schedule 3.8 hereto (OTHER THAN with respect to immaterial or non-
substantive modifications).

     5.17.  MARGIN STOCK RESTRICTIONS; OTHER FEDERAL STATUTES.  No Borrower
will use any of the proceeds hereunder, directly or indirectly, to purchase or
carry, or to reduce or retire any indebtedness that was originally incurred to
purchase or carry, any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might
constitute the transactions contemplated hereby as a "Purpose Credit" within the
meaning of the FRB's Margin Regulations.  In addition, no Borrower will engage
as its principal business in the extension of credit for purchasing or carrying
Margin Stock.  No Borrower will cause or permit any Loan Document to violate any
other regulation of the FRB or the SEC or any provision of the Securities Act of
1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or
the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, each as amended, or any rules or
regulations promulgated under any of such statutes.


                ARTICLE 6:  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AND RIGHT OF SET OFF

     6.1.   ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL.  As additional collateral for the payment of
any and all indebtedness and obligations of each Borrower to Lender (whether
matured or unmatured, and whether now existing or hereafter incurred or created
hereunder or otherwise), each Borrower hereby grants Lender a security interest
in and a lien upon all funds, balances and other property of any kind of such
Borrower, or in which such Borrower has any interest (limited to the interest of
such Borrower therein), now or hereafter in the possession, custody or control
of Lender or any Affiliate of Lender, OTHER THAN Excluded Assets.

     6.2.   RIGHT OF SET-OFF.  Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from
time to time during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default
hereunder (unless expressly prohibited by applicable law) to set-off and apply
any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final)
and other indebtedness at any time held or owing by Lender (or any of its
Affiliates) to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower against any and
all of the indebtedness and monetary obligations of any Borrower now or
hereafter existing under the Loan Documents or any other evidence of
indebtedness originated, acquired or otherwise held by Lender, irrespective of
whether Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents or other
indebtedness and although such obligations may be unmatured.  Lender agrees to
notify Borrowers within a commercially reasonable time after any such set-off
and application made by


                                         -44-

<PAGE>

Lender; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give such notice shall not in any
way affect the validity of such set-off and application.

     6.3.   ADDITIONAL RIGHTS.  The rights of Lender under this Article 6 are
in addition to the other rights and remedies (including, without limitation,
other rights of set-off) that Lender may have by contract, at law, or otherwise.


                           ARTICLE 7:  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     7.1.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Each of the following events separately
constitutes an independent Event of Default hereunder:

            7.1.1.   PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS.  If any payment of principal,
interest or other sum payable to Lender under any Loan Document (including any
Note) is not received by Lender on the date such payment is due and payable AND
such failure continues for five (5) Business Days after the due date therefor.

            7.1.2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  If any representation,
warranty or other statement made in any Loan Document, or in any written report,
schedule, exhibit, certificate, agreement, or other document given by or on
behalf of any Borrower or any other Obligor (or otherwise furnished in
connection herewith) when made was misleading or incorrect in any material
respect.

            7.1.3.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  If Borrowers default in or fail to
observe at any time any of the covenants set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

            7.1.4.   OTHER COVENANTS IN LOAN DOCUMENTS.  If any Borrower or any
other Obligor defaults in the full and timely performance when due of any other
covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document (or in any other document
or agreement now or hereafter executed or delivered in connection herewith), AND
such default remains uncured for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the
earlier of the date that Lender notifies any Borrower thereof or the date that
any Borrower otherwise acquires knowledge or should have acquired knowledge
thereof.

            7.1.5.   DEFAULT UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS WITH LENDER.  If any event
of default (as described or defined therein, which term shall include any notice
and cure periods provided therein) occurs or exists under the provisions of any
other credit agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture,
debenture, account agreement, contract, lease or other agreement between any
Borrower, any Affiliate of any Borrower or any other Obligor AND Lender (or any
Affiliate of Lender), UNLESS such default is waived by Lender or cured to
Lender's satisfaction.

            7.1.6.   DEFAULT UNDER MATERIAL AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER PARTIES.  If
any event of default (as described or defined therein, which term shall include
any notice and cure periods provided therein) occurs or exists under the
provisions of any material contract listed under


                                         -45-

<PAGE>

Subsection "a" of Schedule 3.8 hereto (or a contract that should be listed under
Subsection "a" of Schedule 3.8 hereto under the terms hereof).  NOTWITHSTANDING
THE FOREGOING, the occurrence of such an event of default thereunder will not
constitute an Event of Default hereunder IF AND SO LONG AS either:

     (a)    (1) Lender was notified of the occurrence of such event of default
            in writing within 10 Business Days after the occurrence thereof,
            AND (2) the other Person to such agreement has not formally
            declared an event of default thereunder, has not accelerated any
            related indebtedness and is not then otherwise pursuing any
            remedies thereunder, AND (3) such Borrower continues to diligently
            pursue resolving such dispute with such other Person, AND (4) such
            default is ultimately cured (without incurring any material
            liability) to Lender's satisfaction within a reasonable period of
            time after such 10 Business Day period (but in any event within 60
            calendar days after the occurrence of such default), OR

     (b)    Within 60 calendar days after the occurrence of such event of
            default, the services or products provided under such material
            contract are replaced by such Borrower with comparable services or
            products under a new contract with another Person (without
            incurring any material liability) in form and substance acceptable
            to Lender.

            7.1.7.   SECURITY INTEREST.  If the security interest or lien in
any of the Collateral (with a fair market value exceeding collectively $50,000),
other than Collateral consisting of equity ownership interest in subsidiaries or
other securities (for which there is no permissible threshold for non-
compliance), at any time does not constitute a legal, valid and enforceable
security interest or lien in favor of Lender.

            7.1.8.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.

                     a.  If CCC Information Services Group Inc. ceases to own
and control 100% of each class of equity securities of CCC.

                     b.  If any Borrower other than CCC ceases to be owned and
controlled 100% by CCC and/or other Borrowers.

            7.1.9.   GOVERNMENT ACTION.

                     a.       If custody or control of any substantial part of
the property of any Borrower is assumed by any governmental agency or any court
of competent jurisdiction at the instance of any governmental agency.

                     b.       If any governmental regulatory authority or
judicial body makes any other final nonappealable determination that could
reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect.

            7.1.10.  INSOLVENCY.  If CCC, or Borrowers (as a whole, including
CCC), or any holder of equity interests of any Borrower (other than another
Borrower), or any other Obligor


                                         -46-

<PAGE>

that pledges Collateral under the Loan Documents (other than another Borrower)
becomes insolvent, bankrupt or generally fails to pay its, his or her debts as
such debts become due; OR if any Borrower, or any holder of equity interests of
any Borrower, or any other Obligor that pledges Collateral under the Loan
Documents (a) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt in any proceeding, OR (b)
admits in writing an inability to pay its, his or her debts, OR (c) comes under
the authority of a custodian, receiver or trustee (or one is appointed for
substantially all of its, his or her property), OR (d) makes an assignment for
the benefit of creditors, OR (e) has commenced against it, him or her any
proceedings under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation,
dissolution or the reorganization, readjustment or release of debtors that is
either not contested or if contested is not dismissed or stayed within ninety
(90) calendar days after the commencement thereof, OR (f) commences or
institutes any proceedings under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency,
liquidation, dissolution or the reorganization, readjustment or release of
debtors, OR (g) calls a meeting of creditors with a view to arranging a
composition or adjustment of debt (other than a meeting solely with Lender), OR
(h) by any act or failure to act indicates consent to, approval of or
acquiescence in any of the foregoing.

            7.1.11.  LOSS OR REVOCATION OF GUARANTY.  If Guarantor at any time
revokes (or attempts to revoke) the Guaranty or its continuing obligations
thereunder, OR if the Guaranty at any time does not constitute a legal, valid,
binding and enforceable obligation of Guarantor.

            7.1.12.  ADDITIONAL LIABILITIES.  If any judgment, writ, warrant,
attachment or execution or similar process that calls for payment or presents
liability in excess of $250,000 is rendered, issued or levied against any
Borrower or any of its properties or assets AND such liability is not paid,
waived, stayed, vacated, discharged, settled, satisfied or fully bonded within
sixty (60) calendar days after it is rendered, issued or levied.

            7.1.13.  MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  If a Material Adverse Change has
occurred with respect to CCC or Borrowers (as a whole, including CCC) from the
condition set forth in the financial statements furnished to Lender for the
fiscal year ended immediately prior to the Closing Date, or from the condition
of Borrowers most recently disclosed to Lender in any other manner.

     7.2.   REMEDIES.

            7.2.1.   GENERAL; ACCELERATION.  Upon the occurrence of any Event
of Default and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of
Default, at the election of Lender, and by notice to any Borrower (except if an
Event of Default described in Section 7.1.10 hereof has occurred, in which case
acceleration shall occur automatically with respect to the entire indebtedness
and without notice), Lender may accelerate the Line of Credit Maturity Date
and/or the Term Loan Maturity Date and may declare all or any portion of the
indebtedness of any or all Borrowers to Lender (hereunder or otherwise, but
including the unpaid balance of principal, interest and fees hereunder) to be
immediately due and payable.  Upon any such declaration, Lender will have the
immediate right to enforce and realize upon any collateral security granted
hereunder or in connection herewith in any manner or order that Lender deems
expedient without regard to any equitable principles of marshalling or
otherwise.


                                         -47-

<PAGE>

            7.2.2.   OTHER.  In addition to any rights granted hereunder or in
any other Loan Document, Lender will have all other rights and remedies granted
by any applicable law (including the rights of a secured party under the Uniform
Commercial Code), and all rights and remedies will be cumulative in nature.


                               ARTICLE 8:  DEFINITIONS

     8.1.   DEFINITIONS.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

            8.1.1.   "ACCOUNT" means, at any relevant time, the designated or
principal deposit account of Borrowers at Lender for purposes of effecting
transactions hereunder.

            8.1.2.   "ADJUSTED LIBO RATE" means the rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) determined pursuant to the
following formula:

            Adjusted LIBO Rate =               LIBO Rate
                                        ----------------------
                                        1 - Reserve Percentage

For purposes of this calculation, "LIBO RATE" means the London Interbank Offered
Rate per annum displayed at approximately 10:00 a.m. (local time in Richmond,
Virginia) two Business Days before the first day of any Interest Period for
which the Adjusted LIBO Rate is applicable on the Reuters Screen designated as
the "Libo Rate" (or its equivalent or replacement) for the offering of dollar
deposits by leading banks in the London interbank market for a period of
approximately 3 months or 6 months (corresponding to the length of the
applicable Interest Period selected by Borrowers) and an amount approximately
equal to the amount outstanding hereunder to which such LIBO Rate will be
applicable.  For purposes of this calculation, "RESERVE PERCENTAGE" means that
percentage (expressed as a decimal) prescribed by the FRB (or any other
governmental or administrative agency to which Lender is subject) for
determining the reserve requirements (including, without limitation, any basic,
supplemental, marginal or emergency reserves) for (a) Lender's negotiable, non-
personal time deposits in U.S. Dollars with maturities of comparable duration,
OR (b) deposits of U.S. Dollars in a non-U.S. or an international banking office
of Lender used to fund loans.

            8.1.3.   "ADVANCE" means any advance of funds under any Facility.

            8.1.4.   "ADVANCE REQUEST" has the meaning set forth in Section
1.4.1 hereof.

            8.1.5.   "AFFILIATE" of any Person means (a) any Person directly or
indirectly owning, controlling or holding 5% or more of the outstanding
beneficial interest in such Person, OR (b) any Person as to which such other
Person directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds 5% or more of the
outstanding beneficial interest, OR (c) any Person directly or indirectly under
common control with such other Person, OR (d) any executive officer, director,
partner or member of such Person.


                                         -48-

<PAGE>

            8.1.6.   "AGENT" means Signet Bank, or any successor thereof, or
any assignee, or other transferee of Agent hereunder.

            8.1.7.   "AGREEMENT" means this Credit Facility Agreement and all
the exhibits and schedules hereto, all as may be amended and otherwise modified
from time to time hereafter.

            8.1.8.   "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means any officer, employee or
representative of such organization who is expressly designated as such or is
otherwise authorized to borrow funds hereunder or, as appropriate, to sign loan
documents and/or deliver certificates on behalf of such organization pursuant to
the provisions of such organization's most recent resolution on file with
Lender.

            8.1.9.   "AUTHORIZATION" means any License or other governmental
permit, certificate and/or approval issued by an Official Body that is necessary
or required in connection with the conduct of any Borrower's business or
operations.

            8.1.10.  "AVAILABLE CREDIT PORTION" means that portion of the
Current Line of Credit Commitment that is generally available in the ordinary
course for borrowing at any time under the Line of Credit Facility, as such
amount is determined in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof.

            8.1.11.  "BORROWER" means, individually and collectively, the
following:

                     a.  CCC Information Services Inc., a Delaware corporation,
                         having its principal and chief executive office at the
                         address specified in Section 9.7 hereof, or any
                         successor or authorized assignee thereof, AND

                     b.  Any other entity subsequently added hereto as a
                         Borrower hereunder, or any successor or authorized
                         assignee thereof.

            8.1.12.  "BUSINESS DAY" means any day that is not a Saturday, a
Sunday or a day on which banks under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia
(or, with respect to certain LIBO Rate matters, banks in London, England) are
authorized or required to be closed.

            8.1.13.  "CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means expenditures (a) for any
fixed assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto
that have a useful life of more than one (1) year and an individual cost in
excess of $1,000 per item, including direct or indirect acquisition of such
assets, OR (b) for any Capital Leases.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, the term
Capital Expenditures does not include (1) purchases of Customer Equipment, OR
(2) Permitted Investments (as defined in Section 5.7 hereof) other than as
described in Section 5.7(d) hereof unless such Borrower is acquiring 100% of the
assets of another Person as a going concern, OR (3) permitted transactions under
Section 5.8 hereof.

            8.1.14.  "CAPITAL LEASES" means capital leases and subleases as
defined in the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 13 dated November 1976 (as amended and updated from
time to time).


                                         -49-

<PAGE>

            8.1.15.  "CLOSING DATE" means the date on which all conditions
precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement under Section 2.1 hereof have
been satisfied or waived by Lender.

            8.1.16.  "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

            8.1.17.  "COLLATERAL" means the collateral security committed to
Lender under the Collateral Security Documents executed by any Borrower or any
other Obligor in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement from time to time
and/or pursuant to all similar or related documents and agreements from time to
time, all as amended from time to time.

            8.1.18.  "COLLATERAL SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means, individually and
collectively, (a) the Security Agreements and the financing statements filed
pursuant thereto, AND (b) the Pledge and Security Agreements, AND (c) any
additional documents guaranteeing indebtedness, assuring performance of
obligations, subordinating indebtedness, or granting security or Collateral to
Lender hereunder, all as amended from time to time.

            8.1.19.  "COMMITMENT" means any commitment for credit pursuant to a
Facility established hereunder.

            8.1.20.  "CREDIT COMMITMENT FEE" means the fee due and payable to
Lender in accordance with Section 1.7.1 hereof.

            8.1.21.  "CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT" means computers and related
peripheral equipment that either are purchased or leased by a Borrower for use
by its customers or are leased directly to such Borrower's customers.

            8.1.22.  "DEFAULT" means any event or circumstance that with the
giving of notice or the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default.

            8.1.23.  "DOLLAR" or "$" means U.S. dollars.

            8.1.24.  "EBITDA" means, at the time of any determination, the sum
of the following items for Borrowers during the relevant four consecutive fiscal
quarter period:

                     a.  Net income from continuing operations during such
                         period -- I.E., excluding extraordinary items and the
                         cumulative effect of accounting changes -- determined
                         in accordance with GAAP, AND

                     b.  PLUS Interest Expense during such period, BUT SUBTRACT
                         interest income accrued during such period, AND

                     c.  PLUS all charges in accordance with GAAP for federal
                         and state income taxes during such period, AND

                     d.  PLUS depreciation permitted under GAAP during such
                         period, AND


                                         -50-

<PAGE>

                     e.  PLUS amortization expense permitted under GAAP during
                         such period.

For purposes of this calculation, interest shall include interest accrued under
Capital Leases, determined in accordance with GAAP.

            8.1.25.  "ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL STATUTES" has the meaning set forth
in Section 3.16 hereof.

            8.1.26.  "EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection
Agency or any other entity that succeeds to its responsibilities and powers.

            8.1.27.  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended, and as implemented and interpreted.

            8.1.28.  "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any company, whether or not
incorporated, which is considered a single employer with any Borrower under
Titles I, II and IV of ERISA.

            8.1.29.  "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means each of the events described in
Section 7.1 hereof.

            8.1.30.  "EXCLUDED ASSETS" means Customer Equipment and permissible
Capital Leases.

            8.1.31.  "FACILITY" means any credit facility established under
Article 1 hereof.

            8.1.32.  "FIXED CHARGES" means, at the time of any determination,
the sum of the following items for Borrowers during the relevant four
consecutive fiscal quarter period:

                     a.  The amount of payments of principal required under this
                         Agreement during such period, AND

                     b.  PLUS the amount of principal required to be paid and
                         mandatory commitment reductions on other Funded Debt
                         (I.E., Funded Debt other than under this Agreement)
                         during such period (BUT excluding payments on
                         indebtedness being refinanced hereunder as of the
                         Closing Date), AND

                     c.  PLUS Interest Expense during such period, AND

                     d.  PLUS the amount of Capital Expenditures during such
                         period.

For purposes of this calculation, interest includes interest accrued under
Capital Leases, and principal includes principal obligations under Capital
Leases.  For purposes of this calculation, Capital Expenditures (a) will include
all capitalized software costs, but (b) will exclude Customer Equipment and
$900,000 in leasehold improvements to be incurred prior to December 31, 1997.


                                         -51-

<PAGE>

            8.1.33.  "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any other entity or agency that succeeds to its responsibilities and
powers.

            8.1.34.  "FUNDED DEBT" means, at the time of any determination, the
aggregate principal amount of indebtedness of all Borrowers for the following:

                     a.  Borrowed money (including the indebtedness under the
                         Loan Documents, but not including trade indebtedness
                         incurred in the normal and ordinary course of business
                         for value received), AND

                     b.  Installment purchases of real or personal property, AND

                     c.  Capital Leases, AND

                     d.  Deferred purchase price in connection with
                         acquisitions, AND

                     e.  Guaranties, AND

                     f.  Indebtedness otherwise required to be included as part
                         of "Funded Debt" under Section 5.2 hereof (including,
                         without limitation, monetary obligations under non-
                         compete arrangements).

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, the term "Funded Debt" includes the Subordinated
Indebtedness.  For purposes of this calculation, Funded Debt shall also include
the Funded Debt of joint ventures that are consolidated with Borrowers for
financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

            8.1.35.  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis set forth in the Opinions of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or in such
other statements by such other entity as Lender may reasonably approve, which
are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question, and the
requirement that such principles be applied on a consistent basis shall mean
that the accounting principles observed in a current period are comparable in
all material respects to those applied in a preceding period.

            8.1.36.  "GUARANTOR" means CCC Information Services Group Inc., and
its successors and assigns (including, with respect to natural persons, such
Guarantor's heirs, personal representatives, administrators and executors).

            8.1.37.  "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" includes (a) any "hazardous waste"
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C.
Section 6901 ET SEQ.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated
thereunder; OR (b) any "hazardous substance" as defined by the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C.
Section 9601 ET SEQ.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated
thereunder; OR (c) any other substance the use or presence of which on, in,
under or above any


                                         -52-

<PAGE>

real property ever owned, controlled or used by any Borrower is similarly
regulated or prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, ordinance,
regulation or decree of any court or governmental authority as a hazardous
material.

            8.1.38.  "INTEREST EXPENSE" means, at the time of any
determination, the amount of interest and other finance charges of Borrowers
required to be charged as an expense under GAAP during the relevant four
consecutive fiscal quarter period.  For purposes of this calculation, interest
(a) includes interest accrued under Capital Leases, BUT (b) excludes the
amortization of the fees under Section 1.7.1 hereof, AND any other such charges
with respect to any Funded Debt that are associated with capitalized debt, AND
bank service charges.

            8.1.39.  "INTEREST PERIOD" means (a) with respect to the Prime
Rate, a period of one (1) Business Day, AND (b) with respect to the Adjusted
LIBO Rate, a period (at the election of Borrowers) of 3 or 6 calendar months
duration; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, (1) if
any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day or
Business Day in London, such Interest Period will be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day or Business Day in London, subject to clauses (2) and
(3) below; AND (2) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is
not a Business Day and a Business Day in London will be extended to the next
succeeding day that is a Business Day and a Business Day in London unless such
Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period
will end on the next preceding Business Day in London; AND (3) with respect to
an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day in London of a calendar
month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), subject to clause "(2)"
above, the Interest Period will end on the last Business Day in London of a
calendar month.  With respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Prime Rate,
interest will accrue from and including the first day of each Interest Period
to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires.

            8.1.40.  "LENDER" means Signet Bank, or any successor thereof, or
any assignee, participant or other transferee of Lender hereunder.

            8.1.41.  "LEVERAGE RATIO" means, at any time such ratio is being
computed, the ratio of "Funded Debt" TO "OCF (I.E., Operating Cash Flow)" (for
the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters).

            8.1.42.  "LIBO RATE" has the meaning set forth in the definition of
"Adjusted LIBO Rate".

            8.1.43.  "LICENSE" means any authorization, construction or other
permit, consent, franchise, ordinance, registration, certificate, license, call
sign, frequency designation, agreement or other right filed with, granted by,
issued by or entered into with any Official Body.

            8.1.44.  "LIEN" means any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or
otherwise), reversionary or reclamation interest, charge against or interest in
property to secure payment of a debt or


                                         -53-

<PAGE>

performance of an obligation or other priority or preferential arrangement of
any kind or nature whatsoever.

            8.1.45.  "LINE OF CREDIT COMMITMENT" means the Commitment
established pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof and Section 1.3 hereof.

            8.1.46.  "LINE OF CREDIT FACILITY" means the line of credit
Facility as described in Article 1 hereof.

            8.1.47.  "LINE OF CREDIT MATURITY DATE" has the meaning set forth
in Section 1.1.2 hereof, as may be extended from time to time in Lender's sole
and absolute discretion.

            8.1.48.  "LINE OF CREDIT NOTE" means that certain Note payable to
the order of Lender prepared in accordance with Section 1.1.4 hereof, as may be
amended, modified, restated, replaced, supplemented, extended or renewed from
time to time hereafter.

            8.1.49.  "LOAN" means any loan or Advance of funds under any
Facility as well as any other credit extended by Lender to any Borrower under
this Agreement.

            8.1.50.  "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, any Notes, the
Collateral Security Documents and any other documents, agreements and
certificates entered into or delivered in connection herewith or therewith or
pursuant hereto or thereto, all as may be amended, modified and supplemented
from time to time.

            8.1.51.  "LOCAL AUTHORITIES" means, individually and collectively,
the state and local governmental authorities that govern the activities of any
Borrower.

            8.1.52.  "MARGIN REGULATION" has the meaning set forth in Section
3.17 hereof.

            8.1.53.  "MARGIN STOCK" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17
hereof.

            8.1.54.  "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" means any change that has or
causes a Material Adverse Effect.

            8.1.55.  "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means, relative to any
occurrence of whatever nature (including, without limitation, any adverse
determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or
proceeding), a material adverse change to, or, as the case may be, a materially
adverse effect on:

                     a.  The business, assets, revenues, financial condition,
                         operations, or Collateral of CCC or of Borrowers (as a
                         whole, including CCC) or of any other Obligor (other
                         than a Borrower); or

                     b.  The ability of Borrowers to perform any of their
                         payment obligations under the Loan Documents when due
                         or the ability of any Borrower to perform any other
                         material obligations under any Loan Document; or


                                         -54-

<PAGE>

                     c.  Any right, remedy or benefit of Lender under any Loan
                         Document in any way relating to (i) Lender's ability to
                         collect or entitlement to receive (or be reimbursed
                         for) payments of principal, interest, fees, costs or
                         expenses under the Loan Documents or (ii) Lender's
                         protection of, realization upon or other rights or
                         interest in any Collateral.

            8.1.56.  "NOTES" means, individually and collectively, each
promissory note delivered to Lender pursuant to any Loan Document and evidencing
any indebtedness to Lender under the Loan Documents (each as may be amended,
modified, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed or replaced from time to
time).

            8.1.57.  "OBLIGATIONS" means all of the indebtedness and
obligations (monetary or otherwise) of each Borrower and any other Obligor
arising under or in connection with any Loan Document as well as all
indebtedness and obligations (monetary or otherwise) of any Affiliate of any
Borrower or other Obligor arising under or in connection with any agreement
between any such Affiliate and Lender (or any Affiliate of Lender).

            8.1.58.  "OBLIGOR" means any Borrower or any other Person (other
than Lender) obligated under any Loan Document.

            8.1.59.  "OCF" (or "Operating Cash Flow") means, at the time of any
determination, the sum of the following items for Borrowers during the relevant
four consecutive fiscal quarter period:

                     a.  EBITDA during such period, AND

                     b.  PLUS reasonable non-recurring acquisition expenses
                         acceptable to or approved by Lender during such period
                         (which acceptance or approval by Lender may not be
                         unreasonably withheld), AND

                     c.  WITH RESPECT TO deferred revenues reflected on
                         Borrowers' balance sheet in accordance with GAAP (BUT
                         only to the extent that such deferred revenues exceeded
                         $10 million during the immediately preceding reporting
                         period):  ADD the total amount by which deferred
                         revenues increased over the immediately preceding
                         reporting period, OR SUBTRACT the total amount by which
                         deferred revenues decreased from the immediately
                         preceding reporting period, AND

                     d.  WITH RESPECT TO investments by Borrowers in non-
                         consolidated joint ventures that are reflected on
                         Borrowers' financial statements in accordance with
                         GAAP:  ADD the amount of actual cash distributions
                         received by each Borrower as a return on its investment
                         in any such non-consolidated joint venture, AND


                                         -55-

<PAGE>

                     e.  WITH RESPECT TO other non-recurring non-cash items:
                         ADD the total amount of other non-cash expenses
                         recognized during such period (to the extent not
                         already accounted for in one of the above categories),
                         BUT SUBTRACT the total amount of other non-cash revenue
                         (other than deferred revenue, which category is
                         addressed under Clause "c" above and other than revenue
                         resulting from normal trade receivables) recognized
                         during such period (to the extent not already accounted
                         for in one of the above categories).

For purposes of this calculation, interest shall include interest accrued under
Capital Leases, determined in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of this
calculation, OCF shall also include the OCF of joint ventures that are
consolidated with Borrowers for financial reporting purposes in accordance with
GAAP.

            8.1.60.  "OFFICIAL BODY" means any federal, state, local, or other
government or political subdivision (and any agency, authority, bureau, central
bank, commission, department or instrumentality of either) and any court,
tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case whether foreign or domestic.

            8.1.61.  "OPERATING AGREEMENT" means any consulting agreement,
management agreement, employment agreement, cost allocation agreement, or other
similar agreement relating to the operations of any Borrower.

            8.1.62.  "ORGANIC DOCUMENT" means, relative to any entity, its
certificate and articles of incorporation or organization, its by-laws or
operating agreements, and all equityholder agreements, voting agreements and
similar arrangements applicable to any of its authorized shares of capital
stock, its partnership interests or its member interests, and any other
arrangements relating to the control or management of any such entity (whether
existing as a corporation, a partnership, an LLC or otherwise).

            8.1.63.  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefits Guaranty Corporation or
any other entity that succeeds to its responsibilities and powers under ERISA.

            8.1.64.  "PERIODIC FACILITY FEE" means the fee due and payable to
Lender in accordance with Section 1.7.2 hereof.

            8.1.65.  "PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.2 hereof.

            8.1.66.  "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.7 hereof.

            8.1.67.  "PERMITTED LIENS" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5
hereof.

            8.1.68.  "PERMITTED LOANS" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4
hereof.

            8.1.69.  "PERMITTED TRANSFERS" has the meaning set forth in Section
5.6 hereof.


                                         -56-

<PAGE>

            8.1.70.  "PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, LLC,
partnership, firm, association, trust, government, governmental agency or any
other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

            8.1.71.  "PLAN" means any pension benefit or welfare benefit plan
as defined in Sections 3(1), (2) or (3) of ERISA covering employees of any
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any Borrower.

            8.1.72.  "PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENTS" means, individually and
collectively, each pledge and security agreement relating to a pledge of an
equity interest in an enterprise (all as may be amended, modified and
supplemented from time to time) required to be executed and delivered in favor
of Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

            8.1.73.  "PORTION" means a designated portion of the indebtedness
hereunder as to which a specified Rate Index (and a corresponding Rate Margin)
has been selected or deemed to be applicable.

            8.1.74.  "PRIME RATE" means the rate of interest per annum publicly
announced by Lender from time to time as its prime rate of interest on direct,
short-term borrowings to its large business customers with high credit
standings; such term, however, does not necessarily mean Lender's best or lowest
rate available.

            8.1.75.  "RATE INDEX" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.5
hereof (for purposes of the Line of Credit Facility) AND Section 1.2.5 hereof
(for purposes of the Term Loan Facility).

            8.1.76.  "RATE MARGIN" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.5
hereof (for purposes of the Line of Credit Facility) AND Section 1.2.5 hereof
(for purposes of the Term Loan Facility).

            8.1.77.  "RESERVE PERCENTAGE" has the meaning set forth in the
definition of "Adjusted LIBO Rate".

            8.1.78.  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
other entity that succeeds to its responsibilities and powers.

            8.1.79.  "SECURITIES ACTS" means, collectively, the Securities Act
of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, and as
implemented by the SEC and interpreted by the SEC or any court of competent
jurisdiction.

            8.1.80.  "SECURITY AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, each security
agreement (as may be amended, modified and supplemented from time to time)
required to be executed and delivered in favor of Lender pursuant to Article 2
hereof, and any other security agreement required or delivered in connection
with the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any intellectual
property assignments or security agreements required to be delivered pursuant to
Article 2 hereof.



                                         -57-

<PAGE>

            8.1.81.  "SETTLEMENT DATE" means, with respect to any Advance
hereunder, the date on which funds are advanced by Lender.

            8.1.82.  "SIGNET BANK" means Signet Bank, a Virginia-chartered,
federally insured commercial bank, or any successor thereof, having an office at
the address specified in Section 9.7 hereof, and which is Lender hereunder at
the time of execution hereof.

            8.1.83.  "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means all indebtedness and
monetary obligations of Borrowers (other than indebtedness in favor of Lender or
indebtedness and obligations expressly excluded therefrom by Lender), including,
without limitation, all indebtedness treated or defined as "Subordinated
Indebtedness" under any separate Subordination Agreement by and among any
Borrower, Lender and another Person.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, the term
"Subordinated Indebtedness" (unless Lender otherwise requires) does not include
indebtedness permitted under Section 5.2(a or b) hereof or (to the extent
consistent with Section 5.5.a hereof) under Section 5.2(c, d or e) hereof.  The
term "Subordinated Indebtedness" also does not include CCC's contract funding or
indebtedness to Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce as listed on Schedule 5.2
hereto that existed as of the Closing Date.

            8.1.84.  "SUBSIDIARY" of any Person or entity means any Person as
to which such other Person or entity (a) directly or indirectly owns, controls
or holds 25% or more of the outstanding beneficial interest OR (b) is otherwise
required in accordance with GAAP to be considered as part of a consolidated
organization.

            8.1.85.  "TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" means the Commitment established
pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof and Section 1.3 hereof.

            8.1.86.  "TERM LOAN FACILITY" means the term loan Facility as
described in Article 1 hereof.

            8.1.87.  "TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" has the meaning set forth in
Section 1.2.2 hereof, as may be extended from time to time in Lender's sole and
absolute discretion.

            8.1.88.  "TERM LOAN NOTE" means that certain promissory note
payable to the order of Lender prepared in accordance with Section 1.2.4 hereof,
as may be amended, modified, restated, replaced, supplemented, extended or
renewed from time to time hereafter.

            8.1.89.  "TOTAL CHARGES" means, at the time of any determination,
the sum of the following items for Borrowers during the relevant four
consecutive fiscal quarter period:

                     a.  The amount of Fixed Charges during such period, AND

                     b.  PLUS the net amount of federal and state income taxes
                         paid during such period, AND

                     c.  PLUS investments under Section 5.7(e) hereof and
                         dividends under Section 5.10 hereof during such period.


                                         -58-

<PAGE>

For purposes of this calculation, interest includes interest accrued under
Capital Leases, and principal includes principal obligations under Capital
Leases.  For purposes of this calculation, Total Charges shall also include the
Total Charges of joint ventures that are consolidated with Borrowers for
financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

            8.1.90.  "TOTAL CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, at any time such
ratio is being computed, the ratio of "OCF" (for the immediately preceding four
fiscal quarters) TO "Total Charges" (for the immediately preceding four fiscal
quarters).

            8.1.91.  "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
the applicable jurisdiction.

     8.2.   RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

            8.2.1.   PLURAL; GENDER.  Whenever used herein, (a) a singular
number includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular, AND (b) use of
the masculine, feminine or neuter gender includes all genders.

            8.2.2.   FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.  Except as otherwise
provided herein, financial and accounting terms used in the foregoing
definitions or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be defined in accordance with
GAAP.


                              ARTICLE 9:  MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1.   INDEMNIFICATION, RELIANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF RISK PROVISIONS.
Without limiting any other indemnification in any Loan Document, each Borrower
(jointly and severally) hereby agrees to defend Lender (and its directors,
officers, employees, agents and Affiliates) from, and hold each of them harmless
against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, interests, judgments,
costs, or expenses (including without limitation, reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by any of them arising out of or in any way
connected with any Loan Document, EXCEPT for losses resulting directly and
exclusively from such Person's own gross negligence, willful misconduct or
fraud.  In addition, each Borrower (jointly and severally) will reimburse and
indemnify Lender for all reasonable costs, expenses and losses resulting from
the following:  (1) any failure or refusal by any Borrower or by any Affiliate
of any Borrower to provide any requested assistance or cooperation in connection
with any attempt by Lender to liquidate any Collateral in the event of any Event
of Default and/or any attempt by Lender to otherwise exercise its rights
hereunder, AND (2) any misrepresentation, gross negligence, fraud or willful
misconduct by any Borrower (or any of its employees or officers), or any other
person or entity pledging Collateral hereunder.  Moreover, with respect to any
Advance Request or other communication between any Borrower and Lender hereunder
and all other matters and transactions in connection therewith, each Borrower
(jointly and severally) hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender to accept, rely
upon, act upon and comply with any verbal or written instructions, requests,
confirmations and orders of any Authorized Officer of any Borrower.  Each
Borrower and Lender each acknowledges that the transmissions of any such
instruction, request, confirmation, order or other communication involves the
possibility of errors,


                                         -59-

<PAGE>

omissions, mistakes and discrepancies, and each Borrower and Lender each agrees
to adopt such internal measures and operational procedures to protect its
interest.  By reason thereof, each Borrower hereby assumes all risk of loss and
responsibility for -- and hereby releases and discharges Lender from any and all
risk of loss and responsibility for, and agrees to indemnify, reimburse on
demand and hold Lender harmless from -- any and all claims, actions, damages,
losses, liability and expenses by reason of or in any way related to (a)
Lender's accepting, relying and acting upon, complying with or observing any
such instructions, requests, confirmations or orders from or on behalf of any
such Authorized Officer, and (b) any such errors, omissions, mistakes and
discrepancies by (or otherwise resulting from or attributable to the actions or
inactions of) any Authorized Officer or any Borrower; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, no
Borrower has assumed hereby the risk of any foreseeable actual loss resulting
directly and exclusively from Lender's own gross negligence, fraud or willful
misconduct.  Each Borrower's obligations provided for in this Section 9.1 will
survive any termination of this Agreement, and the repayment of the outstanding
balances hereunder.

     9.2.   ASSIGNMENT; DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO THIRD PARTIES.

            9.2.1.   ASSIGNMENTS.  No Loan Document may be assigned (in whole
or in part) by any Borrower without the prior written consent of Lender.
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, without receiving any
consent of any Borrower, Lender at any time and from time to time may syndicate,
participate or otherwise transfer or assign its rights and obligations under the
Loan Documents (or the indebtedness evidenced thereby) as follows: (a) up to 75%
of its rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents (or any of the
indebtedness evidenced thereby) to any Person provided that the number of
Lenders hereunder does not exceed three, AND (b) all (or any proportionate part
of) its rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents (or any of the
indebtedness evidenced thereby) to any Affiliate of Lender, AND (c) all (or any
proportionate part of) its rights and obligations under any of the Loan
Documents (or any of the indebtedness evidenced thereby) to any Person during
the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Documents.  In addition,
no Borrower will unreasonably withhold its consent to any request by Lender to
syndicate, participate or otherwise transfer or assign all or any portion of its
interest in excess of 75%.  Lender will make reasonable efforts to notify
Borrowers of any such participation, transfer or assignment within twenty (20)
Business Days thereafter; however, a failure to so notify will in no way impair
any rights of Lender or any participant, transferee or assignee.  Upon execution
and delivery of an appropriate instrument between any such participant,
transferee or assignee and Lender, at Lender's request, such participant,
transferee or assignee will become a Lender party to this Agreement and will
have all the rights and obligations of a Lender as set forth in such instrument.
At Lender's request, each Borrower will execute or re-execute and deliver any
documents necessary to reflect or implement any such participation, transfer or
assignment and will otherwise fully cooperate in any such syndication process.

            9.2.2.   DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION.  Lender will employ reasonable
procedures to treat as confidential all written, non-public information
delivered to Lender pursuant to this Agreement concerning the property,
operations and performance of Borrowers that is conspicuously designated by
Borrowers as confidential information.  With respect to any employee of Lender,
such procedures will be at least as protective of such confidential


                                         -60-

<PAGE>

information of Borrowers as those established procedures of Lender applicable to
and known by such employee for protecting Lender's own confidential information.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, Lender may furnish or disclose any information
concerning any Borrower (or any of its properties or operations) in Lender's
possession from time to time (1) to permitted participants, transferees and
assignees (including prospective participants, transferees and assignees), but
subject to a reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding any non-public
confidential information thereby disclosed, AND (2) in response to credit
inquiries consistent with general banking practices.  In addition, Lender may
also furnish or disclose any such information (a) to any federal or state
regulator of Lender, AND (b) to Lender's Affiliates, employees, legal counsel,
appraisers, accountants and agents, AND (c) to any Person pursuant to compulsory
judicial process, AND (d) to any judicial or arbitration forum in connection
with enforcing the Loan Documents or defending an action based upon the Loan
Documents, AND (e) to any other Person with respect to the public or non-
confidential information.  Lender may also include operational and performance
information and data relating to any Borrower in compilations, reports and data
bases assembled by Lender (or its Affiliates) and used to conduct, support,
assist in and validate portfolio, industry and credit analysis; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that Lender may not thereby disclose to other Persons any information
relating to any Borrower in a manner that is attributable to such Borrower
UNLESS (1) such disclosure is permitted under the standards outlined above in
this Section OR (2) such Borrower otherwise consents thereto (which consent may
not be unreasonably withheld).

     9.3.   BINDING EFFECT AND GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and all documents
executed hereunder are binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Agreement and all
documents executed hereunder are governed as to their validity, interpretation,
construction and effect by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without
giving effect to the conflicts of law rules of Virginia).

     9.4.   NO WAIVER; DELAY.  To be effective, any waiver by Lender must be
expressed in a writing executed by Lender.  Once an Event of Default occurs
hereunder, such Event of Default will continue to exist until expressly waived
by Lender (in its sole and absolute discretion).  If Lender waives any power,
right or remedy arising hereunder or under any applicable law, such waiver will
not be deemed to be a waiver (a) upon the later occurrence or recurrence of any
events giving rise to the earlier waiver OR (b) as to any other Obligor.  No
failure or delay by Lender to insist upon the strict performance of any term,
condition, covenant or agreement of any of the Loan Documents, or to exercise
any right, power or remedy hereunder, will constitute a waiver of compliance
with any such term, condition, covenant or agreement, or preclude Lender from
exercising any such right, power, or remedy at any later time or times.  By
accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, Lender will not be deemed to waive the right either
to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts payable under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or to declare an Event of Default for
failure to effect such prompt payment of any such other amount.  The remedies
provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of each other, the remedies
provided by law, and the remedies provided by the other Loan Documents.


                                         -61-

<PAGE>

     9.5.   MODIFICATION.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, no modification or amendment hereof will be effective unless made in
a writing signed by appropriate officers of the parties hereto.

     9.6.   HEADINGS.  The various headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement or any provision hereof.

     9.7.   NOTICES.  Any notice, request, consent, waiver or other
communication required or permitted under or in connection with the Loan
Documents will be deemed satisfactorily given if it is in writing and is
delivered either personally to the addressee thereof, OR by prepaid registered
or certified U.S. mail (return receipt requested), OR by a nationally recognized
commercial courier service with next-day delivery charges prepaid, OR by
telegraph, OR by facsimile (voice confirmed), OR by any other reasonable means
of personal delivery to the party entitled thereto at its respective address set
forth below:

     IF TO ANY BORROWER       [Party Entitled to Notice]
     OR ITS AFFILIATES:       c/o CCC Information Services Inc.
                              World Trade Center Chicago
                              444 Merchandise Mart
                              Chicago, IL  60654
                              Attention:     Michael J. D'Onofrio
                              Facsimile:     (312) 527-2298

                              With a Copy To (which shall not constitute notice
                                to Borrowers):

                              Winston & Strawn
                              35 W. Wacker Drive
                              Chicago, IL  60601
                              Attention:     Oscar A. David, Esquire
                              Facsimile:     (312) 558-5700

                                        and

                              CCC Information Services Inc.
                              World Trade Center Chicago
                              444 Merchandise Mart
                              Chicago, IL  60654
                              Attention:     Legal Department
                              Facsimile:     (312) 527-2298


     IF TO LENDER:            Signet Bank
                              7799 Leesburg Pike, Suite 500
                              Falls Church, VA  22043
                              Attention:     Bryan J. Mitchell, Senior Vice
                                             President
                              Facsimile:     (703) 506-9712


                                         -62-

<PAGE>

                              With a Copy To (which shall not constitute notice
                              to Lender):

                              Samuel G. Rubenstein, Esquire
                              Bryan Cave LLP
                              700 13th Street, N.W., Suite 700
                              Washington, D.C.  20005
                              Facsimile:     (202) 508-6200

Any party to a Loan Document may change its address or facsimile number for
notice purposes by giving notice thereof to the other parties to such Loan
Document in accordance with this Section, provided that such change shall not be
effective until 2 calendar days after notice of such change.  All such notices
and other communications will be deemed given and effective (a) if by mail, then
upon actual receipt or 5 calendar days after mailing as provided above
(whichever is earlier), OR (b) if by facsimile, then upon successful transmittal
to such party's designated number, OR (c) if by telegraph, then upon actual
receipt or 2 Business Days after delivery to the telegraph company (whichever is
earlier), OR (d) if by nationally recognized commercial courier service, then
upon actual receipt or 2 Business Days after delivery to the courier service
(whichever is earlier), OR if otherwise delivered, then upon actual receipt.
For any and all purposes related to giving and receiving notices and
communications between any Borrower and Lender under any Loan Document, each
Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints CCC's President as its agent to whom Lender
may give and from whom Lender may receive all such notices and communications.

     9.8.   TIME OF DAY.  All time of day restrictions imposed herein shall be
calculated using Eastern Time.

     9.9.   RELATIONSHIP WITH PRIOR AGREEMENTS.  This Agreement completely and
fully supersedes all oral agreements and all other and prior written agreements
by and between any Borrower and Lender concerning the terms and conditions of
this credit arrangement (other than the Fee Agreement).

     9.10.  SEVERABILITY.  If fulfillment of any provision of or any
transaction related to any Loan Document at the time performance is due involves
transcending the limit of validity prescribed by applicable law, then IPSO
FACTO, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such
validity.  If any clause or provision of this Agreement operates or would
prospectively operate to invalidate this Agreement in whole or in part, THEN
such clause or provision only shall be void (as though not contained herein),
and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and
effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if any such clause or provision pertains to the
repayment of any indebtedness hereunder, THEN the occurrence of any such
invalidity shall constitute an immediate Event of Default hereunder.

     9.11.  TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL.  All agreements, representations,
warranties and covenants of any Borrower contained herein or in any
documentation required hereunder will survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the funding of the Advances hereunder
and will continue in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with
this Section.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.13 hereof and Section


                                         -63-

<PAGE>

9.1 hereof, this Agreement will terminate upon satisfaction of each of the
following events:  (i) payment to Lender in full (unconditionally and
indefeasibly) of the entire indebtedness and monetary obligations due hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents, AND (ii) the termination of the Facilities
hereunder, AND (iii) return and cancellation of any effective letters of credit
issued by Lender for the account of any Borrower (or delivery to Lender of cash
or readily marketable collateral in an amount and subject to a pledge agreement
that are acceptable to Lender in its sole and absolute discretion).  This
Agreement (and Lender's obligations hereunder) will also terminate if the
conditions precedent under Section 2.2 hereof are not satisfied or waived by
Lender on or before October 31, 1996.

     9.12.  REINSTATEMENT.  To the maximum extent not prohibited by applicable
law, this Agreement (and the indebtedness hereunder and Collateral therefor)
will be reinstated and correspondingly increased if at any time any amount
received by Lender in respect of any Loan Document is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored or returned by Lender to any Person upon the insolvency,
bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Borrower or any
other Person or upon the appointment of any receiver, intervenor, conservator,
trustee or similar official for any Borrower or other Person or for any
substantial part of the assets of any Borrower or any other Person, or
otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

     9.13.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts with the same effect as if all the signatures on such counterparts
appeared on one document.  Each such counterpart will be deemed to be an
original but all counterparts together will constitute one and the same
instrument.

     9.14.  CONFLICT PROVISION.  In the event of an irreconcilable conflict
between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions
of any other Loan Document (other than a Note or any warrant issued to Lender),
the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern.

     9.15.  WAIVER OF SURETYSHIP DEFENSES.  Each Borrower hereby waives any and
all defenses and rights of discharge based upon suretyship or impairment of
collateral (including, without limitation, lack of attachment or perfection with
respect thereto) that it may now have or may hereafter acquire with respect to
Lender or any of its obligations hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any
other agreement that it may have or may hereafter enter into with Lender.

     9.16.  WAIVER OF LIABILITY.  EACH BORROWER (A) AGREES THAT LENDER (AND ITS
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO ANY
BORROWER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) FOR LOSSES OR COSTS
SUFFERED OR INCURRED BY ANY BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BY ANY LOAN
DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR
THEREWITH, EXCEPT FOR FORESEEABLE ACTUAL LOSSES RESULTING DIRECTLY AND
EXCLUSIVELY FROM LENDER'S OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR FRAUD AND
(B) WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM AGAINST LENDER (OR ITS
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS) WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR
OTHERWISE, EXCEPT FOR CLAIMS FOR FORESEEABLE ACTUAL LOSSES RESULTING DIRECTLY
AND EXCLUSIVELY FROM LENDER'S OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL


                                         -64-

<PAGE>

MISCONDUCT OR FRAUD.  MOREOVER, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGES ARE RELATED TO A
CLAIM THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE WAIVER EFFECTED ABOVE AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH
WAIVER IS EFFECTIVE, UNLESS LENDER IS ADJUDGED TO BE GUILTY OF CRIMINAL CONDUCT
THAT CAUSED SUCH DAMAGES, THEN LENDER (AND ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
AND AGENTS) SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO (AND EACH BORROWER HEREBY
WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR) ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR NON-FORESEEABLE DAMAGES SUFFERED BY ANY
BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BY ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT,
OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH; AND IF LENDER
IS ADJUDGED TO BE GUILTY OF SUCH CRIMINAL CONDUCT, THEN EACH BORROWER WILL BE
ENTITLED TO THE TYPES OF COMPENSATION (INCLUDING, AS APPLICABLE AND APPROPRIATE,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR NON-FORESEEABLE DAMAGES) AS AND TO
THE EXTENT AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

     9.17.  FORUM SELECTION; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  ANY LITIGATION IN
CONNECTION WITH OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF
CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), ACTIONS OR
INACTIONS OF LENDER OR ANY BORROWER WILL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY
IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT
COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT
SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER, ANY COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER PROPERTY
MAY ALSO BE BROUGHT (AT LENDER'S OPTION) IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION
WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND OR WHERE LENDER MAY
OTHERWISE OBTAIN PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER ANY BORROWER.  EACH BORROWER HEREBY
EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN
DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE
AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL AND NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT
RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH LITIGATION.  EACH BORROWER FURTHER
IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL,
POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE COMMONWEALTH OF
VIRGINIA.  EACH BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE
TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED
TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN
INCONVENIENT FORUM.  TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY BORROWER HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY
ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS
(WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN
AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, THEN EACH
BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, IF LENDER AT ANY TIME
COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST BORROWERS IN A STATE COURT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
VIRGINIA AT A TIME WHEN AND WITH RESPECT TO A CAUSE OF ACTION THAT AT THE TIME
MAY ALSO BE PROPERLY MAINTAINED IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE
EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SATISFACTION OF
PERSONAL AND SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION AND OTHER PROCEDURAL PREREQUISITES TO
MAINTAINING SUCH ACTION), THEN LENDER WILL NOT CONTEST OR OBJECT TO A TIMELY
MOTION BY BORROWERS TO TRANSFER SUCH ACTION TO SUCH FEDERAL COURT PROVIDED THAT


                                         -65-

<PAGE>

SUCH ACTION CAN AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER BE MAINTAINED WITH RESPECT TO ALL
PARTIES AND ALL CAUSES OF ACTION IDENTIFIED BY LENDER.

     9.18.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  LENDER AND EACH BORROWER EACH HEREBY
KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION (WHETHER AS CLAIM, COUNTER-CLAIM,
AFFIRMATIVE DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE) IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO
ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING,
STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), ACTIONS OR INACTIONS OF LENDER OR ANY
BORROWER.  EACH BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES (A) THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL
AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION (AND EACH OTHER PROVISION OF
EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY), AND (B) THAT IT HAS BEEN
ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, AND (C) THAT THIS PROVISION IS
A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER ENTERING INTO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND FUNDING
ADVANCES THEREUNDER.

                        [BALANCE OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


                                         -66-

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by their duly authorized
officers, have executed this Credit Facility Agreement, as an instrument under
seal (whether or not any such seals are physically attached hereto), as of the
day and year first above written.

ATTEST:                                 CCC INFORMATION SERVICES INC.


By:  ___________________________        By:  _______________________________

     Name:  _________________           Name:     _____________________

     Title: Secretary                        Title:    President


     [CORPORATE SEAL]





WITNESS:                                SIGNET BANK



By:  __________________________         By:  _______________________________
                                             Bryan J. Mitchell, Sr. Vice
                                             President



<PAGE>

LOAN AGREEMENT



          LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of  April 29, 1994 among CCC INFORMATION
SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CCCIS"), and CCC DEVELOPMENT  COMPANY
("CCCDC"), a Delaware  general partnership, jointly and severally (each of CCCIS
and CCCDC, individually, a "Borrower" and collectively, the "Borrowers"), the
financial institutions party hereto as lenders (each such institution, together
with any assignee thereof, a "Lender", and such institutions, together with any
assignees thereof, collectively, the "Lenders") and CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF
COMMERCE, as agent for the Lenders (together with its successors in such
capacity, the "Agent").

SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS

          The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the following
meanings, unless otherwise defined herein.

          ADDITIONAL COSTS:  has the meaning assigned to that term in Section
6.1 of this Agreement.

          AGGREGATE REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN COMMITMENT:  from the date of this
Agreement to and including April 29, 1998, $10,000,000; and after April 29,
1998, $5,000,000.

          AGGREGATE TERM LOAN COMMITMENT:  $30,000,000.

          AGREEMENT:  this Loan Agreement, as the same from time to time may be
extended, amended, supplemented, waived or modified and in effect.

          ALTERNATE BASE RATE:  a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal
to the highest of

          (a)  the rate of interest most recently announced by the Agent at its
Booking Office as its base rate;

          (b)  the CD Published Moving Rate most recently determined by the
     Agent, PLUS 1/2 of 1% per annum; and

          (c)  the Overnight Funds Rate, PLUS 1% per annum.

The Alternate Base Rate is not necessarily intended to be the lowest rate of
interest determined by the Agent in connection with extensions of credit. 
Changes in the rate

<PAGE>

of interest on any Loan maintained as an Alternate Base Rate Loan shall take 
effect simultaneously with each change in the Alternate Base Rate.  The Agent 
shall give notice promptly to the Borrowers of changes in the Alternate Base 
Rate.

          ALTERNATE BASE RATE LOAN: a Loan bearing interest based on the 
Alternate Base Rate.

          ALTERNATE LAWS and APPLICABLE LAW:  respectively, (i) all applicable
laws and treaties, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any
court, arbitrator or governmental agency or authority and rules, regulations,
orders, licenses and permits of any governmental body, instrumentality, agency
or authority, and (ii) any of the foregoing.

          ASSIGNED COLLATERAL:  has the meaning assigned to that term in Section
4.1 of the Security Agreements.

          ASSIGNEE:  a bank or financial institution which purchases from a
Lender party  hereto an Assignment pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

          ASSIGNMENT:  with respect to a Lender, an assignment of a portion of
such Lender's obligation to make Loans hereunder and of such Lender's rights
hereunder, by such Lender to an Assignee pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

          ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT:  an assignment agreement between a Lender and an
Assignee, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit H to this Agreement, as
the same from time to time may be extended, amended, supplemented, modified or
waived and in effect.

          BOOKING OFFICE:  with respect to any Eurodollar Loans or Alternate 
Base Rate Loans, the respective office of each Lender or an affiliate 
designated as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" or "Alternate Base Rate Lending 
Office," respectively, in Schedule 1-B to this agreement, PROVIDED, that a 
Lender may designate a different Booking Office with respect to its 
Eurodollar Loans or Alternate Base Rate Loans from time to time upon notice 
to the Borrowers; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Alternate Base Rate Lending 
Office of such Lender shall be located in the United States.  

                                       2
<PAGE>

          BORROWER and BORROWERS:  have the meanings assigned to such terms in 
the introduction to this Agreement.

          BUSINESS DAY:  any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day when 
banks are authorized or required by law to close in New York, New York and, 
if such day relates to a borrowing of, a payment or prepayment or principal 
of, or interest on, or a conversion of or into, or an Interest Period for, a 
Eurodollar Loan or a notice by the Borrowers with respect to any such 
borrowship, payment, prepayment, conversion or Interest Period, any day which 
is also a London Banking Day.

          CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:  for any period, the aggregate of all 
expenditures (whether payable in cash or accrued as a liability (but without 
duplication) during such period and including that portion of Capital Leases 
which are capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of CCCIs and its 
subsidiaries (excluding the capitalization of the costs of software 
development, PROVIDED, that such capitalization is in accordance with GAAP)) 
during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be included 
in or are reflected by CCCIS or any of its subsidiaries in fixed asset 
accounts as reflected in any of their balance sheets (including expenditures 
for equipment purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing 
equipment owned by a Borrower or any of its subsidiaries to the extent the 
gross amount of such purchase price exceeds the book value of the equipment 
being traded in, but excluding expenditures for equipment purchased for 
resale or lease to customers in the ordinary course of business of a Borrower 
or any of a Borrower's subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that the gross amount of such 
resale price or the aggregate lease payments required to be made throughout 
the term of the lease exceeds the purchase price of such equipment, PROVIDED, 
that such resale or lease occurs within three months after the date of such 
expenditure).

          CAPITAL LEASE:  as applied to a Borrower, any lease of any property 
(whether real, personal or mixed) by such Borrower as lessee which, in 
conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as capital lease on the balance sheet 
of such Borrower (but excluding any lease of any property by such Borrower 
which is sold or leased to customers in the ordinary course of business of 
such Borrower or any of such Borrower's subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that the 
gross amount of such sale price or the aggregate lease payments required to 
be made throughout the term of the lease exceeds the 

                                       3
<PAGE>

aggregate lease payments required to be made by such Borrower, PROVIDED, that 
such sale or lease occurs within three months after the date of the 
origination of such lease by such Borrower).

          CAPITAL STOCK:  with respect to any Person, any capital stock of 
such Person, regardless of class or designation, and all warrants, options, 
purchase rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights, calls or 
claims of any character with respect thereto.

          CCCDC:  has the meaning assigned to such term in the introduction 
to this Agreement.

          CCCDC SECURITY AGREEMENT:  the CCC Development Company Security 
Agreement dated as of April 29, 1994 among the Collateral Agent, CCCDC and 
the Agent, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit G to this Agreement, 
as the same from time to time may be extended, amended, supplemented, waived 
or modified and in effect.

          CCCIS:  has the meaning assigned to such term in the introduction 
of this Agreement.  

          CCCIS SECURITY AGREEMENT:  the CCC Information Services Inc. 
Security Agreement dated as of April 29, 1994 among the Collateral Agent, 
CCCIS and the Agent, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D to this 
Agreement, as the same from time to time may be extended, amended, 
supplemented, waived or modified and in effect.

          CD PUBLISHED MOVING RATE:  at any time, the latest three-week 
moving average of daily secondary market morning offering rates in the United 
States for three-month certificates of deposit of major United Stated money 
market banks, such three-week moving average being determined weekly on the 
second Business Day of each week by the Agent on the basis of 

          (a)  such rates reported by certificate of deposit dealers to,
     and published by, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; or

          (b)  if such publication is suspended or terminated, the rate of
     interest determined by the Agent to be the average of the bid rates
     quoted to the Agent by two certificate of deposit dealers or
     recognized standing selected by the Agent (in its sole discretion)

                                       4
<PAGE>

     for the purchase at face value of three-month certificates of deposit in
     an amount approximately equal or comparable to the Alternate Base Rate
     Loan with respect to which the computation is being made,

in either case rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%.

          CODE:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          COLLATERAL AGENT:  Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, together with
any successor or assignee, as collateral agent pursuant to the Security
Agreements.

          COMMITMENT FEE: the fee described in Section 12.2 of this Agreement.

          COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE:  with respect to a Lender, the percentage 
set forth opposite its signature hereto (as such percentage may be changed to 
give effect to any Assignment by such Lender).

          CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS:  for any date, all amounts which 
would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under current assets on a 
consolidation balance sheet of CCCIS and its subsidiaries as of such date, 
except that there shall be excluded therefrom cash and Permitted Investments.

          CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES:  for any date, all amounts which 
would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under current liabilities on a 
consolidated balance sheet of CCCIS and its subsidiaries as of such date, 
except that there shall be excluded therefrom (i) the current portion of the 
principal amount of long-term Indebtedness and of the Term Loans and (ii) the 
outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans.

          CONSOLIDATED NET INTEREST EXPENSE:  for any period, total interest 
expense (including the interest component of Capital Leases) of CCCIS and its 
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined for such period in conformity 
with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts 
(including discounts accrued under the Contract Funding Agreements) and other 
fees and charges owed with respect to any financings or letters of credit and 
net costs under Interest Rate Contracts, PLUS all cash dividends paid

                                       5
<PAGE>

on such period on preferred stock which is Indebtedness, MINUS total interest 
income in that period.

          CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME:  for any period, the net earning (or 
loss) after taxes of CCCIS and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis 
determined for such period in conformity with GAAP.

          CONSOLIDATED WORKING CAPITAL:  for any date, the Current Assets on 
such date, MINUS the Current Liabilities on such date.

          CONTINGENT OBLIGATION:  any contractual obligation, contingent or 
otherwise, of one Person with respect to any Indebtedness, obligation or 
liability of another, including, without limitation, direct or indirect 
guaranties, endorsements (except for collection or deposit in the ordinary 
course of business), notes co-made or discounted, recourse agreements, 
keep-well agreements, agreements to purchase or repurchase such Indebtedness, 
obligation or liability or any security therefor or to provide funds for the 
payment or discharge thereof, agreements to maintain solvency, assets, level 
of income, or other financial condition, and agreements to make payment other 
than for value received.

          CONTRACT FUNDING AGREEMENTS:  collectively, (i) the contracts 
specified in Schedule 1-C and (ii) any similar contracts entered into by a 
Borrower if (a) the aggregate lease payments required to be made throughout 
the terms of all leases subject to such similar contracts shall not exceed 
$1,000,000 and (b) the Agent shall have received executed copies of all 
agreements and documents delivered in connection therewith no later than May 
30, 1994.

          CREDIT EXPIRATION DATE:  has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 
of this Agreement.

          DEFAULT:  an Event of Default, or an event which with the notice or 
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

          DOLLARS and $:  lawful money of the United States of America.

          EBITDA:  for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, 
PLUS (i) Consolidated Net Interest Expense, PLUS (ii) all charges in such 
period for income taxes, PLUS 

                                       6
<PAGE>

(iii) all charges in such period for amortization of intangibles, depletion 
and depreciation, in each case to the extent reflected in Consolidated Net 
Income.

          EFFECTIVE DATE:  the first date on which the conditions precedent 
set forth in Section 8 have been satisfied or waived and the Agent shall have 
delivered a notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders to that effect.
     
          ERISA:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended.

          ERISA AFFILIATE:  (i) any corporation which is a member of the same 
controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the 
Code) as a Borrower; (ii) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) 
which is under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the 
Code) with a Borrower; and (iii) a member of the same affiliated service 
group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code) as a Borrower, as 
any corporation described in clause (i) above or as any trade or business 
described in clause (ii) above.

          EURODOLLAR LOAN:  a Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar 
Rate. 

          EURODOLLAR RATE:  with respect to any Interest Period for any 
Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be equal to 
the quotient (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%) 
of (y) (i) the rate of interest for deposits in Dollars for a period equal 
to the number of days in such Interest Period which appears on the Telerate 
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two London 
Banking Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or (ii) if such 
rate does not appear on the Telerate Page 3750 at such time, the rate per 
annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Agent in immediately 
available funds at its Eurodollar Lending Office in an amount comparable to 
the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan for a period equal to such 
Interest Period at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date 
two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, divided by 
(z) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

          EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE:  for any day, the maximum percentage 
(expressed as a decimal) specified from time to time by the Board of Governors 
of the Federal

                                       7
<PAGE>

Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve 
requirements (including, but not limited to, supplemental, marginal and 
emergency reserves) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred 
to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities") of a member bank in such System.  The 
Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically with respect to any 
Eurodollar Loan outstanding on the effective date of any change in the 
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage, as of such effective date.

          EVENT OF DEFAULT:  any of the Events of Default described in 
Section 11 of this Agreement.

          EXCESS CASH:  for any period, EBITDA, MINUS actual payments in such 
period for taxes, PLUS any reduction (or MINUS any increase) in the 
Consolidated Working Capital of CCCIS and its consolidated subsidiaries for 
such period, MINUS any principal payments of Indebtedness and of the Loans 
not reflected in any reduction or increase in the Consolidated Work Capital 
of CCCIS and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, MINUS any Capital 
Expenditures in such period, MINUS the capitalization of the cost of software 
development by a Borrower or any of its subsidiaries for such period to the 
extent that such capitalization is in accordance with GAAP, MINUS 
expenditures in such period by a Borrower or any of its subsidiaries for 
equipment purchased for resale or lease to customers in the ordinary course 
of business of such Borrower or any such subsidiary, PROVIDED, that the gross 
amount of such resale price or the aggregate lease payments required to be 
made throughout the term of the lease exceeds the purchase price of such 
equipment and such resale or lease occurs within three months after the date 
of such expenditure, MINUS Consolidation Net interest Expense for such 
period, MINUS, any principal payments under any Contract Funding Agreement, 
MINUS $1,000,000.

          EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS:  indebtedness of CCCIS, InfoVest and certain 
of its subsidiaries arising out of the agreements specified on Schedule 1-E.

          FEDERAL BANKRUPTCY CODE:  Title 11 of the United States Code, 
Sections 101, ET SEG., and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, 
as amended from time to time.

          GAAP:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States of America in effect from time to time.

                                       8
<PAGE>

          GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY:  any nation or government, any state or 
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, 
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or 
pertaining to government.

          GUARANTY:  the Guaranty dated as of April 29, 1994 made by InfoVest 
in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, in substantially the 
form attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement, as the same from time to time 
may be extended, amended, supplemented, modified or waived and in effect.

          INDEBTEDNESS:  with respect to any Person, at any time, (a) all 
indebtedness, obligations or other liabilities of such Person (i) for 
borrowed money or evidenced by debt securities, debentures, acceptance, notes 
or other instruments, (ii) under profit payment agreements (other than 
profit-sharing or bonus plans or agreements for employees or, after calendar 
year 1995, payments to Tech-Cor from the profits generated under the Tech-Cor 
Agreement) or in respect of obligations to redeem, repurchase or exchange any 
securities of such Person or to pay dividends in respect of any stock, (iii) 
with respect to letters of credit issued for such Person's account, (iv) to 
pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except (A) accounts 
payable and accrued expenses relating to the deferred purchase price of 
property or services arising in the ordinary course of business but only if 
and so long as the same are payable on conventional terms within 90 days of 
the date such accounts payable or such accrued expenses were created, (B) 
such accrued expenses relating to the deferred purchase price of property or 
services arising in the ordinary course of business but only if and so long 
as the same does not exceed in the aggregate $500,000 in any fiscal year of 
the Borrower, (C) accounts payable to Tech-Cor in connection with services 
rendered by Tech-Cor under the Tech-Cor Agreement, and (D) reasonable 
attorney's and accountant's fees and expenses incurred in the ordinary course 
of business of the Borrowers or InfoVest, (v) in respect of Capitalized 
Leases and (vi) which are Contingent Obligations, (b) all indebtedness, 
obligations or other liabilities of such Person or others secured by a Lien 
on any property of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness, obligations 
or liabilities are assumed by such Person, all as of such time, (c) all 
indebtedness, obligations or other liabilities of such Person in respect

                                       9
<PAGE>

of Interest Rate Contracts and currency hedging agreements, net of 
liabilities owned to such Person by the counterparties thereon, and (d) all 
preferred stock subject (upon the occurrence of any contingency or otherwise) 
to mandatory redemption.

          INFOVEST:  InfoVest Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

          INTEREST PERIOD:  with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, each period 
commencing on the date such Eurodollar Loan is made or converted from an 
Alternate Base Rate Loan or the last day of the next preceding Interest 
Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending on the same day in the 
first, third or sixth calendar month thereafter, as the Borrowers  may select 
as provided in Section 2.1 hereof, except that each such Interest Period 
which commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month) or on any day 
for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate 
subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the 
appropriate subsequent calendar month.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Interest Period may extend beyond the 
Credit Expiration Date; (ii)  each Interest Period which would otherwise end 
of a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding 
Business Day (or, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in the next 
succeeding calendar month, on the next preceding Business Day); (iii) each 
Interest Period which would otherwise commence before and end after the 
Credit Expiration Date shall end on the Credit Expiration Date; and (iv) 
notwithstanding clauses (i) and (iii) above, no Interest Period shall have a 
duration of less than one month and, if any Interest Period would otherwise 
be a shorter period, such Eurodollar Loans shall be Alternate Base Rate Loans 
during such period.

          INTEREST RATE  CONTRACTS:  interest rate exchange, collar or cap 
or similar agreements providing interest rate protection.

          JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT:  the Joint Venture and Distribution 
Agreement by and between CCC Vehicle Damage Estimators, Inc. and White River, 
as successor in interest to UCOP, Inc., dated as of November 9, 1990.

          LENDER and LENDERS:  have the meanings assigned to such terms in 
the introduction to this Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>

          LETTER OF AGREEMENT:  the Letter of Agreement dated as of November 
27, 1991 between CCCIS and Allstate Insurance Company, attached as Schedule 
1-L to this Agreement.

          LIEN:  any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, 
encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any 
of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, 
any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any 
jurisdiction in connection with any of the foregoing).

          LOANS and LOAN:  respectively, (i) Revolving Credit Loans and/or 
Term Loans, and (ii) any single such Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan.

          LOAN DOCUMENTS:  this Agreement, the Master Notes, the Term Notes, 
the Security Agreements and each other agreement, document or instrument 
delivered in connection herewith or therewith.

          LOAN REQUEST:  a written request, in substantially the form of 
Exhibit I to this Agreement, delivered by the Borrowers to the Agent pursuant 
to Section 2.3 of Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

          LONDON BANKING DAY:  any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits 
are carried out in the London interbank markets.

          MASTER NOTE and MASTER NOTES:  respectively, (i) the promissory 
note issued by the borrowers and payable to the order of a Lender evidencing 
Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender, as provided herein, in substantially 
the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement, and (ii) all such 
promissory notes.

          MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN:  a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 
4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is, or was at any time during the five preceding 
years, contributed to by a Borrower, any subsidiary of a Borrower or any 
ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of its employees.

          NOTES and NOTE:  respectively, (i) Master Notes and/or Term Notes, 
and (ii) any single Master Note or Term Note.

                                       11
<PAGE>

          NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION:  a written notice, in 
substantially the form of Exhibit J to this Agreement, delivered by the 
Borrowers to the Agent pursuant to section 4.1(c) of this Agreement.

          OVERNIGHT FUNDS RATE:  for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per 
annum equal to the rate of interest offered in the interbank market to the 
Agent as the overnight Federal funds rate as at or about 10:00 a.m., New 
York City time, on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, for the 
next preceding Business Day).

          PARTICIPANT:  has the meaning set forth in Section 14.6 (b) of this 
Agreement. 

          PARTICIPATION:  a participation between a Lender and a Participant, 
as provided in Section 14.6(b) hereof.

          PBGC:     Pension Benefits Guaranty Corporation or any successor 
thereto.

          PERMITTED INVESTMENTS:  investments in the following:  (i) 
obligations issued by, or the principal of and interest on which are fully 
guaranteed by, the United Stated of America or any agency or instrumentality 
thereof; (ii) commercial paper rated A-1+ or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings 
Group and P-1 by Moody's Investor Services, Inc.; (iii) certificates of 
deposit, other deposits or bankers' acceptances issued by or established with 
commercial banks having unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus of at least 
$250,000,000 and whose commercial paper (or commercial paper which is 
supported by such bank's letter of credit or commitment to lend) is rated 
A-1+ or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Rating Group and P-1 by Moody's Investor 
Services, Inc.; and (iv) money market funds whose investments are made solely 
in securities having the highest rating then given by Standard & Poor's 
Ratings Group and Moody's Investors. Service, Inc. which have maturity dates 
not later than 90 days after the acquisition thereof by any such fund.

          PERSON:  an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a joint 
venture, a trust or unincorporated  organization, a joint stock company or 
other similar organization, a government or any political subdivision 
thereof, a court, or any other legal entity whether acting in an individual, 
fiduciary or other capacity.

                                      12
<PAGE>

          PLAN:  any "employee benefit pension plan" or other "plan" 
(including a Multiemployer Plan) established or maintained, as to which 
contributions have been made, by any Person for its respective employees and 
which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or to which Section 412 of the Code 
applies.

          PLEDGE AGREEMENT:  the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of 
April 29, 1994 among InfoVest, the Collateral Agent and the Agent, in 
substantially the form attached as Exhibit F to this Agreement, as the same 
from time to time may be extended, amended, supplemented, waived or modified 
and in effect.

          PLEDGE COLLATERAL:  has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of the 
Pledge Agreement.

          POST-DEFAULT RATE:  the Alternate Base Rate as in effect from time 
to time plus three percent (3.0%).

          PURCHASE MONEY DEBT:  Indebtedness representing all or any part of 
(but not more than) the purchase price of any property, and any Indebtedness 
incurred at the time of or within 180 days prior to or after the acquisition 
of any property for the purpose of financial all or any part of the purchase 
price thereof, but only if, immediately after giving effect thereto, no 
Default would exist, and any renewals, extensions or refundings thereof, but 
not any increases in the principal amounts thereof or interest rates upon the 
occasion of any such renewal, extension or refunding (but excluding 
Indebtedness representing all or any part of the purchase price of any 
property purchased for resale or lease to customers in the ordinary course of 
business of a Borrower or any of a Borrower's subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that 
the gross amount of such resale price or the aggregate lease payments 
required to be made throughout the terms of the lease exceeds such 
Indebtedness, that such resale or lease occurs within three months after the 
date such Indebtedness arises, and that the terms of such resale or lease 
require payments to such Borrower or such subsidiary that are sufficient to 
repay such Indebtedness and interest thereon on a timely basis).

          PURCHASE MONEY LIEN:  a Lien securing Purchase Money Debt but only 
if, in the case of any such Lien, (a) such Lien shall at all times be 
confined solely to the property the purchase price of which was financed 
through the incurrence of the Purchase Money Debt secured by such

                                       13
<PAGE>

Lien, and (b) the aggregate principal amount of Purchase Money Debt secured 
by such Lien shall at no time exceed an amount equal to 75% of the lesser  of 
(1) the cost (including the principal amount of such Purchase Money Debt) to 
the related Borrower of the property subject to such Lien or (2) the fair 
market value of such property at the time of such acquisition.

          REGULATORY CHANGE:  any change in United States federal, state or 
foreign laws or the making of any interpretations, directives or requests 
applying to a class of banks, including a Lender, of or under any United 
States federal, state, or foreign laws, or regulations (whether or not having 
the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged 
with the interpretation or administration thereof.

          REPORTABLE EVENT:  any event described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA.

          REQUIRED LENDERS:  the Lenders whose principal amount of 
outstanding Loans aggregate at least 66-2/3% of the total aggregate principal 
amount of Loans outstanding or, if no such amounts are outstanding, the 
Lenders whose Commitment Percentages aggregate at least 66-2/3%.

          REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN COMMITMENT:  with respect to a Lender, an 
amount equal to the product of (i) such Lender's Commitment Percentage and 
(ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Loan Commitment.
     
          REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN and REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS:  respectively, 
(i) a loan made from time to time by a Lender to the Borrowers under Section 
2.1 hereof, and (ii) all of such loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers.

          SECURITY AGREEMENT and SECURITY AGREEMENTS:  respectively, (i) the 
CCCDC Security Agreement or the CCCIS Security Agreement, and (ii) both of 
such agreements.

          SERVICING AGREEMENT:  the Servicing Agreement dated as of May ____, 
1994, between CCCIS and InfoVest, attached hereto as Schedule 1-S.

          TAXES:  all taxes, levies, imposts, duties, or other charges of 
whatsoever nature imposed by any government or any political subdivision or 
taxing authority thereof, and any liability (including penalties and 
interest) arising

                                       14
<PAGE>

therefrom or with respect thereto, other than any taxes on the net income or 
any similar tax in lieu of any income tax of a Lender pursuant to the income 
tax laws of any governing jurisdiction where such Lender's principal office 
or Booking Office is located and other than United Stated withholding taxes.

          TECH-COR AGREEMENT:  the agreement to be entered into between CCCIS 
and Tech-Cor with respect to the installation and marketing of an automobile 
repair estimating system developed by CCCIS in various automobile repair 
facilities with whom Allstate Insurance Company transacts business, including 
facilities through the Priority Repair Option program maintained by Allstate 
Insurance Company, all as contemplated by the Letter of Agreement.

          TERMINATION EVENT:  (i) Reportable Event with respect to a Plan, as 
to which the requirements of Section 4043(a) of ERISA have not been waived by 
the PBGC (provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of 
Section 302 of ERISA shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance 
of any waivers by the PBGC); (ii) the filing of a notice of intent to 
terminate any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA or any other even or condition 
which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the 
termination of, or for the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; 
(iii) the complete or partial withdrawal of a Borrower from a Multiemployer 
Plan or the receipt by a Borrower of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it 
is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA 
or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of 
ERISA; (iv) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any 
Multiemployer Plan against a Borrower to enforce Section 515 of ERISA; or (v) 
any event or circumstances under which a Borrower may reasonably be expected 
to incur any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan other 
than liabilities to make contributions and pay premiums in the ordinary 
course.

          TERM LOAN and TERM LOANS:  respectively, (i) a loan made by a 
Lender to the Borrowers under Section 3.1 hereof, and (ii) all of such loans 
made by the Lenders to the Borrowers.

                                       15
<PAGE>

          TERM LOAN COMMITMENT:  with respect to a Lender, an amount equal to 
the product of (i) such Lender's Commitment Percentage and (ii) the Aggregate 
Term Loan Commitment.

          TERM NOTE and TERM NOTES:  respectively, (i) the promissory note 
issued by the Borrowers and payable to the order of a Lender evidencing the 
Term Loan of such Lender, as provided herein, in substantially the form 
attached as Exhibit B to this Agreement, and (ii) all such promissory notes.

          TOTAL DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE:  for any period, the quotient obtained 
by dividing (i) EBITDA MINUS Capital Expenditures by (ii) Consolidated Net 
Interest Expense, PLUS common or preferred stock cash dividends, or any other 
cash distribution in respect thereof, paid by CCCIS, PLUS common or preferred 
stock cash dividends, or any other cash distribution in respect thereof, paid 
by CCCIS, PLUS  scheduled Term Loan installment payments required to be made 
pursuant to Section 3.1(b) (without giving effect to any prepayments made 
with respect to such installment payments), PLUS principal payments required 
to made under Contract Funding Agreements, in each case determined for such 
period without duplication.

          WHITE RIVER:  White River Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

SECTION 2.     REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS

          2.1  REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.  (a) Subject to the terms and 
conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Lender hereby severally and not 
jointly agrees that it will, from time to time prior to the Credit Expiration 
Date, make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers, subject to the 
immediately succeeding sentence.  All Revolving Credit Loans shall be made by 
the Lenders proportionately to their respective Commitment Percentages, it 
being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any 
other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loan 
hereunder nor shall the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment of any Lender be 
increased or decreased as a result of any such failure.  Anything contained 
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, a Lender shall not be obligated in 
any manner to make any Revolving Credit Loan in a principal amount which 
exceeds the positive result of (i) such Lender's Revolving Credit Loan 
Commitment, less (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit 
Loans made by such Lender outstanding on the proposed date of the making of 
such Revolving Credit Loan.  Not later than

                                       16
<PAGE>

1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing, each 
Lender shall, to the extent required by the second sentence of this clause, 
(a), pay over to the Agent in immediately available funds in Dollars an 
amount equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the aggregate 
principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans requested by the Borrower, and 
the Agent shall, upon receipt of such funds from the Lenders, make such funds 
available to the Borrowers at the Agent's office in New York City or shall 
disburse such funds in Dollars to the Borrowers in accordance with the 
disbursement instructions set forth in the Loan Request.

          (b)  A Lender shall not be obligated to make a Revolving Credit 
Loan pursuant to this Section 2.1 on any date to the extent that (i) the 
aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made by 
such Lender immediately after the making by such Lender of its Commitment 
Percentage of such requested Revolving Credit Loan would exceed the Revolving 
Credit Loan Commitment of such Lender, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount 
of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding immediately after the making of 
such requested Revolving Credit Loan and all other Revolving Credit Loans to 
be made on such date would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Loan 
Commitment at such time.  Each Loan Request, to be effective, shall include a 
computation demonstrating compliance with the limits set forth in the 
immediately preceding sentence.  Each Revolving Credit Loan shall be subject 
to the terms and provisions of Sections 4 and 6 hereof.

          2.2  MASTER NOTES.  Each Revolving Credit Loan made by a Lender 
shall be evidenced by, and recorded on, a Master Note duly executed by the 
Borrowers and payable to the order of such Lender.  The Borrowers hereby 
authorize each Lender to make the appropriate notations on the schedule 
annexed to the Master Note payable to such Lender for purposes of recording 
any Revolving Credit Loan made by such a Lender thereon and any payments or 
prepayments made with respect thereto (provided that any failure by such 
Lender to  make any such notation shall not affect the obligations of the 
Borrowers hereunder or under such Master Note in respect of such Revolving 
Credit Loan).  The Borrowers agree that each notation made by a Lender on the 
schedule annexed to the Master Note payable to it shall be final and 
conclusive absent demonstrable error.  The aggregate principal amount of each 
Lender's Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at any time shall constitute the 
principal amount owing on such

                                       17
<PAGE>

Lender's Master Note at such time.  The principal of each Master Note, 
together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be payable on 
the Credit Expiration Date, subject to Section 4.1 hereof and to acceleration 
as provided in this Agreement.

          2.3  LOAN REQUESTS.  The Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent a 
Loan Request  (i) for a Eurodollar Loan, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York 
City time, at least three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed 
borrowing and (ii) for an Alternate Base Rate Loan, not later than 11:00 
A.M., New York City time, on the day of the proposed borrowing.  The Loan 
Request shall specify (i) the date of the proposed borrowing (which shall be 
a Business Day, and, with respect to the first borrowing, shall be a Business 
Day on or prior to the date which is thirty (30) days following the date of 
execution of this Agreement), (ii) the aggregate amount of the Revolving 
Credit Loans to be made on that date (which shall be a minimum principal 
amount of $1,000,000, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and $250,000, in the 
case of Alternate Base Rate Loans, and be in integral multiples of $100,000), 
(iii) whether such Loan is an Alternate Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan, 
(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, the duration of the initial Interest 
Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, (v) the disbursement instructions 
for the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans and (vi) a certification by 
the Borrowers that (x) the representations and warranties of the Borrowers set 
forth in Section 7 of this Agreement are on the date of such Loan Request, 
and will be on the date of the proposed borrowing, true and correct as if 
made on and as of such dates, and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall 
have occurred and be continuing on such dates.  Any Loan Request given 
pursuant hereto shall be irrevocable.  Promptly after receipt of a Loan 
Request, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

          2.4  THE REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT.  (a) The Borrowers may from 
time to time reduce the Aggregate Revolving Credit Loan Commitment by 
$1,000,000 or a multiple thereof upon five Business Days' written notice to 
the Agent (which shall give prompt notice of the receipt thereof to the 
Lenders) signed by the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the 
Treasurer of each Borrower.  Any such reduction shall be permanent and 
irrevocable and shall reduce the Revolving Loan Commitment of each Lender pro 
rata based on its Commitment Percentage; PROVIDED that (1) the amount of the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment as so

                                       18
<PAGE>

reduce shall at no time be less than the aggregate principal amount of all 
outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and (2) the amount of the Revolving Loan 
Commitment of a Lender as so reduced shall at no time be less than the 
aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made by 
such Lender.

          (b)  Upon the occurrence of the Credit Expiration Date pursuant to 
Section 5.1 hereof, the Revolving Loan Commitment of each Lender shall be 
reduced to zero.

          (c)  After the effective date of any reduction pursuant to Section 
2.4 (a) hereof, the terms "Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" and "Aggregate 
Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" (as used with respect to any or all 
Lenders), shall mean the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment and the Aggregate 
Revolving Loan Commitment in effect immediately prior to such reduction less 
the amount of such reduction of  the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment and the 
Aggregate Revolving Credit Loan Commitment.

          2.5  MANDATORY PAYMENTS.  If at any time the principal amount of 
outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of a Lender shall exceed the amount of 
such Lender's Revolving Credit Loan Commitment, the Borrowers shall 
immediately prepay such Lender's Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to 
such excess. If the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving 
Credit Loans of all of the Lenders shall exceed the Aggregate Revolving 
Credit Loan Commitment, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay Revolving 
Credit Loans in an amount equal to such excess, such prepayment to be paid to 
each Lender pro rata based on such Lender's Commitment Percentage.

SECTION 3.     TERM LOANS

          3.1  TERM LOANS.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth 
in this Agreement, each Lender hereby severally and not jointly agrees that 
it will make a Term Loan in immediately available funds in Dollars to the 
Borrowers. The Term Loans shall be in the aggregate principal amount of the 
Aggregate Term Loan Commitment and shall be payable as set forth in Section 
3.1(a).  The Term Loans shall be made by the Lenders simultaneously and 
proportionately to their respective Commitment Percentages, it being 
understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other 
Lender to perform its obligation to make any Term Loans hereunder nor shall 
the Term Loan

                                       19
<PAGE>

Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of any such 
failure.  Each Lender shall pay over to the Agent at is office in New York  
City, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, the aggregate amount of 
such Lender's Term Loan, and the Agent shall make such amounts available to 
the Borrowers at such office of the Agent, in Dollars and in immediately 
available funds, or shall disburse such amounts to or for the account of the 
Borrowers in accordance with the disbursement instructions set forth in the 
Loan Request for such Term Loans.  Each Term Loan shall be evidenced by a 
Term Note duly executed by the Borrowers and payable to the order of a Lender.

          (b)  Subject to the application of mandatory prepayments, if any, 
pursuant to Section 3.4, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans 
shall be repayable in sixteen consecutive quarterly installments beginning on 
the last Business Day of June 1995 and continuing quarterly thereafter as 
follows:

          Quarterly Installments               Amount
      (due on the last Business Day         To Be Paid on
      of each month specified below)        all term loans
      -----------------------------         --------------
          June, 1995                         $1,500,000
          September, 1995                    $1,500,000
          December, 1995                     $1,500,000
          March, 1996                        $1,500,000
          June, 1996                         $1,750,000
          September, 1996                    $1,750,000
          December , 1996                    $1,750,000
          March, 1997                        $1,750,000
          June, 1997                         $1,750,000
          September, 1997                    $1,750,000
          December, 1997                     $1,750,000
          March, 1998                        $1,750,000
          June, 1998                         $2,500,000
          September, 1998                    $2,500,000
          December, 1998                     $2,500,000
          March, 1999                        $2,500,00

          (c)  Installment payments made by the Borrowers on the Term Loans 
shall be paid to the Agent for the account of the Lenders.  The Agent shall, 
promptly following the receipt of any installment payment made by the 
Borrowers on the Term Loans, distribute to each Lender an amount equal to 
such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such installment payment.

                                       20

<PAGE>


   3.2  TERM NOTES.  Each Term Loan made by a Lender shall be evidenced by, and
recorded on, a Term Note duly executed by the Borrowers and payable to the 
order of such Lender. The Borrowers hereby authorize each Lender to make the 
appropriate notation on the schedule annexed to the Term Note payable to such 
Lender thereon, any payments or prepayments made with respect thereto, the 
type of the Term Loan and, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, the length of 
each Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loan (provided that any 
failure by such Lender to make any such notation shall not affect the 
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under such Term Note in respect of 
such Term Loan). The Borrowers agree that each notation made by a Lender on 
the schedule annexed to the Term Note payable to it shall be final and 
conclusive absent demonstrable error. The principal amount of each Lender's 
Term Loan outstanding at any time shall constitute the principal amount owing 
on such Lender's Term Note at such time. The principal of each Term Note, 
together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be payable as 
set forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof, subject to prepayment and to acceleration 
as provided in this Agreement.

   3.3  LOAN REQUEST.  The Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent a Loan Request 
with respect to the Term Loans (i) for a Eurodollar Loan, not later than 
11:00 A.M., New York City time, at least three Business Days prior to the 
date of the proposed borrowing and (ii) for an Alternate Base Rate Loan, not 
later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the day of the proposed 
borrowing.  The Loan Request shall specify (i) the date of the proposed 
borrowing (which shall be a Business Day on or prior to the date which is 
thirty (30) days following the date of execution of this Agreement), (ii) 
whether the Term Loans will be Alternate Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, 
(iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the duration of the initial Interest 
Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loans, (iv) the disbursement 
instructions for the proceeds of such Term Loans and (v) a certification by 
the Borrowers that (x) the representations and warranties of the Borrowers 
set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement are on the date of such Loan 
Request, and will be on the date of the proposed borrowing, true and correct 
as if made on and as of such dates, and (y) no Default or Event of Default 
shall have occurred and be continuing on such dates. Any Loan Request given 
pursuant thereto shall be irrevocable. Promptly after


                                       21

<PAGE>

receipt of a Loan Request, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed 
borrowing.

   3.4  PREPAYMENTS. If, as of April 30 of any fiscal year of CCCIS subsequent 
to 1994, Excess Cash for the fiscal year of CCCIS ended on such April 30 is 
equal to or greater than $100,000, the Borrowers shall, within ninety (90) 
days of such April 30, pay to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, as a 
prepayment of the Term Loans, a percentage of such Excess Cash as follows:

    Fiscal Year Ended                     Percent of Excess Cash
    -----------------                     ----------------------

    April 30, 1995                                  100%
    April 30, 1996                                   75%
    April 30, 1997                                   75%
    For each fiscal year
      ended April 30 thereafter                      50%

The Agent shall remit to each Lender such Lender's Commitment Percentage of 
any prepayment made by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 3.4.  Each 
lender shall apply an amount equal to 25% of the portion of such prepayment 
received by such Lender with respect to the fiscal year of CCCIS ended April 
30, 1995 to the scheduled principal payments of its Term Loan in the order of 
their scheduled payment dates. The remaining amount of the portion of such 
prepayment received by such Lender with respect to the fiscal year of CCCIS 
ended April 30, 1995 shall be applied to the scheduled principal payments of 
its Term Loan in the inverse order of their scheduled payment dates. Each 
Lender shall apply each prepayment received by such Lender with respect to 
any fiscal year of CCCIS ended subsequent to April 30, 1995 to the scheduled 
principal payments of its Term Loan such that the amount applied to each 
scheduled payment bears the same ratio to the total amount of the prepayment 
as the remaining outstanding principal amount of each such scheduled payment 
bears to the total remaining outstanding principal amount of such Lender's 
Term Loan.


SECTION 4.  TERMS APPLICABLE TO LOANS

   4.1 PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS. (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided 
herein, all payments of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by 
the Borrowers hereunder and under the Notes shall be made in Dollars, in 
immediately available funds, to the Agent, not later than

                                       22

<PAGE>

2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date on which such payment shall become 
due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to 
have been made on the next succeeding Business Day). The Borrowers shall, at 
the time of making such payment hereunder or under the Notes, specify to the 
Agent the Loans or other amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder to which 
such payment is to be applied (and in the event that it fails to so specify, 
or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent may apply 
such payment to such type of Loan(s) or other amounts payable hereunder as it 
may elect in its sole discretion, but subject to Section 4.1(f) hereof); 
PROVIDED, that except as otherwise provided in this Agreement to the 
contrary, all payments received by the Agent hereunder shall be remitted to 
each Lender pro rata based on such Lender's Commitment Percentage.  If the 
due date of any payment hereunder or under a Note would otherwise fall on a 
day which is not a Business Day, such due date shall be extended to the next 
succeeding Business Day and interest shall be payable for any principal so 
extended for the period of such extension; PROVIDED, that, with respect to 
Eurodollar Loans, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in the next 
succeeding calendar month, such due date shall be the next preceding Business 
Day.

   (b)  BORROWERS OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The Borrowers' obligations to pay each
Lender hereunder and under each Note payable to such Lender shall be joint 
and several, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid 
strictly in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, under any and all 
circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to 
payment which any Borrower may have or have had against such Lender.

   (c)  OPTIONAL CONVERSIONS. The Borrowers may, at their option, convert a 
Loan of one type into a Loan of another type or continue a Eurodollar Loan as 
a Eurodollar Loan, PROVIDED, that, except as otherwise provided in this 
Agreement to the contrary, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent (which 
shall give notice tot he Lenders of the receipt thereof as promptly as 
practicable thereafter) a Notice of Conversion or Continuation not less than 
three Business Days' prior to each such conversion or continuation, PROVIDED 
such Notice of Conversion or Continuation is received by 11:00 A.M., New York 
City time, on the date of such continuation or conversion specifying (x)  the 
amount of each Loan to be continued or converted (y)  the date of 
continuation or conversion, and (z)  the type

                                       23




<PAGE>

of Loan to be continued or converted (and in the case of a conversion, the 
type of Loan to result from such conversion and, if a Eurodollar Loan, the 
duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto); PROVIDED, that if a
Eurodollar Loan is converted on a day other than the last day of an Interest 
Period with respect thereto, the Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall be 
obligated to pay each Lender any loss, cost or expense incurred by such 
Lender as a result of such conversion.  In the event the Borrowers fail to 
select the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar Loans 
(if outstanding as Eurodollar Loans), such Eurodollar Loans will be 
automatically converted into Alternate Base Rate Loans on the last day of the 
then current Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loans or (if outstanding as 
Alternate Base Rate Loans) will remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will 
be made as, Alternate Base Rate Loans.

   (d) OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. The Borrowers may, at their option, prepay, 
without penalty or premium, all or any portion of the revolving Credit Loans 
or the Term Loans, PROVIDED, that any such prepayment, if a partial
prepayment, shall be (x) remitted to each Lender by the Agent pro rata based 
on such Lender's Commitment Percentage (except as may be required by Section 
2.5 to the contrary) and (y) in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, in 
the case of Eurodollar Loans, and $250,000, in the case of Alternate Base 
Rate Loans, and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  The 
Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent (which shall give notice to the Lenders 
of the receipt thereof as promptly as practicable thereafter) notice of such 
prepayment not less then three Business Days prior to each such prepayment 
(except that Alternate Base Rate Loans may be prepaid at any time, PROVIDED,
such notice is received by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date of 
such prepayment) specifying (x) the amount of each Loan to be prepaid and (y) 
the date of prepayment; PROVIDED, that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on a 
day other than the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, the  
Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall be obligated to pay each Lender any 
loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of such prepayment.

   (e) PAYMENT OF INTEREST. (i) The Borrowers, jointly and severally, hereby
promise to pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender interest on the 
unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by such Lender for the period 
commencing on the date of such Loan until but not

                                       24

<PAGE>

including the stated maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) or
the date of prepayment thereof (a) during the periods such Loan is an Alternate
Base Rate Loan, at the Alternate Base Rate, PLUS 1.5%; and (b) during the
periods such Loan is a Eurodollar Loan, at the Eurodollar Rate, PLUS 3.0%;
PROVIDED, however, that after the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at the Post-Default
Rate.

   (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers, jointly and severally, 
hereby promise to pay interest on any Loan or any installment thereof and (to 
the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) on 
any overdue installment of interest, and on any other amount payable by the  
Borrowers hereunder which shall not be paid in full when due (whether at 
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for the period commencing on 
the due date thereof until but not including the date the same is paid in 
full at the Post-Default Rate.

   (iii) Except as provided in the next sentence, accrued interest on each 
Loan shall be payable (x) in the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans, on the 
last day of each calendar quarter, (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, on 
the last day of each Interest Period for such Loan (and, if such Interest 
Period exceeds three months' duration, on the last day of the third month of 
the Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period), and (z) in the 
case of any Loan, upon the payment or prepayment thereof (including any 
payment with respect to the Term Loan) or the conversion thereof into a Loan 
of another type (but only on the principal so paid, prepaid or converted). 
Interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time 
on demand of the Agent.

   (f) APPLICATION OF PREPAYMENTS. If the amount of any payment or prepayment
received by a Lender in respect of a Loan is less than the principal of and 
interest accrued on such Loan to the date of payment or prepayment, the 
amount paid or prepaid on such Loan shall be applied by such Lender first to 
accrued interest and then to principal.

   (g) NET PAYMENTS. (i) All payments made by the Borrowers under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and 
without reduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future 
Taxes now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld

                                       25

<PAGE>

or assessed by any Governmental Authority, and all liabilities related 
thereto. If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted from any 
amounts payable to the Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or any other 
Loan Document, the Borrowers shall pay the relevant amount of such Taxes and 
the amounts so payable to the Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the 
extent necessary to yield to the Agent or such Lender (after payment of all 
Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or 
in the amounts specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
Whenever any Taxes are paid by a Borrower with respect to payments made in 
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as promptly as 
possible thereafter, such Borrower shall send to the Agent for its own 
account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified 
copy of an original official receipt received by such Borrower showing 
payment thereof.

   (ii) The Borrowers hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agent and 
each of the Lenders for the full amount of all Taxes attributable to payments 
by or on behalf of a Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, any 
Taxes paid by the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, any present or 
future claims, liabilities or losses with respect to or resulting from any 
omission to pay or delay in paying such Taxes (including, without limitation, 
any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the 
Agent or such Lender as a result of any failure to pay such Taxes), whether 
or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Such indemnification 
shall be made within five (5) days from the date such Lender or the Agent, as 
the case may be, makes written demand therefor.

   (h) LIMITATION ON EURODOLLAR LOANS. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Borrowers shall not request a Eurodollar Loan 
or convert an Alternate Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan if immediately 
after such borrowing or conversion of such Loan, there shall be more than 
five (5) Eurodollar Loans outstanding to any Lender.

   4.2 MAXIMUM INTEREST. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the 
contrary notwithstanding, the interest rate on any Loan shall in no event be 
in excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law.

                                      26


<PAGE>


   4.3  COMPUTATIONS. (a) Interest on all Loans shall be computed on the 
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which 
interest accrues and a year of 365/366 days,  in the case of Alternate Base 
Rate Loans, and a year of 360 days, in the case of Eurodollar Loans. In 
computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of the Loan on the 
first day of an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be included and 
the date of payment or the expiration date of an Interest Period, as the case 
may be, shall be excluded; PROVIDED, that if a Revolving Credit Loan is 
repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day's interest shall be paid 
on that Revolving Credit Loan.

   (b)  All computations made by the Agent or a Lender under this 
Agreement shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error.

   4.4  MINIMUM AMOUNTS. Except for conversions or prepayments made 
pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof, each borrowing, conversion and prepayment of 
principal of Loans shall be in an amount at least equal to $1,000,000, in the 
case of Eurodollar Loans, and $250,000, in the case of Alternate Base Rate 
Loans and integral multiples of conversions of or into Loans of different 
types or, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, having different Interest Periods 
at the same time hereunder are to be deemed separate borrowings, conversions 
and prepayments for purposes of the foregoing, one for each type of Interest 
Period).

SECTION 5. TERMINATION

   5.1  CREDIT EXPIRATION DATE. As used herein, "Credit Expiration Date" 
shall mean the earlier of (i) April 29, 1999 or such later date as the 
Borrowers and the Lenders shall agree, and (ii) such date as shall be 
determined pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof.

   5.2 TERMINATION BY THE BORROWERS. The Borrowers may terminate this 
Agreement and the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment upon not less than 
fifteen days' prior written notice to the Agent (which shall give prompt 
notice of the receipt thereof to the Lenders) signed by the President, the 
Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of each of 
the Borrowers and upon payment of all amounts owing to the Lenders hereunder 
and on


                                      27

<PAGE>



the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such termination shall be effective 
until all such amounts have been paid.


SECTION 6.  YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

   6.1  ADDITIONAL COSTS.  (a) The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall 
pay directly to the Agent for the account of each lender from time to time 
immediately upon demand such amounts as such Lender may determine to be 
necessary to compensate it (or any Booking Office) for any costs incurred by 
such Lender (or any Booking Office) or any reduction of the rate of return on 
assets or equity of such Lender (or any Booking Office) to a level below that 
which such Lender (or any Booking Office) could have achieved, 
which it determines are attributable to its making or 
maintaining of any Loans hereunder or its obligation to make or maintain any 
Loans hereunder, or any reduction in any amount receivable by such Lender 
(or any Booking Office) hereunder in respect of any Loans or such obligation 
(such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable or rate of 
return being herein called "ADDITIONAL COSTS"), resulting from any Regulatory 
Charge which (i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to such 
Lender under this Agreement or any Note payable to it (other than taxes 
imposed on the overall net income of such Lender or of its Booking Office by 
the jurisdiction in which such Lender has it principal place of business or 
such Booking Office, unless such tax is imposed solely as a result of the 
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents); (ii) imposes or modifies 
any reserve, special deposit, capital adequacy, capital maintenance or 
similar requirements, or results in any change in the interpretation or 
administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or 
comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, 
or the compliance by such Lender (or any Booking Office) or such Lender's 
holding company with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or 
capital maintenance (whether or not having the force of law) or with any such 
authority, central bank or comparable agency; or (iii) imposes any other 
condition affecting such Lender's return under this Agreement (or any of such 
extensions of credit or liabilities). Each Lender will notify the Agent, who 
in turn will notify the Borrowers, of any event which will entitle such Lender 
to compensation pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) as promptly as practicable 
after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such 
compensation; PROVIDED, that the failure of the Lender to so notify the

                                       28

<PAGE>

Agent or the failure of the Agent to so notify the Borrowers shall not 
affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder in respect of such 
Additional Costs. Such Lender will furnish the Agent with a certificate 
setting forth the basis and amount of each request by such Lender for 
compensation under this Section 6.1(a). The Agent shall promptly forward a 
copy of such certificate to the Borrowers.

   (b)  Without limiting the effect of the foregoing provisions of this 
Section 6.1, in the event that, by reason of any Regulatory Change, a 
Lender either (i) incurs Additional Costs based on or measured by the 
excess above a specified level of the amount of a category of deposits or 
other liabilities of such Lender which includes deposits by reference to 
which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined as provided in 
this Agreement or a category of extensions of credit or other assets of 
such Lender which includes Eurodollar Loans or (ii) becomes subject to 
restrictions on the amount of such a category of liabilities or assets 
which it may hold, then, if such Lender so elects by notice to the Agent, 
who shall give notice to the Borrowers, the obligation of such Lender to 
make, and to convert Alternate Base Rate Loans into, Eurodollar Loans 
hereunder shall be suspended until the date such Regulatory Change ceases 
to be in effect (and all Eurodollar Loans held by such Lender then 
outstanding shall be converted into Alternate Base Rate Loans in 
accordance with Section 6.4 hereof).

   (c)  Determinations by a Lender for purposes of this Section 6.1 of the 
effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of making or maintaining its 
Loans, its Revolving Credit Loan Commitment or its Term Loan Commitment or 
on amounts receivable by it hereunder or under its Notes, and of the 
additional amounts required to compensate such Lender in respect of any 
Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error.

   (d)  Each Lender that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any 
jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof agrees 
that, on or prior to the date any payment is due to be made to it 
hereunder or under any Loan Document, it will furnish to the Borrowers and 
the Agent:

      (i)  two valid, duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue  
   Service Form 4224 or United States Internal Revenue Form 1001 or


                                       29


<PAGE>


   successor applicable form, as the case may be, certifying in each 
   case that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under this 
   Agreement and the other Loan Documents without deduction or withholding 
   of any United States federal income taxes; and

      (ii)  a valid, duly completed United States Internal Revenue Service 
   Form W-8 or W-9 or successor applicable form, as the case may be, to 
   establish an exemption from United States back-up withholding tax.

Each Lender that so delivers to the Borrowers and the Agent a Form 1001 or 
4224 and Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms, agrees to deliver 
to the Borrowers and the Agent two further copies of the said Form 1001 or 
4224 and Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms, or other manner 
of certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that any such 
form expires or becomes obsolete or otherwise is required to be 
resubmitted as a condition to obtaining an exemption from withholding tax, 
or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent 
form previously delivered by it, and such extensions or renewals thereof 
as may reasonably be requested by the Borrowers and the Agent, certifying 
in the case of a Form 1001 or Form 4224 that such Lender is entitled to 
receive payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document without 
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, unless 
in any such cases an event (including, without limitation, any changes in 
Applicable Law) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery 
would otherwise be required that renders all such forms inapplicable or 
that would prevent such Lender from duly completing and delivering any 
such letter or form with respect to it and such Lender advises the 
Borrowers and the Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments 
without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax, 
and in the case of a Form W-8 or W-9, establishing an exemption from 
United States back-up withholding tax.

   6.2  LIMITATION ON TYPES OF LOANS. Anything herein to the contrary 
notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the 
determination of any interest rate for any Eurodollar Loan for any 
Interest Period therefor:


                                       30


<PAGE>

      (a)  the Agent (after consultation with the Lenders) determines (which 
   determination shall be conclusive) that the rate of interest which appears 
   on the Telerate Page or the quotations of interest rates for the relevant 
   deposit referred to in the definition of the Eurodollar Rate in Section 1 
   hereof are not being provided in the relevant amounts or for the relevant 
   maturities for purposes of determining the rate of interest for such 
   Eurodollar Loan as provided in this Agreement; or

      (b)  the Agent (after consultation with the Lenders) determines (which 
   determination shall be conclusive) that the relevant rates of interest 
   referred to in the definition of the Eurodollar Rate in Section 1 hereof 
   upon the basis of which the rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loan for 
   such Interest Period is to be determined do not accurately reflect the 
   cost to a Lender of making or maintaining such Eurodollar Loan for such 
   Interest Period;

then the Agent shall give the Borrowers prompt notice thereof, and so long 
as such condition remains in effect, such Lender shall be under no 
obligation to make Eurodollar Loans or to convert Alternate Base Rate 
Loans into Eurodollar Loans and the Borrowers shall, on the last day(s) of 
the then current Interest Period(s) for the outstanding Eurodollar Loans 
payable to such Lender, either prepay such Eurodollar Loans or convert such 
Eurodollar Loans into Alternate Base Rate Loans in accordance with Section 
6.4 hereof.

  6.3  ILLEGALITY. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement,
in the event that it becomes unlawful for a Lender or its Booking Office 
to (a) honor its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans hereunder, or (b) 
maintain Eurodollar Loans hereunder, then such Lender shall promptly 
notify the Agent who shall give the Borrowers prompt notice thereof, and 
such Lender's obligation to make Eurodollar Loans and to convert Alternate 
Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Loans hereunder shall be suspended until 
such time as such Lender may again make and maintain Eurodollar Loans, and 
such Lender's outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted into 
Alternate Base Rate Loans in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof.


                                       31




<PAGE>

   6.4  CERTAIN CONVERSIONS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 6.1, 6,2 AND 6.3. If a 
Eurodollar Loan (such Eurodollar Loan being herein called "AFFECTED LOAN") is 
to be converted pursuant to Sections 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3 hereof, such Affected 
Loan shall be automatically converted into an Alternate Base Rate Loan on the 
last day(s) of the then current Interest Period for the Affected Loan (or, in 
the case of a conversion required by Section 6.3 hereof, on such earlier date 
as the Agent may specify to the Borrowers) and, unless and until such Lender 
gives notice that the circumstances specified in Sections 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3 
hereof which gave rise to such conversion no longer exist, to the extent that 
the Affected Loan has been so converted, all payments and prepayments of 
principal which would otherwise be applied to the Affected Loans shall be 
applied instead to its Alternate Base Rate Loan.

   6.5  COMPENSATION. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall pay to the 
Agent (which shall immediately distribute the amount received to the Lender 
entitled hereto, upon the request of such Lender given through the Agent) 
such amount or amounts as shall be sufficient (in the opinion of such Lender) 
to compensate it for any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

      (a) any payment, prepayment or conversion of a Eurodollar Loan made by 
   such Lender on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for 
   such Eurodollar Loan; or

      (b) any failure by the Borrowers to borrow, convert or prepay a 
   Eurodollar Loan held by such Lender on the date for such borrowing, 
   conversion or prepayment specified in the relevant Loan Request, Notice of 
   Conversion or Continuation or notice of prepayment delivered under Section 
   4.1(d) hereof, respectively;

such compensation to include, without limitation, an amount equal to the 
excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the 
principal amount so paid, prepaid or converted or not borrowed for the period 
from the date of such payment, prepayment or conversion or failure to borrow 
to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan 
(or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period for such 
Eurodollar Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure to 
borrow) at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loan

                                       32




<PAGE>

provided for herein over (ii) the interest component (as reasonably 
determined by such Lender) of the amount (as reasonably determined by such 
Lender) such Lender would have bid in the Eurocurrency market for Dollar 
deposits of amounts comparable to such principal amount and maturities 
comparable to such period.

SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   On and after the Effective Date (except that the representation and 
warranty contained in Section 7.19(b) shall be made only on and after the 
date the Lenders make the initial Loans to the Borrower), each Borrower 
represents and warrants, with respect to itself, to the Agent and the Lenders 
that:

   7.1 ORGANIZATION, POWERS, ETC. (a) CCCIS is a corporation duly
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the 
State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign 
corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business 
requires such qualification other than those where the failure to so qualify 
would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, 
property or financial or other condition of CCCIS or impair the Assigned 
Collateral or the Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies 
upon an Event of Default. CCCIS has all requisite corporate power and 
authority to conduct its business as contemplated to be conducted, to own its 
properties and to execute, deliver, and perform all of its obligations 
under the Loan Documents to which CCCIS is a party.

   (b) The Joint Venture Agreement is in full force and effect, and is 
a valid and binding agreement of all the parties thereto. CCCDC is a general 
partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws 
of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business in each 
jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification 
other than those where the failure to so qualify would not have a material 
adverse effect on the business operations, property or financial or other 
condition of CCCDC or impair the Assigned Collateral or the Lenders' or the 
Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of Default. CCCDC has 
all powers and authority under the Joint Venture Agreement to conduct its 
business as contemplated to be conducted, to own its properties and to 
execute, deliver, and perform all of its

                                       33

<PAGE>

obligations under the Loan Documents to which CCCDC is a party.

   7.2 CORPORATE AUTHORITY, ETC. The execution, delivery and performance by 
such Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly 
authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise), on the part of 
such Borrower and do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any law, 
rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction decree, determination or 
award to which such Borrower is subject or, with respect to CCCIS, of the 
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of CCCIS or, with respect to CCCDC, 
any provision of the Joint Venture Agreement, (ii) result in a breach of or 
constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any 
other agreement, lease or instrument to which such Borrower is a party or by 
which such Borrower or any of its properties is bound or (iii) result in, or 
require, the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, 
assignment, pledge, Lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of 
any nature upon or with respect to any of such Borrower's properties, except 
as otherwise provided by the Security Agreement to which such party is 
Borrower; nor is such Borrower in default under any such law, rule, 
regulation (other than those laws, rules or regulations the  violation of 
which would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, 
property or financial or other condition of such Borrower or any of its 
subsidiaries or impair the Assigned Collateral or the Lenders' or the Agent's 
rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of Default), order, writ, 
judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award to which it is subject 
or any such indenture, agreement, lease or instrument to which it is a party 
(by successor in interest or otherwise) or by which any of the properties 
owned by it or used in the conduct of its business is affected (other than 
(i) those indentures, agreements, leases or instruments which, in the 
aggregate, involve future payment or receipt of less than $500,000 and (ii) 
the Existing Indebtedness).

   7.3 GOVERNMENT APPROVALS. Other than those which have been obtained and 
are in full force and effect, no authorization, consent, approval, license, 
exemption of or filing or registration with any commission, board, bureau, 
agency or instrumentality, is or will be necessary to the valid execution, 
delivery or performance by such Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is 
a party.

                                       34

<PAGE>

   7.4 GOVERNMENT REGULATION. Neither such Borrower nor any subsidiary of 
such Borrower is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 
1940, as amended, or any other federal or state statute or regulation which 
limits the ability of such Borrower to incur indebtedness or the ability of 
such Borrower to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Loan 
Documents to which it is a party.

   7.5 VALID AND BINDING BORROWER OBLIGATIONS. The Loan Documents to which it
is a party are the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Borrower, 
enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

   7.6 LITIGATION. Except as set forth in Schedule 7.6, there are no actions
suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such Borrower, 
threatened against or affecting such Borrower or any subsidiary of such 
Borrower, the business or any property of such Borrower or any subsidiary of 
such Borrower, which, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse 
effect on the business, operations, property or financial or other condition 
of such Borrower or impair the Assigned Collateral or the Lenders' or the 
Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of Default, or 
involving the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to 
which it is a party at law or in equity before any court, governmental agency 
or regulatory authority (federal, state or local).

   7.7 USE OF PROCEEDS. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to 
purchase or carry any "margin stock" (as defined in Federal Reserve 
Regulation U) or to extend credit to others for such purpose. Such Borrower 
does not engage in, nor have as one of its important activities, the business 
of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin 
stock.

   7.8 ACCURACY OF INFORMATION. All information, financial or otherwise,
written or verbal, supplied by such Borrower to the Agent or any Lender is 
true, complete and accurate in all material respects and does not omit to 
state a material fact necessary in order to make any statement contained 
therein or herein not misleading, as of the date such statement was made.

   7.9 ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of such Borrower.

                                       35



<PAGE>

contained in each Loan Document delivered by such Borrower in connection with 
this Agreement are, or when such Loan Document is delivered will be, true and 
correct.

   7.10 EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS. The Existing Indebtedness, and accrued and 
unpaid interest thereon, have been paid in full, and any and all Liens 
securing such Existing Indebtedness have been released or provision for 
release of such Liens satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders has 
been made.

   7.11 FINANCIAL POSITION. The consolidated balance sheets of InfoVest and 
its consolidated subsidiaries as at April 30, 1993 and the related statements 
of income and shareholders' equity of InfoVest and its consolidated 
subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, audited by Price Waterhouse, 
independent accountants, copies of which have been furnished to the Lenders, 
present the consolidated financial position of InfoVest and its consolidated 
subsidiaries as at such date and the consolidated results of the operations 
of InfoVest and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period ended on such 
date, all in accordance with GAAP.

   7.12 PLEDGE OF COLLATERAL. The Collateral Agent, pursuant to the Security 
Agreement to which such Borrower is a party, holds a valid, perfected and 
first priority security interest in the Assigned Collateral covered thereby.

   7.13 TITLE TO ASSETS. Such Borrower has legal title to all assets owned by 
it on the date hereof, and will have legal title to all assets acquired by it 
at any time subsequent to the date hereof, free and clear of all Liens, 
except as contemplated by the Security Agreement to which such Borrower is a 
party.

   7.14 TAX RETURNS. Such Borrower and each of its subsidiaries (i) has filed 
all federal tax returns and state tax returns for the state in which it is 
incorporated and the state in which it has its principal place of business, 
and all other state and local tax returns required to be filed by it, other 
than such tax returns with respect to which the failure to file would not (x) 
materially adversely affect the business, properties, conditions (financial 
or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of such Borrower and its 
subsidiaries or (y) impair the Assigned Collateral or the Lenders' or the 
Agent's rights to exercise


                                      36


<PAGE>

their remedies upon an Event of Default, and (ii) has not failed to pay any 
taxes, or interest and penalties relating thereto, on or before the due dates 
thereof except for (x) taxes not yet due and (y) taxes with respect to which 
the failure to pay would not (1) materially adversely affect the business, 
properties, conditions (financial or otherwise), results of operations or 
prospects of such Borrower and its subsidiaries or (2) impair the Assigned 
Collateral or the Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies 
upon an Event of Default. Except to the extent that reserves therefor are 
reflected in the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.11 
hereof, (a) there are no material federal, state or local tax liabilities of 
such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries due or to become due for any tax 
year ended on or prior to the date of execution of this Agreement relating to 
such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries, whether incurred in respect of or 
measured by the income of such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries, which are 
not properly reflected in the financial statements delivered pursuant to 
Section 7.11, and (b) there are no material claims pending, proposed or 
threatened against such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries for past federal, 
state or local taxes, except those, if any, as to which proper reserves in 
accordance with GAAP are reflected in such financial statements.

   7.15 ERISA. Each Plan is in compliance with all of the applicable material
provisions of ERISA, except for such provisions with respect to which the 
failure to comply would not (x) materially adversely affect the business, 
properties, conditions (financial or otherwise), results of operations or 
prospects of such Borrower and its subsidiaries or (y) impair the Assigned 
Collateral or the Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies 
upon an Event of Default. Each Plan intended to be qualified under Section 
401(a) of the Code is so qualified. No Plan has incurred an "accumulated 
funding deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 
412 of the Code) whether or not waived. Neither such Borrower nor any ERISA 
Affiliate (i) has incurred or expects to incur any liability under Title IV 
of ERISA with respect to any Plan which could give rise to a Lien in favor of 
the PBGC, other than liability for the payment of premiums, all of which have 
been timely paid when due in accordance with Section 4007 of ERISA, (ii) has 
incurred or expects to incur any withdrawal liability, within the meaning of 
Section 4201 of ERISA, (iii) is subject to any Lien under Section 412(n) of 
the Code of Sections 302 (f) or 4068 of ERISA or arising

                                      37


<PAGE>

out of any action brought under Sections 4070 or 4301 of ERISA, or (iv) is 
required to provide security to a Plan under Section 401(a)(29) of the Code. 
The PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate any Plan or to appoint a 
trustee or administrator of any such Plan and no circumstances exist that 
constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA to commence any such 
proceedings.

   7.16 NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since December 31, 1993, there has 
occurred no event which has or had a material adverse effect upon the 
business, properties, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), 
results of operations or prospects of such Borrower and its subsidiaries, 
taken as a whole, or upon the ability of such Borrower to perform its 
obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to which it is a 
party or upon the ability of the Lenders or the Agent to enforce this 
Agreement or the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party, 
except as set forth in Schedule 7.16.

   7.17 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Such Borrower and its subsidiaries are in 
compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.

   7.18 PARI PASSU. The obligations of such Borrower to the Agent and each 
Lender hereunder rank and will at all times rank at least PARI PASSU with all
other unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Borrower.

   7.19 CAPITAL STOCK. (a) No Person, other than InfoVest, has the right to 
require CCCIS to issue to such Person or any other Person any Capital Stock, 
other equity securities or any other ownership interest in (including, 
without limitation, stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into 
Capital Stock, other equity securities or ownership interests) CCCIS.

   (b) No Person, other than CCCIS, has the right to require CCCDC to issue 
to such Person or any other Person any ownership interest in (including, 
without limitation, securities exchangeable for or convertible into ownership 
interests) CCCDC.

   7.20 FRANCHISES, LICENSES, TRADEMARKS AND OTHER RIGHTS. Such Borrower and 
its subsidiaries have all franchises, permits, licenses and other authority 
as are necessary to enable them to conduct their respective businesses as 
presently being conducted and as proposed to

                                     38



<PAGE>


be conducted, and none of them is in default under any of such 
franchises, permits, licenses or other authority,  except for such 
defaults which would not materially adversely affect the business, 
properties, conditions (financial or otherwise), results of operations 
or prospects of such Borrower and its subsidiaries or impair the 
Assigned Collateral or the Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise 
their remedies upon an Event of Default. Such Borrower and its 
subsidiaries possess all patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark 
rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights and other 
intellectual property rights necessary to conduct their respective 
businesses as presently being conducted and as proposed to be 
conducted, without conflict with any valid rights of others which could 
materially adversely affect the business, properties, conditions 
(financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of such 
Borrower and its subsidiaries or impair the Assigned Collateral or the 
Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event 
of Default.

SECTION 8.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   Each borrowing of a Loan pursuant to this Agreement may be made only if 
the following conditions precedent are met and each request for a Loan 
shall constitute a representation and warranty that such conditions 
precedent have been met:

   8.1 NO DEFAULT.  Except as otherwise consented to by the Required 
Lenders in writing, on the date of each borrowing, no Default or Event 
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date.

   8.2 OPINIONS OF COUNSEL. On the date of the initial borrowing, the 
Agent shall have received (with sufficient copies for the Lenders):

      (a) the favorable written opinion of Sidley & Austin, special 
   counsel to the Borrowers, addressed to and satisfactory in form, scope 
   and substance to the Agent and Lenders;

      (b) the favorable written opinion of Sidley & Austin, special 
   counsel to InfoVest, addressed to and satisfactory in form, scope and 
   substance to the Agent and the Lenders; and


                             39

<PAGE>

      (c) such other opinions as may be reasonably requested by the 
   Agent and the Lenders or counsel for the Agent and the Lenders.

   8.3 OTHER SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. On or prior to the date of the 
initial borrowing, the Borrowers shall deliver, or cause to be 
delivered, to the Agent (with sufficient copies for the Lenders):

      (a) this Agreement, executed by each of the parties hereto, 
   together with all schedules hereto;

      (b) an executed Guaranty;

      (c) an executed Pledge Agreement, together with a written 
   acknowledgment by the Collateral Agent relating to its receipt of the 
   Capital Stock pledged pursuant thereto;

      (d) an executed Master Note and Term Note payable to each Lender;

      (e) good standing certificates as of dates no more than twenty 
   days prior to the date of such initial borrowing, with respect to 
   CCCIS, CCC Vehicle Damage Estimators, Inc. and InfoVest, from the 
   Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and from the Secretary of
   State of each state in which CCCIS, CCC Vehicle Damage Estimators, 
   Inc. or InfoVest is qualified to be business;

      (f) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and 
   President or Chief Financial Officer of each Borrower substantially 
   in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C;

      (g) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and 
   President or Chief Financial Officer of InfoVest substantially in 
   the form attached hereto as Exhibit C;

      (h) evidence of such filings of financing statements and 
   assignments or notices of assignments in such jurisdictions as the 
   Agent may deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect the 
   Collateral Agent's first priority security interest in the Assigned 
   Collateral located in the State of Illinois;


                             40

<PAGE>

      (i) executed Security Agreements;

      (j) a copy of an executed agreement between the Borrower and each 
   holder of the Existing Indebtedness, pursuant to which the Borrower 
   shall have agreed to retire on the date of the initial borrowing under 
   this Agreement such Existing Indebtedness by payment to each holder 
   of an amount not in excess of the principal amount of such holder's 
   Existing Indebtedness plus accrued interest thereon to the date of 
   such payment;

      (k) a copy of an executed agreement between White River and 
   InfoVest with respect to White River's equity investment in 
   InfoVest, substantially as contemplated in a letter dated 
   December 22, 1993 to Mr. Terry Baxter of Fund American Enterprises 
   Holding from Mr. Daniel D. Jackson on behalf of InfoVest and 
   in the Fund American Proposal dated as of December 22, 1993, copies 
   of which are attached hereto as Schedule 8.3;

      (l) a copy of (x) the annual audited report for InfoVest and its 
   subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1993, including 
   therein the consolidated balance sheet of InfoVest and its subsidiaries 
   as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements 
   of income and cash flows of InfoVest and its subsidiaries for such 
   year, or statements providing substantially similar information, in 
   each case as to which Price Waterhouse was unable to express an 
   opinion, and (y) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of 
   InfoVest and its subsidiaries for the eight month period ended 
   December 31, 1993 and the related unaudited consolidated statements 
   of income and cash flows of InfoVest and its subsidiaries for such 
   eight month period and the portion of the fiscal year through such 
   date, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous 
   year certified by a responsible officer as fairly presenting the 
   financial position and the results of operations of InfoVest and 
   its subsidiaries as at and for such eight month period and as having 
   been prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end 
   audit adjustments); and

      (m) such other documents, as the Agent and the Lenders or counsel 
   for the Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request.

                               41

<PAGE>

   8.4 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY. White River shall invest, or cause to be 
invested, either in cash or by a capital contribution in the form of cash or 
securities or a combination thereof, in InfoVest an amount equal to 
$40,000,000, in exchange for $39,000,000 Class A Redeemable Voting 
Preferred Stock of InfoVest and common stock of InfoVest equal to 37.5% of 
fully diluted common stock of InfoVest on the date of such investment.

   8.5 CONTROL OF INFOVEST. White River shall own, directly or indirectly, at 
least 51% of the then outstanding voting securities of InfoVest. InfoVest's 
Board of Directors shall consist of no less than five (5) and no more than 
seven (7) members (i) at least two of whom are either a director, an officer 
or an employee of White River or of an affiliate of White River, and (ii) at 
least three of whom were recommended by the senior management of InfoVest. 
The remaining members, if any, of InfoVest's Board of Directors shall consist 
of Persons recommended by White River.

   8.6 INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS. On or prior to the date of each borrowing, 
CCCIS shall have entered into Interest Rate Contracts with one or more 
financial institutions acceptable to the Agent, in its sole discretion, with 
an aggregate notional principal amount equal to the outstanding principal 
amount of the Loans (after giving effect to such borrowing), at fixed or 
maximum interest rates and upon terms and conditions (including, without 
limitation, measures of damages for early termination), acceptable to the 
Agent in its sole discretion.

   8.7 LOAN REQUEST. The Borrowers shall have delivered to the Agent a Loan 
Request complying with the provisions of Section 2.3, in the case of 
Revolving Credit Loans, or Section 3.3, in the case of Term Loans.

   8.8 FEES PAID. There shall have been paid to the Agent, for its own 
account and for the account of each Lender, as applicable, the Commitment Fee 
and the other fees due and payable on the date or through the date of such 
borrowing.

   8.9 NOTICES FROM THE LENDERS. The Agent shall not have received any 
notification from the Required Lenders that any condition precedent set forth 
in Section 8 has not then been satisfied.

                                      42

<PAGE>

   8.10 CCC DEVELOPMENT COMPANY. White River Ventures, Inc. shall have 
purchased all of the issued and outstanding stock of UCOP Inc., and shall 
have transferred to CCCIS its entire interest in UCOP Inc.; and as a result 
thereof, CCCIS shall own 100% of the general partnership interests in CCCDC 
free and clear of all Liens, except the Liens contemplated by the CCCIS 
Security Agreement.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

   Each Borrower, with respect to itself, covenants and agrees with the Agent 
and each Lender that from and after the Effective Date and so long as this 
Agreement shall remain in effect or any Loans or any other amounts owing 
under this Agreement shall be unpaid, unless the Required Lenders and the 
Agent shall otherwise consent in writing, it will:

   9.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES, ETC. Pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or 
upon its income or profits, prior to the date on which penalties attach 
thereto, and all lawful claims, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or 
charge upon any of its assets, other than those Taxes and lawful claims which 
(i) such Borrower is contesting the imposition or amount thereof in good 
faith and by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently 
conducted, (ii) such Borrower is lawfully permitted, in view of such contest, 
to defer the payment thereof, (iii) such reserve or other appropriate 
provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have 
been made therefor, (iv) the Lenders are satisfied that the deferral of the 
payment thereof will not impair the Assigned Collateral or the Lenders' or 
the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of Default, or such 
Borrower's ability to conduct its business, and (v) if the amount of the 
Taxes or claims being contested equals or exceeds $100,000, if the Lenders so 
require, such Borrower remits to the Agent an amount equal to the amount of 
the Taxes or claims being contested, which amount the Agent will hold in 
escrow until the termination of the contest, at which time it will, to the 
extent required by law, be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority 
(with any balance, and, if and only to the extent the funds remitted to the 
Agent earn interest, interest thereon, returned to such Borrower).

   9.2 PRESERVATION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE. Continue to engage in business of 
the same general type as now 

                                      43

<PAGE>

conducted and preserve and maintain its existence in the jurisdiction of its 
incorporation or organization, and its rights, franchises and privileges 
material to the conduct of its business as now being conducted, and qualify 
and remain qualified as a foreign corporation or entity in each jurisdiction 
in which such qualification is necessary or desirable in view of its business 
operations or the ownership of its properties.

   9.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. Comply with the requirements of all 
Applicable Laws, of any Governmental Authority, except where such 
noncompliance would not have a material adverse effect on the business, 
operations, property or financial or other condition of such Borrower.

   9.4 INSPECTION RIGHTS. At any reasonable time and from time to time during 
normal business hours upon notice to such Borrower, permit the Agent, any 
Lender or any agents or representatives thereof, at the expense of the Agent 
or such Lender, to examine and make copies of the records and books of 
account of such Borrower related to the transactions contemplated by the 
Loan Documents and to visit its properties, and to discuss its affairs, 
finances and accounts with any of its authorized agents or officers.

   9.5 MAINTENANCE OF APPROVALS, FILINGS AND REGISTRATIONS. At all times 
maintain in effect, renew and comply with all the terms and conditions of all 
consents, licenses, approvals and authorizations as may be necessary or 
appropriate under any Applicable Law or regulation (i) for the execution, 
delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, (ii) to make the Loan 
Documents to which such Borrower is a party legal, valid, binding and 
enforceable against such Borrower and (iii) to conduct its business as now 
being conducted.

   9.6 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent 
(with sufficient copies for the Lenders):

      (a) As soon as available, but, in any event not later than ninety (90) 
   days after the end of each fiscal year of each of InfoVest and CCCIS, a 
   copy of the annual audited consolidated and consolidating reports for 
   InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may be, for such year, including therein 
   the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of InfoVest or CCCIS, as 
   the case may be, as at the end of such year and the related consolidated

                                      44





<PAGE>

   and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of InfoVest 
   or CCCIS, as the case may be, for such year, or statements 
   providing substantially similar information, in each case certified 
   without qualification by an independent public accountant of 
   recognized national standing as fairly representing the financial 
   position and results of operation of InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case 
   may be, and its subsidiaries as at and for the year ending on its 
   date and having been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

      (b) As soon as available, but in any event not later than 
   forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three 
   quarterly periods of each fiscal year of each of InfoVest and 
   CCCIS, the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets 
   of InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may be, and its subsidiaries as 
   at the end of each such quarter and the related unaudited 
   consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows 
   of InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may be, and its subsidiaries for 
   such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through such date, 
   setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the 
   previous year, certified by a responsible officer as fairly 
   presenting the financial position and the results of operations of 
   InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may be, and its subsidiaries as at 
   and for the quarter ending on its date and as having been prepared 
   in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit 
   adjustments).

      (c) Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements 
   referred to in Sections 9.6(a) and (b) above, a certificate of the 
   Treasurer of InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may be, (i) stating 
   that such officer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and the 
   other Loan Documents to which InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may 
   be, is a party and has made, or caused to be made under his 
   supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and 
   condition of InfoVest or CCCIS, as the case may be, and its 
   subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by such financial 
   statements and that such review has not disclosed the existence 
   during or at the end of such accounting period, and that such 
   officer does not have knowledge of the existence as at the date of 
   such certificate, of any Default or Event of Default except as 
   specified in such certificate and (ii) containing the computation 
   of, and showing

                                     45

<PAGE>

   compliance with, each of Sections 9.13, 10.2, 10.10, 10.11 and 
   10.12.

      (d) Promptly and in any event within five (5) Business Days 
   after such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to 
   know that a Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Plan, 
   a statement of the chief financial officer of such Borrower setting 
   forth details as to such reportable event and the action that such 
   Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect 
   thereto, together with a copy of the notice of such Reportable 
   Event, if any, given to the PBGC, the Internal Revenue Service or 
   the Department of Labor; (ii) promptly and in any event within ten 
   (10) Business Days after receipt thereof, a copy of any notice such 
   Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may receive from the PBGC relating 
   to the intention of the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a 
   trustee to administer any such Plan; (iii) promptly and in any 
   event within ten (10) Business Days after a filing with the PBGC 
   pursuant to Section 412(n) of the Code of a notice of failure to 
   make a required installment or other payment with respect to a 
   Plan, a statement of the chief financial officer of such Borrower 
   setting forth details as to such failure and the action that such 
   Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect 
   thereto, together with a copy of such notice given to the PBGC; and 
   (iv) promptly and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after 
   receipt thereof by such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the 
   sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, a copy of each notice received by 
   such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate concerning the imposition of 
   withdrawal liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan 
   is, or is expected to be, terminated or reorganized.

      (e) Promptly and in any event with five (5) Business Days after 
   the same are publicly available, copies of all regular and periodic 
   financial information, proxy materials and other information and 
   reports, if any, which such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries 
   shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any 
   securities exchange.

      (f) As soon as available, but in any event not later than 
   fifteen (15) days after the end of each quarterly period of each 
   fiscal year of such Borrower, 

                                     46

<PAGE>

   an aging analysis of all outstanding accounts receivable as of the 
   end of such quarterly period.

      (g) Such other information respecting the business or the 
   condition or operation of such Borrower, financial or otherwise, as 
   the Agent or the Lenders may from time to time reasonably request.

   9.7 INDEMNIFICATION. Pay, protect, indemnify and save harmless, jointly 
and severally, the Agent, each Lender and in their capacity as such, each of 
its officers, directors, shareholders, controlling persons, employees and 
agents from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, penalties, 
causes of action, suits, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, 
attorneys' fees and expenses) or judgments of any nature related to the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; 
PROVIDED, that such Borrower will not be liable to the Agent, a Lender or, in 
their capacity as such, any officer, director, shareholder, controlling 
person, employee or agent of the Agent or the Lender for such liabilities, 
losses, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, suits, costs and 
expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) or judgments 
arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent, such 
Lender or such officer, director, shareholder, controlling person, employee 
or agent.

   9.8 PERFORMANCE OF AGREEMENTS. Duly and punctually pay and perform each of 
its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

   9.9 NOTICES. Promptly give notice to the Agent:

       (a) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, 
   stating that such notice is a "notice of default";

       (b) of any (i) default or event of default under any contractual 
   obligation of such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) 
   litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time 
   between such Borrower or any of its subsidiaries and any 
   Governmental Authority, which in either case, if not cured or if 
   adversely determined, as the case may be, would have a material 
   adverse effect on the business, operations, property or financial 
   or other condition of such Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a 
 whole;

                                     47

<PAGE>



      (c) of any litigation or proceeding to which such Borrower or any of 
   its subsidiaries is a party and which, if adversely determined, could have 
   a material adverse effect on the business, operations, property or 
   financial or other condition of such Borrower or such Borrower and its 
   subsidiaries taken as a whole;

      (d) of a material adverse change in the business, operations, property or 
   financial or other condition of the Borrower or such Borrower and its 
   subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

      (e) of material developments, as they occur, but in no event less than 
   quarterly, with respect to the negotiations between CCCIS and Allstate 
   Insurance Company in connection with the Tech-Cor Agreement.

Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement 
of a responsible officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to 
therein and stating what action such Borrower proposes to take with respect 
thereto.

   9.10 PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or 
before maturity or before they become delinquent in accordance with its 
normal business practices, as the case may be, all its material obligations 
or whatever nature.

   9.11 BOOKS AND RECORDS. Keep, or cause to be kept, adequate records and 
books of account, in which complete entries are to be made reflecting its 
business and financial transactions, such entries to be made in accordance 
with GAAP as in effect in the United States consistently applied in the case 
of financial transactions or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws.


   9.12 FURTHER ASSURANCES. As from time to time requested by the Agent or a 
Lender, at the cost and expense of the Borrowers, execute and deliver to the 
Agent and the Lenders all such documents and instruments and do all such 
other acts and things as may be reasonably required to enable the Agent and 
the Lenders to exercise and enforce their respective rights under this 
Agreement, and record and file and re-record and refile all such documents 
and instruments, at such time or times, in such manner and at such place or 
places, all as may be necessary to validate, preserve and protect the 
position of the Agent and the

                                      48

<PAGE>


Lenders under the Loan Documents. The Agent may, and at the request of any 
Lender shall, upon any extension of this Agreement, request an opinion of 
counsel, selected by the Borrowers and approved by the Agent, with respect to 
action required to be taken for the protection of the rights of the Agent and 
the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

   9.13 EQUITY OFFERINGS. Apply, on the first Business Day following the 
receipt thereof, to the repayment of the Term Loans the funds remitted to 
CCCIS by InfoVest from the sale of any Capital Stock by InfoVest. Each Lender 
shall apply each such repayment received by such Lender to the scheduled 
principal payments of its Term Loan such that the amount applied to each 
scheduled payment bears the same ratio to the total amount of such repayment 
as the remaining outstanding principal amount of each such scheduled payment 
bears to the total remaining outstanding principal amount of such Lender's 
Term Loan.


   9.14 OTHER AGREEMENTS.

      (a) Maintain in full force and effect, on terms no less favorable to the 
   Borrowers and InfoVest then exist on the date of this Agreement, the Amended 
   and Restated Data Base Licensing Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 among the 
   Borrowers, InfoVest, CCC Vehicle Damage Estimators, Inc. and Motor Books 
   Division, a unit of Hearst Business Publishing, Inc.

      (b) Enter into, on or prior to April 29, 1995, the Tech-Cor Agreement.

      (c) Maintain in full force and effect Interest Rate Contracts with one or 
   more financial institutions acceptable to the Agent, in its sole discretion, 
   with an aggregate notional principal amount equal to the outstanding 
   principal amount of the Loans, at fixed or maximum interest rates and upon 
   terms and conditions (including, without limitation, measures of damages for 
   early termination), acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion.

      (d) Comply in all material respect with all indentures, loan or credit 
   agreements and any other agreement, lease or instrument (including, without 
   limitation, Contract Funding Agreements) to which such Borrower is a party.

                                      49

<PAGE>


      (e) Prior to May 30, 1994, deliver to the Agent executed copies of any 
   Contract Funding Agreement entered into by such Borrower after the date of 
   this Agreement.

   9.15 INSURANCE. Maintain, and cause each subsidiary to maintain with 
financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance as may be required by 
Applicable Law and such other insurance, to such extent and against such 
hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by companies similarly 
situated.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

   Each Borrower with respect to itself, covenants and agrees with the Agent 
and each Lender that from and after the Effective Date and so long as this 
Agreement shall remain in effect and Loans or any other amounts owing under 
this Agreement shall be unpaid, such Borrower will not, directly or 
indirectly, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing;

   10.1 USE OF PROCEEDS. Use the proceeds of the Loans for any purpose other 
than to (i) retire the Existing Indebtedness, (ii) acquire from White River 
Ventures, Inc. its entire interest in UCOP Inc. for a purchase price not to 
exceed $7,000,000, plus interest thereon, as contemplated in the Call 
Agreement dated as of March 30, 1994 between InfoVest and White River 
Ventures, Inc. (a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 10.1), (iii) 
pay fees and transaction expenses incurred in connection with the 
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the transaction described 
in clauses (i) and (ii) above, or (iv) provide funds for general corporate 
purposes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

   10.2 FINANCIAL COVENANT. Permit the Total Debt Service Coverage, as 
determined for CCCIS's fiscal year ending April 30, to be less than the ratio 
set forth opposite such fiscal year below:

                                      50



<PAGE>
                                   Minimum
        Fiscal Year Ending          Ratio
        ------------------         -------
          April 30, 1995             1.10
          April 30, 1996             1.50
          April 30, 1997             1.75
          April 30, 1998             2.00
          April 30, 1999             2.00

   10.3 AMENDMENTS. Amend, or consent to any amendment, waiver, supplement or 
modification of any Loan Document or the Servicing Agreement. 

   10.4 MAXIMUM CREDITS OUTSTANDING. Permit (i) the aggregate principal amount 
of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans or the Term Loan of a Lender to exceed 
such Lender's Revolving Credit Loan Commitment or Term Loan Commitment, 
respectively, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving 
Credit Loans or Term Loans of the Lenders to exceed the Aggregate Revolving 
Credit Loan Commitment or Aggregate Term Loan Commitment, respectively.

   10.5  LIENS.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or 
with respect to any of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, 
or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income to secure any 
obligation, except (i) as contemplated by the Security Agreement to which 
such Borrower is a party, (ii) with respect to permitted Indebtedness which, 
when combined with permitted Indebtedness of the other Borrower, in the 
aggregate, does not exceed $500,000, (iii) with respect to Contract Funding 
Agreements, (iv) Purchase Money Liens with respect to Purchase Money Debt in 
an aggregate principal amount, when combined with Purchase Money Debt 
incurred by the other Borrower, of no more than $500,000, (v) Liens with 
respect to Capital Leases arising in the ordinary course of business of such 
Borrower; PROVIDED, that (x) the property underlying such Capital Leases is 
not property subject to the Lien of any Security Agreement and (y) the 
aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Capital Leases, when 
combined with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Capital 
Leases of the other Borrower, does not at any time exceed $2,000,000, and 
(vi) Liens with respect to Indebtedness representing all or any part of the 
purchase price of any property purchased for resale or lease to customers in 
the ordinary course of business of a Borrower or any of a Borrower's 
subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that the gross amount of such resale price or the 
aggregate lease


                                    51
<PAGE>

payments required to be made throughout the terms of the lease exceeds such 
Indebtedness, that such resale or lease occurs within three months after the 
date such Indebtedness arises and that the terms of such 
resale or lease require payments to such Borrower or such subsidiary that are 
sufficient to repay such Indebtedness and interest thereon on a timely basis.

  10.6  INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any 
Indebtedness, whether current or funded, or any other liability except (i) 
the Loans, (ii) Indebtedness existing on the date of the execution of this 
Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Indebtedness shall not be extended 
beyond the maturity date therefor and increased above the amount thereof as 
both existed on the date of execution of this Agreement, (iii) other 
Indebtedness to the Agent or the Lenders arising hereunder, (iv) Indebtedness 
representing the fees payable to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the 
Security Agreement to which such Borrower is a party, (v) Indebtedness or 
other liability incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower; 
PROVIDED, that such Indebtedness, when combined with permitted Indebtedness 
of the other Borrower, does not exceed at any one time outstanding $100,000, 
(vi) Indebtedness with respect to Contract Funding Agreements, (vii) Purchase 
Money Debt in an aggregate principal amount, when combined with Purchase 
Money Debt incurred by the other Borrower, of no more than $500,000, (viii) 
Indebtedness with respect to Capital Leases, when combined with the aggregate 
outstanding principal amount of Capital Leases of the other Borrower, not to 
exceed at any time an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to 
$2,000,000, (ix) Indebtedness representing all or any part of the purchase 
price of any property purchased for resale or lease to customers in the 
ordinary course of business of a Borrower or any of a Borrower's 
subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that the gross amount of such resale price or the 
aggregate lease payments required to be made throughout the terms of the 
lease exceeds such Indebtedness, that such resale or lease occurs within 
three months after the date such Indebtedness arises and that the terms of 
such resale or lease require payments to such Borrower or such subsidiary 
that are sufficient to repay such Indebtedness on a timely basis, and (x) 
loans borrowed by CCCIS from InfoVest; PROVIDED, that such loans are made 
from the proceeds of the sale of the stock or assets of Credit Card Service 
Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original Research 
II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. or

                                      52

<PAGE>

Phone Base Systems, Inc. and that such loans are unsecured and subordinated 
to the Loans and are made on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent and 
the Banks.

   10.7  PROHIBITION OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. Wind up, liquidate or dissolve 
its affairs or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or 
convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (or agree to do any of the 
foregoing at any future time), whether in one or a series of transactions, all 
or any substantial part of its assets, or permit any of its subsidiaries to 
do any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) any subsidiary (other 
than a Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any other subsidiary (other 
than a Borrower), (ii) any subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may sell, 
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets to another 
subsidiary (other than a Borrower), (iii) such Borrower may merge or 
consolidate with the other Borrower, PROVIDED that, immediately after such 
merger or consolidation, no Event of Default shall exist and there shall not 
be a default under any Loan Document or any material loan agreement to which 
either Borrower is a party, (iv) any subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may 
merge or consolidate with any other corporation, provided that, immediately 
after giving effect to such merger or consolidation (A) the continuing or 
surviving entity of such merger or consolidation shall be such subsidiary and 
(B) no Event of Default shall exist, (v) such Borrower may sell, lease, 
transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets to the other 
Borrower, (vii) CCCIS may wind up, liquidate, dissolve, convey, sell or 
otherwise dispose of the stock or assets of Equitel Corp. or Original 
Research II Corporation, (vii) CCCIS may transfer the Capital Stock of 
Equitel Corp. or Original Research II Corporation to InfoVest and (viii) 
CCCDC may wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs and in connection with 
any such winding up, liquidation or dissolution, shall transfer all of its 
assets to CCCIS or a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCCIS; PROVIDED, that in the 
case of the transfer of all of the assets of CCCDC to such subsidiary, such 
subsidiary executes and delivers to the Agent such agreements, documents and 
instruments requested by the Agent to add such subsidiary as a "Borrower" 
hereunder and to effectuate the granting by such subsidiary to the Collateral 
Agent of a security interest in all of its assets.

   10.8  SALES OF ASSETS. Sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose 
of any of its assets, including its accounts receivable, except for (i) the 
stock

                                      53



<PAGE>

or assets of Equitel Corp. and Original Research II Corporation, (ii) 
equipment leased or sold by such Borrower to its customers in the ordinary 
course of the business of such Borrower in connection with generation by such 
Borrower of accounts receivable, (iii) the sale of obsolete or worn out 
assets, PROVIDED, that the fair market value of such assets at the time of 
sale thereof, together with the fair market value of assets sold by the other 
Borrower at the time of such sale thereof, shall not exceed $500,000 in any 
one fiscal year of such Borrower and (iv) the assignment of leases pursuant 
to the Contract Funding Agreements.

   10.9 OTHER SUPPORTED CREDIT. Agree to, or, become liable with respect 
to any surety bond, letter of credit or any commercial paper, promissory note 
support or acceptance financing.  

   10.10 DIVIDENDS. Declare or pay any cash dividends or make any cash 
distribution in respect of, any shares of its Capital Stock now or 
hereafter outstanding; PROVIDED, that CCCIS may pay cash dividends to 
InfoVest after April 29, 1997 to the extent legally permitted to do so in an 
amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of dividends, if any, paid 
by InfoVest to the holders of record of the $39,000,000 Class A Redeemable 
Voting Preferred Stock of InfoVest and (ii) eight percent (8.0%) of the 
$39,000,000 Class A Redeemable Voting Preferred Stock of InfoVest in any 
calendar year if Total Debt Service Coverage at the time of payment of such 
cash dividends exceeds 2.0.

   10.11 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES; INVESTMENTS. Make any Capital 
Expenditures or any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital 
contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other 
securities of, or make any other investment in, any Person in an amount, in 
any fiscal year of CCCIS, which together with such Capital Expenditures, 
advances, loans, extensions, capital contributions, purchases or investments 
made by the other Borrower, exceeds the sum of $2,000,000 plus the Excess 
Cash for such year not applied as a reduction of the Term Loan pursuant to 
Section 3.4, except for (i) Permitted Investments and (ii) loans to employees 
and sales representatives; PROVIDED, that the aggregate outstanding amount of 
such loans shall not exceed $300,000 at any one time.

   10.12 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Enter into any transactions, 
including without limitation, any

                                        54
<PAGE>

purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any 
service, with InfoVest, White River or any affiliate listed on Schedule 
10.12; PROVIDED, that (x) CCCIS may make payments (i) in an amount not to 
exceed $1,500,000 in any fiscal year to InfoVest as compensation for the 
services which are rendered by InfoVest to CCCIS pursuant to the Servicing 
Agreement, (ii) to GIS Information Systems, Inc. as compensation for the 
purchase of computer service bureau services, PROVIDED, that such services 
are furnished in arms-length transactions between CCCIS and GIS Information 
Systems, Inc. and that GIS Information Systems, Inc. charges CCCIS no more 
for such services than the lowest rate charged by GIS Information Systems, 
Inc. to any third party, unaffiliated entity for similar services, (iii) to 
White River as compensation for corporate services provided by White River to 
CCCIS, PROVIDED, that such services are furnished in arms-length transactions 
between CCCIS and White River and are related to either (a) investment advisory 
services furnished to CCCIS by White River, (b) services in connection with 
the filing of all regular and periodic financial information, proxy materials 
and other information and reports, if any, by White River on behalf of CCCIS 
or any of its subsidiaries with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or 
(c) legal, tax and treasury services furnished by White River on behalf of 
CCCIS, (iv) on behalf of CCCDC for (a) compensation of employees of 
CCCDC, (b) permitted Indebtedness incurred by CCCDC and (c) other expenses that 
arise in the ordinary course of business of CCCDC, (v) to Original Research II 
Corporation as compensation in connection with "consumer satisfaction index 
services" provided by Original Research II Corporation to CCCDC, PROVIDED, 
that such services are furnished in arms-length transactions between Original 
Research II Corporation and CCCDC, and (vi) to InfoVest as reimbursement 
for federal, state or local income taxes actually paid by InfoVest on behalf 
of CCCIS, (y) CCCDC may make payments on behalf of CCCIS for (1) compensation 
of employees of CCCIS, (2) permitted Indebtedness incurred by CCCIS and 
(3) other expenses that arise in the ordinary course of business of CCCIS, and 
(z) CCCIS may borrow loans from InfoVest; PROVIDED, that such 
loans are from the proceeds of the sale of the stock or assets of Credit Card 
Service Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original 
Research II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. or Phone Base Systems, Inc. 
and that such loans are unsecured and subordinated to the Loans and are made 
on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent and the Required Lenders.

                                            55

<PAGE>

   10.13 ACQUISITIONS. Make any acquisition of by lease, purchase or otherwise, 
all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or enter into any joint 
venture or economic or equity partnership with, any Person, except (i) in the 
normal course of business of such Borrower, 
PROVIDED, that such Borrower may make any such acquisition or enter into any 
such joint venture or partnership (x) at any time during the period ending on 
the date which is twelve months after the date of this Agreement if such 
Borrower will not be obligated to expend an amount which, when added to the 
amount expended or obligated to be expended by such Borrower or the other 
Borrower with respect to other acquisitions, joint ventures or partnerships 
during such period would cause the aggregate amount expended by the Borrowers 
for such purposes to exceed $1,000,000 during such period, and (y) during any 
twelve month period thereafter if the Borrower will not be obligated to 
expend an amount which, when added to the amount expended or obligated to be 
expended by such Borrower or the other Borrower with respect to 
acquisitions, joint ventures or partnerships during such period would cause 
the aggregate amount expended by the Borrowers for such purposes to exceed 
$2,000,000 during such period, (ii) with Tech-Cor in connection with the 
Tech-Cor Agreement, and (iii) with Hearst Business Publishing, Inc. in 
connection with the Amended and Restated Data Base Licensing Agreement 
dated as of May 1, 1992 among CCCIS, InfoVest, CCCDC, CCC Vehicle Damage 
Estimates, Inc. and Motor Books Division, a unit of Hearst Business 
Publishing, Inc.

   10.14 CAPITAL STOCK. Issue any Capital Stock, other equity securities or 
any other ownership interest in (including, without limitation, stock or 
securities exchangeable for or convertible into Capital Stock, other equity 
securities or ownership interests) either Borrower to any Person, except to 
InfoVest.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   11.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. In case of the happening of any of the following 
events (herein sometimes called "Events of Default"):

      (a) the principal amount of any Loan, any Note or any installment of 
   principal with respect to a Term Loan shall not be paid when due and 
   payable; or

                                        56


<PAGE>

            (b) any interest payable on any Note or any Loan, the Commitment 
      Fee or any other fees related to this Agreement or the transactions 
      contemplated hereby shall not be paid within three days after the date 
      when due and payable; or

            (c) any other amount payable under this Agreement shall not be 
      paid within ten days after the date when due and payable; or

            (d) any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or 
      reaffirmed by a Borrower herein or in any Loan Document, certificate, 
      agreement, instrument or statement contemplated by or made or delivered 
      pursuant to or in connection herewith, shall prove to have been 
      incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
      
            (e) a Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, 
      covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan 
      Document; PROVIDED, that the failure to perform or observe any 
      covenant contained in Sections 9.3, 9.5 (iii), 9.8 (but only to the 
      extent such failure is not covered by another subsection of this 
      Section 11.1) or 9.15 of this Agreement, or Sections 3.2(a) (but only 
      to the extent such failure is not covered by another subsection of this 
      Section 11.1), 3.2(b) or 3.2(m) of any Security Agreement, shall not be 
      an Event of Default unless such failure shall remain unremedied for 
      thirty (30) days after the earlier of the date such Borrower has become 
      aware of such failure or the date after such Borrower has received 
      notice thereof; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the failure to perform or 
      observe any covenant contained in Sections 9.9 
      or 9.11 of this Agreement, or Sections 3.2(e) or 3.2(i) of any Security 
      Agreement, shall not be an Event of Default unless such failure shall 
      remain unremedied for fifteen (15) days after the earlier of the date 
      such Borrower has become aware of such failure or the date after such 
      Borrower has received notice thereof; or
      
            (f) any Loan Document shall, at any time after its execution and 
      delivery, for any reason cease to be in full force and effect in any 
      material respect (unless such occurrence is in accordance with its 
      terms or after payment thereof) or shall be declared to be null and 
      void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by a 
      Borrower or any Borrower shall deny that                                

                                     57 
      
<PAGE>
      
      it has any or further liability or obligation thereunder; or
      
            (g) the Guaranty or the Pledge Agreement shall, at any time after 
      its execution and delivery, for any reason cease to be in full force 
      and effect in any material respect (unless such occurrence is in 
      accordance with its terms or after payment thereof) or shall be 
      declared to be null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof 
      shall be contested by InfoVest or InfoVest shall deny that it has any 
      or further liability or obligation thereunder; or
      
            (h) a Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of either (other 
      than Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., 
      Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. 
      and Phone Base Systems, Inc.) shall (i) apply for or consent to the 
      appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, 
      trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its 
      property, (ii) admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, 
      to pay its debts as they become due, (iii) make a general assignment 
      for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) commence a voluntary case under 
      the Federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (v) be 
      adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (vi) commence a voluntary case 
      under, or file a petition seeking to take advantage, of any other law 
      relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or 
      composition or adjustment of debts, (vii) fail to controvert in a 
      timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any 
      allegations, or any petition filed, against it in an involuntary case 
      under such Federal Bankruptcy Code or other law, or (viii) take any 
      corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
      
            (i) a proceeding or case shall be commenced without the 
      application or consent of a Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of 
      either (other than Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS Information 
      Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, 
      Uniphone Systems, Inc. and Phone Base Systems, Inc.), in any court of 
      competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) the liquidation, reorganization, 
      dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of debts, 
      of such Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of either (other than 
      Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS Information
      
                                            58

<PAGE>
      
      Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, 
      Uniphone Systems, Inc. and Phone Base Systems, Inc.), (ii) the 
      appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, supervisor 
      or the like of such Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of either 
      other than Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS Information Systems, 
      Inc., Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, Uniphone 
      Systems, Inc. and Phone Base Systems, Inc.) or of all or any 
      substantial part of their respective assets or (iii) similar relief in 
      respect of such Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of either (other 
      than Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., 
      Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. 
      and Phone Base Systems, Inc.) under any law relating to bankruptcy, 
      insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or adjustment of 
      debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an 
      order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing 
      shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of 
      sixty consecutive days, or an order for relief against such Borrower or 
      InfoVest or any subsidiary of either (other than Credit Card Service 
      Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original 
      Research II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. and Phone Base Systems, 
      Inc.) shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Federal 
      Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect); or any judgment, writ, 
      warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued 
      or levied in respect of an obligation (alleged or otherwise) of such 
      Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of either (other than Credit 
      Card Service Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., 
      Original Research II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. and Phone Base 
      Systems, Inc.) against a substantial part of the property of such 
      Borrower or InfoVest or any subsidiary of either (other than Uniphone 
      Systems, Inc. and Phone Base Systems, Inc.) and such judgment, writ, or 
      similar process shall not be released, vacated, stayed or fully bonded 
      within thirty days after its issue or levy; or
      
            (j) A Borrower or InfoVest shall fail to pay when due any amount 
      in respect of any Indebtedness in the aggregate in excess of $100,000 
      for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property 
      created, issued, guaranteed, incurred or assumed by such Borrower
      
                                            59
      

<PAGE>

   or InfoVest, as the case may be, or any other event shall occur or any 
   condition shall exist in respect of any such Indebtedness the effect of 
   which is to cause (or permit any holder thereof or a trustee to cause), 
   without giving effect to the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or 
   both, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or

      (k)  White River shall not own, directly or indirectly, at least 51% of 
   the then outstanding voting securities of InfoVest, or InfoVest's Board of 
   Directors shall consist of more than seven (7) members, or InfoVest's 
   Board of Directors shall not have (i) at least two members each of whom is 
   either a director, an officer or an employee of White River or of any 
   affiliate of White River, (ii) at least three members each of whom was 
   recommended by the senior management of InfoVest, and (iii) remaining 
   members, if any, each of whom was recommended by White River; or

      (l)  any representation or warranty made or reaffirmed by InfoVest in 
   the Pledge Agreement, in the Guaranty or in any certificate, agreement, 
   instrument or written statement made or delivered pursuant thereto, shall 
   have been incorrect when made or reaffirmed in any material adverse 
   respect; or

      (m)  the lien of a Security Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent 
   shall cease to be a valid assignment of, and valid and perfected first 
   priority lien upon and security interest in, the Assigned Collateral, as 
   security for the repayment of the Borrowers' obligations under this 
   Agreement, or such lien shall cease to be valid as against creditors of 
   such Borrower; or

      (n)  the lien of the Pledge Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent 
   shall cease to be a valid assignment of, and valid and perfected first 
   priority lien upon and security interest in, the Pledged Collateral, as 
   security for the payment of InfoVest's obligations under Guaranty, or such 
   lien shall cease to be valid as against creditors of InfoVest; or

      (o)  any judgment against a Borrower or InfoVest or any of their 
   respective subsidiaries or any attachment, levy or execution against any 
   of their respective properties shall remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, 

                                   60


<PAGE>

   undischarged, unbonded or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days or 
   more; or

      (p)  a Termination Event shall have occurred with respect to a Plan, 
   resulting in the imposition of liability against a Borrower or InfoVest in 
   an amount in excess of $100,000; or

      (q)  InfoVest shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or 
   agreement contained in the Guaranty or the Pledge Agreement; PROVIDED, 
   that the failure to perform or observe any covenant contained in Sections 
   4.3, 4.5 (iii), 4.8 (but only to the extent such failure is not covered by 
   another subsection of this Section 11.1) or 4.15 of the Guaranty, or 
   Sections 3.2(a) (but only to the extent such failure is not covered by 
   another subsection of this Section 11.1), 3.2(b) or 3.2(m) of the Pledge 
   Agreement, shall not be an Event of Default unless such failure shall 
   remain unremedied for thirty (30) days after the earlier of the date 
   InfoVest has become aware of such failure or the date InfoVest has 
   received notice thereof; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the failure to perform or 
   observe any covenant contained in Sections 4.9 or 4.11 of the Guaranty, or 
   Sections 3.2(e) or 3.2(i) of the Pledge Agreement, shall not be an Event 
   of Default unless such failure shall remain unremedied for fifteen (15) 
   days after the earlier of the date InfoVest has become aware of such 
   failure or the date InfoVest has received notice thereof; or

      (r)  InfoVest shall not own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the then 
   outstanding voting securities of either Borrower, or CCCIS shall not own, 
   directly or indirectly, 100% of CCCDC; or

      (s)  the agreement between White River and InfoVest with respect to 
   White River's equity investment in InfoVest, in form and substance 
   satisfactory to the Required Lenders, substantially as contemplated by the 
   letter and proposal attached hereto as Schedule 8.3, shall, at any time 
   after its execution and delivery, for any reason cease to be in full force 
   and effect in any material respect (unless such occurrence is in 
   accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or the 
   validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by White River or 
   InfoVest or either


                                   61

<PAGE>

   of them shall deny that it has any or further liability 
   or obligation thereunder; or

      (t)  a termination or dissolution of CCCDC shall occur pursuant to 
   Article XI of the Joint Venture Agreement; PROVIDED, that the termination 
   or dissolution of CCCDC in connection with the transfer of all of the 
   assets of CCCDC to CCCIS or a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCCIS shall not be 
   an Event of Default; PROVIDED, that in the case of the transfer of all of 
   the assets of CCCDC to such subsidiary, such subsidiary executes and 
   delivers to the Agent such agreements, documents and instruments requested 
   by the Agent to add such subsidiary as a "Borrower" hereunder and to 
   effectuate the granting by such subsidiary to the Collateral Agent of a 
   security interest in all of its assets;

then, at any time after the continuance of such event, the Agent shall, 
upon the direction of the Required Lenders at the same or different times, 
take one or more of the following actions: (i) give notice (which may be 
telephone notice confirmed in writing) to the Lenders and the Borrowers of 
the occurrence of an Event of Default, and the date of the giving of such 
notice shall become the Credit Expiration Date with respect to each Lender 
hereunder and each Lender's obligation to make Loans shall be terminated, 
and (ii) by notice to the Borrowers (except that in the case of the 
occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 11.1(h) or 
11.1(i), no such notice shall be required and such termination and 
acceleration shall be automatic) declare the unpaid principal amount and 
interest under the Notes, the Loans and all other amounts payable to the 
Lenders by the Borrowers hereunder to be forthwith due and payable, 
whereupon such amounts shall become forthwith due and payable, both as to 
principal and interest, without presentment, demand, protest or any other 
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything 
contained herein or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.

SECTION 12.  FEES

   12.1  AGENT FEES.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent such fees at 
such times as set forth in a letter agreement between the Agent and the 
Borrowers.

   12.2  COMMITMENT FEE.  As consideration for incurring the obligation 
to make the Revolving Credit Loans,


                                   62

<PAGE>

the Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall pay to Agent, for the account of 
the Lenders in proportio: Commitment Percentages, a daily Commitment Fee, 
from and including the date of execution of this Agreement to but excluding 
the Credit Expiration Date, equal to the quotient of (i) the product of (A) 
the positive result of (1) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Loan Commitment, 
less (2) the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and (B) 0.5%, 
divided by (ii) 360. The Commitment Fee shall be due and payable quarterly in 
arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of 
each year, commencing on the last Business Day of June, 1994.

   12.3 EXPENSES. The Borrower, jointly and severally, will pay all reasonable 
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and the Lenders 
(including, without limitation, the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Seward 
& Kissel, counsel to the Agent) (i) in connection with the preparation of 
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions 
hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated), (ii) in connection with 
any waivers, amendments or extensions with respect to any of the foregoing 
documents, and (iii) in connection with the Loans hereunder. The Borrowers, 
jointly and severally, will also pay all costs and expenses incurred by the 
Agent and the Lenders (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of 
counsel to the Agent and the Lenders) in connection with the administration 
of and the enforcement and protection of the rights of the Agent and the 
Lenders in connection with, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

   12.4 INVOICES FOR FEES. Each Lender and the Agent shall from time to time 
submit to the Borrowers for payment invoices for fees under this Agreement 
when the same shall become due and payable and for any costs and expenses 
incurred by each Lender and the Agent in connection with this Agreement and 
the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 13. THE AGENT

   13.1 APPOINTMENT. Each Lender hereby appoints the Agent to act as herein 
specified. Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent to take such 
action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan 
Documents and to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are 
specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such 
other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent may perform any 
of 

                                      63 

<PAGE>

its duties hereunder, or under the Loan documents, by or through its 
agents or employees.

   13.2 NATURE OF DUTIES. The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities 
except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents. The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in 
nature. The Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender. Nothing in 
this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is 
intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Agent any 
obligations in respect of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents except 
as expressly set forth herein or therein. Each Lender shall make its own 
independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the 
Borrowers in connection with its making the Loans hereunder and shall make 
its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrowers; and the Agent 
shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing 
basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with 
respect thereto.

   13.3 CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE AGENT. Neither the Agent nor any its officers, 
directors, employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action 
taken or omitted by it hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, or in 
connection herewith or therewith, unless caused by its or their gross 
negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent shall not be responsible to any 
Lender for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties herein or 
for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, priority, validity, 
enforceability, collectibility, or sufficiency of this Agreement or any of 
the Loan Documents or the financial condition of any Borrower. The Agent 
shall not be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance 
or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement 
or any of the Loan Documents or the financial condition of any Borrower, or 
the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default. The 
Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to 
any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or any of the 
Loan Documents it is permitted or required to take or to grant, and if such 
instructions are requested, the Agent shall be absolutely entitled to refrain 
from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any 
liability whatsoever to any Person for refraining from any action or 
withholding any 

                                      64

<PAGE>

approval under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents until it shall 
have received such instructions from the Lenders. Without limiting the 
foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the 
Agent as a result of the Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or 
under any of the Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of the 
Lenders.

   13.4 RELIANCE. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice 
or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and 
correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, 
with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement or any of the 
Loan Documents and its duties hereunder or thereunder, upon advice of counsel 
selected by it.

   13.5 INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed and 
indemnified by the Borrowers, each Lender will reimburse and indemnify the 
Agent for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, 
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any 
kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted 
against the Agent, acting pursuant hereto, in any way relating to or arising 
out of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or any action taken or 
omitted by the Agent under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, in 
proportion to such Lender's Commitment Percentage as a result of which any 
such liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, 
cost, expense or disbursement is so imposed on, incurred by or asserted 
against the Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, 
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, 
expenses or disbursements resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or 
willful misconduct. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph shall 
survive the termination of this Agreement.

   13.6 AGENT INDIVIDUALLY. With respect to its obligations hereunder and 
under the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall have and may exercise the 
same rights and powers hereunder and is subject to the same obligations and 
liabilities as and to the extent set forth herein for any Lender. The Agent 
may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of 
banking, trust or other business with either Borrower or any other Person as 
if it were not acting pursuant hereto.

                                      65

<PAGE>

   13.7 RESIGNATION BY THE AGENT. The Agent may resign from the performance of 
all of its functions and duties as Agent hereunder or under any other Loan 
Document at any time by giving fifteen (15) Business Days prior written 
notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders. Such resignation shall take effect 
upon the appointment of a successor. Upon any such resignation, the Required 
Lenders shall appoint a mutually acceptable successor Agent (which shall be 
reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers).

SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS

   14.1 NOTICES. Except where telephonic (which shall be confirmed in writing 
promptly) instructions or notices are authorized herein to be given, all 
notices, demands, instructions and other communications required or permitted 
to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally 
delivered or sent by registered, certified or express mail, postage prepaid, 
return receipt requested, or by facsimile, or telegram (with messenger 
delivery specified in the case of a telegram), and shall be deemed to be 
given for purposes of this Agreement on the date on which such writing is 
delivered or sent to the intended recipient thereof in accordance with the 
provisions of this Section 14.1 (except that any notice sent by registered or 
certified mail shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth Business Day 
after such notice is deposited for delivery in the United States mail). 
Unless otherwise specified in a notice sent or delivered in accordance with 
the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.1, notices, demands, instructions 
and other communications in writing shall be given to or made upon the 
respective parties hereto at their respective addresses (or to their 
respective facsimile numbers) indicated below, and, in the case of telephonic 
instructions or notices, by calling the telephone number or numbers 
indicated for such party below:

                                      66

<PAGE>

      (a) with respect to CCCIS:

          CCC Information Services Inc.
          World Trade Center Chicago
          444 Merchandise Mart
          4th Floor
          Chicago, Illinois 60654-1005
          Attention:  Mr. Gary Bjarnson
          Telephone:  (312) 222-4636, ext. 2575
          Facsimile:  (312) 527-2298

          with a copy to:

          Sidley & Austin
          One First National Plaza
          Chicago, Illinois 60603
          Attention:  Leland Hutchinson, Esq.
          Telephone:  (312) 853-7403
          Facsimile:  (312) 853-7036

      (b) with respect to CCCDC:

          CCC Development Company
          World Trade Center Chicago
          444 Merchandise Mart
          4th Floor
          Chicago, Illinois 60654-1005
          Attention:  Mr. Gary Bjarnson
          Telephone:  (312) 222-4636, ext 2575
          Facsimile:  (312) 527-2298

          with a copy to:

          Sidley & Austin
          One First National Plaza
          Chicago, Illinois 60603
          Attention:  Leland Hutchinson, Esq.
          Telephone:  (312) 853-7403
          Facsimile:  (312) 853-7036

                                      67

<PAGE>

      (c) with respect to the Agent:

          Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
          New York Agency
          425 Lexington Avenue
          New York, New York 10017
          Attention:  Ms. Arlene Tellerman,
                      Syndications Department
          Telephone:  (212) 856-3695
          Facsimile:  (212) 856-3763

      (d) with respect to CIBC Inc., as Lender:

          CIBC Inc.
          425 Lexington Avenue
          New York, New York 10017
          Attention:  Ms. Arlene Tellerman,
                      Syndications Department
          Telephone:  (212) 856-3695
          Facsimile:  (212) 856-3763

      (e) with respect to any other Lender, such address for notices as set 
          forth on the applicable signature page hereto or in the Assignment 
          Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto.

Any party may designate a different or additional address for the delivery of 
notices by providing notice thereof to the other parties. Except as provided 
to the contrary above, all notices, demands, and other communications shall be 
effective upon personal delivery or upon the date of receipt by the addressee 
as shown on the return receipt. Rejection or other refusal to accept notices, 
demands, or other communications shall be of no effect, and all notices, 
demands, and other communications which are rejected or acceptance of which 
is refused shall be deemed to be effective upon the date on which the same 
were rejected or refused.

   14.2 SURVIVAL AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. All covenants, agreements, 
representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates and other 
documents delivered pursuant hereto shall survive (i) the making by the 
Lenders of the Loans herein contemplated, (ii) the execution and delivery to 
the Lenders of the Notes, and (iii) the making of any investigation, and 
shall continue in full force and effect to the Credit Expiration Date or so 
long as any Loan or any amount payable to the Lenders or the Agent in

                                      68


<PAGE>

connection with this Agreement is unpaid whichever is later, at which time 
this Agreement shall terminate, it being expressly understood that the 
obligations of the Borrowers under Sections 6.1, 6.5, 9.7 and 12 hereof shall 
survive any termination of this Agreement.

   14.3 APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE MASTER NOTES SHALL BE 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK.

   14.4 WAIVER; MODIFICATIONS IN WRITING. No failure or delay on the part of 
the Agent or a Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder or 
under the Notes or with respect to the Loans shall operate as a waiver 
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or 
remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of 
any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are 
cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the 
Agent or a Lender at law or in equity. No amendment, modification, 
supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision of this Agreement, 
nor consent to any departure by a Borrower thereoffrom, shall be effective 
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Agent 
and the Required Lenders except that any amendment, modification, or waiver 
(i) reducing the principal amount of, reducing the interest rate borne by, or 
extending the final maturity of the Loans, or (ii) revising the repayment 
schedule for the Term Loans, or (iii) reducing the amount of the fees payable 
pursuant hereto, or (iv) changing the definition of "Required Lenders" or 
"Commitment Percentage", or the provisions contained in this Section 14.4 or 
(v) releasing Assigned Collateral or Pledged Collateral, except to the extent 
the sale of such Assigned Collateral or Pledged Collateral is permitted by 
this Agreement, any Security Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, shall not be 
effective unless evidenced by a writing signed by or on behalf of all 
Lenders. Any waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and any consent to 
any departure by a Borrower from the terms of any provision of this 
Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the 
specific purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on a Borrower in any 
case shall entitle such Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in 
similar or other circumstances.

   14.5 NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS. Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of 
the Agent or any Lender in 

                                       69


<PAGE>

exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Loan 
Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial 
exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, 
power or privilege.

   14.6 RIGHT TO GRANT ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS. (a) Each Lender may 
from time to time sell Assignments in its Loans and its Notes (or any portion 
thereof) to Assignees (but only with the consent of the Borrowers and the 
Agent, which consents will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and which 
consent, in the case of the Borrowers, will be deemed to have been given in 
the absence of a written notice delivered by the Borrowers to the Agent, on 
or before the fifth Business Day after receipt by the Borrowers of such 
Lender's request for consent, stating, in reasonable detail, the reasons why 
the Borrowers propose to withhold such consent); PROVIDED, that (i) no such 
consent by the Borrowers or the Agent shall be required in the case of an 
Assignment by a Lender to any of its affiliates or to another Lender, (ii) 
any such partial Assignment must be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (such 
amount with respect to the Assignment of the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment 
to be reduced pro rata by any permanent reductions in the Revolving Loan 
Commitment), and (iii) each such Assignment by a Lender of its Loans, Notes 
or commitment under this Agreement shall be made in such manner so that the 
same portion of its Loans, Notes and commitment under this Agreement is 
assigned to the respective Assignee. Upon execution and delivery by the 
assigning Lender and the Assignee to the Borrowers and the Agent of an 
Assignment Agreement pursuant to which the Assignee agrees to become a 
"Lender" hereunder (if not already a Lender), having the Revolving Credit 
Loan Commitment and the Term Loan Commitment and Loans specified in such 
instrument, and upon consent thereto by the Borrowers and the Agent to the 
extent required above, the Assignee shall have, to the extent of such 
Assignment (unless otherwise provided in such Assignment with the consent of 
the Borrowers and the Agent), the obligations, rights and benefits of a 
Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents holding the commitments 
and Loans (or portions thereof) assigned to it (in addition to the 
commitments and Loans, if any, theretofore held by such Assignee and the 
assigning Lender shall, to the extent of such Assignment, be released from 
its oblgiations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. Within five 
Business Days after its receipt of an Assignment Agreement, the

                                       70
<PAGE>

Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Agent (for delivery to the 
relevant Assignee) a new Master Note and a new Term Note evidencing such 
Assignee's Loans and commitments and, if the assigning Lender has retained 
Loans and commitments hereunder,a replacement Master Note and a replacement 
Term Note in the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans and Term 
Loans retained by the assigning Lender hereunder (such Notes to be in 
exchange for, but not in payment of, the Notes then held by the assigning 
Lender). Each such Note shall be dated the date of the predecessor Note.

   (b) Upon notice to the Borrowers and the Agent, but without the consent of 
the Borrowers, a Lender may sell or agree to sell to one or more financial 
institutions (each a "Participant") a Participation in all or any part of any 
Loans held by it, or in its commitments under this Agreement; PROVIDED, that
each Lender may grant no more than two Participations; PROVIDED, FURTHER, 
that (i) no Participation contemplated in this Section 14.6(b) shall relieve 
such Lender from its commitments or obligations under this Agreement or under 
any other Loan Document, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible for 
the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and under any Loan 
Document, and (iii) the Borrowers and the Agent shall continued to deal 
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights 
and obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents. 
Each Participant shall not have any rights or benefits under this Agreement 
or any Note (the Participant's rights against such Lender in respect of such 
Participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender 
in favor of the Participant), except that, notwithstanding anything contained 
herein to the contrary, each Participant shall have the same rights as a 
Lender in respect of the rights granted to the Lenders under Sections 6.1, 
6.5 and 9.7. All amounts payable by the Borrowers to any Lender in respect of 
Loans held by it, and its commitments, shall be determined as if such Lender 
had not sold or agreed to sell any Participations in such Loans and 
commitments, and as if such Lender were funding each of such Loans and 
commitments in the same way that it is funding the portion of such Loans and 
commitments in which no Participations have been sold. In no event shall a 
Lender that sells a Participation agree with the Participant to take or refrain
from taking any action hereunder except that such Lender may agree with the
Participant that it will, not without the consent of the Participant, agree to 

                                    71


<PAGE>

(i) increase or extend the term, or extend the time or waive any requirement 
for the reduction or termination, of such Lender's related commitment, (ii) 
extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the 
related Loan or Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the 
Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, (iv) 
reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon, or any fee hereunder 
payable to the Participant, to a level below the rate at which the 
Participant is entitled to receive such interest or fee, or (v) release 
Assigned Collateral or Pledged Collateral, except to the extent the sale of 
such Assigned Collateral or Pledged Collateral is permitted by this 
Agreement, any Security Agreement or the Pledge Agreement.

   (c) Anything in this Section 14.6 to the contrary notwithstanding, any 
Lender may assign or pledge all or any portion of its Loans and its Notes to 
any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of 
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating 
Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall 
release the assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder.

   (d) A Lender may furnish any information concerning a Borrower or InfoVest 
in the possession of such Lender from time to time to Assignees and 
Participants (including prospective Assignees and Participants) subject to 
such Assignees' or Participant's agreement to be bound by the requirements of 
Section 14.12 hereof.

   14.7 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and 
inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its respective successors and 
assigns, except that the Borrowers may not assign or transfer (by operation 
of law or otherwise) all or any part of its rights or obligations hereunder 
without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders.

   (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender may at any time change the 
Booking Office designated by it on Schedule 1-B. Each Lender shall give 
prompt notice to the Agent and the Borrowers of any change in any Booking 
Office.

   14.8 CAPTIONS. Captions and section headings appearing herein are included 
solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the 
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.


                                      72


<PAGE>

   14.9 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which,
taken together, shall constitute a single document.

   14.10 SEVERABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in 
this Agreement or any Note should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any 
respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining 
provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or 
impaired thereby.

   14.11 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. THE PARTIES 
HERETO, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION 
IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF, THIS 
AGREEMENT OR ANY INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, 
OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT 
THEREOF. Each Borrower irrevocably consents that any legal action or 
proceeding against it under, arising out of or in any manner relating to this 
Agreement or any instrument or document delivered pursuant to this Agreement 
may be brought in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New 
York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New 
York. Each Borrower, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, 
expressly and irrevocably assents and submits to the personal jurisdiction of 
any of such courts in any such action or proceeding. Each Borrower has 
irrevocably appointed The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., located as 
of the date hereof at 15 Columbus Circle, New York, New York 10023-7773, as 
its agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, service 
of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be 
served in any proceeding brought in any court which may be made on such 
agent. If for any reason such agent shall cease to be available to act as 
such, each Borrower agrees to designate a new agent in The City of New York 
on the terms and for the purposes of this Section 14.11 satisfactory to the 
Agent and the Required Lenders. Each Borrower further irrevocably consents to 
the service of summons, notice, or other process relating to any such action 
or proceeding by delivery thereof to it by hand or by mail in the manner 
provided for in Section 14.1 hereof. Each Borrower hereby expressly and 
irrevocably waives any claim or defense in any such action or proceeding in 
either such court based on any alleged lack of personal jurisdiction, 
improper venue or FORUM NON CONVENIENS or any

                                     73


<PAGE>

similar basis. Nothing in this Section 14.11 shall affect or impair in any 
manner or to any extent the right of the Agent or a Lender to commence legal 
proceedings or otherwise proceed against a Borrower in any jurisdiction or to 
serve process in any manner permitted by law.

   14.12 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Agent and each Lender agrees that any 
non-public information (including, but not limited to, financial information) 
in its possession concerning the business and operations of each Borrower 
and InfoVest which was provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or 
the other Loan Documents shall be kept in strict confidence and shall not be 
disclosed to any third party, provided that (i) such information may be 
disclosed as required by or pursuant to Applicable Law or court order or 
process or as required by and to United States federal, state or provincial 
banking regulatory authorities, or the federal, state or provincial banking 
regulatory authorities of any other jurisdiction of organization of a 
Lender, conducting examinations of the Agent or any Lender, (ii) any such 
non-public information then in the possession of the Agent or such Lender may 
be examined by the accountants or attorneys utilized by the Agent or such 
Lender, and (iii) such non-public information may be furnished by the Agent 
or such Lender to Assignees and Participants (including prospective assignees 
and participants) if the Agent or such Lender requires that each prospective 
participant or assignee agree that any such non-public information regarding 
such Borrower or InfoVest, as the case may be, obtained by such prospective 
participant or assignee shall be kept in strict confidence and not disclosed 
to a third party without the written consent of such Borrower or InfoVest, as 
the case may be, except to such prospective participant's or assignee's 
accountants or attorneys and as may be required by or pursuant to Applicable 
Law, regulation or court order or process.

   14.13 SET-OFF. Each lender (including any of its branches) is hereby
authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to a Borrower or 
to any other Persons, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set 
off and to appropriate any and all deposits (general or special, matured or 
unmatured, time or demand, in whatever currency) and any other Indebtedness 
at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account 
of a Borrower against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of 
the Borrowers to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, 
irrespective of whether or not such



                                      74


<PAGE>

Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although said obligations, 
liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured. In 
the event that any Lender exercises any of its rights set forth in the 
preceding sentence, such Lender agrees to provide written notice to the Agent 
of such exercise, specifying the amount of the obligation set off or 
appropriated, but no failure to provide notice shall in any way affect the 
set-off.

   14.14 SHARING. The Lenders agree among themselves that if any Lender shall
obtain payment (whether through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, 
set-off or otherwise) in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers 
hereunder to such Lender and as a result thereof such Lender shall have 
received an amount in excess of its ratable share of such payment, such 
Lender shall promptly purchase from the other Lenders such participations, or 
make such other adjustments, as may be equitable to the end that the Lenders 
shall share the benefit of such payment pro rata in accordance with their 
Commitment Percentages hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or a 
portion of such payment is thereafter rescinded or must otherwise be 
restored, such purchase or adjustment shall be pro tanto rescinded and the 
purchase price restored (without interest). Each Borrower expressly consents 
to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender so purchasing a 
participation may exercise any and all rights of banker's lien.

   14.15 BORROWERS' OBLIGATIONS. Notwithstanding anything contained in this 
Agreement to the contrary, all of the Borrowers' obligations under this 
Agreement shall be joint and several.


                                     75


<PAGE>

                              FIRST AMENDMENT

     FIRST AMENDMENT dated as of August 4, 1995 (the "Amendment") among CCC 
INFORMATION SERVICES INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), INFORVEST 
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("InfoVest"), the financial institutions 
party hereto as lenders (each such institution, together with any assignees 
thereof, collectively, a "Lender", and such institutions, together with any 
assignees thereof, collectively, the "Lenders"), CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF 
COMMERCE, as agent for the Lenders (together with its successors in such 
capacity, the "Agent"), and CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, as collateral 
agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent").

                                 WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Borrower, CCC Development Company ("CCCDC"), the Lenders 
and the Agent are party to that certain Loan Agreement dated as of April 29, 
1994 (the "Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, all of the assets and liabilities of CCCDC were transferred to 
the Borrower and CCCDC was dissolved by operation of law; and

     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Agent and the collateral Agent are party to 
that certain CCC Information Services Inc. Security Agreement dated as of 
April 29, 1994 (the "Security Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, InfoVest has made that certain Guaranty dated as of April 29, 
1994 (the "Guaranty") in favor of the Lenders and the Agent; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement, the Security 
Agreement and the Guaranty in the manner and on the terms and conditions set 
forth herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual 
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                              I. DEFINITIONS

         "Amendment Effective Date" means, upon the satisfaction of the 
conditions precedent set forth in Article VI, April 29, 1995.

     Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall 
have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

                        II. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENTS

     1. AMENDMENT TO THE RECITALS.  The introduction to the Agreement is 
hereby  amended to read in its entirety as follows:

               LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of April 29, 1994 
             among CCC INFORMATION SERVICES INC., a Delaware
             corporation (the "Borrower"), the financial 
             institutions party hereto as lenders (each such        
             institution, together with any assignee thereof, a
             "Lender", and such institutions, together with 
             any assignees thereof, collectively, the
             "Lenders") and CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF     
             COMMERCE, as agent for the Lenders (together with 
             its successors in such capacity, the "Agent").

     2. AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 1.  (a) The definitions of "CCCDC", "CCCDC
Security Agreement", "CCCIS", "CCCIS Security Agreement" and


<PAGE>

"Joint Venture Agreement" in Section 1 of the Agreement are hereby deleted 
in their entirety.

     (b) The definition of "Borrower and Borrowers" in Section 1 of the
Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                    Borrower:  has the meaning assigned to
                 such term in the introduction to this
                 Agreement.

     (c) The definition of "Consolidated Working Capital" in Section 1 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the word "Consolidated" before the word
"Current" in two places on the second line thereof.

     (d) The definition of "Security Agreement and Security Agreements" in
Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

               SECURITY AGREEMENT:  the CCC Information
               Services Inc. Security Agreement dated as
               of April 29, 1994 among the Collateral 
               Agent, CCCIS and the Agent in substantially
               the form attached as Exhibit D to this 
               Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment
               dated August 4, 1995 among the Borrower,     
               InfoVest, the Lenders, the Agent and the        
               Collateral Agent, as the same from time to 
               time may be extended, further amended, 
               supplemented, waived or modified and in 
               effect.

     (e) The definition of "Servicing Agreement" in Section 1 of the Agreement
is hereby amended by deleting "__" on the second line thereof and substituting
in replacement thereof the number "1".
     (f) The definition of "Total Debt Service Coverage" in Section 1 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding a comma after the word "EBITDA" on the
second line thereof.

     (g) Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following
definitions in the proper alphabetical positions:

               AVERAGE TOTAL DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE:  as of  the end of any
     fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the     quotient obtained by dividing (I)
     EBITDA, MINUS  Capital   Expenditures, by (ii) the sum of   Consolidated
     Net Interest Expense, PLUS common or    preferred stock cash dividends, or
     any other cash      distribution in respect thereof, paid by CCCIS,   PLUS
     scheduled Term Loan installment payments     required to be made pursuant
     to Section 3.1(b)   (without giving effect to any prepayments made    with
     respect to such installment payments), PLUS       principal payments
     required to be made under     Contract Funding Agreements, each of clauses
     (i)  and (ii) to be determined for such fiscal quarter      and the three
     fiscal quarters of the Borrower    immediately preceding such fiscal
     quarter without     duplication. 

               EBIT:  for any period, Consolidated Net      Income for such
     period, PLUS (i) Consolidated Net  Interest Expense for such period, PLUS
     (ii) all  charges in such period for income taxes, in each  case to the
     extent reflected in Consolidated Net    Income.

               INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO: for any period, the      quotient
     obtained by dividing (i) EBIT, PLUS, for     the Borrower's fiscal year
     ended April 30, 1995,    the amount of the provision for the settlement of
          the Red Book Litigation reflected in EBIT, by (ii)     Consolidated
     Net Interest Expense, in each case      determined for such period without
     duplication.

<PAGE>

               RED BOOK LITIGATION:  CCC Information   Services Inc. V. Maclean
     Hunter Market Reports,   Inc. and Creative Automation Co., U.S. District   
     Court - District of Connecticut Case No. 2:91 CV  264 (AHN).

     3.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.1.  Section 4.1(b) of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by (1) deleting the word "Borrowers'" on the second line thereof
     and substituting in replacement thereof the word "Borrower's", (2) deleting
     the words "joint and several," on the third and fourth lines thereof and
     (3) deleting the word "any" on the penultimate line thereof and
     substituting in replacement thereof the word "the".

     4.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7.1.  Section 7.1 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting the "(a)" at the beginning of the first paragraph
     thereof and deleting paragraph (b) thereof in its entirety.

     5.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7.2. Clause (i) of Section 7.2 of the Agreement is
     hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          (i) violate any provision of any law, rule   regulation, order, writ,
     judgment, injunction,    decree, determination or award to which the  
     Borrower is subject of the certificate of    incorporation or by-laws of
     the Borrower,

     6.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7.12. Section 7.12 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting the words "to which such Borrower is a party" on the
     second and third lines thereof.

     7.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7.13.  Section 7.13 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting the words "to which such Borrower is a party" on the
     last two lines thereof.

     8.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7.19.  Section 7.19 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting the "(a)" at the beginning of the first paragraph
     thereof and deleting paragraph (b) thereof in its entirety.

     9.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 8.10.  Section 8.10 of the Agreement is hereby
     deleted in its entirety.

     10.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 9.6.  Section 9.6 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by relettering paragraph (g) thereof as (j) and adding new
     paragraphs (g), (h) and (i) as follows:

               (g)  As soon as available, but in any event  not later than
     forty-five (45) days following the      end of each of the first three
     quarterly periods   of each fiscal year of the Borrower, ninety (90)  days
     following the end of each fiscal year of the      Borrower and forty (40)
     days following the end of     each fiscal month of the Borrower which is
     not the   last month of a fiscal quarterly period or fiscal  year, the
     monthly financial results package,      including, without limitation,
     consolidated   financial information with respect to the Borrower     and a
     written analysis by the Chief Financial      Officer or Controller of such
     financial results,  substantially in the form attached hereto as      
     Exhibit G.

               (h)  As soon as available, but in any event  not later than (x)
     August 10, 1995, the     consolidated projected balance sheets of the      
     Borrower and its subsidiaries and the related     consolidated statements
     of income and cash flows

<PAGE>

     of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ending on 
     July 31, 1995 and (y) (30) days following July 31, 1995 and October 31, 
     1995, the consolidated projected balance sheets of the Borrower and its
     subsidiaries and the related  consolidated statements of income and cash
     flows     of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the      fiscal quarter
     immediately succeeding such date.

               (i)  As soon as availavble, but in any event      not later than
     ninety (90) days after the end of  each fiscal year of the Borrower,
     beginning with      the fiscal year ending December 31, 1995, the     
     consolidated projected balance sheets of the      Borrower and its
     subsidiaries and the related  consolidated statements of income and cash
     flows     of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the      immediately
     succeeding fiscal year.

     11.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 9.14.  Section 9.14 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting paragraph (b) thereof in its entirety and relettering
     paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) thereof as (b), (c) and (d), respectively.

     12.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.2.  Section 10.2 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          10.2 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  (a) Permit the Total   Debt Service
     Coverage, as determined for any of      the three month periods ended on
     the dates set  forth below, to be less than the ratio set forth  below, to
     be less than the ratio set forth   opposite such dates:

                                             Minimum
            Three Month Period Ended          Ratio
            ------------------------         -------
               October 31, 1995               1.00
               January 31, 1996               1.40
               March 31, 1996                 1.50

          (b) Permit the Total Debt Service Coverage, as    determined for any
     fiscal quarter of the Borrower     beginning with the fiscal quarter ended
     June 30,  1996, to be less than 1.00.

          (c) Permit the Average Total Debt Service    Coverage, as determined
     for any fiscal quarter of     the Borrower set forth below, to be less than
     the  ratio set forth opposite such quarter:

                                         Minimum
          Fiscal Quarter Ended            Ratio
          --------------------           --------
          June 30, 1996                   1.40
          September 30, 1996              1.60
          December 31, 1996               1.75
          March 31, 1997                  1.85
          June 30, 1997                   1.95
          September 30, 1997              2.00
     each fiscal quarter therafter        2.00

          (d) Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio, as   determined for the
     Borrower's fiscal year ended  April 30, 1995 and for any of the three month
          periods ended on the dates set forth below, to be      less than the
     ratio set forth opposite such dates:

                                        Minimum 
          Period Ended                   Ratio
          ------------                  --------

<PAGE>

          April 30, 1995                 1.65
          July 31, 1995                  1.25
          October 31, 1995               2.00
          January 31, 1996               3.35
          March 31, 1996                 3.50

     13.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.5.  Section 10.5 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting the words "to which such Borrower is a party" on the
     sixth line thereof.

     14.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.6.  Section 10.6 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting the words "to which such Borrower is a party" on the
     eleventh and twelfth lines thereof.

     15.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.7.  Section 10.7 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by (1) adding the word "and" before the number "(vii)" on the
     thirteenth line from the end thereof, (2) adding a period after the word
     "InfoVest" on the eleventh line from the end therof and (3) deleting the
     remainder of the section in its entirety.

     16.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.12.  Section 10.12 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by (1) deleting clause (iv) thereof in its entirety, 
     (2) renumbering clauses (v) and (vi) thereof as clauses (iv) and (v), 
     respectively, (3) deleting clause (y) thereof in its entirety, 
     (4) relattering clause (z) thereof as clause (y), and (5) deleting "CCCDC"
     in two places in the new clause (iv) and substituting in replacement 
     thereof the words "the Borrower".

     17.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.13.  Section 10.13 of the Agreement is hereby 
     amended by deleting "CCCDC" on the third line from the end thereof.

     18.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.  Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by adding new Sections 10.15 and 10.16 as follows:

          10.15  RED BOOK LITIGATION.  Settle the Red Book  Litigation for an
     amount (Excluding royalty     payment to be made by the Borrower to K-III  
     Corporate Communications Inc. following the  settlement thereof) in excess
     of the amount  actually received from InfoVest as a capital      
     contribution specifically for the settlement of   the Red Book Litigation. 

          10.16  TECH-COR AGREEMENT.  Enter into the Tech-  Cor Agreement on
     terms less favorable to the   Borrower than those described to the Lenders
     by   the Borrower in May, 1995, as such terms are      outlined in Schedule
     10.16.

     19.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.1.  (a) Paragraph (r) of Section 11.1 of the
     Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          (r)  InfoVest shall not own, directly of     indirectly, 100% of the
     outstanding voting  securities of the Borrower; or

     (b) Section 11.1 of the Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the
     word "or" at the end of paragraph (s) and by deleting paragraph (t) thereof
     in its entirety.

     20.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 14.1.  Section 14.1 of the Agreement is hereby
     amended by deleting paragraph (b) thereof in its entirety and relettering
     paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) thereof as paragraphs (b), (c) and (d),
     respectively.

<PAGE>

     21.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 14.15.  Section 14.15 of the Agreement is hereby
     deleted in its entirety.

     22.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULES.  Schedule 7.6 to the Agreement is hereby
     amended to read as set forth in Exhibit A hereto and a new Schidule 10.16
     is added to the Agreement as set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

     23.  AMENDMENT TO EXHIBITS.  Exhibits A, B and G of the Agreement are
     hereby amended to read as set forth in Exhibits C, D and E hereto.

                  III.  AMENDMENT TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT

     1.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULES.  Schedules 1.1 and 3.1(h) of the Security
     Agreement are hereby amended to read as set forth in Exhibits F and G
     hereto.

                    IV.  AMENDMENTS TO THE GUARANTY
     
     1.  AMENDMENT TO THE RECITALS.  The firsts recital to the Guaranty is
     hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

               WHEREAS, CCC Information Services Inc. (the  "Borrower"), the
     Lenders and the Agent have    entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of
     April     29, 1994, as amended by the First Amendment dated      as of
     August 4, 1995 among the Borrower, the  Guarantor, the Lenders, the Agent
     and the   Collateral Agent (as hereinafter defined) (as     further
     modified, supplemented or amended from  time to time, the " Loan
     Agreement"), providing   for the making of Loans as contemplated therin;   
     and.

     2.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 3.17.  Section 3.17 of the Guaranty is hereby
     amended to read in its entirety as follows:

               Section 3.17  OWNERSHIP OF THE BORROWER.  The     Guarantor owns,
     directly or indirectly, 100% of    the outstanding voting securities of
     CCCIS.

     3.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.14.  Section 4.14 of the Guaranty is hereby
     amended by deleting "CCCDC" on the fourth line thereof.

     4.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.16.  Section 4.16 of the Guaranty is hereby
     amended to read in its entirety as follows:

               Section 4.16 CONTROL OF THE BORROWER.  Own,  directly or
     indirectly, 100% of the outstanding     voting securities of CCCIS.

     5.  AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE IV.  Article IV of the Guaranty is hereby amended
     by adding a new Section 4.18 as follows:

               Section 4.18 RED BOOK LITIGATION.  Make a    capital contribution
     to the Borrower, at the time  of the settlement of the Red Book Litigation
     or,  to the extent taht a judgment is rendered in      respect of the Red
     Book Litigation, prior to the      occurrences of the Event of Default
     described in   Section 11.1(o) of the Loan Agreement as a result      of
     such judgment, at least equal to the amoutn of    such settlement or such
     judgment, as the case may     be (excluding royalty payments to be made by
     the  Borrower to K-III Corporation Communications Inc.      following such
     settlement or such 

<PAGE>

     judgment);      PROVIDED, that, the Guarantor shall not
     be   obligated to make a capital contribution in excess     of its
     avbailable resources, as determined by the   Lenders in their reasonable
     sole discretion, at      the time of such settlement or such judgment.

     6.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.4.  Section 5.4 of the Guaranty is hereby
     amended by (1) deleting clauses (v), (vi) and (viii) thereof in their
     entirety, (2) deleting the word "and" immediately preceding such former
     clause (viii), (3) renumbering clause (vii) thereof as clause (v) and (4)
     adding the word "and" immediately preceding such new clause (v).

     7.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.8.  Section 5.8 of the Guaranty is hereby
     amended by (1) adding the word "further," after the word "provided," on the
     sixth line thereof and (2) deleting the words "with any funds received from
     CCCIS under the Servicing Agreement" on the fifth and sixth lines thereof
     and substituting in replacement thereof the following:


<PAGE>

               ; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Guarantor may (i)  make capital
               contributions to the Borrower, (ii)  before the Guarantor has
               made capital contributions to the Borrower in accordance with
               Section 4.18, make Capital Expenditures or advances, loans,
               extension of credit or capital contributions to, or purchase any
               stock, bonds, notes, debentures, or other securities of, or make
               any other investments in, any Person so long as the aggregate
               amount thereof outstanding at any one time does not exceed
               $100,000, (iii) make Permitted Investments, and (iv) extend
               credit to the Borrower in connection with the Servicing Agreement
               on terms no less favorable than the terms the Guarantor would
               provide to unaffiliated third parties;  PROVIDED, FURTHER, that,
               after the Guarantor has made capital contributions to the
               Borrower in accordance with Section 4.18, the Guarantor may make
               Capital Expenditures or advances, loans, extension of credit or
               capital contributions to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes,
               debentures, or other securities of, or make any other investments
               in, any Person with funds other than funds received from the
               Borrower under the Servicing Agreement;  PROVIDED further, that
               the Guarantor may use the funds received from the Borrower under
               the Servicing Agreement to make Permitted Investments.
               
          8.      AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.9 .  Section 5.9 of the Guaranty is
hereby amended by (1) adding the word "FURTHER,"  after the word "PROVIDED," on
the sixth line thereof and (2) deleting the words "with any funds received from
CCCIS under the Servicing Agreement"  on the fifth and sixth lines thereof and
substituting in replacement thereof the following:  


                ; PROVIDED, that, after the Guarantor has made capital
               contributions to the Borrower in accordance with Section 4.18,
               the Guarantor may enter into any such transactions with White
               River or any affiliate listed on Schedule 5.9-A with funds other
               than funds received from the Borrower under the Servicing
               Agreement
               
          9.     AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.10.  Section 5.10 of the Guaranty is
hereby amended by deleting the words "with any funds received from CCCIS under
the Servicing Agreement"  on the fifth and sixth lines thereof and substituting
in replacement thereof the following:

<PAGE>

               ; PROVIDED, that, after the Guarantor has made capital
               contributions to the Borrower in accordance with Section 4.18,
               the Guarantor may make or maintain any such acquisition or enter
               into any such joint venture or economic equity partnership with
               funds other than funds received from the Borrower under the
               Servicing Agreement
               
          10.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULES.  Schedule 3.6 and 5.9-A of the Guaranty
are hereby amended to read as set forth in Exhibits H and I hereto.

                               V.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          1.  Each of the Borrower and InfoVest hereby repeats and reaffirms, 
with respect to itself, at the Amendment Effective Date and as of the date 
hereof the representations and warranties of the Borrower and InfoVest 
contained in the Loan Documents, the Pledge Agreement and the Guaranty with 
the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had 
been made as of the Amendment Effective Date; PROVIDED, that all references 
in such representations and warranties to the Agreement, the Security 
Agreement and the Guaranty shall, at the Amendment Effective Date, refer to 
the Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Guaranty as amended by this 
Amendment.
          
          2.  Each of the Borrower and InfoVest represents and warrants, with
respect to itself, that:
          
          (a)  It has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute 
and deliver this Amendment and the documents to be delivered in connection 
herewith.
          
          (b)  The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the documents 
to be delivered in connection herewith have been duly authorized by all 
necessary corporate action on its part and do not and will not (i) violate 
any provision of any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, 
injunction, decree, determination or award to which it is subject or of its 
certificate of incorporation or by-laws, (ii) result in a breach of or 
constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any 
other agreement, lease or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or 
any of its properties is bound or (iii)  result in, or require, the creation 
or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, lien, 
security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any nature upon or with 
respect to any of its properties, except as otherwise provided by the 
Security Agreement or the Pledge Agreement; nor is it in default under any 
such law, rule, regulation (other than those laws, rules, or regulations the 
violation of

<PAGE>

which would not have a material adverse effect on its business, operations, 
property or financial or other condition or that of any of its subsidiaries 
or impair the Assigned Collateral, the Pledged Collateral or the Lenders' or 
the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of Default), 
order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award to which it 
is subject or any such indenture, agreement, lease or instrument to which it 
is a party (by successor in interest or otherwise) or by which any of the 
properties owned by it or used in the conduct of its business is affected ( 
other than those indentures, agreements, leases or instruments which, in the 
aggregate, involve future payment or receipt of less than $500,000).
          
          (c)  Other than those which have been obtained and are in full 
force and effect, no authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of 
or filing or registration with any commission, board, bureau, agency or 
instrumentality, is or will be necessary to the valid execution and delivery 
by it of this Amendment or the documents delivered in connection herewith.
          
          (d)  Neither it nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to 
regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or under any 
other federal or state statute or regulation which limits its ability to 
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Amendment.
          
          (e)  This amendment and each of the documents delivered in 
connection herewith are legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable 
against it in accordance with their respective terms.
          
                        VI.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
          
          The occurrence of the Amendment Effective Date shall be subject to 
the following conditions precedent, each dated such date, and in form, scope 
and substance, satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders:
          
          1. The Agent and Lenders shall have received an executed Amendment.
          
          2.  Each Lender shall have received, in substitution and exchange 
for the existing Master Note and Term Note payable to such Lender, an 
executed Master Note and Term Note payable to such Lender, in substantially 
the form of Exhibits A and B, respectively, to the Agreement, with the 
outstanding Loans and Term Loans noted on the respective schedules attached 
thereto.
          
          3.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have received:

<PAGE>

          (a)  the favorable written opinion of Winston & Strawn, special
counsel to the Borrower, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders;
          
          (b)  the favorable written opinion of Winston & Strawn, special
counsel to the InfoVest, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders; and
          
          (c)  such other opinions as may be reasonably requested by the Agent
and the Lenders or counsel for the Agent and the Lenders.
          
          4.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have received a certificate of the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary and President or Chief Financial Officer of the
Borrower and of InfoVest substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J.
          
          5.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have received evidence of such 
filings of financing statements and assignments or notices of assignments in 
such jurisdictions as the Agent or any Lender may deem necessary or 
appropriate in order to perfect the Collateral Agent's first priority 
security interest in the Assigned Collateral located in the State of Illinois.
          
          6.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have received evidence of the
dissolution of CCC Development Company.
          
          7.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have received such other documents
as the Agent or any Lender or counsel for the Agent or any Lender may reasonably
request.

                           VII.  MISCELLANEOUS


          1.  AGREEMENTS TO REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.  The Borrower,
InfoVest, the Lenders, the Agent and the Collateral Agent hereby agree that the
Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Guaranty shall be amended as set forth
in this Amendment as of the Amendment Effective Date, and, except as amended
hereby, the Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Guaranty shall remain in
full force and effect is hereby ratified, adopted and confirmed in all respects;
PROVIDED, that all references in the Agreement, the Security Agreement and the
Guaranty to (i)  "the Borrowers", "related Borrower", "a Borrower", "such
Borrower", "each Borrower", "each of the Borrowers", "either Borrower", "any
Borrower", "other Borrower", or "CCCIS"  shall be deemed to be "the Borrower",
and (ii) "the CCCIS Security Agreement" or "the Security Agreements" shall be
deemed to be the "Security Agreement".  All references to the Agreement, the
Security Agreement or the Guaranty in any other agreement or

<PAGE>

document shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the Agreement, the Security 
Agreement or the Guaranty, as the case may be, as amended hereby.
          
          2.  CCCDC SECURITY AGREEMENT.  Notwithstanding the provisions of 
the CCC Development Company Security Agreement dated as of April 29, 1994 
("CCCDC Agreement") among CCC Development Company, the Agent and the 
Collateral Agent, the CCCDC Agreement shall terminate, and the form of the 
CCCDC Agreement attached as Exhibit G to the Agreement shall be removed as an 
exhibit hereto, as of the Amendment Effective Date.
          
          3.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in 
any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate 
counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an 
original, and all of which counterparts, when taken together, shall 
constitute but one and the same Amendment.
          
          4.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          
          5.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Amendment 
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such 
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or 
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or 
affecting the ability or enforceability of such provision in any other 
jurisdiction.
          
          6.  CAPTIONS .  The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of
reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions
hereof.
          
          7.  WAIVER.  The Lenders and the Agent hereby waive, until the 
close of business of the fifth Business Day after the receipt of the Borrower 
of a fully-executed copy of this Amendment, the Events of Default under 
Sections 11.1(e) and 11.1(q) of the Agreement which arise as a result of the 
failure of each of the Borrower and InfoVest to deliver its annual audited 
report for its fiscal year ended April 30, 1995 at the time required by 
Section 9.6(a) of the Agreement and Section 4.6(a) of the Guaranty, 
respectively.  By so waiving such Events of Default, however, the Lenders and 
the Agent shall not be deemed to have waived their right to indemnity under 
the Agreement or the Guaranty for any liability, loss, claim, damage, 
penalty, cause of action, suit, cost or expense (including, without 
limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) or judgment of any nature which 
arises from the failure of the Borrower of InfoVest to deliver such annual 
audited reports

<PAGE>

at the time required under the Agreement or the Guaranty, as the case may be. 
 The failure of the Borrower of InfoVest to deliver such annual audited 
reports by the close of business on the fifth Business Day after the receipt 
by the Borrower of a fully-executed copy of this Amendment shall constitute 
an immediate Event of Default under the Agreement, giving the Lenders and the 
Agent all of the rights and remedies as set forth therein.  The waiver 
contained in this paragraph shall be limited precisely as written and shall 
not be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision of the Agreement or the 
Guaranty.



<PAGE>

                                  GUARANTY


     GUARANTY dated as of April 29, 1994 made by INFOVEST CORPORATION, a 
corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the 
"Guarantor"), in favor of the financial institutions party to the Loan 
Agreement referred to below as lenders (such institution, together with any 
assignees thereof, collectively, the "Lenders") and CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF 
COMMERCE ("CIBC"),  as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Agent").

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

    WHEREAS, CCC Information Services, Inc.  ("CCCIS"), CCC Development 
Company ("CCCDC"; and together with CCCIS, collectively, the "Borrowers"), 
the Lenders and the Agent have entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of 
April 29, 1994 (as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the 
"Loan Agreement") , providing for the making of Loans as contemplated 
therein; and 

    WHEREAS, it is a condition to the making of Loans under the Loan 
Agreement that the Guarantor shall have executed and delivered the Guaranty; 
and

    WHEREAS, the Guarantor will obtain benefits as a result of the Loans made 
to the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and, accordingly, desires to 
execute and deliver this Guaranty in order to satisfy the condition described 
in the preceding paragraph; and

    WHEREAS, in order to secure the Guarantor's obligations hereunder, the 
Guarantor, the Agent and CIBC, as collateral agent for the Agent and the 
Lenders (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the 
"Collateral Agent"), have entered into the Pledge and Security Agreement 
dated as of April 29, 1994.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other benefits 
accruing to the Guarantor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 
acknowledged, the Guarantor hereby makes the following representations and 
warranties to the Agent and each Lender and hereby covenants and agrees with 
the Agent and each Lender as follows:

                                       1

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.1  DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Guaranty and unless the 
context requires a different meaning, capitalized terms used herein and not 
otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan 
Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                 THE GUARANTY

    Section 2.1  THE GUARANTY.  (a)  The Guarantor, as primary obligator and 
not merely as surety, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the 
full and prompt payment when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise) of 
all obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Lenders 
now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of or in connection 
with the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without 
limitation, principal and interest with respect of all Loans, the Commitment 
Fee, other fees and expenses, indemnities and Additional Costs) and the due 
performance and compliance with the terms of the Loan Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents by the Borrowers (all such principal, interest, obligations 
and liabilities, collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations").  All payments 
by the Guarantor under this Guaranty, to the extent owing to the Agent and 
the Lenders, shall be made on the same basis as payments by the Borrowers 
under the Loan Agreement.  In the event the Borrowers shall fail to pay duly 
and punctually any Guaranteed Obligation when and if the same shall be due 
and payable in accordance with the terms of the Loan Document, the Guarantor 
will pay the same on the last day of any applicable grace period with respect 
thereto to such Person to whom such Guaranteed Obligation is owed.

    (b)  The Guarantor hereby waives in connection with any defense to 
enforcement of this Guaranty (a) notice of acceptance by the Agent or the 
Lenders of this Guaranty, (b) notice of the existence or creation or 
nonpayment of or other default with respect to all or any of the Guaranteed 
Obligations, (c) presentment, demand of payment, protest, notice of dishonor 
and all other notices whatsoever with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, 
(d) any requirement that the Agent or the Lenders act with promptness or 
diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon any or all of 
the Guaranteed Obligations or any thereof, any obligation of the Guarantor 
under this Guaranty, or any security for or guaranty of any of the foregoing; 
(e) any requirement that the Agent or the Lenders exhaust any right or take 
any action against the Borrowers or any other Person or 

                                       2

<PAGE>

Assigned Collateral, (f) any defense arising out of the absence, impairment 
or loss of any or all rights of recourse, reimbursement, contribution or 
subrogation or any other rights or remedies of the Guarantor against the 
Borrowers, any other Person, or any security, whether resulting from an 
election by the Agent or by the Lenders to foreclosure on the Assigned 
Collateral by trustee's sale rather than judicial foreclosure, or from any 
other election of rights or remedies by the Agent or by the Lenders , or 
otherwise, (g) any requirement that, absent a request for such information by 
the Guarantor, the Agent or any Lender advise the Guarantor of information 
known to the Agent or such Lender regarding the financial condition of the 
Borrowers or any other circumstance bearing upon the risk of nonperformance 
of the Guaranteed Obligations which inquiry would reveal, the Guarantor 
hereby assuming responsibility for being and keeping informed of each such 
condition and circumstance, (h) the benefit of any statute of limitations 
affecting the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Documents or the 
enforcement hereof to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Guarantor 
agreeing, without limiting the foregoing, that any circumstance which 
operates to toll the statute of limitations as to the Borrowers shall operate 
to toll any statute of limitations as to the Guarantor, and (i) any right to 
exoneration of sureties which may otherwise be applicable.  The Guarantor 
further waives, to the extent it may be lawfully do so, all right to have its 
property marshalled upon any enforcement action by the Agent or the Lender.  
The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders, 
and acknowledges that the Agent and the Lenders shall rely upon such 
representation and warranty, that the Guarantor is affiliated with the 
Borrowers and is otherwise in a position to have access to any and all 
relevant information bearing upon the present and continuing creditworthiness 
of the Borrowers and the risk of the Borrowers' inability to pay the 
indebtedness or perform the obligations guaranteed hereby.

    (c)  The Agent, may, and shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, 
at any time and from time to time without the consent of the Guarantor, 
without incurring responsibility to the Guarantor and without impairing or 
releasing the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, upon or without any 
terms or conditions take or refrain from taking any and all actions with 
respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, the Loan Agreement, and other Loan 
Document, the Assigned Collateral, the Pledged Collateral or any Person 
(including the Borrowers) that the Agent or the Required Lenders determine in 
its or their sole discretion, as the case may be, to be necessary or 
appropriate.   

    Section 2.2  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE; ENFORCEABILITY.  (a) The obligations 
of the Guarantor under this Guaranty are absolute and unconditional and shall 
remain in full force and effect without regard to, and 

                                       3
<PAGE>

shall not be released, suspended, discharged, terminated, or otherwise 
affected by, any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, including, without 
limitation: 

        (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of the Loan Agreement, 
    the Security Agreements, any Note, the Pledge Agreement, any Loan 
    Document or any other document or instrument relating to the 
    Guaranteed Obligations;
    
         (ii)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or 
    in any other term of,  all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or 
    any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from the 
    Loan Agreement, any Note or any other Loan Document;

        (iii)  any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, 
    dissolution, winding up or other similar proceeding involving or 
    affecting the Borrowers;

        (iv)  any change in the ownership of either of the Borrowers or 
    any change in the identity or structure of either of the Borrowers; 
    whether by consolidation, merger or otherwise;

        (v)  any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or 
    any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any 
    other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

        (vi)  any failure on the part of a Borrower, the Guarantor, the 
    Agent, any Lender or Collateral Agent to perform or observe any term, 
    covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed under 
    this Guaranty, the Pledge Agreement or any Loan Document;

        (vii)  the existence of any Indebtedness now or at any time 
    hereafter payable or owing by the Guarantor to a Borrower or the 
    existence of any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other 
    right or claim which the Guarantor may at any time have or have had 
    against a Borrower, the Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any 
    other Person; or

        (viii)  any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a 
    defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrowers in respect of 
    the Guaranteed Obligations or the Guarantor in respect of this 
    Guaranty, whether similar or dissimilar to any of the circumstances 
    specified in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

                                       4
<PAGE>

    (b)  The Agent and each Lender may, from time to time without 
impairing this Guaranty, whether before or after any discontinuance of 
this Guaranty, at its sole discretion and without notice to, demand 
upon, or consent of, the Guarantor, take any or all of the following 
actions:

        (i)   retain or obtain any security interest which may hereafter 
    be granted in any property to secure any of the Guaranteed Obligations 
    or any obligation of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or apply any 
    security interest or the proceeds thereof and direct the order or 
    manner of sale or other disposition thereof;

        (ii)  retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any 
    obligor or obligors, in addition to the Guarantor, with respect to any 
    of the Guaranteed Obligations;

        (iii)  extend or renew for one or more periods (whether or not 
    longer than the original period), alter or exchange any of the 
    Guaranteed Obligations, or release or compromise any obligation of the 
    Guarantor under this Guaranty or any obligation of any nature of any 
    other obligor with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

        (iv)  release its security interest in, or surrender, release or 
    permit any substitution or exchange for, all or any part of any 
    property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations of any obligation 
    of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, or extend or renew for one or 
    more periods (whether or not longer than the original period), or 
    release, compromise, alter or exchange any obligations of any nature 
    of any obligor with respect to any such property;

        (v)  fail or delay in enforcing any of its rights under any 
    document or instrument related to the Guaranteed Obligations;

        (vi)  resort to the Guarantor for payment of any of the Guaranteed 
    Obligations, whether or not the Agent or such Lender shall have 
    resorted to any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or 
    any obligation of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or shall have 
    proceeded against any other obligor primarily or secondarily obligated 
    with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or

        (vii)  modify, amend or restate any provision or provisions of the 
    Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

    Section 2.3  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION AND CONTRIBUTION.  (a) The Guarantor 
shall not enforce or otherwise exercise any right of subrogation to any of 
the rights of any Lender, the Collateral Agent or the Agent against the 
Borrowers and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, 
hereby waives all rights of subrogation (whether contractual, under Section 
509 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, at law or in equity or otherwise) to the 
claims of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent or the Agent against the 
Borrowers and all contractual, statutory or legal or equitable rights of 
contribution, reimbursement, indemnification and similar rights and "claims" 
(as that term is defined in the Federal Bankruptcy Code) which the Borrowers 
that arise from the existence or performance of the Guarantor's obligations 
hereunder.

    (b)  Any amount received by the Agent or a Lender from whatsoever source 
on account of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be applied by it toward the 
payment of such of the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of 
the Loan Agreement.

    Section 2.4  INSOLVENCY OF A BORROWER, ETC.  The Guarantor hereby agrees 
that, in the event of the dissolution of a Borrower, the adjudication of a 
Borrower as insolvent, a Borrower's admission in writing of its inability to 
pay, or a Borrower's generally not paying, its debts as they become due, or a 
general assignment by a Borrower for the benefit of creditors, or the 
commencement of any case proceeding in respect of the Issuer under any 
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, any such proceeding shall continue 
undismissed or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the 
foregoing shall be entered any continue unstayed and in effect, for a period 
of 60 consecutive days, or an order for relief against a Borrower shall be 
entered in an involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or 
hereafter in effect), and if such event shall occur at a time when any of the 
Guaranteed Obligations may not then be due and payable or if acceleration or 
collection of the Guaranteed Obligations is enjoined, prevented or stayed 
from for whatever reason, the Guarantor shall pay all Guaranteed Obligations 
within 5 days of receipt of notice of such fact from the Agent.

                                     ARTICLE III

                             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    In order to induce the Lenders to make the Loans, the Guarantor makes the 
following representations and warranties:

    Section 3.1  ORGANIZATION, CORPORATE POWERS, ETC.  The Guarantor is a 
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under 
the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business as a 
foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its 
business requires such qualification other than those where 

                                       6

<PAGE>

the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the 
business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the 
Guarantor or impair the Pledged Collateral or the Lenders' or the Agent's 
rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of Default.  The Guarantor 
has all requisite corporate power and authority to conduct business as 
contemplated to be conducted, to own its properties and to execute, deliver, 
and perform all of its obligations under this Guaranty and the Pledge 
Agreement.

    Section 3.2  CORPORATE AUTHORITY, ETC.  The execution, delivery and 
performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement have 
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the 
Guarantor and do not and will not (i)  violate any provision of any law, 
rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or 
award to which the Guarantor is subject or of the certificate of 
incorporation or by-laws of the Guarantor, (ii)  result in breach of or 
constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any 
other agreement, lease or instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or by 
which the Guarantor or any of its properties is bound or (iii) result in, or 
require, the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, 
assignment, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge of encumbrance of 
any nature upon or with respect to any of the Guarantor's properties, except 
as otherwise provided by the Pledge Agreement;  nor is the Guarantor in 
default under any such law, rule, regulation, (other than those laws, rules 
or regulations the violation of which would not have a material adverse 
effect on the business, operations, property or financial or other condition 
of the Guarantor or either of the Borrowers or impair the Pledged Collateral 
or the Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an 
Event of Default), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination 
or award to which it is subject or any such indenture, agreement, lease or 
instrument to which it is a party (by successor in interest or otherwise) or 
by which any of the properties owned by it or used in the conduct of its 
business is affected (other than (i) those indentures, agreements, leases or 
instruments which, in the aggregate, involve future payment or receipt of 
less than $500,000 and (ii) the Existing Indebtedness).

    Section 3.3  GOVERNMENT APPROVALS.  No authorization, consent, approval, 
license, exemption of or filing registration with any commission, board, 
bureau, agency or instrumentality, or performance by the Guarantor of this 
Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement.

    Section 3.4  GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.  Neither the Guarantor nor any 
subsidiary of the Guarantor is subject to regulation under the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any other federal or

                                       7

<PAGE>

state statute or regulation which limits the ability of the Guarantor to 
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Guaranty and the Pledge 
Agreement.  The Guarantor does not engage in, nor have as one of its 
important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of 
purchasing or carrying any margin of stock.

    Section 3.5  VALID AND BINDING GUARANTOR OBLIGATIONS.  This Guaranty and 
the Pledge Agreement are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the 
Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their 
respective terms.

    Section 3.6  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6, there are 
no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the 
Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any subsidiary of 
the Guarantor, the business or any property of the Guarantor or any 
subsidiary of the Guarantor, which, if adversely determined, could have a 
material adverse effect on the business, operations, property or financial or 
other condition of the Guarantor or impair the Pledged Collateral or the 
Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of 
Default, or involving the legality, validity or enforceability of this 
Guaranty or the Pledge Agreement to law or in equity before any court, 
governmental agency or regulatory authority (federal, state, or local).

    Section 3.7  ACCURACY OF INFORMATION.  All information, financial or 
otherwise, written or verbal, supplied by the Guarantor to the Agent or any 
Lender is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and does not 
omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make any statement 
therein or herein not misleading, as of the date such statement was made.

    Section 3.87  FINANCIAL POSITION.  The consolidated balance sheets of the 
Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries as at April 30, 1993 and the 
related statements of income and shareholders' equity of the Guarantor and 
its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, audited by 
Price Waterhouse, independent accountants, copies of which have been 
furnished to the Agent and the Lenders, present the consolidated financial 
position of the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries as at such date 
and the consolidated results of the operations of the Guarantor and its 
consolidated subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in 
accordance with GAAP.

    Section 3.9  PLEDGE OF COLLATERAL.  The Collateral Agent, pursuant to the 
Pledge Agreement, holds a valid, perfected and first priority security 
interest in the Pledge Collateral.

                                       8

<PAGE>

    Section 3.10  TITLE TO ASSETS.  The Guarantor has legal title to all 
assets owned by it on the date hereof, and will have legal title to all 
assets acquired by it at any time subsequent to the date hereof, free and 
clear of all Liens, except as contemplated by the Pledge Agreement.

    Section 3.11 TAX RETURNS.  Each of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (i) 
has filed all federal tax returns and state tax returns for the state in 
which it is incorporated and the state in which it has its principal place of 
business, and all other state and local tax returns required to be filed by 
it, other than such tax returns with respect to which the failure to file 
would not (x) materially adversely affect the business, properties, 
conditions (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of 
the Guarantor or the Borrowers or (y) impair the Pledged Collateral or the 
Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of 
Default.  Except to the extent that reserves therefor are reflected in the 
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 3.8 hereof,  (a)  there 
are no material federal, state or local tax liabilities of the Guarantor or 
any of its subsidiaries due or to become due for any tax year ended on or 
prior to the date of execution of this Guaranty relating to the Guarantor or 
any of its subsidiaries, whether incurred in respect of or measured by the 
income of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries, which are not properly 
reflected in the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 3.8, and 
(b) there are no material claims pending, proposed or threatened against the 
Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries for past federal, state or local taxes, 
except those, if any, as to which proper reserves in accordance with GAAP are 
reflected in such financial statements.

    Section 3.12  ERISA .  Each Plan is in compliance with all of the 
applicable material provisions of ERISA and each Plan intended to be 
qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified.  No plan has 
incurred  an "accumulated funding deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 
302 of ERISA of Section 412 of the Code) whether or not waived.  Neither the 
Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate (i) has incurred or expects to incur any 
liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan which could give 
rise to a Lien in favor of the PBGC, other than liability for the payment of 
premiums, all of which have been timely paid when due in accordance with 
Section 4007 of ERISA, (ii) has incurred or expects to incur any withdrawal 
liability, within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA, (iii) is subject to 
any Lien under Section 412(n) of the Code or Sections 302(f) or 4068 of ERISA 
or arising out of any action brought under Sections 4070 or 4301 of ERISA, or 
(iv) is required to provide security to a Plan under Section 401(a)(29) of 
the Code.  The PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate any Plan or 
to appoint a trustee or administrator of any such Plan and no circumstances 
exist that constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA to commence any 
such proceedings.

                                       9

<PAGE>

    Section 3.13  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  Since December 31, 1993, there 
has occurred no event which has or had a material adverse effect upon the 
business, properties, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), 
results of operations or prospects of the Guarantor or upon the ability of 
the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guaranty or the Pledge 
Agreement or upon the ability of the Lenders of the Agent to enforce this 
Guaranty or the Pledge Agreement, except as set forth in Schedule 3.13.

    Section 3.14  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Guarantor and its subsidiaries 
are in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.

    Section 3.15  PARI PASSU.  The obligations of the Guarantor to the Agent 
and each Lender hereunder rank and will at all times rank at least PARI PASSU 
with all other unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor.

    Section 3.16  ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The 
representations and warranties of the Guarantor contained in each agreement 
and document delivered by the Guarantor in connection with this Guaranty are, 
or when such agreement or document delivered will be, true and correct.

    Section 3.17  OWNERSHIP OF CCCIS.  The Guarantor owns, directly or 
indirectly, 100% of the outstanding voting

                                       10

<PAGE>

securities of CCCIS and, immediately after the making of the initial Loans by 
the Lenders, 100% of the general partnership interests in CCCDC.

    Section 3.18  BOARD OF DIRECTORS. As of the date of this Agreement, the 
Guarantor's Board of Directors consists of the members identified on Schedule 
3.18.

                                 ARTICLE IV

                                 COVENANTS

    The Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees that on and after the date 
hereof and until the repayment in full of the Loans and the Notes, together 
with all interest thereon, the Commitment Fee, the Agency Fee and all other 
Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor will, unless the Required Lenders and 
the Agent shall otherwise consent in writing:

    Section 4.1  PAYMENT OF TAXES, ETC.  Pay and discharge all Taxes imposed 
upon it or upon its income or profits, prior to the date on which penalties 
attach thereto, and all lawful claims, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien 
or charge upon any of its assets, other than those Taxes and lawful claims 
which (i) the Guarantor is contesting the imposition or amount thereof in 
good faith and by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and 
diligently conducted, (ii) the Guarantor is lawfully permitted, in view of 
such contest, to defer the payment thereof, (iii) such reserve or other 
appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP 
shall have been made therefor, (iv) the Lenders are satisfied that the 
deferral of the payment thereof will not impair the Pledged Collateral or the 
Lenders' or the Agent's rights to exercise their remedies upon an Event of 
Default, or the Guarantor's ability to conduct its business, and (v) if the 
Lenders so require, the Guarantor remits to the Agent an amount equal to the 
amount of the taxes or claims being contested, which amount the Agent will 
hold in escrow until the termination of the context, at which time it will, 
to the extent required by law, be paid over to the appropriate taxing 
authority (with any balance returned to the Guarantor.

    Section 4.2  PRESERVATION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  Continue to engage in 
business of the same general type as now conducted and preserve and maintain 
its corporate existence in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and its 
rights, franchises and privileges material to the conduct of its business as 
now being conducted, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign 
corporation in each jurisdiction in

                                       12

<PAGE>

which such qualification is necessary or desirable in view of its business 
operations or the ownership of its properties.

    Section 4.3  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. Comply with the requirements of 
all Applicable Laws of any Governmental Authority, except where such 
noncompliance would not have a material adverse effect on the business, 
operations, property or financial or other condition of the Guarantor.

    Section 4.4  INSPECTION RIGHTS. At any reasonable time and from time to 
time during normal business hours upon notice to the Guarantor, permit the 
Agent, any Lender or any agents or representatives thereof, at the expense of 
the Agent or such Lender, to examine and make copies of the records and books 
of account of the Guarantor related to the transactions contemplated by this 
Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement and to visit its properties, and to discuss 
its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its authorized agents or 
officers.

    Section 4.5  MAINTENANCE OF APPROVALS, FILINGS AND REGISTRATIONS.  At all 
times maintain in effect, renew and comply with all the times maintain in 
effect, renew and comply with all the terms and conditions of all consents, 
licenses, approvals and authorizations as may be necessary or appropriate 
under any applicable law or regulation (i) for the execution, delivery and 
performance of this Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement legal, valid, binding and 
enforceable against the Guarantor and (iii) to conduct its business as now 
being conducted.

    Section 4.6  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Furnish or cause to be furnished to 
the Agent (with sufficient copies for the Lenders):

    (a) As soon as available, but in any event not later than ninety (90) 
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, a copy of the annual 
audited consolidated and consolidating reports for the Guarantor for such 
year, including therein the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of 
the Guarantor as at the end of such year and the related consolidated and 
consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Guarantor for such 
year, or statements providing substantially similar information, in each case 
certified without qualification buy an independent public accountant of 
recognized national standing as fairly representing the financial position 
and results of operation of the Guarantor and its 

                                       13

<PAGE>

     subsidiaries as at and for the year ending on its date and having been 
     prepared in accordance with GAAP.

          (b)  As soon as available, but in any event not later than forty-five
     (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of 
     each fiscal year of the Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated and 
     consolidating balance sheets of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries as
     at the end of each such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated and
     consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Guarantor and its
     subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through 
     such date, setting forth in each case incomparative form the figures for 
     the previous year, certified by a responsible officer as fairly presenting
     the financial position and the results of operations of the Guarantor and 
     its subsidiaries as at and for the quarter ending on its date and as 
     having been prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end
     audit adjustments).

          (c)  Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements 
     referred to in Section s4.6(a) and (b) above, a certificate of the 
     Treasurer of the Guarantor (i) stating that such officer has reviewed the
     terms of this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents and has made, or 
     caused to be made under his supervision, a review in reasonable detail of
     the transactions and condition of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries during
     the accounting period covered by such financial statements and that such 
     review has not disclosed the existence during or at the end of such 
     accounting period, and that such officer does not have knowledge of the
     existence as at the date of such certificate, of any Default or Event of
     Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) containing the
     computation of, and showing compliance with, each of Sections 4.13, 5.9,
     5.10 and 5.11.

          (d)  Promptly and in any event within five (5) Business Days after 
     the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a 
     Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Plan, a statement of the
     chief financial officer of the Guarantor setting forth details as to such 
     reportable event and the action that the Guarantor or such ERISA Affiliate 
     proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of the notice 
     of such Reportable Event, if any, given to the PBGC, the Internal Revenue 
     Service or the Department of Labor; (ii) promptly and in any event within
     ten (10) Business Days after

                                    14

<PAGE>

     receipt thereof, a copy of any notice the Guarantor or any Erisa 
     Affiliate may receive from the PBGC relating to the intention of the 
     PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any 
     such Plan; (iii) promptly and in any event within ten (10) Business 
     Days after a filing with the PBGC pursuant to Section 412(n) of the 
     Code of a notice of failure to make a required installment or other 
     payment with respect to a Plan, a statement of the chief financial 
     officer of the Guarantor setting forth details as to such failure and 
     the action that the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take 
     with respect thereto, together with a copy of such notice given to the 
     PBGC; and (iv) promptly and in any event within ten (10) Business Days 
     after receipt thereof by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate from the 
     sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, a copy of each notice received by the 
     Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate concerning the imposition of 
     withdrawal liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, 
     or is expected to be, terminated or reorganized.

          (e)  Promptly and in any event five (5) Business Days after the same
     are publicly available, copies of all regular and periodic financial 
     information, proxy materials and other information and reports, if any, 
     which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries shall file with the 
     Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange.

          (f)  Such other information respecting the business or the condition 
     or operation of the Guarantor, financial or otherwise, as the Agent or the
     Lenders may from time to time reasonably request.


          Section 4.7  INDEMNIFICATION. Pay, protect, indemnify and save 
harmless the Agent, each Lender and in their capacity as such, each of its 
officers, directors, shareholders, controlling persons, employees and agents 
from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages penalties, causes 
of action, suits, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, 
attorneys' fees and expenses) or judgments of any nature arising from the 
transactions contemplated by this Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement, 
PROVIDED, that the Guarantor will not be liable to the Agent, a Lender or, in 
their capacity as such, any officer, director, shareholder, controlling 
person, employee or agent of the Agent or the Lender for such liabilities, 
losses, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, suites, costs and 
expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) or judgments 
arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent, such 
Lender

                                       15

<PAGE>

or such officer, director, shareholder, controlling person, employee or agent.

     Section 4.8 PERFORMANCE OF AGREEMENTS. Duly and punctually pay and 
perform each of its obligations under this Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement.

     Section 4.9 NOTICES. Promptly give notice to the Agent:

     (a) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, stating that 
such notice is a "notice of default";

     (b) of any (i) default or event of default under any contractual 
obligation of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries and any Governmental 
Authority, which in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as 
the case may be, would have a material adverse effect on the business, 
operations, property or financial or other condition of the Guarantor and its 
subsidiaries taken as a whole;

     (c) of any litigation or proceeding to which the Guarantor or any of its 
subsidiaries is a party and which, if adversely determined, could have a 
material adverse effect on the business, operations, property or financial or 
other condition of the Guarantor; and

     (d) of a material adverse change in the business, operations, property or 
financial or other condition of the Guarantor or the Guarantor and the 
Borrowers taken as a whole.

Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement 
of a responsible officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to 
therein and stating what action the Guarantor proposes to take with respect 
thereto.

     Section 4.10 PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy 
at or before maturity or before they become delinquent in accordance with its 
normal business practices, as the case may be, all its material obligations 
of whatever nature.

     Section 4.11 BOOKS AND RECORDS. Keep, or cause to be kept, adequate 
records and books of account, in which complete entries are to be made 
reflecting its business and financial transactions, such entries to be made 
in accordance with GAAP as in effect in the United States

                                     16

<PAGE>

consistently applied in the case of financial transactions or as otherwise 
required by Applicable Laws.

     Section 4.12 FURTHER ASSURANCES. As from time to time requested by the 
Agent or a Lender, at the cost and expense of the Guarantor, execute and 
deliver to the Agent and the Lenders all such documents and instruments, at 
such time to times, in such manner and at such place of places, all as may be 
necessary to validate, preserve and protect the position of the Agent and the 
Lenders under this Guaranty and the Pledge Agreement. The Agent may, and at 
the request of any Lender shall, upon any extension of the Loan Agreement, 
request an opinion of counsel, selected by the Guarantor and approved by the 
Agent, with respect to action required to be taken for the protection of the 
rights of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the Pledge Agreement.

     4.13 EQUITY OFFERINGS. Remit on the first Business Day following the 
receipt thereof, to CCCIS from the net proceeds of the sale of any Capital 
Stock of the Guarantor an amount equal to the amount of such proceeds applied 
to retire any portion of the $39,000,000 Class A Redeemable Voting Preferred 
Stock of the Guarantor; PROVIDED, that any proceeds of such sale not used to 
retire any portion of the $39,000,000 Class A Redeemable Voting Preferred 
Stock shall be remitted to CCCIS to be applied to the repayment of the Loans.

     Section 4.14 OTHER AGREEMENTS. (a) maintain in full force and effect the 
Amended and Restated Data Base Licensing Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 
among CCCIS, InfoVest, CCCDC, CCC Vehicle Damage Estimators, Inc. and Motor 
Books Division, a unit of Hearst Business Publishing, Inc.

     (b) Enter into, and maintain in full force and effect, an agreement with 
White River with respect to White River's equity investment in the Guarantor, 
substantially as contemplated in a letter dated December 22, 1993 to Mr. Terry
Baxter of Fund American Enterprises Holding from Mr. Daniel D. Jackson on 
behalf of InfoVest and in the Fund American Proposal dated as of December 22, 
1993, copies of which are attached hereto as Schedule 4.14.

     (c) Comply in all material respect with all indentures, loan or credit 
agreements and any other agreement, lease or instrument to which the 
Guarantor is a party.

                                     17

<PAGE>

     Section 4.15 INSURANCE. Maintain, and cause each subsidiary to maintain, 
with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance as may be required 
by Applicable Law and such other insurance, to such extent and against such 
hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by companies similarly 
situation.

     Section 4.16 CONTROL OF THE BORROWER. Own, directly or indirectly, 100% 
of the then outstanding voting securities of CCIS and 100% of the general 
partnership interests in CCCDC.

     Section 4.17 EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS. Immediately after the making of the 
initial Loans by the Lenders, the Existing Indebtedness, and accrued and 
unpaid interest thereon, will be paid in full, and any and all Liens securing 
such Existing Indebtedness will be released.



                                     18

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE V

                             NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Guarantor covenants and agrees that on and after the date hereof and 
until the repayment in full of the Loans and the Notes, together with all 
interest thereon, the Commitment Fee, the Agency Fee and all other Guaranteed 
Obligations, the Guarantor will not, directly or indirectly, unless the 
Required Lenders and the Agent shall otherwise consent in writing:

     Section 5.1 AMENDMENTS. Amend, or consent to any amendment, waiver, 
supplement or modification of this Guaranty, the Pledge Agreement of the 
Servicing Agreement.

     Section 5.2 LIENS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien 
upon or with respect to any of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter 
acquired, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income to secure 
any obligation, except (i) as contemplated by the Pledge Agreement and (ii) 
with respect to permitted Indebtedness which, in the aggregate, does not 
exceed $500,000.

     Section 5.3. INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any 
Indebtedness, whether current of funded, or any other liability except (i) 
Indebtedness existing on the date of the execution of this Guaranty; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Indebtedness shall not be extended beyond the 
maturity date therefor and increased above the amount thereof as both existed 
on the date of execution of this Guaranty, (ii) Indebtedness to the Agent or 
the Lenders arising hereunder, (iii) Indebtedness representing the fees 
payable to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (iv) 
Indebtedness or other liability incurred in the ordinary course of business 
of the Guarantor; PROVIDED, that such Indebtedness does not exceed at any one 
time outstanding $500,000; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Guarantor may 
indemnify and hold harmless any Person in connection with the purchase by 
such Person of the stock or assets of Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS 
Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, 
Uniphone Systems, Inc. or Phone Base Systems, Inc. from the Guarantor; 
PROVIDED, that the Guarantor shall not agree to indemnify and hold harmless 
such Person for an amount which exceeds the net proceeds paid to the 
Guarantor in connection with the purchase by such Person of such stock or 
assets, and (v) $29,000,000 Class A Redeemable Voting Preferred Stock of the 
Guarantor.

                                      19

<PAGE>

     Section 5.4 PROHIBITION OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. Wind up, liquidate or 
dissolve its affairs or enter into any transaction of merger or 
consolidation, or convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (or agree to do 
any of the foregoing at any future time), whether in one or a series of 
transactions, all or any substantial part of its assets, or permit any of its 
subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) any 
subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any other 
subsidiary (other than a Borrower) or the Guarantor, (ii) any subsidiary 
(other than a Borrower) may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any 
or all of its assets to the Guarantor or another subsidiary (other than a 
Borrower) (iii) the Guarantor may merge with any other entity, provided that 
(A) the Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and (B) 
immediately after such merger, no Event of Default shall exist and the 
Guarantor shall not be in default under any material loan agreement to which 
it is a party, (iv) any subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge or 
consolidate with any other corporation, provided that, immediately after 
giving effect to such merger or consolidation (A) the continuing or surviving 
corporation of such merger or consolidation shall be such subsidiary and (B) 
no Event of Default shall exist, (v) a Borrower may merge or consolidate with 
the other Borrower, PROVIDED that, immediately after such merger or 
consolidation, no Event of Default shall exist and there shall not be a 
default under any Loan Document or any material loan agreement to which 
either Borrower is a party, (vi) a Borrower may sell, lease, transfer or 
otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets to the other Borrower, (vii) 
the Guarantor may wind up, liquidate, dissolve, convey, sell or otherwise 
dispose of the stock or assets of Credit Card Service Corporation, GIS 
Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp., Original Research II Corporation, 
Uniphone Systems, Inc. or Phone Base Systems, Inc. and (viii) CCCDC may wind 
up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs and, in connection with any such 
winding up, liquidation or dissolution, shall transfer all of its assets to 
CCCIS or a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCCIS; PROVIDED, that in the case of 
the transfer of all of the assets of CCCDC to such subsidiary, such 
subsidiary executes and delivers to the Agent such agreements, documents and 
instruments requested by the Agent to add such subsidiary as a "Borrower" 
under the Loan Agreement and to effectuate the granting by such subsidiary to 
the Collateral Agent of a security interest in all of its assets.

     Section 5.5 SALES OF ASSETS. Sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise 
dispose of any of its assets, except for (i) the stock or assets of Credit 
Card Service Corporation, GIS Information Systems, Inc., Equitel Corp.,

                                       20
<PAGE>

Original Research II Corporation, Uniphone Systems, Inc. and Phone Base 
Systems, Inc., and (ii) the sale of obsolete or worn out assets, PROVIDED, 
that the fair market value of such assets at the time of sale thereof shall 
not exceed $500,000 in any one fiscal year of the Guarantor.

    Section 5.6  OTHER SUPPORTED CREDIT.  Agree to, or, become liable with 
respect to any surety bond, letter of credit or any commercial paper, 
promissory note support or acceptance financing, except as permitted by 
Section 5.3.

    Section 5.7  DIVIDENDS.  Declared or pay any cash dividends or make any 
cash distribution in respect of, any shares of its Capital Stock now or 
hereafter outstanding; PROVIDED, that the Guarantor may pay cash dividends to 
the holders of record of the $39,000,000 Class A Redeemable Voting Preferred 
Stock of the Guarantor after April 29, 1997 to the extent legally permitted 
to do so in an amount not to exceed eight percent (8.0%) of such Capital 
Stock in any calendar year of Total Debt Service Coverage of CCCIS at the 
time of payment of such cash dividends exceeds 2.0.

    Section 5.6  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES; INVESTMENTS.  Make any Capital 
Expenditures or any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital 
contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other 
securities of, or make any other investment in, any person with any funds 
received from CCCIS under the Servicing Agreement; PROVIDED, that if the 
Guarantor makes any advances, loans or extensions of credit to a Borrower, 
such advances, loans or extensions of credit shall be unsecured and 
subordinated to the Loans and shall be made on terms and conditions 
acceptable to the Agent and the Required Lenders.

    Section 5.9  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Enter into any transactions, 
including without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of 
property or the rendering of any service, with White River or any affiliate 
listed on Schedule 5.9-A with any funds received from CCCIS under the 
Servicing Agreement; PROVIDED, that the Guarantor may (i) make payments to 
White River as compensation for corporate services provided by White River to 
the Guarantor, PROVIDED, that such services are furnished in arms-length 
transactions between the Guarantor and White River and are related to either 
(a) investment advisory services furnished to the Guarantor by White River, 
(b) services in connection with the filing of all regular and periodic 
financial information, proxy materials and other information and reports, if 
any, by White River on behalf of the Guarantor, and (ii) enter into, and 
perform its obligations under, the Servicing Agreement with CCCIS.

                                       21

<PAGE>

    Section 5.10  ACQUISITIONS.  Make or maintain any acquisition of, by 
lease, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets of any 
Person, or enter into any joint venture or economic or equity partnership 
with, any Person with any funds received from CCCIS under the Servicing 
Agreement.

    Section 5.11  CAPITAL STOCK.  Issue any Capital Stock, other 
equity securities or any other ownership interest in (including, 
without limitation, stock or securities exchangeable for or 
convertible into Capital Stock, other equity securities or ownership 
interests) either Borrower to any Person if any Event of Default has 
occurred and is continuing or any Event of Default will occur as a 
result of such issuance (with or without notice or the passage of 
time).

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 6.1  NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  This Guaranty is a 
continuing one and all liabilities to which it applies or may apply under the 
terms hereof shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance 
hereon. No failure or delay on the part of the Agent or a Lender in 
exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, and no course of dealing 
between the Guarantor and the Agent or a Lender shall operate as a waiver 
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or 
privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the 
exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights, powers and 
remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any 
rights, powers or remedies which the Agent or a Lender would otherwise have. 
No notice to or demand on the Guarantor in any case shall entitle the 
Guarantor to any other further notice or demand in similar or other 
circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Agent or the 
Lenders to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or 
demand.

    Section 6.2  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Guaranty shall be binding upon 
the Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit 
of the Agent, the Lenders and their successors and assigns.

    Section 6.3  NO WAIVER.  Neither this Guaranty nor any provision hereof 
may be changed, waived, discharged or

                                       22

<PAGE>

terminated except with the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders.

    Section 6.4  RECEIPT OF LOAN AGREEMENT. The Guarantor acknowledges that 
an executed (or conformed) copy of the Loan Agreement has been made available 
to its principal executive officers and such officers are familiar with the 
contents thereof.

    Section 6.5  SET-OFF.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted 
under Applicable Law or otherwise, and not be way of limitation of any such 
rights, each Lender and the Agent is hereby authorized at any time or from 
time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any 
kind to the Guarantor or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby 
expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all 
deposits (general or special, matured or unmatured, time or demand, in 
whatever currency) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by 
such Lender or the Agent (including without limitation by branches and 
agencies of such Lender or the Agent wherever located) to or for the credit 
or the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantor to such Lender or the 
Agent under this Guaranty, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the 
Agent shall have made any demand hereunder and although said obligations, or 
any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured. In the event that any Lender 
exercises any of its rights set forth in the preceding sentence, such Lender 
agrees to provide written notice to the Agent of such exercise, specifying 
the amount of the obligation set off or appropriated, but no failure to 
provide notice shall in any way affect the set-off.

                                       23
<PAGE>

Section 6.6 NOTICES.  Except where telephonic (which shall be confirmed in 
writing promptly) instructions or notices are authorized herein to be given, 
all notices, demands, instructions and other communications required or 
permitted to be given under this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be 
personally delivered or sent by registered certified or express mail, postage 
prepaid, return receipt requested, or by, facsimile or telegram (with 
messenger delivery specified in the case of a telegram), and shall be deemed 
to be given for purposes of this Guaranty on the date on which such writing 
is delivered or sent to the intended recipient thereof in accordance with the 
provisions hereof (except that any notice sent by registered or certified 
mail shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth Business Day after such 
notice is deposited for delivery in the United States mail). Unless otherwise 
specified in a notice sent or delivered in accordance with the foregoing 
provisions hereof, notices, demands, instructions and other communications in 
writing shall be given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their 
respective addresses (or to their respective facsimile numbers) indicated 
below, and, in the case of telephonic instructions or notices, by calling the 
telephone number or numbers indicated for such party below:

           (a) with respect to the Guarantor:

                      InfoVest Corporation
                      World Trade Center Chicago
                      444 Merchandise Mart - 4th Floor
                      Chicago, Illinois 60654-1005
                      Attention:     Mr. Gary Bjarnson
                      Telephone:     (312) 222-4636, ext. 2575
                      Facsimile:     (312) 527-2298

           with a copy to:

                      Sidley & Austin
                      One First National Plaza
                      Chicago, Illinois 60603
                      Attention:     Leland Hutchinson, Esq.
                      Telephone:     (312) 853-7403
                      Facsimile:     (312) 853-7036

                                        24

<PAGE>


           (a) with respect to the Agent:

                      Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
                      425 Lexington Avenue
                      New York, New York 10017
                      Attention:     Ms. Arlene Tellerman,
                                     Syndications Department
                      Telephone:     (212) 856-3695
                      Facsimile:     (212) 856-3763


           (c) with respect to a Lender, the notice address for such
               Lender as indicated in the Loan Agreement.

           Any party may designate a different or additional address for the 
delivery of notices by providing notice thereof to the other parties. Except 
as provided to the contrary above, all notices, demands, and other 
communications shall be effective upon personal delivery or upon the date of 
receipt by the addressee as shown on the return receipt. Rejection or other 
refusal to accept notices, demands, or other communications which are 
rejected or acceptance of which is refused shall be deemed to be  effective 
upon the date on which the same were rejected or refused.

           Section 6.7  REINSTATEMENT.  The Guarantor agrees that, to the 
extent that a Borrower or the Guarantor makes a payment or payments to the 
Agent or a Lender, which payment or payments or any part thereof are 
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set 
aside and/or required to be repaid to a Borrower or the Guarantor or their 
respective estate, trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy 
law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent 
of such payment or repayment, this Guaranty and the advances or part thereof 
which have been paid, reduced or satisfied by such amount shall be reinstated 
and continued in full force and effect as of the date such initial payment, 
reduction or satisfaction occurred.

           Section 6.8  TOLLING OF THE STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.  Any 
acknowledgment or new promise, whether by payment of principal or interest or 
otherwise and whether by a Borrower or others (including the Guarantor), with 
respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall, if the statute of 
limitations in favor of the Guarantor against the Agent or any Lender shall 
have commended to run, toll the running of such statute of limitations, and 
if the period of such statute of limitations shall have expired, prevent the 
operation of such statute of limitations.

                                        25
<PAGE>

     Section 6.9 GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY: CONSENT TO 
JURISDICTION. THIS GUARANTY AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE AGENT, THE 
LENDERS AND THE GUARANTOR HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND 
GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO, TO THE 
EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT 
WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY 
INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE VALIDITY, 
PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF. The guarantor 
irrevocable consent that any legal action or proceeding against it under, 
arising out of or in any manner relating to this Guaranty may be brought in 
the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York or in the 
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and, by 
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Guarantor hereby irrevocable 
accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and 
unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforementioned courts. The Guarantor 
has irrevocably appointed the Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., located 
as of the date hereof at 15 Columbus Circle, New York, New York 10023-7773, 
as its agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, 
service or any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which 
may be served in any proceeding brought in any court which may be made on such 
agent. If for any reason such agent shall cease to be available to act as 
such agent shall cease to be available to act as such, the Guarantor agrees 
to designate a new agent in The City of New York on the terms and for the 
purposes of this Section 6.9 satisfactory to the Agent and the Required 
Lenders. The Guarantor further irrevocably consents to the service of 
summons, notice, or other process relating to any such action or proceeding 
by delivery thereof to it by hand or by mail in the manner provided for in 
Section 6.6 hereof. The guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any 
claim or defense in any such action or proceeding in either such court based 
on any alleged lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue or FORUM NON 
CONVENIENS or any similar basis. Nothing in this Section 6.9 shall affect or 
impair in any manner or to any extent the right of the Agent or a Lender to 
commerce legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Guarantor in any 
jurisdiction or to serve process in any manner permitted by law.

     Section 6.10 INCREASED COSTS. The Guarantor shall pay to the Agent for 
the account of each Lender such amounts as the Agent or such Lender may 
determine to be necessary to compensate it for any reduction in any amount 
receivable by the Agent or such Lender hereunder in respect of this Guaranty, 
resulting from any Regulatory Change which

                                     26


<PAGE>

(i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to the Agent 
or such Lender under this Guaranty (other than taxes imposed on the 
overall net income of the Agent or such Lender); (ii) is based on any 
assertion by the United States taxing authorities that a United States 
Federal excise tax is due with respect to the amounts receivable under 
this Guaranty or which could be interpreted as requiring the payment 
of such an excise tax; or (iii) imposes any other condition affecting 
this Guaranty. The Agent will notify the Guarantor of any event which 
would entitle the Agent or a Lender to compensation pursuant to this 
Section as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof 
and determines to request such compensation. The Agent will and 
determines to request such compensation. The Agent will furnish the 
Guarantor with a certificate setting forth the basis and amount of 
each request for compensation hereunder, which certificate shall be 
conclusive absent manifest error.

    Section 6.11  ENFORCEMENT BY THE LENDERS. The Guarantor agrees 
that this Guaranty may be enforced directly by a Lender to the extent 
that the Agent does not enforce this Guaranty. The Agent agrees that 
to the extent that a Lender recovers any Guaranteed Obligations under 
this Guaranty or any Loan Document, the Agent shall not be entitled to 
enforce this Guaranty with respect to such Guaranteed Obligations.

    Section 6.12  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this 
Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction 
shall, as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such 
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining 
provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such 
provision in any other jurisdiction.

    Section 6.13  HEADINGS. Article and Section headings used in this 
Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect 
the construction of this Guaranty.

    Section 6.14  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Guaranty may be 
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto 
on separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed 
and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which 
counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same 
Guaranty.

                                       27


<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT 11

                         CCC INFORMATION SERVICES GROUP, INC.
              STATEMENT RE:  COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Actual Year Ended
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           12/31/91       12/31/92       12/31/93       12/31/94       12/31/95 
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>        
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations             ($5,946,000)   ($7,260,000)   ($5,774,000)  ($13,159,000)    $1,286,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding          8,671,629      9,080,716      9,245,033     13,089,916     16,294,387
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                    --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                               --             --             --             --            582,937
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                         147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                           8,818,856      9,227,943      9,392,260     13,237,143     17,024,551
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) per share from continuing
    operations                                                ($0.67)        ($0.78)        ($0.61)        ($0.99)         $0.08
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Per share dividends and accretion:

Dividends and accretion                                       --             --             --        ($1,518,000)   ($3,003,000)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding             --             --             --         13,089,916     16,294,387
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                    --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                               --             --             --             --            582,937
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                          --             --             --            147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                              --             --             --         13,237,143     17,024,551
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Per share dividends and accretion                           --             --             --             ($0.11)        ($0.18)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net income (loss) per share from total continuing operations:

 Net income (loss) from total
  continuing operations                                   (5,946,000)    (7,260,000)    (5,774,000)   (14,677,000)    (1,717,000)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 Shares attributable to common stock outstanding           8,671,629      9,080,716      9,245,033     13,089,916     16,294,387
 Shares to be issued in proposed offering                     --             --             --             --             --    
 Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
   outstanding                                                --             --             --             --            582,937
 Shares attributable to options pursuant to Staff
   Accounting Bulletin No. 83                                147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                           8,818,856      9,227,943      9,392,260     13,237,143     17,024,551
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net income (loss) per share from total 
 continuing operations:

Net income (loss) from total continuing operations              (.67)          (.79)          (.61)         (1.10)          (.10)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations:

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations            $ (194,000)    $  409,000    ($4,357,000)    $1,006,000         --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding          8,671,629      9,080,716      9,245,033     13,089,916         --    
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                    --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                               --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                         147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227         --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                           8,818,856      9,227,943      9,392,260     13,237,143         --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) per share from discontinued
    operations                                                 ($.02)          $.04          ($.47)          $.07         --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------





Net income per share applicable to common stock:

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock             ($6,140,000)   ($6,851,000)  ($10,131,000)  ($13,671,000)   ($1,717,000)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding          8,671,629      9,080,716      9,245,033     13,089,916     16,294,387
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                    --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                               --             --             --             --            582,937
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                         147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                           8,818,856      9,227,943      9,392,260     13,237,143     17,024,551
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) per share applicable 
    to common stock                                            ($.69)         ($.74)        ($1.08)        ($1.03)        ($0.10)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              Pro Forma
                                                          Pro forma      Actual Six Months Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                         Year Ended     --------------------------     -------------------------
                                                           12/31/95        6/30/95        6/30/96        6/30/95        6/30/96 
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Net income per share from continuing operations:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations              $3,538,000    ($1,107,000)    $6,691,000       ($97,000)    $7,520,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding         16,294,387     16,150,745     16,344,885     16,150,745     16,344,885
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                 5,500,000         --             --          5,500,000      5,500,000
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                              582,937        319,272      1,101,240        319,272      1,101,240
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                         147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                          22,524,551     16,617,244     17,593,352     22,117,244     23,093,352
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) per share from continuing
    operations                                                 $0.16         ($0.06)         $0.38         ($0.01)         $0.32
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Per share dividends and accretion:

Dividends and accretion                                    ($991,000)   ($1,455,000)   ($1,604,000)     ($480,000)     ($529,000)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding         16,294,387     16,150,745     16,344,885     16,150,745     16,344,885
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                 5,500,000         --             --          5,500,000      5,500,000
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                              582,937        319,272      1,101,240        319,272      1,101,240
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                         147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                          22,524,551     16,617,244     17,593,352     22,117,244     23,093,352
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Per share dividends and accretion                           ($0.05)        ($0.09)        ($0.09)        ($0.02)        ($0.02)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net income (loss) per share from total  
 continuing operations:
Net income (loss) from total continuing operations         2,547,000     (2,562,000)     5,087,000       (577,000)     6,991,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 Shares attributable to common stock outstanding          16,294,387     16,150,745     16,344,885     16,150,745     16,344,885
 Shares to be issued in proposed offering                  5,500,000        --               --         5,500,000      5,500,000
 Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
  outstanding                                                582,937        319,272      1,101,240        319,272      1,101,240
Shares attributable to options pursuant to Staff
 Accounting Bulletin No. 83                                  147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                          22,524,551     16,617,244     17,593,352     22,117,244     23,093,352
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income per share from total continuing operations            .11           (.15)           .29           (.03)           .30
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net income per share from discontinued operations:

Net income from discontinued operations                       --             --             --             --             --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding             --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                    --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                               --             --             --             --             --    
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                          --             --             --             --             --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                              --             --             --             --             --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) per share from discontinued
    operations                                                --             --             --             --             --    
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------




Net income (loss) per share applicable to common stock:

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock              $2,547,000    ($2,562,000)    $5,087,000      ($577,000)    $6,991,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Shares attributable to common stock outstanding         16,294,387     16,150,745     16,344,885     16,150,745     16,344,885
  Shares to be issued in proposed offering                 5,500,000         --             --          5,500,000      5,500,000
  Shares attributable to common stock equivalents
    outstanding                                              582,937        319,272      1,101,240        319,272      1,101,240
  Shares attributable to options pursuant to
    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83                         147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227        147,227
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                          22,524,551     16,617,244     17,593,352     22,117,244     23,093,352
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) per share applicable 
    to common stock                                            $0.11         ($0.15)         $0.29         ($0.03)         $0.30
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

</TABLE>



<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
    
 
   
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
    We  hereby consent to  the use in  the Prospectus constituting  part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 30, 1996,  except
for  Note  17  which is  as  of August  13,  1996 relating  to  the consolidated
financial statements of CCC  Information Services Group  Inc., which appears  in
such  Prospectus.  We also  consent to  the  application of  such report  to the
Financial Statement Schedule for the three years ended December 31, 1995  listed
under  Item 16(b) of this  Registration Statement when such  schedule is read in
conjunction with  the  consolidated  financial statements  referred  to  in  our
report.  The audits referred to  in such report also  included this schedule. We
also consent  to the  use of  our report  dated July  22, 1996  relating to  the
financial  statements of CCC Development Company which appears in the Prospectus
constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1. We also consent to
the references to us under the headings "Experts" and "Selected Financial  Data"
in  such Prospectus. However, it  should be noted that  Price Waterhouse LLP has
not prepared or certified such "Selected Financial Data."
    
 
   
Price Waterhouse LLP
    
 
   
Chicago, Illinois
August 13, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission